Bid Document for Contract Package No. C-7A1

JICA assisted

Guwahati Water Supply Project

Loan Agreement No. ID P-201

IFB No.: GWSP/LCB/C#7A1/2021-22/96 Date:20.07.2021

Contract Package No. C-7A1 Procurement of Works (Item rate) for Supply, Installation &

Commissioning of MS & HDPE Pipes and Installation & Commissioning of the Employer furnished DI Pipes and allied works for the balance works under

the Distribution Network in DMAs NS1,NS2,NS3,NS7,NS8,NS15, NS16,NS17,NS18,NS19,NS20,NS21 of Narakasur area of South Central Zone

Bid Documents

Part 1 of 2

Local Competitive Bidding

20.07.2021

Project Implementation Unit, JICA assisted GWSP 1st Floor, Tripti Tower, Ganeshguri

G.S. Road, Guwahati – 781 005

Bid Document for Contract Package No. C-7A1

Procurement of Works (Item rate) for Supply, Installation &

Commissioning of MS & HDPE Pipes and Installation & Commissioning of the Employer furnished DI Pipes and allied works for the balance works under

the Distribution Network in DMAs NS1,NS2,NS3,NS7,NS8,NS15, NS16,NS17,NS18,NS19,NS20,NS21 of Narakasur area of South Central Zone

Table of Contents

Sl. No.

Description Page No.

From To

1 Invitation for Bids (IFB) IFB – 1 IFB – 2

2 Section I: Instructions to Bidders (ITB) ITB – 1 ITB – 1

3 Section II: Bid Data Sheet (BDS) BDS – 1 BDS – 4

4 Section III: Evaluation and Qualification Criteria (EQC) EQC – 1 EQC – 9

5 Section IV: Bidding Forms – Technical (BF-Tech) BF-Tech – 1 BF-Tech –33

Section IV: Bidding Forms – Financial (BF-Fin) BF-Tech – 1 BF-Tech –22

6 Section V: Eligible Source Countries of Japanese ODA Loans (ESC) ESC – 1 ESC - 1

7 Section VI A: Project Brief & Scope of Works (ER) ER – 1 ER - 9

8 Section VII: General Conditions (GC) GC – 1 GC – 1

9 Section VIII: Particular Conditions (PC) PC – 1 PC – 10

10 Section IX: Contract Forms CF – 1 CF – 6

Letter of Acceptance CF - 2 CF – 2

Contract Agreement CF – 3 CF – 3

Performance security CF – 4 CF – 4

Advance Payment Security CF – 5 CF – 5

Retention Money Security CF – 6 CF – 6

JICA assisted GWSP: C#7A1 IFB-1

Office of the Project Director Project Implementation Unit

JICA Assisted Guwahati Water Supply Project 1st Floor, Tripti Tower, Ganeshguri

G.S. Road, Guwahati – 781 005 Email: [email protected] / [email protected]

www. gmdwsb.assam.gov.in

Invitation for Bids under Local Competitive Bidding IFB No.: GWSP/LCB/C-7A1/2021-22/96 Date: 20.07.2021

JICA Loan No. and Title: ID P-201 Guwahati Water Supply Project.

Government of India has received loan from the Japan International Cooperation Agency (JICA) towards

the cost of Guwahati Water Supply Project and it intends to apply part of the proceeds of this loan to

payments under the contract for Procurement of Works (Item rate) for Contract Package No. C-7A1.

Project Director, JICA Assisted Guwahati Water Supply Project, Guwahati invites sealed Bids for

construction and completion of the work as detailed below:

Sl. No.

Item IFB No.: GWSP/LCB/C-7A1/2021-22/96 Date: 20.07.2021

1 Work Description Contract Package No. C-7A1 - Procurement of

Works (Item rate) for Supply, Installation &

Commissioning of MS & HDPE Pipes and Installation

& Commissioning of the Employer furnished DI

Pipes and allied works for the balance works under

the Distribution Network in DMAs NS1, NS2, NS3,

NS7, NS8, NS15, NS16,NS17,NS18,NS19,NS20,NS21

of Narakasur area of South Central Zone

2 Time for Completion including Testing & Trial Run and commissioning

10 Months (300 days)

3 Duration for obtaining the Bid documents from the Employer or for downloading from the designated websites:

21.07.2021 to 18.08.2021

www. gmdwsb.assam.gov.in

Amendments if any will be informed in the above website only.

4 Bid document fee INR 5,000 if downloaded from the designated website;

INR 10,000 for purchase from the Employer; If required through post additional cost of INR 1,000.

5 Bid Security INR 8.35 Lakhs

mailto:[email protected]

http://www.gwdwsp.assam.gov.in/


JICA assisted GWSP: C#7A1 IFB-2

6 Joint Site Visit 04.08.2021 at 10.00 Hours.

Place: Office of the Project Director, JICA Assisted

Guwahati Water Supply Project, 1st Floor, Tripti

Tower, Ganeshguri, G.S. Road, Guwahati – 781 005

7 Pre-Bid Meeting 04.08.2021; Time: 14.00 Hours

Place: Office of the Project Director, JICA Assisted Guwahati Water Supply Project, 1st Floor, Tripti Tower, Ganeshguri, G.S. Road, Guwahati – 781 005

8 Last Date & Time for Physical Submission of Bids

18.08.2021; Time:15.00 Hours

9 Date & Time for Opening Technical Bids 18.08.2021; Time:16.00 Hours

Bidding will be conducted through the Local Competitive Bidding procedures specified in the Guidelines for Procurement under JICA ODA Loans and are open to eligible Bidders from the Employer’s country. Single-Stage, Two-Envelope, Local Competitive Bidding (LCB) procedure will be adopted.

The provisions in the Instructions to Bidders and General Conditions of Contract are the provisions of the Standard Bidding Documents under Japanese ODA Loans for the Procurement of Works.

Interested eligible Bidders may obtain further information from the Project Director, JICA assisted Guwahati Water Supply Project, Guwahati and inspect the Bidding Documents on the working days during 10 AM to 5 PM or seen on the website: www. gmdwsb.assam.gov.in

The payment towards the Bid Document will be through Demand Draft in favour of “The Project Director, JICA Assisted Guwahati Water Supply Project” payable at Guwahati, Assam.

Bids received without Bid Security or the required Bid Document fee [in case of downloading the Bid documents from the website] shall be rejected out rightly. Bids delivered after the time and date noted above will be rejected.

The Employer will not be responsible for any costs or expenses incurred by Bidders relating to the preparation or delivery of Bids.

The Employer reserves the right to accept any bid, or reject any or all bids, without assigning any reason thereof and without thereby incurring any liability to the Bidder or Bidders.

(Khagesh Pegu,IFS) Project Director,

JICA Assisted Guwahati Water Supply Project Guwahati – 781 005.


Section I: Instructions to Bidders

JICA assisted GWSP: Package C-7A1 ITB - 1

Section I. Instructions to Bidders

The Instructions to Bidders governing this bidding process are the “Instructions to Bidders included in Option B, Single-Stage Two-Envelope Bidding, Section I,” of the Standard Bidding Documents for “Procurement of Procurement of Works”. Those Instructions to Bidders are available on the JICA’s web site shown below: http://www.jica.go.jp/english/our_work/types_of_assistance/oda_loans/oda_op_info/guide/tender/index.html However, the Copy of the Instructions to Bidders is attached to these Bidding Documents. The Instructions to Bidders will not be part of the Contract.


A. Genera....................................................................................................................... ..........3 1. Scope of Bid ................................................................................................................................3 2. Source of Funds ..........................................................................................................................3 3. Corrupt and Fraudulent Practices ..............................................................................................3 4. Eligible Bidders ...........................................................................................................................5 5. Eligible Materials, Equipment, and Services ...............................................................................6 B. Contents of Bidding Documents ..........................................................................................6 6. Sections of Bidding Documents ..................................................................................................6 7. Clarification of Bidding Documents, Site Visit, Pre-Bid Meeting ................................................7 8. Amendment of Bidding Documents ...........................................................................................8 C. Preparation of Bids ...................................................................................................... ........8 9. Cost of Bidding ...........................................................................................................................8 10. Language of Bid ........................................................................................................................8 11. Documents Comprising the Bid ................................................................................................9 12. Letters of Bid and Schedules .....................................................................................................9 13. Alternative Bids .........................................................................................................................9 14. Bid Prices and Discounts ........................................................................................................10 15. Currencies of Bid and Payment ..............................................................................................11 16. Documents Comprising the Technical Proposal .....................................................................11 17. Documents Establishing the Qualifications of the Bidder ......................................................12 18. Period of Validity of Bids ........................................................................................................12 19. Bid Security .............................................................................................................................13 20. Format and Signing of Bid ......................................................................................................14 D. Submission and Opening of Bids .......................................................................................14 21. Sealing and Marking of Bids ...................................................................................................14 22. Deadline for Submission of Bids .............................................................................................15 23. Late Bids .................................................................................................................................15 24. Withdrawal, Substitution, and Modification of Bids ..............................................................15 25. Bid Opening ............................................................................................................................16 E. Evaluation and Comparison of Bids ....................................................................................18 26. Confidentiality ........................................................................................................................18 27. Clarification of Bids .................................................................................................................18 28. Deviations, Reservations, and Omissions ...............................................................................18 29. Preliminary Examination of Technical Bids .............................................................................19 30. Qualification of the Bidder ......................................................................................................19 31. Determination of Responsiveness of Technical Bid ................................................................19 32. Nonmaterial Nonconformities ................................................................................................20 33. Correction of Arithmetical Errors ...........................................................................................21 34. Conversion to Single Currency ...............................................................................................21 35. Subcontractors .......................................................................................................................21 36. Evaluation of Price Bids ..........................................................................................................22 37. Comparison of Bids ................................................................................................................22 38. Employer’s Right to Accept Any Bid, and to Reject Any or All Bids ........................................23 F. Award of Contract .......................................................................................................…….23 39. Award Criteria ........................................................................................................................23 40. Notification of Award .............................................................................................................23 41. Signing of Contract .................................................................................................................23 42. Performance Security .............................................................................................................24


A. General

1. Scope of Bid 1.1 In connection with the Invitation for Bids specified in Section II, Bid Data Sheet (BDS), the Employer, as specified in the BDS, issues these Bidding Documents (hereinafter referred to as “Bidding Documents”) for the procurement of Works as specified in Section VI, Works Requirements. The name, identification, and number of the lot(s) (contract(s)) comprising this International Competitive Bidding (ICB) processes are specified in the BDS.

1.2 Throughout these Bidding Documents: (a) the term “in writing” means communicated in written form and delivered against receipt; (b) except where the context requires otherwise, words indicating the singular also include the plural and words indicating the plural also include the singular; and (c) “day” means calendar day.

2. Source of Funds 2.1 The Borrower specified in the BDS has received or has applied for a Japanese ODA Loan from Japan International Cooperation Agency (hereinafter referred to as “JICA”), with the number, in the amount and on the signed date of the Loan Agreement specified in the BDS, towards the cost of the project specified in the BDS. The Borrower intends to apply a portion of the proceeds of the loan to payments under the contract(s) for which these Bidding Documents are issued.

2.2 Disbursement of a Japanese ODA Loan by JICA will be subject, in all respects, to the terms and conditions of the Loan Agreement, including the disbursement procedures and the applicable Guidelines for Procurement under Japanese ODA Loans specified in the BDS. No party other than the Borrower shall derive any rights from the Loan Agreement or have any claim to the loan proceeds.

2.3 The above Loan Agreement will cover only a part of the project cost. As for the remaining portion, the Borrower will take appropriate measures for finance.

3. Corrupt and Fraudulent Practices 3.1 It is JICA’s policy to require that Bidders and Contractors,

as well as Borrowers, under contracts funded with Japanese ODA Loans and other Japanese ODA, observe the highest standard of ethics during the procurement and execution of such contracts. In pursuance of this policy, JICA: (a) will reject a proposal for award if it determines that the Bidder recommended for award has engaged in corrupt or fraudulent practices in competing for the contract in question; (b) will recognize a Bidder or Contractor as ineligible, for a period determined by JICA, to be awarded a contract


funded with Japanese ODA Loans if it at any time determines that the Bidder or the Contractor has engaged in corrupt or fraudulent practices in competing for, or in executing, another contract funded with Japanese ODA Loans or other Japanese ODA; and (c) will recognize a Contractor as ineligible to be awarded a contract funded with Japanese ODA Loans if the Contractor or subcontractor, who has a direct contract with the Contractor, is debarred under the cross debarment decisions by the Multilateral Development Banks. Such period of ineligibility shall not exceed three (3) years from (and including) the date on which the cross debarment is imposed. “Cross debarment decisions by the Multilateral Development Banks” is a corporate sanction in accordance with the agreement among the African Development Bank Group, Asian Development Bank, European Bank for Reconstruction and Development, Inter-American Development Bank Group and the World Bank Group signed on 9 April, 2010 (as amended from time to time). JICA will recognize the World Bank Group’s debarment of which period exceeds one year, imposed after 19 July, 2010, the date on which the World Bank Group started cross debarment, as “cross debarment decisions by the Multilateral Development Banks.” The list of debarred firms and individuals is available at the electronic address specified in the BDS. JICA will recognize a Bidder or Contractor as ineligible to be awarded a contract funded with Japanese ODA Loans if the Bidder or Contractor is debarred by the World Bank Group for the period starting from the date of the Invitation for Bid, if prequalification has not been conducted, or the date of the Advertisement for Prequalification, if prequalification has been conducted, up to the signing of the contract, unless (i) such debarment period does not exceed one year, or (ii) three (3) years have passed since such debarment decision. If it is revealed that the Contractor was ineligible to be awarded a contract according to above, JICA will, in principle, impose sanctions against the Contractor. If it is revealed that the subcontractor, who has a direct contract with the Contractor, was debarred by the World Bank Group on the subcontract date, JICA will, in principle, require the Borrower to have the Contractor cancel the subcontract immediately, unless (i) such debarment period does not exceed one year, or (ii) three (3) years have passed since such debarment decision. If the Contractor refuses, JICA will require the Borrower to declare invalidity or cancellation of the contract and demand the refund of the relevant proceeds of the loan or any other remedies on the grounds of contractual violation.


3.2 Furthermore, Bidders shall be aware of the provision stated in Sub-Clause 15.6 of the General Conditions.

4. Eligible Bidders 4.1 A Bidder may be a firm that is a single entity or any combination of such entities in the form of a joint venture (JV) under an existing agreement or with the intent to enter into such an agreement supported by a letter of intent. In the case of a JV, all members shall be jointly and severally liable for the execution of the Contract in accordance with the Contract terms. The JV shall nominate a Representative who shall have the authority to conduct all business for and on behalf of any and all the members of the JV during the bidding process and, in the event the JV is awarded the Contract, during contract execution.

4.2 A Bidder shall not have a conflict of interest. A Bidder shall not be employed under any of the circumstances set forth below, where it is determined to have a conflict of interest throughout the bidding/selection process and/or the execution of the contract unless the conflict has been resolved in a manner acceptable to JICA. (a) A firm shall be disqualified from providing goods or non-consulting services resulting from or directly related to consulting services for the preparation or implementation of a project that it provided or were provided by any affiliate that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with that firm. This provision does not apply to the various firms (consultants, contractors, or suppliers) only due to the reason that those firms together are performing the Contractor’s obligations under a turnkey or design and build contract. (b) A firm that has a close business relationship with the Borrower’s professional personnel, who are directly or indirectly involved in any part of: (i) the preparation of the Bidding Documents for the contract, (ii) the Bid evaluation, or (iii) the supervision of such contract, shall be disqualified. (c) Based on the “One Bid Per Bidder” principle, which is to ensure fair competition, a firm and any affiliate that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with that firm shall not be allowed to submit more than one Bid, either individually as a Bidder or as a member of a JV. A firm (including its affiliate), if acting in the capacity of a subcontractor in one Bid, may participate in other Bids, only in that capacity. (d) A firm having any other form of conflict of interest other than (a) through (c) above shall be disqualified.

4.3 A Bidder, and all members constituting the Bidder, shall be from any of the eligible source countries as indicated in Section V, Eligible Source Countries of Japanese ODA Loans.


4.4 A Bidder that has been determined to be ineligible by JICA in accordance with ITB 3.1 shall not be eligible to be awarded a contract.

4.5 This bidding is open only to prequalified Bidders unless specified in the BDS.

4.6 A Bidder shall provide such evidence of eligibility satisfactory to the Employer, as the Employer shall reasonably request.

5. Eligible Materials, Equipment, and Services 5.1 The materials, equipment and services to be supplied under

the Contract and financed by JICA shall have their origin in any of the eligible source countries indicated in Section V, Eligible Source Countries of Japanese ODA Loans. At the Employer’s request, Bidders may be required to provide evidence of the origin of materials, equipment and services.

5.2 For purposes of ITB 5.1 above, “origin” means the place where the materials and equipment are mined, grown, produced or manufactured, and from which the services are provided. Materials and equipment are produced when, through manufacturing, processing, or substantial or major assembling of components, a commercially recognized product results that differs substantially in its basic characteristics or in purpose or utility from its components.

B. Contents of Bidding Documents

6. Sections of Bidding

Documents 6.1 The Bidding Documents consist of Parts 1, 2, and 3, which include all the Sections specified below, and which should be read in conjunction with any addenda issued accordance with ITB 8. PART 1 Bidding Procedures

• Section I. Instructions to Bidders (ITB)

• Section II. Bid Data Sheet (BDS)

• Section III. Evaluation and Qualification Criteria

• Section IV. Bidding Forms

• Section V. Eligible Source Countries of Japanese ODA Loans

PART 2 Works Requirements

• Section VI. Works Requirements PART 3 Conditions of Contract and Contract Forms

• Section VII. General Conditions (GC)

• Section VIII. Particular Conditions (PC)

• Section IX. Annex to the Particular Conditions - Contract Forms


6.2 The Invitation for Bids issued by the Employer is not part of the Bidding Documents.

6.3 Unless obtained directly from the Employer, the Employer is not responsible for the completeness of the Bidding Documents, responses to requests for clarification, the minutes of the pre-bid meeting (if any), or addenda to the Bidding Documents in accordance with ITB 8. In case of any contradiction, documents obtained directly from the Employer shall prevail.

6.4 The Bidder is expected to examine all instructions, forms, terms, and specifications in the Bidding Documents and to furnish with its Bid all information and documentation as is required by the Bidding Documents.

7. Clarification of Bidding Documents, Site

Visit, Pre-Bid Meeting 7.1 A Bidder requiring any clarification of the Bidding Documents shall contact the Employer in writing at the Employer’s address specified in the BDS or raise its enquiries during the pre-bid meeting if provided for in accordance with ITB 7.4. The Employer will respond in writing to any request for clarification, provided that such request is received no later than fourteen (14) days prior to the deadline for submission of Bids. The Employer shall forward copies of its response to all Bidders who have acquired the Bidding Documents in accordance with ITB 6.3, including a description of the inquiry but without identifying its source. If so specified in the BDS, the Employer shall also promptly publish its response at the web page identified in the BDS. Should the clarification result in changes to the essential elements of the Bidding Documents, the Employer shall amend the Bidding Documents following the procedure under ITB 8 and ITB 22.2.

7.2 The Bidder is advised to visit and examine the Site of Works and its surroundings and obtain for itself on its own responsibility all information that may be necessary for preparing the Bid and entering into a contract for construction of the Works. The costs of visiting the Site shall be at the Bidder’s own expense.

7.3 The Bidder and any of its personnel or agents will be granted permission by the Employer to enter upon its premises and lands for the purpose of such visit, but only upon the express condition that the Bidder, its personnel, and agents will release and indemnify the Employer and its personnel and agents from and against all liability in respect thereof, and will be responsible for death or personal injury, loss of or damage to property, and any other loss, damage, costs, and expenses incurred as a result of the inspection.

7.4 If so specified in the BDS, the Bidder’s designated representative is invited to attend a pre-bid meeting. The


purpose of the meeting will be to clarify issues and to answer questions on any matter that may be raised at that stage.

7.5 The Bidder is requested to submit any questions in writing, to reach the Employer not later than one (1) week before the meeting.

7.6 Minutes of the pre-bid meeting, if applicable, including the text of the questions asked by Bidders, without identifying the source, and the responses given, together with any responses prepared after the meeting, will be transmitted promptly to all Bidders who have acquired the Bidding Documents in accordance with ITB 6.3. Any modification to the Bidding Documents that may become necessary as a result of the pre-bid meeting shall be made by the Employer exclusively through the issue of an addendum pursuant to ITB 8 and not through the minutes of the pre-bid meeting. Nonattendance at the pre-bid meeting will not be a cause for disqualification of a Bidder.

8. Amendment of Bidding Documents 8.1 At any time prior to the deadline for submission of Bids, the

Employer may amend the Bidding Documents by issuing addenda.

8.2 Any addendum issued shall be part of the Bidding Documents and shall be communicated in writing to all who have obtained the Bidding Documents from the Employer in accordance with ITB 6.3. If so specified in the BDS, the Employer shall also promptly publish the addendum on the Employer’s web page in accordance with ITB 7.1.

8.3 To give Bidders reasonable time in which to take an addendum into account in preparing their Bids, the Employer may extend the deadline for the submission of Bids, pursuant to ITB 22.2.

C. Preparation of Bids 9. Cost of Bidding 9.1 The Bidder shall bear all costs associated with the

preparation and submission of its Bid, and the Employer shall not be responsible or liable for those costs, regardless of the conduct or outcome of the bidding process.

10. Language of Bid 10.1 The Bid, as well as all correspondence and documents relating to the Bid exchanged by the Bidder and the Employer, shall be written in the language specified in the BDS. Supporting documents and printed literature that are part of the Bid may be in another language provided they are accompanied by an accurate translation of the relevant passages in the language of Bid, in which case, for purposes of interpretation of the Bid, such translation shall govern.


11. Documents Comprising the Bid 11.1 The Bid shall comprise two envelopes submitted

simultaneously, one called the Technical Bid containing the documents listed in ITB 11.2 and the other the Price Bid containing the documents listed in ITB 11.3, both envelopes enclosed together in an outer single envelope.

11.2 The Technical Bid shall comprise the following: (a) Letter of Technical Bid; (b) Bid Security, in accordance with ITB 19; (c) Alternative bids, if permissible, in accordance with ITB 13; (d) Written confirmation authorizing the signatory of the Bid

to commit the Bidder, in accordance with ITB 20.2; (e) Documentary evidence in accordance with ITB 17

establishing the Bidder’s qualifications to perform the contract if its Bid is accepted;

(f) Technical Proposal in accordance with ITB 16; (g) Acknowledgement of Compliance with Guidelines for

Procurement under Japanese ODA Loans (Form ACK), which shall be signed and dated by the Bidder’s authorized representative.

(h) Any other document required in the BDS. 11.3 The Price Bid shall comprise the following:

(a) Letter of Price Bid; (b) Completed Price Schedules, in accordance with ITB 12

and 14; (c) Alternative price bids, at Bidder’s option and if

permissible, in accordance with ITB 13; (d) Any other document required in the BDS.

11.4 In addition to the requirements under ITB 11.2, Bids submitted by a JV shall include a copy of the Joint Venture Agreement entered into by all members. Alternatively, a letter of intent to execute a Joint Venture Agreement in the event of a successful Bid shall be signed by all members and submitted with the Bid, together with a copy of the proposed Agreement.

12. Letters of Bid and Schedules 12.1 The Letters of Technical Bid and Price Bid and the Schedules,

including the Bill of Quantities, shall be prepared using the relevant forms furnished in Section IV, Bidding Forms. The forms must be completed without any alterations to the text, and no substitutes shall be accepted except as provided under ITB 20.2. All blank spaces shall be filled in with the information requested.

13. Alternative Bids 13.1 Unless otherwise specified in the BDS, alternative Bids shall not be considered.

13.2 When alternative times for completion are explicitly invited, a statement to that effect will be included in the BDS, as will the method of evaluating different times for completion.


13.3 Except as provided under ITB 13.4 below, Bidders wishing to offer technical alternatives to the requirements of the Bidding Documents must first price the Employer’s design as described in the Bidding Documents and shall further provide all information necessary for a complete evaluation of the alternative by the Employer, including drawings, design calculations, technical specifications, breakdown of prices, and proposed construction methodology and other relevant details. Only the technical alternatives, if any, of the lowest evaluated Bidder conforming to the basic technical requirements shall be considered by the Employer.

13.4 When specified in the BDS, Bidders are permitted to submit alternative technical solutions for specified parts of the Works, and such parts will be identified in the BDS, as will the method for their evaluating, and described in Section VI, Works Requirements.

14. Bid Prices and Discounts 14.1 The prices and discounts (including any price reduction)

quoted by the Bidder in the Letter of Price Bid and in the Bill of Quantities shall conform to the requirements specified below.

14.2 The Bidder shall fill in rates and prices for all items of the Works described in the Bill of Quantities. Items against which no rate or price is entered by the Bidder shall be deemed covered by the rates for other items in the Bill of Quantities and will not be paid for separately by the Employer. An item not listed in the priced Bill of Quantities shall be assumed to be not included in the Bid, and provided that the Bid is determined substantially responsive notwithstanding this omission, the average price of the item quoted by substantially responsive Bidders will be added to the Bid Price and the equivalent total cost of the Bid so determined will be used for price comparison.

14.3 The price to be quoted in the Letter of Price Bid, in accordance with ITB 12.1, shall be the total price of the Bid, excluding any discounts offered.

14.4 The Bidder shall quote any discounts and the methodology for their application in the Letter of Price Bid, in accordance with ITB 12.1.

14.5 Unless otherwise specified in the BDS and the Contract, the rates and prices quoted by the Bidder are subject to adjustment during the performance of the Contract in accordance with the provisions of the Conditions of Contract. In such a case, the Bidder shall furnish the indices and weightings for the price adjustment formulae in the Schedule of Adjustment Data and the Employer may require the Bidder to justify its proposed indices and weightings.

14.6 If so specified in BDS 1.1, Bids are being invited for individual lots (contracts) or for any combination of lots (packages).


Bidders wishing to offer discounts for the award of more than one Contract shall specify in their Letter of Price Bid the price reductions applicable to each package, or alternatively, to individual Contracts within the package. Discounts shall be submitted in accordance with ITB 14.4, provided the Bids for all lots (contracts) are opened at the same time.

14.7 Unless otherwise provided in the BDS, all duties, taxes, and other levies payable by the Contractor under the Contract, or for any other cause, as of the date twenty-eight (28) days prior to the deadline for submission of Bids, shall be included in the rates and prices and the total Bid Price submitted by the Bidder.

15. Currencies of Bid and Payment 15.1 The currency(ies) of the Bid shall be as specified in the BDS.

Payment of the contract price shall be made in the currency or currencies in which the Bid Price is expressed in the Bid of the successful Bidder.

15.2 Bidders may be required by the Employer to justify, to the Employer’s satisfaction, their local and foreign currency requirements, and to substantiate that the amounts included in the unit rates and prices and shown in the Schedule of Adjustment Data are reasonable, in which case a detailed breakdown of the foreign currency requirements shall be provided by Bidders.

15.3 The foreign currency requirements generally include the following: (a) Expatriate staff and labour employed directly on the

Works; (b) Social, insurance, medical and other charges relating to

such expatriate staff and labour, and foreign travel -expenses;

(c) Imported materials, both temporary and permanent, including fuels, oil and lubricants required for the Works;

(d) Depreciation and usage of imported Plant and Contractor’s Equipment, including spare parts, required for the Works;

(e) Foreign insurance and freight charges for imported materials, Plant and Contractor’s Equipment, including spare parts; and

(f) Overhead expenses, fees, profit, and financial charges arising outside the Employer’s country in connection with the Works.

16. Documents Comprising the Technical Proposal 16.1 The Bidder shall furnish as part of the Technical Bid, a

Technical Proposal including a statement of work methods, equipment, personnel, schedule, safety plan and any other information as stipulated in Section IV, Bidding Forms, in sufficient detail to demonstrate the adequacy of the


Bidder’s proposal to meet the work requirements and the completion time.

17. Documents Establishing The Qualifications of the Bidder 17.1 In accordance with Section III, Evaluation and Qualification

Criteria, if the prequalification process was conducted prior to the bidding process, the Bidder shall provide in the corresponding information sheets included in Section IV, Bidding Forms, (i) updated information on any assessed aspect that changed from that time to establish that the Bidder continues to meet the criteria used at the time of prequalification and (ii) the requested information on the additional qualification criteria stated in Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria, or if the assessment of qualification criteria was not conducted prior to the bidding process, the Bidder shall provide the information requested in the corresponding information sheets included in Section IV, Bidding Forms.

17.2 Any change in the structure or formation of a Bidder after being prequalified and invited to bid (including, in the case of a JV, any change in the structure or formation of any member thereto) shall be subject to the written approval of the Employer prior to the deadline for submission of Bids. Such approval shall be denied if (i) such change has not taken place by the free choice of the firms involved; (ii) as a consequence of the change, the Bidder no longer substantially meets the qualification criteria set forth in the Prequalification Documents; or (iii) in the opinion of the Employer, the change may result in a substantial reduction in competition. Any such change should be submitted to the Employer not later than fourteen (14) days after the date of the Invitation for Bids.

18. Period of Validity of Bids 18.1 Bids shall remain valid for the period specified in the BDS

after the Bid submission deadline date prescribed by the Employer in accordance with ITB 22.1. A Bid valid for a shorter period shall be rejected by the Employer as nonresponsive.

18.2 In exceptional circumstances, prior to the expiration of the Bid validity period, the Employer may request Bidders to extend the period of validity of their Bids. The request and the responses shall be made in writing. The Bid Security shall also be extended for twenty-eight (28) days beyond the deadline of the extended validity period. A Bidder may refuse the request without forfeiting its Bid Security. A Bidder granting the request shall not be required or permitted to modify its Bid, except as provided in ITB 18.3.


18.3 If the award is delayed by a period exceeding fifty-six (56) days beyond the expiry of the initial Bid validity, the Contract price shall be determined as follows: (a) In the case of fixed price contracts, the Contract price

shall be the Bid Price adjusted by the factor specified in the BDS.

(b) In the case of adjustable price contracts, to determine the Contract price, the fixed portion of the Bid Price shall be adjusted by the factor specified in the BDS.

(c) In any case, Bid evaluation shall be based on the Bid Price without taking into consideration the applicable correction from those indicated above.

19. Bid Security 19.1 The Bidder shall furnish as part of its Technical Bid, a Bid Security in the amount and currency specified in the BDS.

19.2 The Bid Security shall be a demand guarantee in any of the following forms at the Bidder’s option: (a) An unconditional guarantee issued by a bank or financial

institution (such as an insurance, bonding or surety company);

(b) An irrevocable letter of credit; (c) A cashier’s or certified check; or

(d) Another security specified in the BDS, from a reputable source from an eligible source country. If the unconditional guarantee is issued by a financial institution located outside the Employer’s Country, the issuing financial institution shall have a correspondent financial institution located in the Employer’s Country to make it enforceable. In the case of a bank guarantee, the Bid Security shall be submitted either using the Bid Security Form included in Section IV, Bidding Forms, or in another substantially similar format approved by the Employer prior to Bid submission. In either case, the form must include the complete name of the Bidder. The Bid Security shall be valid for twenty-eight (28) days beyond the original validity period of the Bid, or beyond any period of extension if requested under ITB 18.2.

19.3 Any Bid not accompanied by a substantially responsive Bid Security shall be rejected by the Employer as nonresponsive.

19.4 The Bid Security of unsuccessful Bidders shall be returned as promptly as possible upon the successful Bidder’s signing the Contract and furnishing the Performance Security pursuant to ITB 42.

19.5 The Bid Security of the successful Bidder shall be returned as promptly as possible once the successful Bidder has signed the Contract and furnished the required Performance Security.

19.6 The Bid Security may be forfeited: (a) if a Bidder withdraws its Bid during the period of Bid validity specified by the Bidder on the Letters of Technical


Bid and Price Bid, or any extension thereto provided by the Bidder; or (b) If the successful Bidder fails to: (i) Sign the Contract in accordance with ITB 41; or (ii) Furnish a Performance Security in accordance with ITB 42.

19.7 The Bid Security of a JV shall be in the name of the JV that submits the Bid. If the JV has not been legally constituted into a legally enforceable JV at the time of bidding, the Bid Security shall be in the names of all future members as named in the letter of intent referred to in ITB 4.1 and ITB 11.4.

20. Format and Signing of Bid 20.1 The Bidder shall prepare one original of the Technical Bid

and one original of the Price Bid comprising the Bid as described in ITB 11 and clearly mark them “ORIGINAL –TECHNICAL BID” and “ORIGINAL – PRICE BID”. Alternative Bids, if permitted in accordance with ITB 13, shall be clearly marked “ALTERNATIVE.” In addition, the Bidder shall submit copies of the Technical and Price Bids, in the number specified in the BDS and clearly mark each of them “COPY.” In the event of any discrepancy between the original and the copies, the original shall prevail.

20.2 The original and all copies of the Bid shall be typed or written in indelible ink and shall be signed by a person duly authorized to sign on behalf of the Bidder. This authorization shall consist of a written confirmation as specified in the BDS and shall be attached to the Bid. The name and position held by each person signing the authorization must be typed or printed below the signature. All pages of the Bid where entries or amendments have been made shall be signed or initialed by the person signing the Bid.

20.3 In case the Bidder is a JV, the Bid shall be signed by an authorized representative of the JV on behalf of the JV, and so as to be legally binding on all the members as evidenced by a power of attorney signed by their legally authorized representatives.

20.4 Any inter-lineation, erasures, or overwriting shall be valid only if they are signed or initialed by the person signing the Bid.

D. Submission and Opening of Bids 21. Sealing and Marking of Bids 21.1 The Bidder shall enclose the original of the Technical Bid, the

original of the Price Bid, each copy of the Technical Bid and each copy of the Price Bid, including alternative Bids, if permitted in accordance with ITB 13, in separate sealed


envelopes, duly marking the envelopes as “ORIGINAL - TECHNICAL BID”, “ORIGINAL – PRICE BID”, “COPY–TECHNICAL BID”, “COPY – PRICE BID”, and “ALTERNATIVE”, as appropriate. These envelopes containing the original and the copies shall then be enclosed in one single envelope.

21.2 The inner and outer envelopes shall: (a) Bear the name and address of the Bidder; (b) Be addressed to the Employer in accordance with ITB

22.1; and (c) Bear the specific identification of this bidding process

specified in BDS 1.1. 21.3 The outer envelopes and the inner envelopes containing the

Technical Bid shall bear a warning not to open before the time and date for the opening of Technical Bid, in accordance with ITB 25.1.

21.4 The inner envelopes containing the Price Bid shall bear a warning not to open until advised by the Employer, in accordance with ITB 25.7.

21.5 If all envelopes are not sealed and marked as required, the Employer will assume no responsibility for the misplacement or premature opening of the Bid.

22. Deadline for Submission of Bids 22.1 Bids must be received by the Employer at the address and

no later than the date and time specified in the BDS. 22.2 The Employer may, at its discretion, extend the deadline for

the submission of Bids by amending the Bidding Documents in accordance with ITB 8, in which case all rights and obligations of the Employer and Bidders previously subject to the deadline shall thereafter be subject to the deadline as extended.

23. Late Bids 23.1 The Employer shall not consider any Bid that arrives after the deadline for submission of Bids, in accordance with ITB 22. Any Bid received by the Employer after the deadline for submission of Bids shall be declared late, rejected, and returned unopened to the Bidder.

24. Withdrawal, Substitution, and

Modification of Bids 24.1 A Bidder may withdraw, substitute, or modify its Bid – Technical or Price – after it has been submitted by sending a written notice, duly signed by an authorized representative, and shall include a copy of the authorization in accordance with ITB 20.2, (except that withdrawal notices do not require copies). The corresponding substitution or modification of the Bid must accompany the respective written notice. All notices must be: (a) Prepared and submitted in accordance with ITB 20 and

ITB 21 (except that withdrawals notices do not require copies), and in addition, the respective envelopes shall


be clearly marked “WITHDRAWAL,” “SUBSTITUTION,” “MODIFICATION;” and

(b) Received by the Employer prior to the deadline prescribed for submission of Bids, in accordance with ITB 22.

24.2 Bids requested to be withdrawn in accordance with ITB 24.1 shall be returned unopened to the Bidders.

24.3 No Bid may be withdrawn, substituted, or modified in the interval between the deadline for submission of Bids and the expiration of the period of Bid validity specified by the Bidder on the Letters of Technical Bid and Price Bid or any extension thereof.

25. Bid Opening 25.1 Except in the cases specified in ITB 23 and ITB 24, the Employer shall publicly open and read out in accordance with ITB 25.5 all Technical Bids received by the deadline, at the date, time and place specified in the BDS, in the presence of Bidders’ designated representatives and anyone who choose to attend. The Price Bids will remain unopened and will be held in custody of the Employer until the specified time of their opening in accordance with ITB 25.7.

25.2 First, envelopes marked “WITHDRAWAL” shall be opened and read out and the envelope with the corresponding Bid shall not be opened, but returned to the Bidder. No Bid withdrawal shall be permitted unless the corresponding withdrawal notice contains a valid authorization to request the withdrawal and is read out at the opening of Technical Bids.

25.3 Second, outer envelopes marked “SUBSTITUTION” shall be opened. The inner envelopes containing Substitution Technical Bid and/or Substitution Price Bid shall be exchanged for the corresponding envelopes being substituted, which are to be returned to the Bidder unopened. Only the Substitution Technical Bid, if any, shall be opened and read out. Substitution Price Bid will remain unopened in accordance with ITB 25.1. No envelope substitution shall be permitted unless the corresponding substitution notice contains a valid authorization to request the substitution and is read out at the opening of Technical Bids.

25.4 Next, outer envelopes marked “MODIFICATION” shall be opened. No Technical Bid and/or Price Bid modification shall be permitted unless the corresponding modification notice contains a valid authorization to request the modification and is read out at the opening of Technical Bids. Only the Technical Bids, both Original as well as Modification, are to be opened and read out at the opening of Technical Bids. Price Bids, both Original as well as Modification, will remain unopened in accordance with ITB 25.1.


25.5 All other envelopes holding the Technical Bids shall be opened one at a time, reading out:

(a) The name of the Bidder; (b) Whether there is a modification; (c) The presence or absence of a Bid Security; and

(d) Any other details as the Employer may consider appropriate.

Only Technical Bids and alternative Technical Bids read out at Bid opening shall be considered for evaluation. The Employer shall neither discuss the merits of any Bid nor reject any Bid (except for late Bids, in accordance with ITB 23.1).

25.6 The Employer shall prepare a record of the opening of Technical Bids that shall include, as a minimum: the name of the Bidder and whether there is a withdrawal, substitution, or modification; alternative proposals and the presence or absence of a Bid Security. The Bidders’ representatives who are present shall be requested to sign the record. The omission of a Bidder’s signature on the record shall not invalidate the contents and effect of the record. A copy of the record shall be distributed to all Bidders.

25.7 At the end of the evaluation of the Technical Bids, the Employer will invite Bidders who have submitted substantially responsive Technical Bids and who have been determined as being qualified for award to attend the opening of the Price Bids. The date, time, and location of the opening of Price Bids will be advised in writing by the Employer. The opening date should allow Bidders sufficient time to make arrangements for attending the opening of Price Bids.

25.8 The Employer will notify Bidders in writing who have been rejected on the grounds of their Technical Bids being substantially non-responsive to the requirements of the Bidding Document and return their Price Bids unopened.

25.9 The Employer shall conduct the opening of Price Bids of all Bidders who submitted substantially responsive Technical Bids, in the presence of Bidders’ representatives who choose to attend at the address, date and time specified by the Employer. The Bidder’s representatives who are present shall be requested to sign a register evidencing their attendance.

25.10 All envelopes containing Price Bids shall be opened one at a time, reading out:

(a) The name of the Bidder; (b) Whether there is a modification; (c) The Bid Prices, including any discounts and alternative

Bids; and (d) Any other details as the Employer may consider appropriate.


Only Price Bids discounts, and alternative Bids read out and recorded during the opening of Price Bids shall be considered for evaluation. No Bid shall be rejected at the opening of Price Bids.

25.11 The Employer shall prepare a record of the opening of Price Bids that shall include, as a minimum: the name of the Bidder, the Bid Price (per lot if applicable), any discounts, and alternative Bids. The Bidders’ representatives who are present shall be requested to sign the record. The omission of a Bidder’s signature on the record shall not invalidate the contents and effect of the record. A copy of the record shall be distributed to all Bidders.

E. Evaluation and Comparison of Bids

26. Confidentiality 26.1 Information relating to the evaluation of Bids and recommendation of contract award shall not be disclosed to Bidders or any other persons not officially concerned with the bidding process until information on Contract award is communicated to all Bidders in accordance with ITB 40.

26.2 Any attempt by a Bidder to influence the Employer in the evaluation of the Bids or Contract award decisions may result in the rejection of its Bid.

26.3 Notwithstanding ITB 26.2, from the time of Bid opening to the time of Contract award, if a Bidder wishes to contact the Employer on any matter related to the bidding process, it shall do so in writing.

27. Clarification of Bids 27.1 To assist in the examination, evaluation, and comparison of the Technical and Price Bids, and qualification of the Bidders, the Employer may, at its discretion, ask any Bidder for a clarification of its Bid, giving a reasonable time for a response. Any clarification submitted by a Bidder that is not in response to a request by the Employer shall not be considered. The Employer’s request for clarification and the response shall be in writing. No change in the substance of the Technical Bid or prices in the Price Bid, including any voluntary increase or decrease in the prices, shall be sought, offered, or permitted, except to confirm the correction of arithmetic errors discovered by the Employer in the evaluation of the Price Bids, in accordance with ITB 33.

27.2 If a Bidder does not provide clarifications of its Bid by the date and time set in the Employer’s request for clarification, its Bid may be rejected.

28. Deviations, Reservations, and Omissions 28.1 During the evaluation of Bids, the following definitions

apply:


(a) “Deviation” is a departure from the requirements specified in the Bidding Documents;

(b) “Reservation” is the setting of limiting conditions or withholding from complete acceptance of the requirements specified in the Bidding Documents; and

(c) “Omission” is the failure to submit part or all of the information or documentation required in the Bidding Documents.

29. Preliminary Examination of Technical Bids 29.1 The Employer shall examine the Technical Bid to confirm

that all documents and technical documentation requested in ITB 11.2 have been provided, and to determine the completeness of each document submitted.

29.2 The Employer shall confirm that the following documents and information have been provided in the Technical Bid. If any of these documents or information is missing, the Bid shall be rejected. (a) Letter of Technical Bid; (b) Written confirmation of authorization to commit the

Bidder; (c) Bid Security; and (d) Technical Proposal in accordance with ITB 16;

30. Qualification of the Bidder 30.1 The Employer shall determine to its satisfaction whether

Bidders meet the qualifying criteria specified in Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria, during the evaluation of Technical Bids. However, if prequalification was carried out prior to the bidding process, the Employer may carry out the assessment of the qualification criteria specified in Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria, for the Bidder who submitted the lowest evaluated and substantially responsive Bid only.

30.2 The determination shall be based upon an examination of the documentary evidence of the Bidder’s qualifications submitted by the Bidder, pursuant ITB 17.

30.3 An affirmative determination shall be a prerequisite for award of the Contract to the Bidder. A negative determination shall result in disqualification of the Bid, in which event if the assessment of the Bidder’s qualification was conducted for the lowest evaluated Bidder only, in accordance with ITB 30.1, the Employer shall proceed to the next lowest evaluated Bid to make a similar determination.

31. Determination of Responsiveness of Technical Bid 31.1 The Employer’s determination of a Technical Bid’s

responsiveness is to be based on the contents of the Bid itself, as defined in ITB 11.2.


31.2 A substantially responsive Technical Bid is one that meets the requirements of the Bidding Documents without material deviation, reservation, or omission. A material deviation, reservation, or omission is one that, (a) If accepted, would

(i) Affect in any substantial way the scope, quality, or performance of the Works specified in the Contract; or

(ii) Limit in any substantial way, inconsistent with the Bidding Documents, the Employer’s rights or the Bidder’s obligations under the proposed Contract; or

(b) If rectified, would unfairly affect the competitive position of other Bidders presenting substantially responsive Bids.

31.3 The Employer shall examine the Technical Bid submitted in accordance with ITB 16, Technical Proposal, in particular, to confirm that all requirements of Section VI, Works Requirements have been met without any material deviation, reservation or omission.

31.4 If a Technical Bid is not substantially responsive to the requirements of the Bidding Documents, it shall be rejected by the Employer and may not subsequently be made responsive by correction of the material deviation, reservation, or omission.

32. Nonmaterial Nonconformities

32.1 Provided that a Bid is substantially responsive, the Employer may waive any nonconformity in the Bid that does not constitute a material deviation, reservation, or omission.

32.2 Provided that a Technical Bid is substantially responsive, the Employer may request that the Bidder submit the necessary information or documentation, within a reasonable period of time, to rectify nonmaterial nonconformities in the Technical Bid related to documentation requirements. Requesting information or documentation on such nonconformities shall not be related to any aspect of the Price Bid. Failure of the Bidder to comply with the request may result in the rejection of its Bid.

32.3 Provided that a Technical Bid is substantially responsive, the Employer shall rectify quantifiable nonmaterial nonconformities related to the Bid Price. To this effect the Bid Price shall be adjusted, for comparison purposes only, to reflect the price of a missing or non-conforming item or component. The adjustment shall be made using the method specified in Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria.


33. Correction of Arithmetical Errors 33.1 Provided that the bid is substantially responsive; the

Employer shall correct arithmetical errors on the following basis: (a) if there is a discrepancy between the unit price and the

total price that is obtained by multiplying the unit price and quantity, the unit price shall prevail and the total price shall be corrected, unless in the opinion of the Employer there is an obvious misplacement of the decimal point in the unit price, in which case the total price as quoted shall govern and the unit price shall be corrected;

(b) If there is an error in a total corresponding to the addition or subtraction of subtotals, the subtotals shall prevail and the total shall be corrected; and

(c) If there is a discrepancy between words and figures, the amount in words shall prevail, unless the amount expressed in words is related to an arithmetic error, in which case the amount in figures shall prevail subject to (a) and (b) above.

33.2 Bidders shall be requested to accept correction of arithmetical errors. Failure to accept the correction in accordance with ITB 33.1, shall result in the rejection of the Bid.

34. Conversion to Single Currency 34.1 For evaluation and comparison purposes, the currency(ies)

of the Bid shall be converted into a single currency as specified in the BDS.

35. Subcontractors 35.1 Unless otherwise stated in the BDS, the Employer does not intend to execute any specific elements of the Works by subcontractors selected in advance by the Employer (nominated subcontractors).

35.2 In case Prequalification was not conducted prior to the bidding process, Bidders planning to subcontract any of the key activities indicated in Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria shall clearly identify the proposed specialist subcontractor(s) in Forms ELI-2 and EXP-2(b) in Section IV, Bidding Forms. Such proposed specialist subcontractors(s) shall meet the corresponding qualification requirements specified in Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria.

35.3 In case Prequalification was conducted prior to the bidding process, the Bidder’s Bid shall name the same specialist subcontractor(s) whose experience in the key activities was evaluated in the Prequalification, unless such change is explicitly approved by the Employer in accordance with ITB 17.2.


36. Evaluation of Price Bids 36.1 The Employer shall use the criteria and methodologies listed

in this Clause. No other evaluation criteria or methodologies shall be permitted.

36.2 To evaluate a Price Bid, the Employer shall consider the following: (a) The Bid Price, excluding Provisional Sums and the

provision, if any, for contingencies in the Summary Bill of Quantities, but including Day work items, where priced competitively;

(b) Price adjustment for correction of arithmetic errors in accordance with ITB 33.1;

(c) Price adjustment due to discounts offered in accordance with ITB 14.4;

(d) Converting the amount resulting from applying (a) to (c) above, if relevant, to a single currency in accordance with ITB 34;

(e) Price adjustment due to quantifiable nonmaterial nonconformities in accordance with ITB 32.3;

(f) The additional evaluation factors specified in Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria;

36.3 The estimated effect of the price adjustment provisions of the Conditions of Contract, applied over the period of execution of the Contract, shall not be taken into account in Bid evaluation.

36.4 If these Bidding Documents allow Bidders to quote separate prices for different lots (contracts), the methodology to determine the lowest evaluated price of the lot (contract) combinations, including any discounts offered in the Letter of Price Bid, is specified in Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria.

36.5 If the Bid, which results in the lowest Evaluated Bid Price, is seriously unbalanced or front loaded in the opinion of the Employer, the Employer may require the Bidder to produce detailed price analyses for any or all items of the Bill of Quantities, to demonstrate the internal consistency of those prices with the construction methods and schedule proposed. After evaluation of the price analyses, taking into consideration the schedule of estimated Contract payments, the Employer may require that the amount of the Performance Security be increased at the expense of the Bidder to a level sufficient to protect the Employer against financial loss in the event of default of the successful Bidder under the Contract.

37. Comparison of Bids 37.1 The Employer shall compare the evaluated prices of all substantially responsive Bids established in accordance with ITB 36.2 to determine the lowest evaluated Bid.


38. Employer’s Right to Accept Any Bid, and to Reject Any or All Bid 38.1 The Employer reserves the right to accept or reject any Bid,

and to annul the bidding process and reject all Bids at any time prior to contract award, without thereby incurring any liability to Bidders. In case of annulment, all Bids submitted and specifically, Bid securities, shall be promptly returned to the Bidders.

F. Award of Contract

39. Award Criteria 39.1 Subject to ITB 38.1, the Employer shall award the Contract to the Bidder whose offer has been determined to be the lowest evaluated Bid and is substantially responsive to the Bidding Documents, provided further that the Bidder is determined to be qualified to perform the Contract satisfactorily.

40. Notification of Award 40.1 Prior to the expiration of the period of Bid validity, the

Employer shall notify the successful Bidder, in writing that its Bid has been accepted. The notification letter (hereinafter and in the Conditions of Contract and Contract Forms called the “Letter of Acceptance”) shall specify the sum that the Employer will pay the Contractor in consideration of the execution and completion of the Works (hereinafter and in the Conditions of Contract and Contract Forms called “the Accepted Contract Amount”). At the same time, the Employer shall also notify all other Bidders of the results of the bidding.

40.2 After a contract has been determined to be eligible for financing under Japanese ODA Loans, the following information may be made public by JICA: (a) Name of each Bidder who submitted a Bid; (b) Bid Prices as read out at Bid Opening; (c) Name and address of the successful Bidder; (d) Name and address of supplier; and (e) Award date and amount of the contract.

40.3 Until a formal contract is prepared and executed, the Letter of Acceptance shall constitute a binding Contract.

40.4 After notification of award, unsuccessful Bidders may request in writing to the Employer a debriefing seeking explanations on the grounds on which their Bids were not selected. The Employer shall promptly respond in writing to any unsuccessful Bidder who, after notification of award in accordance with ITB 40.1, requests a debriefing.

41. Signing of Contract 41.1 Promptly upon notification, the Employer shall send the successful Bidder the Contract Agreement.


41.2 Within twenty-eight (28) days of receipt of the Contract Agreement, the successful Bidder shall sign, date, and return it to the Employer.

42. Performance Security 42.1 Within twenty-eight (28) days of the receipt of the Letter of

Acceptance from the Employer, the successful Bidder shall furnish the Performance Security in accordance with the General Conditions of Contract, subject to ITB 36.5, using for that purpose the Performance Security Form included in Section IX, Annex to the Particular Conditions – Contract Forms, or another form acceptable to the Employer. If the Performance Security furnished by the successful Bidder is in the form of a bond, it shall be issued by a bonding or insurance company that has been determined by the successful Bidder to be acceptable to the Employer. A foreign institution providing a bond shall have a correspondent financial institution located in the Employer’s Country.

42.2 Failure of the successful Bidder to submit the abovementioned Performance Security or sign the Contract shall constitute sufficient grounds for the annulment of the award and forfeiture of the Bid Security. In that event the Employer may award the Contract to the next lowest evaluated Bidder whose Bid is substantially responsive and is determined by the Employer to be qualified to perform the Contract satisfactorily.

Section II: Bid Data Sheet

JICA assisted GWSP: Package C# 7A1 Section II: BDS - 1

Bid Data Sheet

A. General

ITB 1.1 Bid Invitation Number is: IFB No.: GWSP/LCB/C-7A1/2021-22/96

Date:20.07.2021

ITB 1.1 Employer is: Project Director, Project Implementation Unit, JICA Assisted Guwahati Water Supply Project, Guwahati.

ITB 1.1 Name, identification and number of the Contract comprising this LCB are: Contract Package No. C-7A1 - Procurement of Works (Item rate) for Supply, Installation & Commissioning of MS & HDPE Pipes and Installation & Commissioning of the Employer furnished DI Pipes and allied works for the balance works under the Distribution Network in DMAs NS1,NS2,NS3,NS7, NS8,NS15, NS16,NS17,NS18,NS19,NS20,NS21 of Narakasur area of South Central Zone

ITB 2.1 The Borrower is: Government of India

ITB 2.1 The number of the Loan Agreement is: ID-P 201

The amount of a Japanese ODA Loan is: 29,453 million Japanese Yen

The signed date of the Loan Agreement is: March 31, 2009

ITB 2.1 Name of the Project is: JICA Assisted Guwahati Water Supply Project

ITB 2.2 The applicable Guidelines for Procurement under Japanese ODA Loans are those published in April 2012.

ITB 3.1(c) A list of debarred firms and individuals is available at the World Bank’s website: www.worldbank.org/debarr.

ITB 4.5 Amended as below:

The bidding is open to all eligible Bidders. No pre-qualification has been conducted.

This is two envelope bidding, where the bidder’s qualifications included in the Technical Bid, shall be evaluated to determine the bidder’s eligibility to participate in the bid. Only bidders who satisfy the eligibility requirements will be considered for further evaluation.

B. Bidding Documents

http://www.worldbank.org/debarr


ITB 6.1 Add the following:

Add at the end of Part 1:

Section VI A: Project Brief & Scope of Work.

Section VII : General Conditions of Contract (GC)

Section VIII : Particular Conditions of Contract (PC)

Section IX : Contract Forms (CF)

Part 2: Employer’s Requirements comprises of:

Section VI B: Technical Specifications.

Section VI B: Drawings

Appendix to Part 2 (in separate volumes) comprising:

- Standard Specifications (Civil works)

- Quality Assurance and Quality Control Manual

- Health and Safety Manual

- Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) for pipe laying works

ITB 7.1 For clarification purposes only, the Employer’s address is:

Project Director, Project Implementation Unit, JICA Assisted Guwahati Water Supply Project, 1st Floor, Tripti Tower, Ganeshguri, G.S. Road, Guwahati – 781 005 Email: [email protected]. / [email protected]

ITB 7.1 Responses to any request for clarification, if any, will be sent to the bidders who have purchased the Bid Document.

The Employer shall also upload its responses including a description of enquiry but without identifying its source on website www. gmdwsb.assam.gov.in.

ITB 7.4 A Pre-bid meeting will take place at the following date, time and place:

Date: 04.08.2021; Time: 14.00 Hours

Place: Office of the Project Director, JICA Assisted Guwahati Water Supply Project, 1st Floor, Tripti Tower, Ganeshguri, G.S. Road, Guwahati – 781 005

A site visit to the representative sites will be conducted on 04.08.2021 at 10.00 hours.

ITB 8.2 Addenda, if any, will be sent to the bidders who have purchased the Bid Document and will also be published on the Employer’s website:

www.gmdwsb.assam.gov.in.

C. Preparation of Bids

ITB 10.1 The language of the Bid is: English

ITB 13.1 Alternative Bids will not be permitted.

ITB 13.2 Alternative times for completion will not be permitted.

ITB 13.4 Alternative technical solutions are not permitted.

ITB 14.5 Not Applicable.

ITB 14.7 All taxes, duties, and other levies payable by the Contractor under the Contract, or for any other cause, as of the date 28 days prior to the deadline for submission of bids, shall be included in the rates and prices and the total Bid Price submitted by the Bidder.

(i) The Bidders shall ascertain the tax and duty exemptions available as per the Government Notifications avail all the benefits and shall quote their rate



http://www.gmdwsb.assam.gov.in/


accordingly, while preparing their price bid.

(ii) Necessary certificates from the Authority concerned shall be arranged by the Employer as and when requested.

(iii) At present, the Deemed Exports Benefits are not available for this project. If the Government of India through its further notifications issue after submission of bid, for exempting any components of material from any tax or duty, the contractor shall avail the benefit of exemption and shall pass on the same to the Employer.

However the responsibility for obtaining any such exemptions from the Competent Authority will remain with the Contractor and the Employer shall not in any way be responsible for admissibility of the claims or eligibility of the Contractor.

ITB 15.1 The currency(ies) of the Bid shall be as described below:

As the Bidder is expected to provide all the inputs to the Works from within the Employer’s country, the prices shall be quoted by the Bidder in the Bill of Quantities in Indian Rupees (INR) and further referred to as “the local currency”.

ITB 15.3 Not Applicable

ITB 17.2 Not Applicable

ITB 18.1 The Bid validity period shall be 120 days.

ITB 18.3 (a) Not Applicable.

ITB 18.3 (b) Not Applicable.

ITB 19.1 Amount and currency of the Bid Security shall be INR 8.35 Lakhs.

ITB 19.2 (a), (b) & (c)

Amended as below:

Bid Security shall be in any of the forms mentioned below: issued by a nationalized/ scheduled bank in India or a foreign Bank having its Branch in India.

(a) An unconditional Bank Guarantee using the Bid Security Form included in Section IV- Bid Forms.

The Bid Security shall be valid for twenty-eight (28) days beyond the original validity period of the Bid, or beyond any period of extension if requested under ITB 18.2.

(b) An irrevocable letter of credit. (c) A cashier’s or certified cheque.

ITB 19.2 (d) Other types of acceptable securities: “None”

ITB 20.1 In addition to the original of the Bid, the number of copies is : 1 [one]

ITB 20.2 All pages of submission shall be signed by a person duly authorized to sign on behalf of the Bidder. This authorization shall consist of a written confirmation in the form of Registered / Notarized Power of Attorney issued by the appropriate authority / person who is empowered to delegate the powers to the signatory to the Bidder or others.

The signature and/or initials as the Power of Attorney chooses to sign shall be attested by the person who is delegating the above power of Attorney.

D. Submission and Opening of Bids

ITB 22.1 For Bid submission purposes only, the Employer’s address is :

The Project Director,


JICA Assisted Guwahati Water Supply Project ,

1st Floor, Tripti Tower, Ganeshguri, G.S. Road, Guwahati – 781 005.

The deadline for bid submission is: Date: 18.08.2021; Time: 15.00 Hours.

ITB 25.1 The opening of the Technical Bid shall take place at:

Office of The Project Director,

JICA Assisted Guwahati Water Supply Project

1st Floor, Tripti Tower, Ganeshguri, G.S. Road, Guwahati – 781 005 Date: 18.08.2021; Time:16.00 Hours

E. Evaluation, and Comparison of Bids

ITB 34.1 Not Applicable.

Section: III - Evaluation and Qualification Criteria

JICA assisted GWSP: Package C-7A1 Section III: EQC - 1

Section III: Evaluation and Qualification Criteria

1. EVALUATION

1.1 Evaluation of Technical Bids:

Assessment of adequacy of Technical Proposal with Requirements:

Evaluation of the Bidder’s Technical Proposal will include an assessment of the Bidder’s technical capacity to mobilize key equipment and personnel for the contract consistent with its proposal regarding work methods, scheduling, and material sourcing in sufficient detail and fully in accordance with the requirements stipulated in Section VI – Employer’s Requirements. In addition, the following factors shall apply.

1.1.1 Personnel:

The Bidder must demonstrate that it has the personnel for the key positions that meet the following requirements:

No. Position Qualification Total Work

Experience (years) Experience in Similar

Works (years)

1 Project Manager BE [Civil/Mech.] 10 years 8 years

2 Resident Engineer BE [Civil/Mech.] 8 years 5 years

3 Planning Engineer BE [Civil] 5 years 3 years

4 QA & QC Manager BE [Civil] 5 years 3 years

5 Health & Safety (Accident Prevention) Officer

Diploma in occupational Safety & Health 5 years 3 years

Note: The Bidder shall provide details of the proposed personnel and their experience records in

Form PER-1 and Form PER-2 in Section IV, Bidding Forms.

1.1.2 Equipment:

The Bidder must demonstrate that it has the key equipment listed hereafter:

Note: The Bidder shall provide further details of the proposed items of equipment using Form EQU in Section IV, Bidding Forms.

1.2. Evaluation of Price Bids:

In addition to the criteria listed in ITB 36.2 (a) – (d), the following criteria shall apply:

1.2.1 Quantifiable nonmaterial nonconformities

Pursuant to ITB 32.3, the cost of all quantifiable nonmaterial nonconformities or omissions shall be evaluated. The Employer will make its own assessment of the cost of any nonmaterial nonconformities and omissions for the purpose of ensuring fair comparison of Bids, except for the omissions stated in ITB 14.2 which shall be treated in accordance with said clause.

1.2.2. Award Criteria for Multiple Contracts (ITB 36.4): Not Applicable.

No. Equipment Type and Characteristics Minimum Number required

1 Crawler Mounted Crane 2

2 Excavator 2

3 Concrete Mixing machine 2

4 Plate Compactor 6

5 Roller Compactor- 3 T capacity 1

JICA assisted GWSP: Package C#06A Section III: EQC - 2

1.3. Alternative Completion Times (ITB 13.2):

Bids offering a completion date beyond the designated period shall be rejected.

1.4. Alternative Technical Solutions for Specified Parts (ITB 13.4):

Not permitted.

2. Qualification

(i) Exchange Rate for Qualification Criteria

Wherever a Form in Section IV, Bidding Forms, requires a Bidder to state a monetary amount,

Bidders should indicate the INR equivalent using the rate of exchange determined as follows:

(a) For construction turnover or financial data required for each year - Exchange rate

prevailing on the last day of the respective calendar year with documentary evidence of

exchange rate.

(b) Value of single contract - Exchange rate prevailing on the date of the contract with

documentary evidence of exchange rate.

Exchange rates shall be taken from the publicly available source, www.rbi.org.in. of Reserve

Bank of India or, in case such rates are not available in the source identified above, any other

publicly available source acceptable to the Employer. Any error in determining the exchange

rates may be corrected by the Employer.

(ii) Qualification Criteria for Multiple Contracts

Not used.

(iii) Qualifying Criteria:

The Bidder shall meet all the criteria regarding Eligibility, Historical Contract Non

Performance, Financial Situation and Experience. To demonstrate that the Bidder meets the

criteria, the Bidder shall submit the information in the relevant Forms in Section IV with

updated / final or recent dated certificates.

The financial figures mentioned in FIN-1 and FIN-2 shall be supported by the specific Auditor’s

Certificate.

http://www.rbi.org.in/

JICA assisted GWSP: Package C#7A1 Section III: EQC - 3

Qualification Criteria Compliance Requirements Documentation

No. Factor Requirement Single Entity

Joint Venture (existing or intended) Submission

Requirements All Parties Combined

Each Member One

Member

2.1. Eligibility

2.1.1 Nationality In accordance with ITB Sub Clause 4.3. Must meet

requirement

N/A Must meet

requirement

N/A Forms ELI – 1

and 2, with

attachments

2.1.2 Conflict of

Interest

No conflicts of interest in ITB Sub-Clauses

4.2.

Must meet

requirement

N/A Must meet

requirement

N/A Letter of Bid

2.1.3 JICA Ineligibility Not having been declared ineligible by JICA,

as described in ITB Sub-Clause 4.4

Must meet

requirement

N/A

Must meet

requirement

N/A

Letter of Bid Form ACK






Each Member One

Member

2.2. Historical Contract Non-Performance

2.2.1 History of Non-

Performing

Contracts

Non-performance of a contract(i), did not

occur as a result of contractor’s default since

1st January 2019.

Must meet

requirement(ii)

N/A Must meet

requirement (ii)

N/A Form CON

2.2.2 Pending

Litigation

All pending litigation shall in total not

represent more than 75% of the Applicant’s

net worth and shall be treated as resolved

against the Bidder.

Must meet

requirement(ii)

N/A Must meet

requirement(ii)

N/A Form CON

2.2.3 Litigation

History

No consistent history of court/arbitral award decisions against the Bidder (iii), since 1st January 2017.

Must meet

requirement(ii)

N/A Must meet

requirement(ii)

N/A Form CON

Notes for the Bidder

(i) Non-performance, as decided by the Employer, shall include all Contracts:

(a) where non-performance was not challenged by the Contractor, including through referral to the dispute resolution mechanism under the respective Contract, and

(b) that were so challenged but fully settled against the Contractor.

Non-performance shall not include Contracts where Employer’s decision was overruled by the dispute resolution mechanism. Non-performance must be based on all information on fully settled disputes or litigation, i.e. dispute or litigation that has been resolved in accordance with the dispute resolution mechanism under the respective Contract and where all appeal instances available to the Bidder have been exhausted.

(ii) This requirement also applies to Contracts executed by the Bidder as a JV member.

(iii) The Bidder shall provide accurate information on the related Bidding Form about any litigation or arbitration resulting from Contracts completed or ongoing under its execution over the last five (5) years. A consistent history of awards against the Bidder or any member of a joint venture may result






Each Member One

Member

in rejection of the Bid.






Each Member One

Member

2.3. Financial Situation

2.3.1 Financial

Performance

The audited balance sheets, or if not

required by the law of the Bidder’s country,

other financial statements acceptable to the

Employer, for the last five consecutive

financial years shall be submitted and must

demonstrate the current soundness of the

Bidder’s financial position and indicate its

prospective long-term profitability.

As the minimum requirement, a Bidder’s Net

Worth (i) should be positive.

Must meet

requirement

N/A Must meet

the

requirement

N/A Form FIN – 1

with

attachments

2.3.2 Average Annual

Construction

Turnover

Minimum Average Annual turnover (ii) of INR

250 Million, calculated as total certified

payments received for contracts in progress

and/ or completed, within the last 5 financial

years divided by 5.

Must meet

requirement

Must meet

requirement

Must meet

25% of the

requirement

Lead Partner

must meet

40% of the

requirement

Form FIN – 2

2.3.3 Bidding Capacity

Bidders who meet the minimum qualification criteria will be qualified only if their available Bid capacity on the date of NIT shall not be less than INR 184 Million. The available bid capacity will be calculated as under: Bidding capacity=2 X A X N - B where A = Maximum annual construction turnover of the bidder in last three financial

Must meet the requirement

Must meet requirement

Must meet

25% of the

requirement

Lead Partner

must meet

40% of the

requirement

Form FIN - 3 with attachments






Each Member One

Member

years. N = Stipulated period of execution of contract in years, and B = Liability of present works in hand during the contract period.

2.4. Financial Resources

2.4.1 Financial Resources

The Bidder shall demonstrate that it has

access to, or has available, liquid assets,

unencumbered real assets, lines of credit,

and other financial means (independent of

any contractual advance payment) sufficient

to meet the construction cash flow

requirements of minimum INR 58 Million for

the subject contract(s) net of the Bidders

other commitments(iii).



Must meet

25% of the

requirement

Lead Partner

must meet

40% of the

requirement

Form FIR – 1

2.4.2 The Bidders shall also demonstrate, to the satisfaction of the Employer, that it has adequate sources of finance to meet the cash flow requirements on works currently in progress and for future contract commitments (iv).



N/A N/A Form FIR – 1 and FIR – 2

2.4.3 Financial Stability

The Bidder(s) who have applied for Corporate Debt Restructuring (CDR) or undergoing Insolvency Resolution Process or


N/A Must meet

requirement

N/A Form FIR-3






Each Member One

Member

Recovery proceedings from financial institutions or facing winding up proceedings or those under BIFR in the last 3 financial years (2018-19 to 2020-21) and up to the date of bid submission shall be disqualified. The Bidder shall submit an affidavit (v) to this effect along with certificate from the Bidder’s Charted Accountant/Auditors.

Note: (i) to (iv) The Bidder shall submit certificate from its Charted Accountant based on audited balance sheets for net worth, annual construction turn over, cash flow requirement for the subject contract and cash flow requirements on works currently in progress and for future contract commitments.

(v) An affidavit by the Bidder along with Certificate from the Bidder’s Charted Accountant/Auditors should be submitted with the bid.

2.5.1 General

Construction

Experience

Experience under construction contracts in the role of prime contractor (single entity or JV member), subcontractor, or management contractor (i) for at least last five (5) years starting from 1st April 2016. The Bidder shall submit year wise information of all completed and ongoing contracts.

Must meet

requirement

N/A Must meet

requirement

N/A Form EXP – 1






Each Member One

Member

2.5.2

(a)

Specific

Construction

Experience

Experience in execution and successful commissioning(iii) of either of the following works as a prime contractor (single entity or JV member(iv)), management contractor or sub-contractor between 1st April 2016 and Bid submission deadline:

a) One similar(ii) completed(iii) work costing not less than the amount equal to INR 142 Million OR

b) Two similar completed works each costing not less than the amount equal to INR 105 Million, OR

c) Three similar completed works of each costing not less than the amount equal to INR 70 Million.

Must meet

requirement

N/A N/A Lead Partner

must meet

the

requirement

Form EXP – 2

(a)

2.5.2

(b)

For the contracts successfully completed between 1st April 2016 and Bid submission deadline, a minimum construction experience in the following key activities, as a prime contractor (single entity or JV member), management contractor or sub-contractor:

a) Laying, jointing, testing & commissioning of MS pipeline min 700 mm dia - 0.2 km.

b) Laying, jointing, testing & commissioning of DI pipeline of 26 km, of which

Must meet all

the three

criteria (a), (b)

& (c)

Must meet

all the three

criteria (a),

(b) & (c)

Must meet

atleast one of

the three

criteria (a) or

(b) or (c)

N/A

Form EXP –

2 (b)






Each Member One

Member

Minimum dia. of 300 mm (ID) for a minimum length of 2 km.

c) Laying, jointing, testing & commissioning of HDPE pipeline with butt joint of minimum dia. of 110 mm (OD) for a minimum length of 7 km.

Notes for the Bidder

(i) A management contractor is a firm which takes on the role of contract management as a “general” contractor of sort could do. It does not normally perform directly the work(s) associated with the Contract. Rather, it manages the work of other (sub) contractors while bearing full responsibility and risk for price, quality, and timely performance of the contract.

(ii) The similar work for experience of the execution of works/scheme/project means execution of a scheme/project having (i) pipeline works similar to those included in the scope of the tender viz. Earth work, laying, jointing, testing & commissioning of MS/DI pipeline work involving any size and (ii) Service reservoir of any capacity.

(iii) The works which have been completed and commissioned during the period mentioned above, though may have commenced earlier, shall be considered for experience purposes. Experience should be substantiated with the completion and commissioning certificate of the entire works from the Employer not below the rank of Executive Engineer. If the work is executed in a JV, then the completion certificate should clearly specify physical and financial role of the Bidder, in absence of which such claim of experience will not be considered for evaluation.

(iv) For contracts in which the Bidder participated as a JV member, only the Bidder’s share, by value (both physical and financial) shall be considered to meet the requirement.

(v) For contracts under which the Bidder participated as a JV member or Sub contractor, only the Bidder’s share, by value (both physical and financial) shall be considered to meet the requirement.

Section IV: Bidding Forms - Technical

JICA assisted GWSP: Package C-7A1 Section IV: BF: Tech - 1

Bid Forms - Technical

A. Letter of Technical Bid...................................................................................................2

B. Technical Proposal ........................................................................................................3

Site Organization ....................................................................................................................... 4

Method Statement .................................................................................................................... 5

Mobilization Schedule ............................................................................................................... 6

Construction Schedule .............................................................................................................. 7

Safety Plan ................................................................................................................................. 8

Form PER -1: Proposed Personnel ............................................................................................. 9

Form PER -2: Resume of Proposed Personnel ........................................................................ 10

Form EQU: Equipment ............................................................................................................. 11

Bidders Qualification ............................................................................................................... 12

Form ELI -1: Bidder Information Form .................................................................................... 13

Form ELI -2: Bidder's Party Information Form ........................................................................ 14

Form CON: Historical Contract Non-Performance .................................................................. 15

Form FIN -1: Financial Situation .............................................................................................. 18

Form FIN -2: Average Annual Construction Turnover ............................................................. 20

Form FIN - 3 - Bidding Capacity ............................................................................................... 21

Form FIR -1: Financial Resources ............................................................................................. 22

Form FIR -2: Current Contract Commitments ......................................................................... 23

Form FIR -3: Financial Stability ................................................................................................ 24

Form EXP -1: General Construction Experience ...................................................................... 25

Form EXP -2(a): Specific Construction Experience .................................................................. 26

Form EXP -2(b): Construction Experience in Key Activities ..................................................... 28

Form ACK Acknowledgement of Compliance with Guidelines for Procurement under Japanese ODA Loans.................................................................................................... 30

Form of Bid Security (Bank Guarantee) ................................................................................... 32


A. Letter of Technical Bid

Date: [insert date of Bid submission] Loan Agreement No.: ID-P201 IFB No.: GWSP/LCB/C-7A1/2021-22/96 dt

To

Project Director Project Implementation Unit JICA Assisted Guwahati Water Supply Project 1st Floor, Tripti Tower, Ganeshguri, G.S. Road, Guwahati – 781 005

Name of the work: Contract Package C-7A1 : Procurement of Works (Item rate) for Supply, Installation & Commissioning of MS & HDPE Pipes and Installation & Commissioning of the Employer furnished DI Pipes and allied works for the balance works under the Distribution Network in DMAs NS1, NS2, NS3, NS7, NS8, NS15, NS16, NS17, NS18, NS19, NS20, NS21 of Narakasur area of South Central Zone

Sir,

We, the undersigned, declare that:

(a) We have examined and hereby declare that we accept all the clauses, conditions, descriptions, drawings, etc., of the Bid documents and including addenda issued in accordance with the Instructions to Bidders (ITB 8), without any reservations or conditions. [Insert the number and issuing date of each addendum];

(b) We, including subcontractors meet the eligibility requirements in accordance with ITB 4 and ITB 5;

(c) We, including subcontractors have no conflict of interest in accordance with ITB 4;

(d) We offer to execute in conformity with the Bidding Documents the following Works: Contract Package C-7A1 : Procurement of Works (Item rate) for Supply, Installation & Commissioning of MS & HDPE Pipes and Installation & Commissioning of the Employer furnished DI Pipes and allied works for the balance works under the Distribution Network in DMAs NS1, NS2, NS3, NS7, NS8, NS15, NS16, NS17, NS18, NS19, NS20, NS21 of Narakasur area of South Central Zone

(e) Our Bid shall be valid for a period of 120 days from the date fixed for the Bid submission deadline in accordance with the Bidding Documents, and it shall remain binding upon us and may be accepted at any time before the expiration of that period;

(f) We are not participating, as a Bidder or as a subcontractor, in more than one Bid in this bidding process in accordance with ITB 4.3 and not submitting alternative Bids in accordance with ITB 13; and

(g) We hereby certify that we have taken steps to ensure that no person acting for us or on our behalf will engage in any type of fraud and corruption.

Name of the Bidder*[insert complete name of person signing the Bid]

Name of the person duly authorized to sign the Bid on behalf of the Bidder**[insert complete name of person duly authorized to sign the Bid]

Title of the person signing the Bid [insert complete title of the person signing the Bid]

Signature of the person named above [insert signature of person whose name and capacity are shown above]

Date signed [insert date of signing] day of [insert month], [insert year]

*: In the case of the Bid submitted by joint venture specify the name of the Joint Venture as Bidder

**: Person signing the Bid shall have the power of attorney given by the Bidder to be attached with the Bid.


B. Technical Proposal

1. Site Organization.

2. Method Statement

3. Mobilization Schedule

4. Construction Schedule

5. Safety Plan

6. Personnel

7. Equipment


Site Organization

Insert Organization Information


Method Statement

The package area has been divided into various DMAs, isolating the network based on the topography and system isolation facilities, which will be fed from the feeder mains from the Service Reservoirs located at Narakasur. Hence the successful Bidder/contractor shall give priority for laying feeder main and complete the works and do Testing & trial run and commissioning the system DMAwise, so that the work of providing Service Connections can be taken up by the Employer.

The Bidder shall insert Method Statement detailing the description of the works, the Bidder’s proposed

Approach & methodology for the Supply, Installation & Commissioning of the balance works including the

Testing & 30 days for Trial Run and commissioning [within 10 Months] and remedying defects during the

Defects Notification Period [12 Months], in sufficient detail to demonstrate their adequacy to achieve the

requirements within the prescribed time.


Mobilization Schedule

Insert Mobilization Schedule for (i) Personnel (ii) Equipment and (iii) labour in accordance with the Construction Schedule proposed.


Construction Schedule

Insert Construction Schedule showing the schedule for mobilization of equipment, survey,

procurement (vendor proposal, QAP, manufacturing, inspection, supply, etc.), installation /

construction, test, trial run, commission, remedying defects during Defects notification period.


Safety Plan

Insert Safety Plan

JICA assisted GWSP: Package C# 7A1 Section IV: BF: Tech - 9

Form PER -1: Proposed Personnel

[Insert day, month, year] Bidder’s Legal Name: [insert full name] IFB No. GWSP/LCB/C-7A1/2021-22/96

Page [insert page number] of [insert total number] page

[The Bidder shall provide the names of suitably qualified personnel to meet the specified requirements stated in Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria, Clause 1.1.1.]

1. Title of position*

Name


Name


Name


Name

*As listed in Section III.


Form PER -2: Resume of Proposed Personnel

[insert day, month, year] Bidder’s Legal Name: [insert full name]

Joint Venture Party Legal Name:[insert full name] IFB No. GWSP/LCB/C-7A1/2021-22/96


[The Bidder shall provide the data on the experience of the personnel indicated in Form PER-1, in the form below:]

Name of Bidder

Position

Personnel information

Name Date of birth

Professional qualifications

Present employment

Name of employer

Address of employer

Telephone Contact (manager / personnel officer)

Fax E-mail

Job title Years with present employer

[Summarize professional experience over the last 15 years, in reverse chronological order. Indicate particular technical and managerial experience relevant to the project.]

From To Company / Project / Position / Relevant technical and management experience


Form EQU: Equipment

[insert day, month, year] Bidder’s Legal Name: [insert full name]

Joint Venture Party Legal Name:[insert full name] IFB No. GWSP/LCB/C-7A1/2021-22/96

Page [insert page number] of [insert total number] page [Bidder shall provide adequate information to demonstrate clearly that it has the capability to meet the requirements for the key equipment listed in Section III, Evaluation & Qualification Criteria, Clause 1.1.2. A separate Form shall be prepared for each item of equipment listed, or for alternative equipment proposed by the Bidder. If the Bidder desires to hire the equipment, he shall submit the lease agreement with the owner.]

Item of equipment

Equipment information

Name of manufacturer

Model and power rating

Capacity

Year of manufacture

Current status Current location

Details of current commitments

Source Indicate source of the equipment

Owned Rented Leased Specially manufactured

Omit the following information for equipment owned by the Bidder.

Owner Name of owner

Address of owner

Telephone Contact name and title

Fax E-mail

Agreements Details of rental / lease / manufacture agreements specific to the project


Bidders Qualification

To establish its qualifications to perform the contract in accordance with Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria, the Bidder shall provide the information requested in the corresponding forms included hereunder: 1. Form ELI -1. Bidder Information Form 2. Form ELI -2. Bidder’s Party Information Form 3. Form CON. Historical Contract Non-Performance 4. Form FIN -1. Financial Situation 5. Form FIN -2. Average Annual Construction Turnover 6. Form FIN -3.Bidding Capacity 7. Form FIR -1. Financial Resources 8. Form FIR -2. Current Contract Commitments 9. Form FIR -3. Affidavit for Financial Stability 10. Form EXP-1. General Construction Experience 11. Form EXP -2 (a). Specific Construction Experience 12. Form EXP- 2 (b). Construction Experience in key Activities 13. Form ACK - Acknowledgement of Compliance with Guidelines for Procurement under Japanese

ODA Loans 14. Form of Bid Security


Form ELI -1: Bidder Information Form

Date: [insert day, month, year] IFB No. GWSP/LCB/C-7A1/2021-22/96

Page [insert page number] of [insert total number] pages

[Bidders shall provide the following information:]

Bidder's legal name

[insert full name]

In case of a JV, legal name of the representative member and of each member:

[Insert full name of each member in the JV and specify the representative member.]

Bidder's actual or intended country of registration:

[insert country of registration]

Bidder's actual or intended year of incorporation:

[insert year of incorporation]

Bidder's legal address in country of registration:

[insert street/ number/ town or city/ country]

Bidder's authorized representative information

Name: [insert full name]

Address: [inset street/ number/ town or city/ country]

Telephone/Fax numbers: [insert telephone/fax numbers, including country and city codes]

E-mail address: [insert E-mail address]

1. Attached are copies of original documents of

Articles of Incorporation (or equivalent documents of constitution or association), and/or documents of registration of the legal entity named above, in accordance with ITB 4.3.

In case of JV, letter of intent to form JV or JV agreement, in accordance with ITB 4.1.

2. Included are the organizational chart, a list of Board of Directors, and the beneficial ownership.


Form ELI -2: Bidder's Party Information Form

Date: [insert day, month, year] IFB No. GWSP/LCB/C-7A1/2021-22/96


[The following form is additional to Form ELI-1, and shall be completed to provide information relating to each JV member (in case the Bidder is a JV) as well as any specialist subcontractor proposed to be used by the Bidder for any part of the Contract resulting from this process.]

Bidder’s legal name:

[insert full name]

Bidder's Party legal name:

[insert full name of Bidder’s party]

Bidder's Party country of registration:

[insert country of registration]

Bidder’s Party year of incorporation:

[insert year of incorporation]

Bidder’s Party legal address in country of registration:

[insert street/ number/ town or city/ country]

Bidder’s Party authorized representative information

Name: [insert full name]

Address: [insert street/ number/ town or city/ country]

Telephone/Fax numbers: [insert telephone/fax numbers, including country and city codes]

E-mail address: [insert E-mail address]

1. Attached are copies of original documents of

Articles of Incorporation (or equivalent documents of constitution or association), and/or registration documents of the legal entity named above, in accordance with ITB 4.3.

2. Included are the organizational chart, a list of Board of Directors, and the beneficial ownership.


Form CON: Historical Contract Non-Performance

Date: [insert day, month, year] Bidder’s Legal Name: [insert full name]

Bidder’s Party Legal Name:[insert full name] IFB No. GWSP/LCB/C-7A1/2021-22/96


[The following table shall be filled in for the Bidder and for each member of a JV]

1. History of Non-Performing Contracts

Non-Performing Contracts

Contract non-performance did not occur since 1st January 2019, in accordance with the Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria, Sub-Factor 2.2.1, as appropriate.

Contract(s) not performed since 1st January 2019, in accordance with the Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria, Sub-Factor 2.2.1, as appropriate, is(are) indicated below:

Year Non- performed portion

of contract

Contract Identification

Total Contract Amount (current value, currency,

exchange rate and INR equivalent)

[insert year]

[insert amount and percentage]

Contract Identification: [insert complete contract name, number, and any other identification]

Name of Employer: [insert full name]

Address of Employer: [insert street/city/country]

Reason(s) for non-performance: [indicate main reason(s)]

[insert amount]


2. Pending Litigation

Pending Litigation

No pending litigation since 1st January 2017 in accordance with the Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria, Sub-Factor 2.2.2, as appropriate.

Pending litigation since 1st January 2017 in accordance with the Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria, Sub-Factor 2.2.2, as appropriate, is indicated below:

Year of dispute

Amount in dispute (currency)

Outcome as Percentage

of Net Worth




[insert year] [insert amount] [insert percentage]

Contract Identification: [indicate complete contract name, number, and any other identification] Name of Employer: [insert full name] Address of Employer: [insert street/ city/ country] Matter in dispute: [indicate main issues in dispute] Status of dispute: [Indicate if it is being treated by the Adjudicator, under Arbitration or being dealt with by the Judiciary]

[insert amount]


3. Litigation History

Litigation History

No court/arbitral award decisions against the Bidder since 1st January 2017, in accordance with the Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria, Sub-Factor 2.2.3, as appropriate.

Court/ arbitral award decisions against the Bidder since 1st January 2017, in accordance with the Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria, Sub-Factor 2.2.3, as appropriate, are indicated below:

Year of award




[insert year] Contract Identification: [indicate complete contract name, number, and any other identification] Name of Employer: [insert full name] Address of Employer: [insert street/city/country] Matter in dispute: [indicate main issues in dispute] Party who initiated the dispute: [indicate “Employer” or “Contractor”] Status of dispute: [Indicate if it is being treated by the Adjudicator, under Arbitration or being dealt with by the Judiciary]

[insert amount]


Form FIN -1: Financial Situation

[The following table shall be filled in for the Bidder and for each member of a JV.]




1. Financial data

Type of Financial information in

(currency) Historic information for previous [insert number] years

(amount in currency, currency, exchange rate, INR equivalent)

Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5

Statement of Financial Position (Information from Balance Sheet)

Total Assets (TA)

Total Liabilities (TL)

Net Worth (NW)

Current Assets (CA)

Current Liabilities (CL)

Information from Income Statement

Total Revenue (TR)

Profits Before Taxes (PBT)

Profits After Taxes (PAT)


2. Financial documents The Bidder and its parties shall provide copies of the financial statements for five years pursuant the Prequalification criteria or Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria Sub-Factor 2.3.1, as appropriate. The financial statements shall:

(a) Reflect the financial situation of the Bidder or in case of JV, of each member, and not of an affiliated entity (such as parent company or group member).

(b) Be independently audited or certified in accordance with local legislation.

(c) Be complete, including all notes to the financial statements.

(d) Correspond to accounting periods already completed and audited. Attached are copies of financial statements* for the five years required above; and complying with the

requirements.

The financial figures mentioned in FIN-1 and FIN-2 shall be supported by both the Auditor’s Certificate and Audited Annual financial statements, in which clear distinctive reference is marked.

* If the most recent set of financial statements is for a period earlier than 12 months from the date of bid, the reason for this should be justified.


Form FIN -2: Average Annual Construction Turnover


Date: [insert day, month, year]

Bidder’s Legal Name: [insert full name] Bidder’s Party Legal Name:[insert full name]

IFB No. GWSP/LCB/C-7A1/2021-22/96 Page [insert page number] of [insert total number] page

Annual Turnover Data (Construction only)

Year Amount and Currency Exchange rate to INR

INR equivalent Amount in INR

[indicate year]

[insert amount and indicate currency]

[insert applicable

exchange rate]

[insert amount in INR equivalent]

[after applying weightage as in the Note (vi) in

Page EQC-8]

Average Annual Construction Turnover *

* Total INR equivalent for all years divided by the total number of years (5), in accordance with the Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria, Sub-Factor 2.3.2, as appropriate.


Form FIN - 3 - Bidding Capacity

The following table shall be filled in for the Bidder and for each member of a JV.


Joint Venture Party Legal Name: [insert full name] IFB No. GWSP/LCB/C-7A1/2021-22/96


Bidders and each member of a JV should provide information on their current commitments on all Contracts

that have been awarded, or for which a letter of intent or acceptance has been received, or for Contracts

approaching completion, but for which an unqualified, full completion certificate has yet to be issued, in

accordance with Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria, Clause 2.3.3.

INR

S. No

Contract Name

Name of Employer, Address,

tel/fax and email

Value of contract

Date of award

Completion period

(months)

Time left for

completion of works after Aug

2019

Payment received till Aug 2019

Balance cost of

unexecuted work after Aug 2019

Remaining cost of work to be executed

in 18 months on proportional basis

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8= (3-7)

Col. 9=Col. 8, for Col. 6<18 months

Col. 9=Col. 8 x 18/ Col. 6 for col. 6> 18

months

1

2

3

4

5

Etc.

Total of Column 9, as “B” for calculating Bidding Capacity

Note; The Exchange Rate for Column 3, 7 and 8 shall be last day of Aug 2019 as published by RBI

All claims shall be supported with documentary evidence.

Bidder shall not hide any information; otherwise it will lead to the disqualification of the Bidder.


Form FIR -1: Financial Resources





[Specify proposed sources of financing, such as liquid assets, unencumbered real assets, lines of credit, and other financial means, net of current commitments, available to meet the total construction cash flow demands of the subject contract or contracts as specified in Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria, Sub-Factor 2.4.1 & 2.4.2.

Financial Resources

No. Source of financing Amount (INR equivalent)

1

2

3


Form FIR -2: Current Contract Commitments





Bidders and each member to a JV should provide information on their current commitments on all contracts that have been awarded, or for which a letter of intent or acceptance has been received, or for contracts approaching completion, but for which an unqualified, full completion certificate has yet to be issued, in accordance with Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria, Sub-Factor 2.4.2

Current Contract Commitments

No. Name of Contract Employer’s Contact

Address, Tel, Fax

Value of Outstanding

Work [Current INR Equivalent]

Estimated Completion

Date

Average Monthly Invoicing Over Last

Six Months [INR/month)]

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)

1

2

3

4

5


Form FIR -3: Financial Stability

To demonstrate their financial stability, the Bidder shall submit an Affidavit in the following format along

with the certificate from the Bidder’s Auditor / Charted Accountant.

AFFIDAVIT

I/We ……………………………………………, having my/our registered office at ………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………., submitting my/our Bid for the

work of “Contract Package No. C-#6A2 - Procurement of Works (Item rate) for Supply, Installation &

Commissioning of MS & HDPE Pipes and Installation & Commissioning of the Employer furnished DI Pipes for

the balance works under the Distribution Network in Geeta Nagar area of South Central Zone.” certify that

my/our firm have not applied for Corporate Debt Restructuring (CDR) or undergoing Insolvency Resolution

Process or Recovery proceedings from financial institutions or facing winding up proceedings or those

under BIFR in the last 3 financial years (2018-19 to 2020-21) and up to the date of bid submission.

Signature of the Authorized Signatory to the Bidder

Name of the Authorized Signatory to the Bidder

Name & Address of the Bidder

Date:


Form EXP -1: General Construction Experience





[Identify contracts that demonstrate continuous construction work over the past [number] years pursuant to Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria Sub-Factor 2.5.1. List contracts chronologically, according to their commencement (starting) dates.]

General Construction Experience

Starting

Year

Ending

Year

Contract Identification Role of

Bidder

[indicate year]

[indicate year]

Contract name: [insert full name] Brief description of the Works performed by the Bidder: [describe Works performed briefly] Amount of contract: [insert amount in currency, mention currency used, exchange rate and INR equivalent] Name of Employer: [indicate full name] Address: [indicate street/number/town or city/country]

[insert "Prime Contractor (single entity or JV member)” or "Subcontractor” or "Management Contractor”]


Form EXP -2(a): Specific Construction Experience





[Fill out one (1) form per contract, in accordance with Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria Sub-Factor 2.5.2(a).]

Contract of Similar Size and Nature

Similar Contract No.

[insert number] of [insert number of similar contracts required]

Information

Contract Identification [insert contract name and reference identification number, if applicable]

Award Date [insert day, month, year, e.g., 15 June, 2021]

Completion Date [insert day, month, year, e.g., 03 October, 2022]

Role in Contract [check the appropriate box]

Prime Contractor

Single entity

JV member

Total Contract Amount- INR [insert total contract amount and currency(ies)]

If member in a JV, specify participation in total Contract amount

[insert a percentage amount]

[insert total contract amount and currency(ies)]

Employer's Name: [insert full name]

Address:

Telephone/fax number

E-mail:

[indicate street / number / town or city / country]

[insert telephone/fax numbers, including country and

city area codes]

[insert E-mail address, if available]


Similar Contract No. [insert number] of [insert number of

similar contracts required] Information

Description of the similarity in accordance with Sub-Factor 2.5.2(a) of

Section III:

1. Physical size of required works items

[insert physical size of items]

2. Complexity [insert description of complexity]

3. Methods/Technology [insert specific aspects of the methods/ technology involved in the contract]

4. Other Characteristics [insert other characteristics as described in Section VI, Works Requirements]


Form EXP -2(b): Construction Experience in Key Activities

Date: [insert day, month, year]

Bidder’s Legal Name: [insert full name] Bidder’s Party Legal Name:[insert full name]

Subcontractor’s Legal Name [insert full name] IFB No. GWSP/LCB/C-7A1/2021-22/96

Page [insert page number] of [insert total number] pages [Fill out one (1) form per contract, in accordance with Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria, Sub-Factor 2.5.2(b).] 1. Key Activity No (1): 2.5.2 (a): [insert brief description of the Activity, emphasizing its specificity]

Total Quantity of Activity under the contract: _____________________________________

Contract with Similar Key Activities

Item Information

Contract Identification [insert contract name and number, if applicable]

Award Date [insert day, month, year, e.g., 15 June, 2021]

Completion Date [insert day, month, year, e.g., 03 October, 2022]

Role in Contract [check the appropriate box]

Prime Contractor Management Contractor

Subcontractor Single entity

JV member

Total Contract Amount [insert total contract amount and currency(ies)]

Quantity (Volume, number or rate of production, as applicable) performed under the contract per year or part of the year [Insert extent of participation indicating actual quantity of key activity successfully completed in the role performed]

Total quantity in the contract

(i)

Percentage participation

(ii)

Actual Quantity Performed

(i) x (ii)

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Employer’s Name: [insert full name]


Address:

Telephone/fax number

E-mail:

[indicate street / number / town or city / country] [insert telephone/fax numbers, including country and city area codes]

[insert E-mail address, if available]

Provide similar details using the format as above, for:

2. Key Activity No. (2) 2.5.2(b) (a) _____

3. Key Activity No. (2) 2.5.2(b) (b) _____

4. Key Activity No. (3) 2.5.2(b) (c) _____


Form ACK Acknowledgement of Compliance with Guidelines for Procurement

under Japanese ODA Loans

A) I, [insert name and position of authorized signatory], being duly authorized by [insert name of

Bidder/members of joint venture (“JV”)] (hereinafter referred to as the “Bidder”) to execute this

Acknowledgement of Compliance with Guidelines for Procurement under Japanese ODA Loans, hereby

certify on behalf of the Bidder and myself that all information provided in the Bid submitted by the Bidder

for “Contract Package No. C-7A1 - Procurement of Works (Item rate) for Supply, Installation &

Commissioning of MS & HDPE Pipes and Installation & Commissioning of the Employer furnished DI Pipes

and allied works for the balance works under the Distribution Network in DMAs NS1,NS2,NS3,NS7,

NS8,NS15, NS16,NS17,NS18,NS19,NS20,NS21 of Narakasur area of South Central Zone.

(i) the Bid has been prepared and submitted in full compliance with the terms and conditions set forth

in the Guidelines for Procurement under Japanese ODA Loans (hereinafter referred to as the

“Guidelines”); and

(ii) the Bidder has not, directly or indirectly, taken any action which is or constitutes a corrupt,

fraudulent, collusive or coercive act or practice in violation of the Guidelines and is not subject to

any conflict of interest as stipulated in the relevant section of the Guidelines.

<If debarment for more than one year by the World Bank Group is NOT imposed, use the following

sentence B).>

B) I certify that the Bidder has NOT been debarred by the World Bank Group for more than one year

since the date of issuance of Invitation for Bids.1

<If debarment for more than one year by the World Bank Group has been imposed BUT three (3) years

have passed since the date of such debarment decision, use the following sentence B’).>

B’) I certify that the Bidder has been debarred by the World Bank Group for a period more than one year

BUT that on the date of issuance of Invitation for Bids at least three (3) years had passed since the

date of such debarment decision. Details of the debarment are as follows: name of the debarred

firm starting date of

debarment ending date of

debarment reason for debarment

C) I certify that the Bidder will not enter into a subcontract with a firm which has been debarred by the

World Bank Group for a period more than one year, unless on the date of the subcontract at least

three (3) years have passed since the date of such debarment decision.

D) I certify, on behalf of the Bidder, that if selected to undertake services in connection with the

Contract, the Bidder shall carry out such services in continuing compliance with the terms and

conditions of the Guidelines.

E) I further certify, on behalf of the Bidder, that if the Bidder is requested, directly or indirectly, to

engage in any corrupt or fraudulent action under any applicable law, such as the payment of a rebate,

at any time during a process of public procurement, negotiations, execution or implementation of

contract (including amendment thereof), the Bidder shall report all relevant facts regarding such


request to the relevant section in JICA (details of which are specified below) in a timely manner.

JICA’s information desk on fraud and corruption (A report can be made to either of the offices

identified below.)

(1) JICA Headquarters: Legal Affairs Division, General Affairs Department

URL: https://www2.jica.go.jp/en/odainfo/index.php

Tel: +81 (0)3 5226 8850

(2) JICA New Delhi office

Tel: +91 11 476 85500

The Bidder acknowledges and agrees that the reporting obligation stated above shall NOT in any way

affect the Bidder’s responsibilities, obligations or rights, under relevant laws, regulations, contracts,

guidelines or otherwise, to disclose or report such request or other information to any other

person(s) or to take any other action, required to or allowed to, be taken by the Bidder. The Bidder

further acknowledges and agrees that JICA is not involved in or responsible for the procurement

process in any way.

F) If any of the statements made herein is subsequently proven to be untrue or incorrect based on facts

subsequently determined, or if any of the warranties or covenants made herein is not complied with,

the Bidder will accept, comply with, and not object to any remedies taken by the Employer and any

sanctions imposed by or actions taken by JICA. _____________________________

Authorized Signatory [Insert name of signatory; title]

For and on behalf of [Insert name of the Bidder]


Form of Bid Security (Bank Guarantee)

[Guarantor letterhead or SWIFT identifier code]

Beneficiary: Project Director, JICA Assisted Guwahati Water Supply Project 1st Floor, Tripti Tower, Ganeshguri, G.S. Road, Guwahati – 781 005..

IFB No. GWSP/LCB/C-7A1/2021-22/96

Date: [Insert date of issue]

BID GUARANTEE No.: [Insert guarantee reference number]

Guarantor: [Insert name and address of place of issue, unless indicated in the letterhead]

We have been informed that [insert name of the Bidder, which in the case of a joint venture shall be the name of the joint venture (whether legally constituted or prospective) or the names of all members thereof] (hereinafter called "the Applicant") has submitted or will submit to the Beneficiary its Bid (hereinafter called "the Bid") for the execution of “Contract Package No. C-6A2 - Procurement of Works (Item rate) for Supply, Installation & Commissioning of MS & HDPE Pipes and Installation & Commissioning of the Employer furnished DI Pipes for the balance works under the Distribution Network in Geeta Nagar area of South Central Zone.”

Furthermore, we understand that, according to the Beneficiary’s conditions, Bids must be supported by a bid guarantee.

At the request of the Applicant, we, as Guarantor, hereby irrevocably undertake to pay the Beneficiary any sum or sums not exceeding in total an amount of [insert amount in words] ([insert amount in figures]) upon receipt by us of the Beneficiary’s complying demand, supported by the Beneficiary’s statement, whether in the demand itself or a separate signed document accompanying or identifying the demand, stating that either the Applicant:

(a) has withdrawn its Bid during the period of bid validity set forth in the Applicant’s Letter of Bid (“the Bid Validity Period”), or any extension thereto provided by the Applicant; or

(b) having been notified of the acceptance of its Bid by the Beneficiary during the Bid Validity Period or any extension thereto provided by the Applicant, (i) has failed to execute the contract agreement, or (ii) has failed to furnish the Performance Security, in accordance with the Instructions to Bidders of the Beneficiary’s bidding documents.

This guarantee will expire and shall be returned: (a) if the Applicant is the successful Bidder, upon our receipt of copies of the contract agreement signed by the Applicant and the Performance Security issued to the Beneficiary in relation to such contract agreement; or (b) if the Applicant is not the successful Bidder, upon the earlier of (i) our receipt of a copy of the Beneficiary’s notification to the Applicant of the results of the bidding process; or (ii) twenty-eight days after the end of the Bid Validity Period.

Consequently, any demand for payment under this guarantee must be received by us at the office indicated above on or before that date.


This guarantee is subject to the Uniform Rules for Demand Guarantees (URDG) 2010 Revision, ICC Publication No. 758.

_____________________________

[signature(s)]

Section IV: Bidding Forms: Financial

JICA assisted GWSP: Package C-7A1 BF – FIN - 1

Bid Forms - Financial

Letter of Price Bid ............................................................................................................. 2

Preamble to Price Schedule……………………………………………………………………….…..…………………5 Bill of Quantities …………………………………………………………………………………………….……………….7


Letter of Price Bid

Date: [insert date of Bid submission] Loan Agreement No.: [insert No of Loan]

IFB No.: GWSP/LCB/C-7A1/2021-22/96

To: [insert full name of Employer]

We, the undersigned, declare that:

(a) We have examined and have no reservations to the Bidding Documents, including addenda

issued in accordance with Instructions to Bidders (ITB 8). [Insert the number and issuing date of

each addendum];

(b) We offer to execute in conformity with the Bidding Documents and Technical Bid the following

Works: “Procurement of Works (Item rate) for Supply, Installation & Commissioning of MS &

HDPE Pipes and Installation & Commissioning of the Employer furnished DI Pipes and allied

works for the balance works under the Distribution Network in DMAs NS1,NS2,NS3,NS7,

NS8,NS15, NS16,NS17,NS18,NS19,NS20,NS21 of Narakasur area of South Central Zone under

the Contract Package No. C-7A1”

(c) The total price of our Bid, excluding any discounts offered in item (d) below is:

[Insert the total price of the Bid in words and figures, indicating the various amounts and the

respective currencies]

(d) The discounts offered and the methodology for their application are:

The discounts offered are: [specify in detail each discount offered.]

The exact method of calculations to determine the net price after application of discounts is

shown below: [specify in detail the method that shall be used to apply the discounts.] ;

(e) Our Bid shall be valid for a period of 120 days from the date fixed for the Bid submission

deadline in accordance with the Bidding Documents, and it shall remain binding upon us and

may be accepted at any time before the expiration of that period;

(f) If our Bid is accepted, we commit to obtain a Performance Security in accordance with the

Bidding Documents;

(g) We understand that this Bid, together with your written acceptance thereof included in your

Letter of Acceptance, shall constitute a binding contract between us, until a formal contract is

prepared and executed; and

(h) We understand that you are not bound to accept the lowest evaluated Bid or any other Bid that

you may receive.

Name of the Bidder*[insert complete name of person signing the Bid]


Name of the person duly authorized to sign the Bid on behalf of the Bidder**[insert complete name of person duly authorized to sign the Bid] Title of the person signing the Bid [insert complete title of the person signing the Bid] Signature of the person named above [insert signature of person whose name and capacity are shown above] Date signed [insert date of signing] day of [insert month], [insert year] *: In the case of the Bid submitted by joint venture specify the name of the Joint Venture as Bidder **: Person signing the Bid shall have the power of attorney given by the Bidder to be attached with the Bid.


PREAMBLE TO PRICE SCHEDULE

Bill of Quantities for Procurement of Works (Item rate) for Procurement of Works (Item rate) for Procurement of Works (Item rate) for Supply, Installation & Commissioning of MS & HDPE Pipes and Installation & Commissioning of the Employer furnished DI Pipes and allied works for the balance works under the Distribution Network in DMAs NS1, NS2, NS3, NS7, NS8, NS15, NS16, NS17, NS18, NS19, NS20, NS21 of Narakasur area of South Central Zone under the Contract Package No. C 7A1

The Bill of quantities are composed of different items of works for Distribution system including supply, installation, construction and commissioning of MS Pipes and HDPE Pipes, & installation and commissioning of DI Pipes, supply and installation of all specials and appurtenances and including all civil works of excavations, RCC works, ancillary works of pipe installation works such as river crossing, road re-instatement, Electro Mechanical works, etc.

The Bill of Quantities comprises of the above work items, principal quantities and the summary of schedules. The Bidder shall complete to fill the bill of quantities in accordance with the provisions below described.

1) The Bill of quantities shall be read in conjunction with the Scope of Works, Technical Specifications, conditions of contract and Drawings.

2) The Bidder is advised to examine all instructions, terms, specifications and other information in the Bid documents and consider and evaluate fully the price implications therein contained before filling the contract amount.

3) Bidder should acquaint himself with the site conditions including the access to Work site.

4) There are, however, several minor items not specifically mentioned in the break-up (BOQ items), but shall be required to complete the job as per scope and specification of works stipulated in the tender document. The cost of such items shall deem to be distributed among the rates and prices entered for the related items.

5) The quoted rates in the Bill of Quantities shall, except insofar as it is otherwise provided under the Contract, include all Construction, labour, supervision, materials, erection, maintenance , insurance, profit, taxes and duties together with all general risks, liabilities and obligations set out or implied in the contract.

6) It shall be deemed that Bidder has included likely expenditure in his quoted price i.e., provision for field investigations, site clearance and final removal of all temporary works of whatsoever nature required for construction including, dewatering and availability of material of required quality etc., for the proper execution of works. The rates shall also be deemed to include any works and setting out that may be required to be carried out for all the works involved.

7) However, while hydro stating and trial run of the already laid pipelines, if any defects are noticed, cost of its rectification will be paid from the Day works schedule for the Labour and Equipment and for the materials from the Provisional sum.

8) The quantities given in the Bill of Quantities are estimated and provisional and are given to provide a common basis for bidding. The basis of payment will be the actual quantities of work ordered and carried out, as measured by the Engineer (accepted by contractor) and valued at the rates and prices quoted in the priced bill of quantities.

9) A rate shall be entered against each item in the Bill of Quantities, whether quantities are stated or not. The cost of items against which the contractor has failed to enter a rate shall be deemed to be covered under other rates and prices entered in the Bill of Quantities.


10) The rates and prices shall be quoted by the bidder separately in local currency (INR) only. The unit rates and amounts shall be quoted in two decimal.

11) Any arithmetic errors in computation or summation will be corrected by the Employer as follows:

Where there is a discrepancy between amounts in figures and in words, the amount in words will govern; and

Where there is a discrepancy between the unit rate and the total amount derived from the multiplication of the unit price and the quantity, the unit rate as quoted will govern, unless in the opinion of the Employer, there is an obviously gross misplacement of the decimal point in the unit price, in which event the total amount as quoted will govern and the unit rate will be corrected.

12) All costs associated with testing, commissioning, inspection, including the Pre-delivery Inspection at the manufacturers' works by a Third Party, shall be deemed to be included in the items for the works, supply and installation.

13) The available DI Pipes & fittings and valves will be supplied by the Employer from the stockyard located at Amingaon & Changsari in North Guwahati and Boragaon in South Guwahati and the Bidders’ scope is limited to transport from these locations to the site and installation only. The MS Pipes & Specials, HDPE Pipes & Specials, DI Pipes required for Reservoir connection, Electro Mechanical items, Valves & Flow meters and the other materials to be supplied by the Bidder are included in this Bill of Quantities.

14) The rates entered by the Bidder under the “Rate- Basic & Taxes” and “Amount- Basic & Taxes” columns in the Price Schedule, shall be the Bidder’s estimated Rates and Taxes & Duties for the item. The amount quoted by the Bidder including the taxes & duties will be considered for evaluation.

15) The Engineer may, if in his opinion it is necessary or desirable, issue an instruction that any varied work shall be executed on a day work basis. The Contractor shall then be paid for such varied work under the terms set out in the day work schedule included in the Contract and at the rates and prices affixed thereto by him in the Tender.

The Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer such receipts or other vouchers as may be necessary to prove the amount paid and, before ordering materials, shall submit to the Engineer quotations for the same for his approval.

16) In respect of such of the Works executed on a day work basis, the Contractor shall, during the continuance of such work, deliver each day to the Engineer an exact list in duplicate of the names, occupation and time of all workmen employed on such work and a statement, showing the description and quantity of all materials and Contractor’s Equipment used thereon or therefor other than Contractor’s which is included in the percentage addition in accordance with such a day work schedule.

17) Provisional Sums included in the Bill of Quantities, shall be expended in whole or in part at the direction and discretion of the Engineer in accordance with the General Conditions. The amount entered here is for the purpose of bidding only, and may vary considerably from the actual quantities and prices requiring during construction.

18) Incomplete Bids shall be summarily rejected.

19) The price bid shall be submitted computer typed and hand written is not acceptable.

JICA assisted GWSP: Package C-7A1 BoQ `

Contract Package No. 7A1 -Detailed Estimate for Procurement of Works (Item rate) for Supply, Installation & Commissioning of MS & HDPE pipes and Installation and commissioning of the Employer furnished DI pipes for the Balance works under the Distribution Network in Narakasur area of South

Central Zone

Item No.

Description Unit Quantity Revised Rate (Rs) Amount (Rs.)

Basic Tax Basic Taxes Total

1 SURVEY AND INVESTIGATION WORK

1.1

Geotechnical survey and investigation for the works as directed by employer’s representative.

Per bore hole

2.00

1.2

Preparation of Working drawing including carrying out necessary survey and investigation as per specification and directed by Employer's Representative.

km 43.74

Sub Total for Item No. 1

2 EARTHWORK

2.1

Earth work for excavation of foundations, pipe trenches, valve chambers, thrust blocks, masonry work, etc. in all kinds of ordinary soils such as murum, sand, sandy silt, clay, kankar etc. or in combination. Excavation shall include the removal of WBM roadway surfaces, brick surfacing, including dressing, compaction of the bottoms of the excavation, shoring and strutting wherever required, dewatering whenever required, removal of the excavated soil, stockpiling


Item No.



and disposal of surplus excavated soil off-site as directed by the Employer's Representative.

Excavation will be paid for in the following segments:

(a) 0 to 1.5 m from GL

m3 47,779.75

(b) above 1.5 m to 3.0 m depth from GL

m3 9,722.07

2.2

Earth work for excavation of foundations, pipe trenches, valve chambers, thrust blocks, masonry work, etc. in ail kinds of ordinary rock, Excavation shall include the removal of asphalt and concrete road surfacing, including dressing, compaction of the bottoms, shoring and strutting wherever required, dewatering whenever required, removal of the excavated rock, stockpiling and disposal of surplus excavated rock off-site as directed by the Employer's Representative.

Excavation will be paid for in the following segments:


m3 28,032.94

(b) above 1.5m to 3.0 m depth from GL

m3 3,090.51


Item No.



2.3

Earth work for excavation of foundations, pipe trenches, valve chambers, thrust blocks, etc- in all kinds of hard rock (blasting prohibited), Excavation shall include dressing, compaction of the bottoms, shoring and strutting wherever required, dewatering whenever required, removal of the excavated rock, stockpiling and disposal of surplus excavated rock off-site as directed by the Employer's Representative.


m3 1,228.56

(b) above 1.5m to 3.0 m depth from GL

m3 1,811.44

2.4

Backfilling of pipe trenches, foundations, etc. with approved graded excavated soil (excluding rock), including placing in layers not exceeding 20 cm in depth each, and compacting each layer, complete as per the specification and as directed by the Employer's Representative.

m3 57,846.75


Item No.



2.5

Providing and backfilling excavated pipeline trench with crusher dust including watering, ramming, consolidating using portable vibratory compactor and dressing complete as per drawing, specifications around pipe and as well as above pipe and as per the instructions of the Employer's representative .

m3 2,159.04


3 PIPELINES, SPECIALS AND APPURTENANCES

3.1

Supplying spirally welded MS pipe with internal lining and external coating as per the specification of the following internal diameters and wall thicknesses. The rate shall include transportation, freight charges, loading, unloading and stacking at the project site, with the cost of all labor, material, taxes and duties.

(a) 700 mm ID 6 mm thick

m 250.00


Item No.



3.2

Supplying all types of MS Specials plain ended, socket ended and flanged as required with internal lining and external coating as per the specification, such as bends, tees, tapers, spool pieces, blind flanges, pieces for pipe connection, valve connections, dismantling joints, anchor bolts, straps, air vent pipe, etc. of different diameters, manufactured from Fe 410 grade steel. This item includes loading, transportation to the project site, unloading and stacking, etc. complete with cost of material, labor, taxes and duties.

MT 3.50

3.3

Handling, aligning, laying and jointing MS pipes and specials to correct line and level in trenches. The item includes transportation of pipes and specials from the storeyard to the project site, stacking of pipe as per BIS requirements, loading, unloading, hoisting, lowering, marginal cutting and grinding wherever necessary, assembling, jointing, providing temporary supports, lining and coating at joints etc. for pipe of the following diameters and thicknesses. The rate also shall include radiography of field joints, field testing, etc. as specified and shown on the drawings and specification.


Item No.



(a) 700 mm ID 6 mm thick

m 250.00

3.4

Supplying Dl Specials and fittings with plain, double socket, socket & flanged and double flanged end connections as required, with lining and coating as per the specification, and IS 9523 with EPDM rubber gaskets as per IS 5382 as required for successful completion of the work. This item includes transportation, freight, loading and unloading, stacking etc. all complete for various sizes of Dl specials and fittings as noted with the following end connections.

(a)

Tee's, Socket, collar, tail pieces, flanged tapers, socketed tapers, flanged spigot short pipes, flanged socket short piece, all bends, end caps, barrel piece, dismantling joints etc. required for suitable completion of the works.

MT 49.81


Item No.



3.5

Handling, aligning, laying and jointing of K-9 Dl pipe to other pipe and to fittings and specials, with EPDM rubber O-rings (as per IS 5382) and flange gaskets (as per IS 12288) as per specifications. This item includes transportation of pipes, specials and fittings from the storeyard to the project site, stacking of pipe and fittings as per BIS requirements, loading, unloading, hoisting, lowering, marginal cutting and grinding wherever necessary, assembling, jointing, providing temporary supports etc., all complete with approved equipment, for pipe of the following diameters.

(a) 100 mm DN Dl - K9 pipe

m 22,527.69

(b) 150mmDNDI - K9 pipe

m 6,480.20

(c) 200 mm DN Dl - K9 pipe

m 1,966.05

(d) 250mmDNDI - K9 pipe

m 2,343.45

(e) 300 mmDN Dl - K9 pipe

m 98.12

(f) 400 mm DN Dl - K9 pipe

m 37.19


Item No.



(g) 500mmDNDI - K9 pipe

m 2,086.42

3.6

Supplying of HDPE (PE80) /PE-100 PN16pipe including all specials confirming to IS 4984 and the specifications, including all taxes and duties, transportation, freight charges, loading and unloading, conveyance to the project site and stacking with cost of all labor and material for following pipe diameters.

(a) 110 mm OD HDPE PE-80 PN10

m 6,924.24

(b) 160 mm OD HDPE PE-80 PN10

m 1,138.50

(c) 125 mm OD HDPE PE100 PN 16 (for trenchless pipe laying), m 1,067.00

(d) 200 mm OD HDPE PE100 PN 16 (for trenchless pipe laying) m 946.00

(e) 250 mm OD HDPE PE100 PN 16 (for trenchless pipe laying m 258.00

3.7

Handling, aligning, laying and jointing of HDPE (PE80) pipes with specials by butt welding / spigot joints confirming to IS and specifications for pipes of following diameters.

(a) 110 mm OD HDPE PE-80 PN10

m 6,924.24


Item No.



(b) 160 mm OD HDPE PE-80 PN10

m 1,138.50


4 PIPE JACKING

4.1

Laying of pipe and jointing by trenchless technology including construction of pit with required accessories, all civil and mechanical works, disposal of excess earth, etc. all complete as per specification and instruction of Employer's representative.

(a) 125 mm OD HDPE PE100 PN 16 (for trenchless pipe laying),

m 1,067.00

(b) 200 mm OD HDPE PE100 PN 16 (for trenchless pipe laying)

m 946.00

(c) 250 mm OD HDPE PE100 PN 16 (for trenchless pipe laying

m 258.00


5 VALVES AND APPURTENANCES


Item No.



5.1

Supplying of following diameters Cast iron double flanged ends Sluice valve as per IS 14864 with end cap and all accessories required for fixing and jointing, and shall include anti-corrosive painting etc. all complete. The rate shall include all local and central taxes, transportation, freight charges, loading and unloading, conveyance to storeyard and stacking the same, with cost of all labour and material. The item shall be as per specification, drawing and as directed.

(b) 100 mm dia PN1.6

Nos. 115

5.2

Handling, aligning and installing in true to line and level cast iron double flanged Sluice Valves (IS 14864) of the following diameters. This item includes transportation of valves and accessories from the storeyard to the project site, loading, unloading, hoisting, lowering, assembling and jointing including the cost of all jointing materials such as rubber gaskets, nuts, bolts, etc., also installation of valves in already constructed chambers and providing temporary supports, as per the specifications and drawings.

(a) 100 mm diaPN1.6

Nos. 355.00


Item No.



(b) 150 mm di aPN1.6

Nos. 22.00

(c) 200 mm dia PN1.6

Nos. 7.00

(d) 250 mm dia PN1.6

Nos. 10.00

5.3

Supplying of following diameters double flanged Butterfly valves (manually operated) as per IS 13095 with all accessories, including approved anti-corrosive painting. The rate shall include all local and central taxes, transportation, freight charges, loading, unloading, conveyance to storeyard and stacking the same, with cost of all labour, and material. The item shall be as per specification, drawing and as directed.

(a) 400 mm dia PN1.6

Nos. 2.00


Nos. 1.00


Item No.



5.4

Handling, aligning, and fixing in true to line and level following diameters and rating double flanged Butterfly valves PN 1.6 (manually operated as per IS 13095) including cost of required jointing material such as rubber packing, nuts bolts etc. The item includes transportation of valves and accessories from store yard to site, loading, unloading, hoisting, lowering, grinding wherever necessary, assembling and jointing, providing temporary supports etc., all complete with approved equipment, for valves of following diameters, for all lead and lift. The item shall be as per specification, drawing and as directed.


Nos. 2.00


Nos. 1.00

5.5

Supplying of following diameters of Double chamber Air valves with in built sluice valve with flanged ends as per IS 14845, with all accessories required, including anti-corrosive painting etc. all complete. The rate shall include all local and central taxes, transportation, freight charges, loading and unloading, conveyance to store yard and stacking the same, with cost of all labour, and material. The item shall be as per


Item No.



specification, drawing and as directed.

(a) 80 mm dia PN1.6

Nos. 77.00

5.6

Handling, aligning, and installing in true to line and level following diameters Double chamber Air valves with in built sluice valve with all accessories and as per specifications and drawings. This item includes transportation of valves and accessories from the storeyard to the project site, loading, unloading, hoisting, assembling and jointing, including the cost of jointing materials such as rubber packing, nuts, bolts, etc., as per the specifications and drawings.

(a) 80mmdiaPN1.6

Nos. 77.00

5.7

Supplying of following diameters Pressure Reducing valve with double flanged ends and shall including anti-corrosive painting etc. al! complete. The rate shall include all local and central taxes, third party inspection, transportation, freight charges, loading and unloading, conveyance to storeyard and stacking the same, with cost of all labour, and material. The item shall be as per specification, drawing and as directed.


Item No.




Nos. 1.00


Nos. 4.00


Nos. 2.00

5.8

Handling, aligning, and fixing in true to line and level following diameters Pressure Reducing valve double flanged ends. The item includes transportation of valves and accessories from store yard to site, loading, unloading, hoisting, lowering, grinding wherever necessary, assembling and jointing, including cost of jointing materials such as rubber packing, nuts bolts etc., providing temporary supports, all complete with approved equipment, for all leads and lifts. The item shall be as per specification, drawing and as directed.

Nos.


Nos. 1.00


Nos. 4.00


Nos. 2.00


Item No.



5.9

Supply & installation of Electromagnetic flowmeter ,manufacturer should have ISO 9001:2008 certification and flow meter testing confirming to ISO 17025; Flow meter tube:SS304;Flanges:carbon steel as per DIN PN10 or higher rating as per requirement ;Liner hard rubber or PTFE suitable for drinking water application ;Grounding: Grounding rings SS 304/Grounding electrodes of material SS316 :coil housing and junction box :SS304/Die cast aluminum /carbon steel with anticorrosive epoxy coating of minimum thickness 150 microns /equivalent as per EN ISO-12944 standard (as per site condition);Ingress protection :IP68 for sensor and IP67 for Transmitter ;Flow transmitter accuracy ;+/-0.5% of the measured value for velocities 0.5m/sec or above; Display: Digital LCD/LED(Back lit LCD/LED)Display, Instantaneous flow ,Bi directional flow and totalized flow ;Cable between flow head and Transmitter :maximum 25 meters including PVC conduit ;Surge arrester : To be provided ;Power supply & output :230V AC or 24V DC as applicable to site condition &4-20 mA HART; Compatible to SCADA/WEB Based data acquisition system; Flow meter test lab certification should be provided from NABL approved lab/FCRI;Excluding all taxes with 5 years warranty(Make:M/s Krohne Marshal/Endress+Hauser/Yokogawa/Siemens/Emerson/ABB/or equivalent make)Including required fittings complete as directed by the employers

Nos,


Item No.



(a) 100mm-PN1.6

Nos. 6.00

(b) 150mm-PN1.6

Nos. 1.00

(c) 200mm-PN1.6

Nos. 5.00


6 VALVE CHAMBERS

6.1

Construction of RCC and Brick masonry chambers for valves, hydrants, flow meters etc, including cost of PCC and RCC work, cost of supply and bending and binding of steel with required shuttering, cost of brick work with plaster from inside and outside, cost of precast slabs and supply and installation of SFRC frame and covers wherever required, including ail the miscellaneous items of work, but excluding the supply and installation of pipes and specials, valves etc. The item shall be as per specification, drawing and as directed.

(a) Chamber for Sluice valve TYPE S1

Nos. 202.00

(b) Chamber for Sluice valve TYPE S2

Nos. 4.00

(c) Chamber for Wash out valve TYPE W1

Nos. 128.00


Item No.



(d) Chamber for Wash out valve TYPE W2

Nos. 40.00

(e) Chamber for Butterfly valve TYPE B1

Nos. 2.00

(f) Chamber for Butterfly valve TYPE B2

Nos. 1.00

(g) Chamber for Air valve TYPE A1

Nos. 75.00

(h) Chamber for Air valve TYPE A2

Nos. 1.00

(i) Chamber for Pressure reducing valve/ Flowmeter TYPE P1

Nos. 5.00

(j) Chamber for Pressure reducing valve/ Flowmeter TYPE P2

Nos. 2.00

(k) Chamber for Pressure reducing valve/ Flowmeter TYPE P4

Nos. 5.00

(l) Chamber for Pressure reducing valve/ Flowmeter TYPE P5

Nos. 1.00


7 MISCELLENEOUS CIVIL WORK

7.1 Plain Cement Concrete Work


Item No.



Providing and placing plain cement concrete (PCC) of one of the following grades for thrust blocks, anchor blocks, floatation blocks, etc. with 20-40mm stone aggregate (crusher broken) including finishing the surface, shuttering and staging, curing etc. as per the specifications and drawings and as directed by the Employer's Representative.

(a) Grade M15 concrete

m3 36.58

(b) Grade M20 concrete

m3 6.24

7.2

Reinforced Cement Concrete Work Providing and placing reinforced cement concrete (RCC) of one of the following grades with 10-20 mm stone aggregate (crusher broken) including shuttering and staging, curing etc. as per the specifications and drawings and as directed by the Employer's Representative.

(a) Grade M20 concrete

m3 73.62

(b) Grade M25 concrete

m3 6.24

7.3 Reinforcement Steel


Item No.



Providing and fabricating steel reinforcement with Fe 415 grade steel for RCC work including straightening, cutting, bending, placing in position and tying (including cost of tie wire) .taxes and duties, transportation etc. all complete, as per specifications and drawings and as directed by the Employer's Representative.

kg 1,433.74

7.4 Brick Masonry and Size Stone masonry Work

(a)

Construction of Brick Masonry for sub/superstructure of 230/350 mm thick walls using cement mortar with a cement to sand ratio of 1:6. This item includes the cost of transportation of all materials, labor, scaffolding, curing etc. as per specifications and drawings and as directed by the Employer's Representative. This Work is not included in Item 6.

m3 102.02

(b)

Providing and constructing Size Stone masonry in CM 1:3 below and above ground level including cost and conveyance of all materials curing etc., with all lead and lifts, complete as per specifications and as directed by the Employers representative. This Work is not included in Item 6.

Cum 31.82


Item No.



(c )

Providing weep holes in brick masonry / plain / reinforced concrete abutment, wing wall with 100 mm dia AC pipe through the full width of structure with slope 1V: 20H towards drawing force complete as per drawing and Technical Specifications.

Nos. 94.00

7.5 Plastering Work

(a)

Providing and applying cement sand plaster 12 mm thick in a single coat using cement mortar with a cement to sand ratio of 1:4 without neeru finish to concrete or brick surfaces including scaffolding and curing as directed by the Employer's Representative.

m2 418.08

(b)

Providing and applying cement sand plaster 20 mm thick in a single coat using cement mortar with a cement to sand ratio of 1:4 without neeru finish to concrete or brick surfaces including scaffolding and curing as directed by the Employer's Representative.

m2 15.60

7.6

Providing and laying boulder soling with boulders 100-200mm size in foundation, packing with locally available mooram and sand, including watering, dressing and leveling, all complete as per drawing and specification and as directed.

m3 15.60


Item No.



7.7

Providing and laying 100 mm thick brick soling for foundations and under flooring with best quality jhama brick, sand packed and laid to level after preparing the subgrade including all labour and materials and dewatering if necessary, complete and as per the specifications and drawings and as directed by the Employer's Representative.

m2 79.87


8 ROAD RESTORATION

8.1 Reconstruction of Bituminous Asphalt Roads

(a) Providing and laying of Granular sub base (GSB), as per specification drawing and as directed.

m3 5,130.00

(b) Providing and laying of Prime Coat, as per specification drawing and as directed. m2 14,400.00

(c) Providing and laying of Semi dense bituminous concrete (SDBC), as per specification drawing and as directed

m3 54.00

(d) Providing and laying of Tack coat (TC), as per specification drawing and as directed. m2 14,400.00

(f) Providing and laying of Bituminous macadam (BM), as per specification drawing and as directed.

m3 216.00


Item No.



(g) Providing and laying of Premix carpet (PC), as per specification drawing and as directed.

m2 12,240.00

8.2 Reconstruction of WBM Roads

Providing, laying, spreading and compacting stone aggregates of specific sizes as per specification and drawing to water bound macadam including spreading in uniform thickness, hand packing, roiling with vibratory roller 8-10 tonnes in stages to proper grade and camber, applying and brooming requisite type of stone screenings & binding material, and completer as per specification drawing and as directed.

m3 3,600.00

8.3 Reconstruction of Concrete Roads

Providing, placing and finishing Cement Concrete roads to match the existing roadway which was removed, if directed by the Employer's Representative . Grade M20 concrete shall be used and placed.to the same depth as the existing roadway surface, A screeded finish shall be applied.

m3 540.00

8.4 Reconstruction of Paver blocks(ICBP) roads


Item No.



(a)

Providing and laying of Interlocking Concrete Block Pavement (ICBP) having thickness 80mm as per IS 15658-2006 (Compressive Strength 47.20N/mm2), all complete, as per specification and drawings.

m2 4,320.00

(b)

Removal/dismantling of existing Interlocking Paver Block pavement using manual/ mechanical means and stacking properly on the road side, without, affecting the traffic and Relaying including all required material after work completion during road restoration and Providing the wastage and loss quantity from the PWD approved vendors, all complete, as per specification and drawings.

m2 10,080.00


9 TESTING, DISINFECTION, TRIAL RUNS AND COMMISSIONING

9.1

Hydraulic testing of the distribution system piping of the following diameters in segments at the required test pressures. This item includes the costs of water, labor, pumping, etc. all complete, as per the specifications and as directed by the Employer's Representative.

(a) 80 mm - 200mm internal diameter

km 43.318


Item No.



(b) Above 200 mm - 300 mm internal diameter

km 4.706

(c) Above 300 mm - 500 mm internal diameter

km 0.851

(d) Above 500 mm - 800 mm internal diameter

km 0.246

9.2 Disinfecting and flushing of pipeline complete as per specification km 64.05

9.3

Trial Runs and Commissioning including the cost of labour, electricity, etc., all complete as per specification and as directed by the Employer's Representative.

km 64.05


10 Daywork - Labor

10.01 Skilled Labor man

days 50.00

10.02 Unskilled Labor man

days 100.00

10.03 Carpenter man

days 10.00

10.05 Mason man

days 50.00

10.06 Pipelayer / Fitter man

days 50.00


Item No.



10.07 Welder man

days 10.00

11 Daywork - Material

11.01 Cement - ordinary Portland type (43 Grade) in 50 kg bags

bags 50.00

11.02 Provide Fe 415 steel reinforcing bars up to 20 mm diameter as per the specification kg 300.00

11.03 Fine aggregate for concrete as per the specification

m3 50.00

11.04 Coarse aggregate for concrete as per the specification

m3 50.00

11.05 First class bricks as per the specification

No. 500.00

11.06 Primer paint as per the specification liter

s 15.00

11.07 Epoxy paint as per the specification liter

s 15.00

11.08 Welding rods pack

s 20.00

12 Day work - Equipment

12.01 Dump Truck (min capacity 4 m3)

days 20.00

12.02 Water tank truck ( min capacity 11,000 liters)

days 20.00

12.03 Mobile crane ( up to 10 ton capacity)

days 25.00


Item No.



12.04 Wheeled bucket excavator (min capacity 0.45 m3)

days 25.00

12.05 Wheeled front-end loader (min capacity 0.75 m3)

days 25.00

12.06 Compressor (at least 3.2 m3/minute capacity)

days 25.00

12.07 Generator (at least 15 kw capacity)

days 25.00

12.08 Dewatering Pump (at least 60 m3/hour capacity and 100 mm diameter discharge) with piping and valving

days 25.00

12.09 Concrete Mixer (at least 0.25 m3 capacity )

days 25.00

12.10 Portable vibratory plate or ramming compactor

days 25.00

Sub Total for Item No. 10, 11 and 12

TOTAL (Items 1-12)

13 Two numbers Pumphouses for Booster Pumping stations at Narakasur

13 (a) -

13.20

Supply , Erection/Installation trial run and commissioning of inline Booster pump stations including centrifugal pumps, necessary fittings, connection pipes, valves and appurtenances and Electrical/Instrumentation items as per specification and drawings as directed by


Item No.



the Employer's representative.

13.(a)

2 nos. - Vertical multistage centrifugal pump, each cap.- 13 LPS, Head - 21 m. LS 1.00

13.(b)

1) 2 nos. - Vertical multistage centrifugal pump, each cap.- 18 LPS, Head - 75 m. LS 1.00

13.01

Site clearance by cleaning and grubbing area including uprooting rank vegetation including grass,shrubs,removing temporary structure ,removing all trees coming in the alignment with all contractor's machinery, labour, tools & plants, including obtaining permission from concerned departments and taking out all cut materials by the agency with all lead and lift complete as directed by the Engineer and as per standard specification in the entire proposed pumping station area.

Nos. 2.00


Item No.



13.02

Earthwork excavation of foundation of structures by mechanical means as per drawing and technical specification, including setting out, construction of shoring and bracing, removal of stumps and other deleterious matter, dressing of sides and bottom, backfilling the excavated earth etc all complete mass excavation- In Ordinary/Hard Soil

Cum 128.04

13.03

Providing and laying in position plain cement concrete M15 grade with granite graded metal of 20 mm and down size and clean sieved river sand for foundation and levelling course, machine mixed, concrete laid, well compacted, including cost and conveyance of all materials,all leads and lifts, loading and unloading, labour, hire charges of machinery, T&P., providing & removing form work, curing and all other incidental items of work required for successful completion of the work and as directed by the Engineer -in-charge of the work etc complete. (dewatering if required)

Cum 13.20

13.04

Providing and constructing Size Stone masonry in CM 1:3 below and above ground level including cost and conveyance of all materials curing etc., with all lead and lifts, complete as per specifications and as directed by the Employers representative.

Cum 26.52


Item No.



13.05

Providing and laying in position reinforced cement concrete of design mix M25 with OPC @ 340 kgs, 20 mm and down size graded granite metal coarse aggregate @ 0.70 cum and fine aggregates @ 0.47 cum, with superplasticiser @ 3 ltrs conforming to IS 9103-1999 reaffirmed-2008, machine mixed, concrete laid in layers not exceeding 15 cms thick, vibrated for RCC beams, columns of all sizes in foundation for footings, pedestals, retaining walls, return walls,including attached pilasters, columns pillars, posts, struts, buttresses, bed blocks, anchor blocks & plinths etc.including cost of all materials, labour, HOM of machinery, providing & removing form work, curing, complete as per specifications, as per direction of Engineer etc.complete.

Cum 16.50


Item No.



13.06

Providing and laying in position reinforced cement concrete of design mix M25 with OPC cement@340kgs,with 20mm and down size graded granite metal coarse aggregate @0.70 cum and fine aggregate @0.47cum, with superplasticiser @ 3 ltrs conforming to IS 9103-1999 reaffirmed-2008, machine mixed, concrete laid in layers not exceeding 15 cms thick,vibrated for all works in RCC for roof slab,stair case ,lintels and beams,retaining walls return walls walls any thickness including attached pilasters columns pillars posts,struts, buttresses, string or lacing courses parapets coping,bed blocks,anchor blocks, plain window sills,fillets etc.,including cost of all materials,labour,HOM of machinery, providing & removing form work, curing complete as per specifications.

Cum 14.85

13.07

Brick work in cement mortar with 1st class brick including racking out joints and curing complete as directed by the employers representatives.

70.62


Item No.



13.08

Providing up to 10mm thick cement plaster in single coat with cement mortar 1:3 to ceiling, canopy, chajjas etc including rounding off corners wherever required smooth rendering, finishing to plumb, Providing & removing scaffolding, including cost of all materials, with all leads and lifts,HOM etc complete as per specifications and as directed by the engineer in charge of the work.

Sqm 77.22

13.09

Providing 15mm thick internal cement plaster in single coat with cement mortar 1:4 to brick and concrete surface including rounding off corners wherever required smooth rendering, finishing to plumb, Providing & removing scaffolding, including cost of all materials, with all leads and lifts,HOM etc complete as per specifications and as directed by the engineer in charge of the work.

Sqm 166.98

13.10

Providing 20mm thick cement plaster in two coat with cement mortar 1:4 and water proofing compound to brick and concrete surface including rounding off corners wherever required smooth rendering, finishing to plumb, Providing & removing scaffolding, including cost of all materials, with all leads and lifts,HOM etc complete as per specifications and as

Sqm 295.02


Item No.



directed by the engineer in charge of the work.

13.11

Supplying and fixing rolling shutters of approved make, made of required size M.S. laths, interlocked together through their entire length and jointed together at the end by end locks, mounted on specially designed pipe shaft with brackets, side guides and arrangements for inside and outside locking with push and pull operation complete, including the cost of providing and fixing necessary 27.5 cm long wire springs manufactured from high tensile steel wire of adequate strength conforming to IS: 4454 - part 1 and M.S. top cover of required thickness for rolling shutters. (80x0.90 mm M.S. laths with 0.90 mm thick top cover)

Sqm 14.85

13.12

Providing, fitting and fixing steel windows/ ventilators (openable) of standard rolled steel sections as per relevant I.S. Code-1038 joints mitred and welded with 15mmx3mmx100mm lugs embedded in cement concrete block of M-10 grade including providing and fixing of projecting hinges (not more than 65mm and not less than 15mm wide) bolting device and steel handles, peg stays of 300mm long etc. complete as per drawing including applying

Sqm 18.53


Item No.



a priming coat of red-lead paint.

13.13

25 mm thick cement concrete topping 1:2:4 (1cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 coarse aggregate of 12 mm nominal size) finished with a floating coat of neat cement finish to be laid in panels including curing complete as directed. For Pump House Floor.

Sqm 52.14

13.14

Providing and laying IPS cement concrete flooring (with iron filling and flakes in flooring)50mm thick M:20 concrete laid to proper level and slope in alternate bays ,including compacting ,PVC/glass /Aluminum strips at joints ,marking lines to give appearance of tiles of 70X70 cm or other size laid diagonally /square etc.Finishing smooth and curing complete. For Pump House Floor

Sqm 52.14

13.15

Providing oil bound distemper Painting to Internal walls over one coat of primer painting of approved colour and make successively after drying each coat and finishing, with all lead and lifts, complete as per specifications and as directed by the Engineer.

Sqm 166.98


Item No.



13.16

Providing & applying 2 coats of plastic emulsion of approved brand and shade on wall surface including priming coat and whitening after thoroughly brooming the surface to remove all dirt, dust , mortar drops and other foreign matter including preparing the surface even and sand paper smooth,cost of materials, labour, complete as per specifications. for ceiling

Sqm 166.98

13.17

Providing and finishing External walls in two coats with Waterproof cement paint including primer coat of approved brand and shade to give an even shade after thoroughly brooming the surface to remove all dirt and loose powdered material, free from mortar drops and other foreign matter including cost of materials, labour, necessary scaffolding, curing etc., with all lead and lifts, complete as per the specification and as directed by the Engineer.

Sqm 295.02

13.18

Providing and fabricating steel reinforcement with Fe 415 grade steel for RCC work including straightening, cutting, bending, placing in position and tying (including cost of tie wire) .taxes and duties, transportation etc. all complete, for all lead and lift as per specifications and drawings and as directed by the Employer's

Kg 5,940.00


Item No.



Representative.

13.19

Filling available excavated earth (excluding rock) in sides of foundations upto plinth in layers not exceeding 20 cms. in depth, compacting each deposited layer by ramming after watering with all lead and lifts, complete as per specification and as directed by the Engineer

Cum 42.90

13.20

Providing and fixing to wall surface 4.0 kg/sq.cm UPVC rain down water pipes 110 mm outside diameter approved make and brand with necessary specials like shoes, bends and offsets fixed with iron clamps, wall plugs, srews,including cost of materials,labour,complete as per specifications.

Rmt 39.60

TOTAL (Items 14)

14 As built Drawings


Item No.



14.1

Preparation and Submission of the As Built Drawings for the already laid pipe lines and the pipe lines are to be laid under this package: (i)Examining the Feasibility and Establishment of 2 Primary & approximately 30 no’s secondary Ground Control Points (GCP’s) around package project area using dual frequency based DGPS Equipment. It includes the fixing of permanent round steel peg (Benchmark Plate) of approximately 15 cm diameter at the DGPS Location. (ii) Transfer of existing topographical Survey data layers including the asset,House holds etc.layers to new Coordinates, This assignment includes Georeferencing, Orthorectification & other related processes including Software arrangement for High Resolution Satellite Imagery, as directed by the Engineer (iii) Onsite Visual Inspection to validate the Laid Assets using the Tablet/Smart GPS with asbulit drawings preparation as directed by the Engineer. (iv)Preparation & Submission of As Built Drawings of the pipe line that are to be laid under this Package.

Km 64.05

TOTAL (Items 15)


Item No.



15 Provisional Sums

15.1

For each provisional sum, the Engineer may instruct : Provisional sum towards (1) Shifting of Utilities - Pipes, Fittings, valves, cables, transformers etc., payment of fee to various authorities for crossing of roads, railways etc as directed by the Engineer. (2) Supply of DI Pipes,Fittings,Specials,Valves if required for the pipe network laid by the previous contractor for rectification during the Hydrotesting and trail run, trial pit for the existing pipe lines etc, (3)Fee for the Third Party Inspection Agency empanelled by the Employer for the pre-delivery inspection of the materials at the manufacturers premises.

LS

TOTAL (Items 15)

TOTAL (Items 1-15)

Section: V - Eligible Source Countries of Japanese ODA Loans

JICA assisted GWSP: Package C-7A1 Section V: ESC- 1

Section: V - Eligible Source Countries of Japanese ODA Loans

All Countries are eligible

Section VI A: Project Brief and Scope of Works

JICA assisted GWSP: Package No. C-7A1 Section VI A: ER -1

Section VI A: Project Brief and Scope of Works

Project Background

The Guwahati Metropolitan Area [GMA] has been divided into four distribution zones for water supply, namely (1) South East, (2) South Central, (3) South West, all located south of the Brahmaputra River and (4) North Guwahati on the northern bank of the Brahmaputra River.

At present, there are three agencies which provide water supply in the City of Guwahati, namely the Guwahati Municipal Corporation [GMC], Public Health and Engineering Department [PHED], and Assam Urban Water Supply & Sewerage Board [AUWSSB]. Of the three agencies the GMC covers about 30% of the population in this city. Most of the water treatment and supply facilities have outlived their lives as a result of a budget deficiency for repair or replacement.

The Master Plan for the Guwahati Metropolitan Area 2025 sets the target of “100% houses will be supplied with piped filtered water by the year 2025”. The on-going water supply project for the South West Zone is being taken up under Jawaharlal Nehru National Urban Renewal Mission [JNNURM] funding and for South East Zone is being taken up under the Asian Development Bank’s [ADB’s] assistance.

The water supply zones under the Japanese International Cooperation Agency (JICA) funding for this Contract (ID-P 201) are the South Central and North Zones. The South Central Zone is the center of the city with the highest population among the four zones. This project will receive a loan assistance of 29,453 million Japanese Yen. The loan will fund civil works for constructing water supply facilities, procurement of machinery and equipment, and consulting services.

This Guwahati Water Supply Project (GWSP) aims to construct water treatment, conveyance and storage facilities in the South Central and Northern parts of the city to activate a potable water supply system with 100% coverage of the citizens within the above areas and thus leading to upgrading the citizen’s living standard.

The Project also aims to support the establishment of the GMDW&SB, which is planned to take over the water supply systems and to cover the entire city. Government has notified the Guwahati Metropolitan Drinking Water and Sewerage Board Act, 2009, that came into effect from 1st January 2012. Government constituted the Board vide notification No. 80/08/145 dated 21.12.2011.

The Government has approved and notified the (i) Conduct of Business Regulations (ii) Financial Regulations (iii) Connection Regulations that were proposed by the Guwahati Metropolitan Drinking Water and Sewerage Board [GMDW&SB].

GMDW&SB will plan, design, construct, maintain, operate & manage the Water Supply and Sewerage Schemes in GMA. GMDW&SB will plan for, regulate and manage the exploitation of ground water. GMDW&SB will promote measures for conservation, recycling and reuse of water. The GMDW&SB will provide Service connections to cover the 100% of the households in the JICA Project area. JICA is also providing assistance for the house service connections in the JnNURM Project area.

Project Objectives

This project intends to improve living conditions in the rapidly growing Guwahati area, by providing new water supply facilities.

The main objective of Japanese loan assistance is to support India in establishing physical infrastructure to boost and sustain economic growth. At the same time, Japanese assistance seeks to support India’s efforts to alleviate poverty. In keeping with these goals, the loan package strategically covers this water supply project.


Project Description

The Guwahati Water Supply Project, (JICA Loan No.ID-P 201) has been structured to progressively develop the water supply facilities in a phased manner in order to meet the ever increasing water demands of the South Central and North Zones. The GWSP has been planned to be implemented in two (2) phases. Phase 1 will be designed to accommodate the projected year 2025 water demands and Phase 2 the projected year 2040 water demands. The transmission and distribution piping works under Phase 1will be implemented to accommodate the demand of Phase 2.

Works under Contract Package C-01 and C-03 include: Intake, Water Treatment Plant and Clear Water Reservoir cum Pumping Station for North zone and South Central zone respectively.

Works under the Contract Package (C-04) for the South Central Zone facilities include: the construction of a main and seven service reservoirs, service buildings with booster chlorination facilities at all of the reservoir sites, the construction of booster pump stations, the supply and installation of MS and DI transmission mains etc.

The installations of the distribution networks are included under Contract Packages Nos. 2, 5, 6 & 7.

The DI pipes to be installed under these Contracts (C- 02, 05, 06 & 07) will be supplied by the PIU.

The Contractor shall be responsible for the supply (except DI pipes), installation, construction, testing and commissioning of the facilities included in Contract Package No. C-7A1. The scope is confined under zone – Narakasur.

Location of the present work and Distribution Zone under the Scope

The entire South Central Water Supply Zone is composed of six (6) subzones, each served primarily by their own transmission system reservoirs.

The service area for this portion (Contract No. C-7A1) of the Guwahati Water Supply Project is on the southern side of the Brahmaputra River in South Central Guwahati. Distribution network of the zone is covered under this contract – Narakasur Zone.

The project area is within India Seismic Zone V. Design of structures and their components will be dictated by the requirements of Indian Standard IS 1893 criteria.

The pipe details and alignment shall be constructed in accordance with the Drawings.

Scope of Works

This is a single–point responsibility Item Rate type Contract for the supply, laying and jointing, testing, commissioning of a water supply distribution system. Supply of DI K9 pipes only are excluded from the scope of this contract. The DI pipes will be procured by the Employer under the separate Contract (Package No. 8A & 8B). As per the requirement, procurements are included under this Contact Package C-7A1.

It is the intent of the Employer to have a project constructed which utilizes the highest standards for construction and supply of plant and equipment to enable a sustained, reliable system for performance over the next 50 years.

The Employer has carried out surveys, investigations and detailed designs of components. Suitable water distribution network and the alignment of the proposed pipelines are broadly under the scope of work. The details of the same have been presented in the subsequent subsections and elsewhere in this document.

The parameters and specifications delineated in this document shall form the framework of the Contractor’s execution of the work. The Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring that the Project fulfills the objectives for which it has been designed.


Scope of Work shall be read in conjunction to General Requirements and other Subsections of the document.

Project Components under C-7A1:

Contract Package No. 7 (C-07) under the JICA Assisted Guwahati Water Supply Project includes the installation of distribution pipelines in Narakasur and Sonaighuli areas of the South central Zone of the project, under which the previous contractor has done some of the works and the balance works that are to be executed under this contract C-7A1 are detailed below:

Table 1-1 Project Components

Components Scope under the Contract Package of C-7A1

Constrution of 2 Nos. of Booster pump station in Distribution sytem for the Narakasur Zone.

Construction of inline Booster Pump staion as per approved drawing including all required specials, pipes, valves, necessary fixtures, staircase etc. complete as direction of Engineer incharge of works, now included under the scope of C-7A1.

Water Distribution Pipelines (MS Pipe line)

Laying of MS pipeline of 700mm Dia for a length of 250m MS pipes, fittings, specials and valves are under the scope of C-7A1.

Water Distribution Pipelines (DI-K9)

DI pipeline of about 35.54 km is under the scope of C-7A1. The DI pipes of 100 to 500 mm dia. are provided by the Employer and the required fittings, specials and valves are to be supplied and installed by the Contractor.

Water Distribution Pipelines (HDPE pipe lines)

HDPE pipeline of about of 10.33 km are to be laid under the scope of C-7A1.

Preparation of As Built Drawings

The Working drawings/ pipeline data, documents etc., for existing pipe line will be provided to the contractor for the preparation of As-built Drawings in the prescribed format. The as-built format will be provided to the successful bidder only.

The existing topographical data need to be rectified/aligned with original cordinates before the preparation of As Builts Drawings. For same the Satellite Imagery procured by GMDW&SB need to be Georeferenced & orthorectified for the alignment of existing topographical features & other availaible layers on the rectified Imagery.

Onsite validation of laid Assets through visual inspections is highly required to capture the Cordinates/Photograph & missing attributes etc., of laid Assets using Tablets/Smart GPS’s for the preparation of As built Drawings in prescribed format.

Works Proposed under this Contract C-7A1:

The Package C-7A1 includes the Distribution network of about 46.387 km length of MS, DI and HDPE pipes., installation of valves, PRVs, Fire hydrants, Flow meters & construction of valve chambers, hydro testing of the laid pipeline, road restoration, wherever necessary, Construction of ELSR and Pump Houses etc.

Details of works:

Details of the diameter wise length of the pipes proposed in the network are as given below.


Material and Size of Pipe Balance scope of Package

C-7A1 (m)

MS 700 mm Dia. - 6 mm thick 250.00

DI 100 mm - K9 22527.69

DI 150 mm - K9 6480.20

DI 200 mm - K9 1966.05

DI 250 mm - K9 2343.45

DI 300 mm - K9 98.12

DI 400 mm - K9 37.19

DI 500 mm - K9 2086.42

HDPE 110 mm OD PE80 PN10 6924.24

HDPE 160 mm OD PE80 PN10 1138.50

HDPE 125 mm OD PE100 PN16 265.00

125 mm OD HDPE PE100 PN 16 (for trenchless pipe laying)

1067


946


258

Total 46387.86

Supply of Sluice valves:

Sl. No Diameter (ID) & Rating Unit Qty.

1 100 mm dia PN 1.6 Nos. 115

Total 115

Installation of Sluice Valves:


1 100 mm dia PN 1.6 Nos. 355

2 150 mm dia PN 1.6 Nos. 22

3 200 mm dia PN 1.6 Nos. 7

4 250 mm dia PN 1.6 Nos. 10

Total 394

Supply of Butterfly valves:


1 400 mm - PN1.6 Nos. 2

2 500 mm - PN1.6 Nos. 1

Total 3

Installation of Butterfly valves:




1 400 mm - PN1.6 Nos. 2

2 500 mm - PN1.6 Nos. 1

Total 3

Supply of Air release valves:


1 80 mm - PN1.6 Nos. 77

Total 77

Installation of Air release valves:


1 80 mm dia PN1.6 Nos. 77

Total 77

Supply of Pressure reducing valves:





Total 7

Installation of Pressure reducing valves:




Total 7

Supply and installation of Flow meters:


1 100mm dia Nos. 6

2 150mm dia Nos. 1

3 200mm dia Nos. 5

Total 12

Booster Pump Stations

Constuction of 2 Nos booster pump stations

1.

1) 2 nos. - Vertical multistage centrifugal pump, each cap.- 13 LPS, Head - 21 m.

2) 2 nos. - 125 mm dia Lugged B/F valve - Suction line.

3) 2 nos.- 100 mm dia Lugged B/F valve - Delivery line.

4) 2 nos.- 100 mm dia NRV - Delivery line.


5) 1 no.- 125 mm dia Lugged B/F valve - Suction header line.

6) 1 Lot - HDPE 125 mm dia - Suction & 100 mm dia delivery line with fittings.

E&I requirements

1 no.DP structure with LA&AB switch

2.1 No - 63KVA 11kv/0.433kv Transformer

3. 2 LT-Panel with 100A as incomer with Ammeter, Ammeter selectro switch ,voltmeter and Voltmeter selector switch and outgoing feeders as 2 no's.63A MCCB with 30kw STAR/DELTA starter,1no,20AMCCB for lighting. 4.1 No -LDB

5. 2Nos- Field Push button station

6. Power and Control cables

7.Lighting

2.

1) 2 nos. - Vertical multistage centrifugal pump, each cap.- 18 LPS, Head - 75 m.

2) 2 nos. - 150 mm dia Lugged B/F valve - Suction line.

3) 2 nos.- 125 mm dia Lugged B/F valve - Delivery line.

4) 2 nos.- 125 mm dia NRV - Delivery line.

5) 1 no.- 150 mm dia Lugged B/F valve - Suction header line.

6) 1 Lot - D.I 150 mm dia - Suction & 125mm dia delivery line with fittings.

E&I requirements

1.1 No - 32A isolater(incomer)

2. 2 Nos - 20A MCCB for starters

3.1 No -10A DP MCB for lighting

4. 2Nos- 5.5 kw DOL Starter

5. 3C- 2.5sq.mm YWY cable- 20 m and lighting as required

6. 2 Nos burdon type pressure gauge

7. 1 No 80 dia Magnetic Flow meter

8 . 2 Nos Flow switchand all complete necessary items includes etc., and as directed by the Employer's Representative.

Construction of Valve Chambers

According to the standard drawings for various types of valves, Flowmeters type of chambers to be constructed shall be as specified below.

Sl. No Type of Chambers Unit Qty.

1 Chamber for Sluice Valve TYPE S1 Nos. 202

2 Chamber for Sluice Valve TYPE S2 Nos. 4

3 Chamber for Wash Out Valve TYPE W1 Nos. 128

4 Chamber for Wash Out Valve TYPE W2 Nos. 40


Sl. No Type of Chambers Unit Qty.

5 Chamber for Air Valve TYPE A1 Nos. 75

6 Chamber for Air Valve TYPE A2 1

7 Chamber for Butterfly Valve TYPE B1 Nos. 2

8 Chamber for Butterfly Valve TYPE B2 Nos. 1

9 Chamber for Flow Meter or PRV with Sluice Valve TYPE P1 Nos. 5




Total 466

Hydro Testing

Hydraulic testing of the pipeline shall be carried out in sections as specified in Technical specifications

Sl. No Descriptions Unit Length in km

1 80 mm - 200 mm internal diameter km 43.318

2 Above 200 mm - 300 mm internal diameter km 4.706



Total 49.121

Disinfection of pipeline, flushing and Trail run of the whole Distribution network of 64.05 km shall be carried out.

Road Restoration

Restoration of surface as per BOQ and as per site condition to be done including the balance portion of works, left out by the previous contractor.

General Scope of Work

Scope of Work shall be read in conjunction with the Employer’s Requirements and other Sections of the Bid document.

The Scope of Work under this Contract includes the supply and construction of all facilities for the water supply system in the Contract package-7A1 of South Central Zone as described in subsequent paragraphs. Except for the supply of DI pipes and the available fittings, valves and specials, which will be furnished by the Employer, this Contract will consist of the works listed herein and any other work necessary to achieve the above objective and complete the system as per the specifications and Employer’s Requirements.

The available DI Pipes & fittings and valves will be supplied by the Employer from the stockyard located at Amingaon & Changsari in North Guwahati and Boragaon in South Guwahati and the Bidders’ scope is limited to transport from these locations to the site and installation only.

The MS Pipes & Specials, HDPE Pipes & Specials, DI Pipes required for Reservoir connection, Electro Mechanical items, Valves & Flow meters and the other materials to be supplied by the Bidder are included in this Bill of Quantities.

The Bidder’s quoted rates for the pipes, specials, fittings and Valves shall include the fee and charges for the Pre-delivery inspection by an Agency to be nominated by the Employer.


While hydro stating and trial run of the already laid pipelines, if any defects are noticed, cost of its rectification will be paid from the Day works schedule for the Labour and Equipment and for the materials from the Provisional sum.

For the shifting of utilities that the contractor may come across, while laying the pipelines, the payment towards the labour, equipment and materials will be made from the Provisional sums.

Provisional Sums included in the Bill of Quantities, shall be expended in whole or in part at the direction and discretion of the Engineer in accordance with the General Conditions. The amount entered by the Employer for the purpose of bidding only, and may vary considerably from the actual quantities and prices requiring during construction.

For providing the CGP, DGPs, Electro-mechanical items that are required for the 2 Booster Pumping stations will be paid, based on the ‘Rate Analysis’ from the Provisional sums.

Generally the following activities shall be carried out by the Contractor for each component of this Contract.

Pre-construction Submittals:

The Employer has performed the water supply network design and detailed designs of the system components. The alignments of the proposed pipelines have been shown on the network drawings and the Contractor shall submit the Detailed Working Drawings to the Engineer, for approval, before commencing the works.

The contractor is required to submit and obtain the approval of the Engineer for the Vendors and Quality Assurance Plan before procuring any materials under the Contract.

Submittals of samples for Materials:

Samples of materials requiring prior approval such as cement, aggregates, Asphalt, cement and back fill materials shall be furnished by the Contractor to the Employer’s representative with description of data in required quantity. Samples shall be submitted at least 14 days before their usage in the work to permit inspection and testing. Only upon approval by the Employer’s representative, shall be the materials be brought to the Project Site.

Project Implementation:

(a) Submittal of an initial work program and schedule and updating the same every month for approval by the Employer’s Representative.

(b) Development of suitable storage spaces, for construction materials, piping, specials, appurtenances and equipment for the work.

(c) Identification of suitable quarries and other sources for construction materials and have them approved by the Employer’s Representative.

(d) Making arrangements for equipment and materials required for maintaining the safety of the sites and the workmen at the sites (helmets, boots, jackets, safety belts, gloves, scaffolding, barricading, etc.),as described elsewhere in the document.

(e) Development and submittal of a Traffic Control Plan prior to the start of pipeline installation along any route. This plan shall identify detour routes for roads that will be closed, where there is not a second traffic lane and the means of access of residences where the access to them has been blocked by construction activities.

(f) Site clearance and leveling of the work sites. Layout of the works shall be as per the drawings.

(g) Disposal of surplus soil and construction waste as directed by Employer’s Representative, and maintaining the construction sites in orderly manner.


(h) Performing tests on materials received and for the finished works and maintaining complete records and registers required on site as per the QA/QC Manual.

(i) Participating in weekly progress meetings with the Employer and Employer’s Representative to review the schedule and other pertinent issues.

(j) Remedying any defects identified during the Contract period.

(k) Site clearance and restoration of the premises after completion of the work.

Water Distribution System:

The scope of work is broadly listed below and shall include, but not be limited to:

(a) Supply of DI fittings, specials, Flow meters and Valves

(b) Earthwork (including road cutting)

(c) Laying and jointing, of DI (K9) pipes, fittings, specials

(d) Installation of Air valves, Sluice valves, PRVs and Flow meters

(e) Installation of pipes across culverts River crossings

(f) Construction of Valve chambers

(g) Backfilling and compaction of trenches

(h) Construction of RCC thrust blocks, anchor blocks, pipe encasing, etc.

(i) Hydraulic testing of the pipelines to the specified test pressures.

(j) Rectification of leakages if any during hydraulic testing

(k) Site clearing

(l) Restoration of roads to its original condition

(m) Trial run and rectification defects in distribution network

(n) Flushing and disinfection of Distribution system

(o) Commissioning and Handing over of Distribution system

Safety Assurance:

The Contractor will take all measures required to maintain the highest industry recognized safety standards on the project site. The measures taken shall include all but not be limited to the relevant provisions of the Indian Standards (IS).

The Contractor shall be responsible for the safety of all workmen and other persons entering or in the work areas and shall take all measures necessary to ensure their safety at his own expense. Such measures shall include the provisions of helmets (hardhats), the provision of gum-boots to workers engaged in cement concrete, and eye protection (goggles). Scaffolding or other measures required for working at a height shall be load rated and rigid and be provided with suitable and convenient access. Shoring required for deep excavation must be adequate and rigidly braced and strutted. Other safety measures that the Employer’s Representative may direct, depending on the exigencies of the location and nature of work and other relevant factors, shall be provided by the Contractor. The Contractor is responsible for all security, watch and ward arrangements at site till handing over of the system.

Hydro testing of Distribution System:

The Contractor is responsible for conducting hydro testing of distribution pipeline including pipelines laid by the earlier Contractor at required sections as per the instructions of the Engineer. The Contractor’s scope includes mobilization and fixing of dummy, pressure gauges, filling water and rising pressure in the pipeline to the required test pressure and carryout the hydraulic test as per standard


specifications and directions of the Engineer. Contractor quoted rate should include cost of providing and fixing dummies, filling water, arrangement of necessary equipment for rising pressure in the pipeline and measurement of pressure including labourers. Any failure of hydraulic test in any particular section due to leakage in the laid distribution pipeline by the earlier Contractor, cost of rectification of such leakages shall be paid under Provisional Sum and Day works for the materials and Labour & equipment respectively.

Trail Run and Defects Rectification

The Contractor is responsible for Trial Run and rectification of defects in the distribution system upon successful completion of the hydro test and Gap closing in the distribution network. For Trial Run and Commissioning, water shall be provided by the Employer. During Trial run, distribution system will be flushed and cleaned to remove all the debris and mud from the distribution system. Upon cleaning and closing the end caps of dead end of the pipelines, the contractor would fill up the distribution system by opening the outlet valve and checkup the system for any cross connections left to be done, operate the online valves to ascertain proper opening and closing, remove the observed leakages in the system and ascertain that the water reaches all the pipelines and pipeline dead ends at full system pressure. System shall be allowed to stabilize for a minimum period of 15 days keenly observed for visible leakages in the distribution system; any defects found during this process shall be rectified by the Contractor. Any rectification is required in the pipelines laid earlier by the previous Contractor, the required materials like DI pipes, specials & fittings etc., and unforeseen items cost will be met from provisional sum and labour and equipment cost will be paid from the Day works. Upon satisfactory completion of stabilization period, distribution line to be disinfected and disinfected water to be disposed safely with all care. House service connections should be given only after successful completion of stabilization period and disinfection of distribution system. The trial run and commissioning period shall be for period of 30 days. In the event that any system or facilities do not satisfactorily achieve the required performance standards during this period, with a continuous run, the trial run period shall be extended until such time as the Contractor has satisfactorily rectified any deficiencies as may be necessary to satisfy the performance requirements, at the risk and cost to the Contractor.

During trial run period, Contractor shall co-operate and facilitate with the House service connection contractor in providing house service connections. If necessary, the Employer may extend the trial run period beyond 30 days, allowing payment at the rate quoted by the Contractor for the trial run, as a variation to the Contract. The contractor can give the trial run DMA wise by isolating the network based on the topography and system isolation facilities and as instructed by the Engineer.

The costs associated for the Contractor’s and other operating non-Employer personnel during the period of the trial run, along with costs of tools etc., which are required for operation and maintenance of the distribution system during the trial run period shall also be borne by the Contractor and shall be included in the Contract Price.

Commissioning and Handing Over of the System

After the successful completion of the trial run and Tests on completion, the network shall be treated as commissioned. Upon Commissioning, the Employer will take over control of the facilities.

Taking over Certificate:

Taking over certificate for the distribution system will be issued by the Employer to the Contractor, upon taking over the works completed in all respects, subject to the Compliance of the requirements mentioned below:

(a) Rectification of the deficiencies pointed out in the “Punch List” have been carried out satisfactorily

(b) All the test records including works tests and field tests are submitted as per the requirements specified elsewhere.

Section: VII – General Conditions (GC)

GC-1

GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT The General Conditions of Contract are the Standard General Conditions of Contract set forth in Part 3, Section VII of the Standard Bidding Documents for Procurement of Works (version 1.0) published by JICA in October, 2012” are the MDB Harmonized Edition of the Conditions of Contract for Construction prepared and copyrighted by the International Federation of Consulting Engineers, FIDIC 2010, all rights reserved. Those General Conditions of Contract are available on the JICA’s web site shown below:

http://www.jica.go.jp/english/our_work/types_of_assistance/oda_loans/oda_op_info/guide/tender/index.html

However the General Conditions is attached to these Bidding Documents.



FEDERATION INTERNATIONALE DES INGENIEURS-CONSEILSINTERNATIONAL FEDERATION OF CONSULTING ENGINEERSINTERNATIONALE VEREINIGUNG BERATENDER INGENIEUREFEDERACION INTERNACIONAL DE INGENIEROS CONSULTORES

Conditions of Contractfor CONSTRUCTION

FOR BUILDING AND ENGINEERING WORKSDESIGNED BY THE EMPLOYER

Multilateral Development Bank Harmonised EditionJune 2010

General Conditions

This publication is exclusive for use as provided under a LicenceAgreement between a Participating Bank and FIDIC, and, consequently,no part of this publication may be reproduced, translated, adapted, storedin a retrieval system or communicated, in any form or by any means,whether mechanical, electronic, magnetic, photocopying, recording orotherwise, without prior permission in writing from FIDIC. To request suchpermission, please contact: FIDIC, Case Postale 311, CH-1215 Geneva15, Switzerland; Tel. +41 22 799 49 00; Fax +41 22 799 49 01; E-mail:[email protected]. FIDIC is not responsible for the accuracy or completenessof translations of this publication unless such translation explicitlyindicates otherwise.

© FIDIC 2010. Conditions of Contract for Construction MDB Harmonised Ed. June 2010 - General Conditions.For participating development bank financed contract use only. No reproduction of this document is permitted.

i

General Conditions

CONTENTS

Definitions listed alphabetically

GENERAL PROVISIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

1.1 Definitions1.2 Interpretation1.3 Communications1.4 Law and Language1.5 Priority of Documents1.6 Contract Agreement1.7 Assignment1.8 Care and Supply of Documents1.9 Delayed Drawings or Instructions1.10 Employer’s Use of Contractor’s Documents1.11 Contractor’s Use of Employer’s Documents1.12 Confidential Details1.13 Compliance with Laws1.14 Joint and Several Liability1.15 Inspections and Audit by the Bank

2 THE EMPLOYER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

2.1 Right of Access to the Site2.2 Permits, Licences or Approvals2.3 Employer’s Personnel2.4 Employer’s Financial Arrangements2.5 Employer’s Claims

3 THE ENGINEER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

3.1 Engineer’s Duties and Authority3.2 Delegation by the Engineer3.3 Instructions of the Engineer3.4 Replacement of the Engineer3.5 Determinations

4 THE CONTRACTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

4.1 Contractor’s General Obligations4.2 Performance Security

ii © FIDIC 2010. Conditions of Contract for Construction MDB Harmonised Ed. June 2010 - General Conditions.For participating development bank financed contract use only. No reproduction of this document is permitted.

4.3 Contractor’s Representative4.4 Subcontractors4.5 Assignment of Benefit of Subcontract4.6 Co-operation4.7 Setting Out4.8 Safety Procedures4.9 Quality Assurance4.10 Site Data4.11 Sufficiency of the Accepted Contract Amount4.12 Unforeseeable Physical Conditions4.13 Rights of Way and Facilities4.14 Avoidance of Interference4.15 Access Route4.16 Transport of Goods4.17 Contractor’s Equipment4.18 Protection of the Environment4.19 Electricity, Water and Gas4.20 Employer’s Equipment and Free-Issue Materials4.21 Progress Reports4.22 Security of the Site4.23 Contractor’s Operations on Site4.24 Fossils

5 NOMINATED SUBCONTRACTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

5.1 Definition of “nominated Subcontractor”5.2 Objection to Nomination5.3 Payments to nominated Subcontractors5.4 Evidence of Payments

6 STAFF AND LABOUR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

6.1 Engagement of Staff and Labour6.2 Rates of Wages and Conditions of Labour6.3 Persons in the Service of Employer6.4 Labour Laws6.5 Working Hours6.6 Facilities for Staff and Labour 6.7 Health and Safety6.8 Contractor’s Superintendence6.9 Contractor’s Personnel6.10 Records of Contractor’s Personnel and Equipment6.11 Disorderly Conduct6.12 Foreign Personnel6.13 Supply of Foodstuffs6.14 Supply of Water6.15 Measures against Insect and Pest Nuisance6.16 Alcoholic Liquor or Drugs6.17 Arms and Ammunition6.18 Festival and Religious Customs6.19 Funeral Arrangements6.20 Forced Labour6.21 Child Labour6.22 Employment Records of Workers6.23 Workers’ Organisations6.24 Non-Discrimination and Equal Opportunity


iii

7 PLANT, MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

7.1 Manner of Execution7.2 Samples7.3 Inspection7.4 Testing7.5 Rejection7.6 Remedial Work7.7 Ownership of Plant and Materials7.8 Royalties

8 COMMENCEMENT, DELAYS AND SUSPENSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

8.1 Commencement of Works8.2 Time for Completion8.3 Programme8.4 Extension of Time for Completion8.5 Delays Caused by Authorities8.6 Rate of Progress8.7 Delay Damages8.8 Suspension of Work8.9 Consequences of Suspension8.10 Payment for Plant and Materials in Event of Suspension8.11 Prolonged Suspension8.12 Resumption of Work

9 TESTS ON COMPLETION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

9.1 Contractor’s Obligations9.2 Delayed Tests9.3 Retesting9.4 Failure to Pass Tests on Completion

10 EMPLOYER’S TAKING OVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

10.1 Taking Over of the Works and Sections10.2 Taking Over of Parts of the Works10.3 Interference with Tests on Completion10.4 Surfaces Requiring Reinstatement

11 DEFECTS LIABILITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

11.1 Completion of Outstanding Work and Remedying Defects11.2 Cost of Remedying Defects11.3 Extension of Defects Notifi cation Period11.4 Failure to Remedy Defects11.5 Removal of Defective Work11.6 Further Tests11.7 Right of Access11.8 Contractor to Search11.9 Performance Certificate11.10 Unfulfilled Obligations11.11 Clearance of Site

iv © FIDIC 2010. Conditions of Contract for Construction MDB Harmonised Ed. June 2010 - General Conditions.For participating development bank financed contract use only. No reproduction of this document is permitted.

12 MEASUREMENT AND EVALUATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

12.1 Works to be Measured12.2 Method of Measurement12.3 Evaluation12.4 Omissions

13 VARIATIONS AND ADJUSTMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

13.1 Right to Vary13.2 Value Engineering13.3 Variation Procedure13.4 Payment in Applicable Currencies13.5 Provisional Sums13.6 Daywork13.7 Adjustments for Changes in Legislation13.8 Adjustments for Changes in Cost

14 CONTRACT PRICE AND PAYMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

14.1 The Contract Price14.2 Advance Payment14.3 Application for Interim Payment Certificates14.4 Schedule of Payments14.5 Plant and Materials intended for the Works14.6 Issue of Interim Payment Certificates14.7 Payment14.8 Delayed Payment14.9 Payment of Retention Money14.10 Statement at Completion14.11 Application for Final Payment Certificate14.12 Discharge14.13 Issue of Final Payment Certificate14.14 Cessation of Employer’s Liability14.15 Currencies of Payment

15 TERMINATION BY EMPLOYER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

15.1 Notice to Correct15.2 Termination by Employer15.3 Valuation at Date of Termination15.4 Payment after Termination15.5 Employer’s Entitlement to Termination for Convenience15.6 Corrupt or Fraudulent Practices

16 SUSPENSION AND TERMINATION BY CONTRACTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

16.1 Contractor’s Entitlement to Suspend Work16.2 Termination by Contractor16.3 Cessation of Work and Removal of Contractor’s Equipment16.4 Payment on Termination

17 RISK AND RESPONSIBILITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

17.1 Indemnities17.2 Contractor’s Care of the Works


v

17.3 Employer’s Risks17.4 Consequences of Employer’s Risks17.5 Intellectual and Industrial Property Rights17.6 Limitation of Liability17.7 Use of Employer’s Accommodation/Facilities

18 INSURANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

18.1 General Requirements for Insurances18.2 Insurance for Works and Contractor’s Equipment18.3 Insurance against Injury to Persons and Damage to Property18.4 Insurance for Contractor’s Personnel

19 FORCE MAJEURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

19.1 Definition of Force Majeure19.2 Notice of Force Majeure19.3 Duty to Minimise Delay19.4 Consequences of Force Majeure19.5 Force Majeure Affecting Subcontractor19.6 Optional Termination, Payment and Release19.7 Release from Performance

20 CLAIMS, DISPUTES AND ARBITRATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

20.1 Contractor’s Claims20.2 Appointment of the Dispute Board20.3 Failure to Agree on the Composition of the Dispute Board20.4 Obtaining Dispute Board’s Decision20.5 Amicable Settlement20.6 Arbitration20.7 Failure to Comply with Dispute Board’s Decision20.8 Expiry of Dispute Board’s Appointment

APPENDIX: DISPUTE BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70

General Conditions of Dispute Board AgreementAnnex: Procedural Rules

INDEX OF SUB-CLAUSES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

vi © FIDIC 2010. Conditions of Contract for Construction MDB Harmonised Ed. June 2010 - General Conditions.For participating development bank financed contract use only. No reproduction of this document is permitted.

1.1.4.1 Accepted Contract Amount

1.1.2.11 Bank

1.1.3.1 Base Date

1.1.1.9 Bill of Quantities

1.1.2.12 Borrower

1.1.3.2 Commencement Date

1.1.1.1 Contract

1.1.1.2 Contract Agreement

1.1.1.10 Contract Data

1.1.4.2 Contract Price

1.1.2.3 Contractor

1.1.6.1 Contractor’s Documents

1.1.5.1 Contractor’s Equipment

1.1.2.7 Contractor’s Personnel

1.1.2.5 Contractor’s Representative

1.1.4.3 Cost

1.1.6.2 Country

1.1.2.9 DB

1.1.3.9 day

1.1.1.9 Daywork Schedule

1.1.3.7 Defects Notifi cation Period

1.1.1.6 Drawings

1.1.2.2 Employer

1.1.6.3 Employer’s Equipment

1.1.2.6 Employer’s Personnel

1.1.2.4 Engineer

1.1.2.10 FIDIC

1.1.4.4 Final Payment Certificate

1.1.4.5 Final Statement

1.1.6.4 Force Majeure

1.1.4.6 Foreign Currency

1.1.5.2 Goods

Definitions listed alphabetically

1.1.4.7 Interim Payment Certificate

1.1.6.5 Laws

1.1.1.3 Letter of Acceptance

1.1.1.4 Letter of Tender

1.1.4.8 Local Currency

1.1.5.3 Materials

1.1.6.10 Notice of Dissatisfaction

1.1.2.1 Party

1.1.4.9 Payment Certificate

1.1.3.8 Performance Certificate

1.1.6.6 Performance Security

1.1.5.4 Permanent Works

1.1.5.5 Plant

1.1.4.10 Provisional Sum

1.1.4.11 Retention Money

1.1.1.7 Schedules

1.1.1.9 Schedule, Payment Currencies

1.1.5.6 Section

1.1.6.7 Site

1.1.1.5 Specification

1.1.4.12 Statement

1.1.2.8 Subcontractor

1.1.3.5 Taking-Over Certificate

1.1.5.7 Temporary Works

1.1.1.8 Tender

1.1.3.6 Tests after Completion

1.1.3.4 Tests on Completion

1.1.3.3 Time for Completion

1.1.6.8 Unforeseeable

1.1.6.9 Variation

1.1.5.8 Works

1.1.3.9 year


1

In the Conditions of Contract (“these Conditions”), which include Particular Conditions,Parts A and B, and these General Conditions, the following words and expressionsshall have the meanings stated. Words indicating persons or parties includecorporations and other legal entities, except where the context requires otherwise.

1.1.1.1 “Contract” means the Contract Agreement, the Letter of Acceptance, theLetter of Tender, these Conditions, the Specification, the Drawings, theSchedules, and the further documents (if any) which are listed in theContract Agreement or in the Letter of Acceptance.

1.1.1.2 “Contract Agreement” means the contract agreement referred to in Sub-Clause 1.6 [Contract Agreement ].

1.1.1.3 “Letter of Acceptance” means the letter of formal acceptance, signed bythe Employer, of the Letter of Tender, including any annexed memorandacomprising agreements between and signed by both Parties. If there is nosuch letter of acceptance, the expression “Letter of Acceptance” means theContract Agreement and the date of issuing or receiving the Letter ofAcceptance means the date of signing the Contract Agreement.

1.1.1.4 “Letter of Tender” means the document entitled letter of tender or letter ofbid, which was completed by the Contractor and includes the signed offerto the Employer for the Works.

1.1.1.5 “Specification” means the document entitled specification, as included inthe Contract, and any additions and modifications to the specification inaccordance with the Contract. Such document specifies the Works.

1.1.1.6 “Drawings” means the drawings of the Works, as included in the Contract,and any additional and modified drawings issued by (or on behalf of) theEmployer in accordance with the Contract.

1.1.1.7 “Schedules” means the document(s) entitled schedules, completed by theContractor and submitted with the Letter of Tender, as included in theContract. Such document may include the Bill of Quantities, data, lists, andschedules of rates and/or prices.

1.1.1.8 “Tender” means the Letter of Tender and all other documents which theContractor submitted with the Letter of Tender, as included in the Contract.

1.1.1.9 “Bill of Quantities”, “Daywork Schedule” and “Schedule of PaymentCurrencies” mean the documents so named (if any) which are comprisedin the Schedules.

1.1.1.10 “Contract Data” means the pages completed by the Employer entitledcontract data which constitute Part A of the Particular Conditions.

1.1Definitions

1.1.1The Contract

1General ProvisionsGeneral Conditions

2 © FIDIC 2010. Conditions of Contract for Construction MDB Harmonised Ed. June 2010 - General Conditions.For participating development bank financed contract use only. No reproduction of this document is permitted.

1.1.2.1 “Party” means the Employer or the Contractor, as the context requires.

1.1.2.2 “Employer” means the person named as employer in the Contract Dataand the legal successors in title to this person.

1.1.2.3 “Contractor” means the person(s) named as contractor in the Letter ofTender accepted by the Employer and the legal successors in title to thisperson(s).

1.1.2.4 “Engineer” means the person appointed by the Employer to act as theEngineer for the purposes of the Contract and named in the Contract Data,or other person appointed from time to time by the Employer and notified tothe Contractor under Sub-Clause 3.4 [Replacement of the Engineer ].

1.1.2.5 “Contractor’s Representative” means the person named by the Contractorin the Contract or appointed from time to time by the Contractor under Sub-Clause 4.3 [Contractor’s Representative ], who acts on behalf of theContractor.

1.1.2.6 “Employer’s Personnel” means the Engineer, the assistants referred to inSub-Clause 3.2 [Delegation by the Engineer ] and all other staff, labour andother employees of the Engineer and of the Employer; and any otherpersonnel notified to the Contractor, by the Employer or the Engineer, asEmployer’s Personnel.

1.1.2.7 “Contractor’s Personnel” means the Contractor’s Representative and allpersonnel whom the Contractor utilises on Site, who may include the staff,labour and other employees of the Contractor and of each Subcontractor; andany other personnel assisting the Contractor in the execution of the Works.

1.1.2.8 “Subcontractor” means any person named in the Contract as asubcontractor, or any person appointed as a subcontractor, for a part of theWorks; and the legal successors in title to each of these persons.

1.1.2.9 “DB” means the person or three persons appointed under Sub-Clause 20.2[Appointment of the Dispute Board ] or Sub-Clause 20.3 [Failure to Agreeon the Composition of the Dispute Board ].

1.1.2.10 “FIDIC” means the Fédération Internationale des Ingénieurs-Conseils, theinternational federation of consulting engineers.

1.1.2.11 “Bank” means the financing institution (if any) named in the Contract Data.

1.1.2.12 “Borrower” means the person (if any) named as the borrower in theContract Data.

1.1.3.1 “Base Date” means the date 28 days prior to the latest date for submissionof the Tender.

1.1.3.2 “Commencement Date” means the date notified under Sub-Clause 8.1[Commencement of Works ].

1.1.3.3 “Time for Completion” means the time for completing the Works or a Section(as the case may be) under Sub-Clause 8.2 [Time for Completion ], as statedin the Contract Data (with any extension under Sub-Clause 8.4 [Extension ofTime for Completion ]), calculated from the Commencement Date.

1.1.2Parties and Persons

1.1.3Dates, Tests, Periodsand Completion


3

1.1.3.4 “Tests on Completion” means the tests which are specified in the Contractor agreed by both Parties or instructed as a Variation, and which are carriedout under Clause 9 [Tests on Completion ] before the Works or a Section (asthe case may be) are taken over by the Employer.

1.1.3.5 “Taking-Over Certificate” means a certificate issued under Clause 10[Employer’s Taking Over ].

1.1.3.6 “Tests after Completion” means the tests (if any) which are specified in theContract and which are carried out in accordance with the Specification afterthe Works or a Section (as the case may be) are taken over by the Employer.

1.1.3.7 “Defects Notification Period” means the period for notifying defects in theWorks or a Section (as the case may be) under Sub-Clause 11.1[Completion of Outstanding Work and Remedying Defects ], which extendsover 365 days except if otherwise stated in the Contract Data (with anyextension under Sub-Clause 11.3 [Extension of Defects NotificationPeriod ]), calculated from the date on which the Works or Section iscompleted as certified under Sub-Clause 10.1 [Taking Over of the Worksand Sections ].

1.1.3.8 “Performance Certificate” means the certificate issued under Sub-Clause11.9 [Performance Certificate ].

1.1.3.9 “day” means a calendar day and “year” means 365 days.

1.1.4.1 “Accepted Contract Amount” means the amount accepted in the Letter ofAcceptance for the execution and completion of the Works and theremedying of any defects.

1.1.4.2 “Contract Price” means the price defined in Sub-Clause 14.1 [TheContract Price ], and includes adjustments in accordance with the Contract.

1.1.4.3 “Cost” means all expenditure reasonably incurred (or to be incurred) by theContractor, whether on or off the Site, including overhead and similarcharges, but does not include profit.

1.1.4.4 “Final Payment Certificate” means the payment certificate issued underSub-Clause 14.13 [ Issue of Final Payment Certificate ].

1.1.4.5 “Final Statement” means the statement defined in Sub-Clause 14.11[Application for Final Payment Certificate ].

1.1.4.6 “Foreign Currency” means a currency in which part (or all) of the ContractPrice is payable, but not the Local Currency.

1.1.4.7 “Interim Payment Certificate” means a payment certificate issued underClause 14 [Contract Price and Payment ], other than the Final PaymentCertificate.

1.1.4.8 “Local Currency” means the currency of the Country.

1.1.4.9 “Payment Certificate” means a payment certificate issued under Clause 14[Contract Price and Payment].

1.1.4.10 “Provisional Sum” means a sum (if any) which is specified in the Contract as

1.1.4Money and Payments


a provisional sum, for the execution of any part of the Works or for thesupply of Plant, Materials or services under Sub-Clause 13.5 [ProvisionalSums ].

1.1.4.11 “Retention Money” means the accumulated retention moneys which theEmployer retains under Sub-Clause 14.3 [Application for Interim PaymentCertificates ] and pays under Sub-Clause 14.9 [Payment of RetentionMoney ].

1.1.4.12 “Statement” means a statement submitted by the Contractor as part of anapplication, under Clause 14 [Contract Price and Payment ], for a paymentcertificate.

1.1.5.1 “Contractor’s Equipment” means all apparatus, machinery, vehicles andother things required for the execution and completion of the Works and theremedying of any defects. However, Contractor’s Equipment excludesTemporary Works, Employer’s Equipment (if any), Plant, Materials and anyother things intended to form or forming part of the Permanent Works.

1.1.5.2 “Goods” means Contractor’s Equipment, Materials, Plant and TemporaryWorks, or any of them as appropriate.

1.1.5.3 “Materials” means things of all kinds (other than Plant) intended to form orforming part of the Permanent Works, including the supply-only materials (ifany) to be supplied by the Contractor under the Contract.

1.1.5.4 “Permanent Works” means the permanent works to be executed by theContractor under the Contract.

1.1.5.5 “Plant” means the apparatus, machinery and vehicles intended to form orforming part of the Permanent Works, including vehicles purchased for theEmployer and relating to the construction or operation of the Works.

1.1.5.6 “Section” means a part of the Works specified in the Contract Data as aSection (if any).

1.1.5.7 “Temporary Works” means all temporary works of every kind (other thanContractor’s Equipment) required on Site for the execution and completionof the Permanent Works and the remedying of any defects.

1.1.5.8 “Works” mean the Permanent Works and the Temporary Works, or either ofthem as appropriate.

1.1.6.1 “Contractor’s Documents” means the calculations, computer programsand other software, drawings, manuals, models and other documents of atechnical nature (if any) supplied by the Contractor under the Contract.

1.1.6.2 “Country” means the country in which the Site (or most of it) is located,where the Permanent Works are to be executed.

1.1.6.3 “Employer’s Equipment” means the apparatus, machinery and vehicles (ifany) made available by the Employer for the use of the Contractor in theexecution of the Works, as stated in the Specification; but does not includePlant which has not been taken over by the Employer.

1.1.6.4 “Force Majeure” is defined in Clause 19 [Force Majeure ].

1.1.5Works and Goods

1.1.6Other Definitions


5

1.1.6.5 “Laws” means all national (or state) legislation, statutes, ordinances andother laws, and regulations and by-laws of any legally constituted publicauthority.

1.1.6.6 “Performance Security” means the security (or securities, if any) underSub-Clause 4.2 [Performance Security ].

1.1.6.7 “Site” means the places where the Permanent Works are to be executed,including storage and working areas, and to which Plant and Materials areto be delivered, and any other places as may be specified in the Contractas forming part of the Site.

1.1.6.8 “Unforeseeable” means not reasonably foreseeable by an experiencedcontractor by the Base Date.

1.1.6.9 “Variation” means any change to the Works, which is instructed orapproved as a variation under Clause 13 [Variations and Adjustments ].

1.1.6.10 “Notice of Dissatisfaction” means the notice given by either Party to theother under Sub-Clause 20.4 [Obtaining Dispute Board’s Decision ]indicating its dissatisfaction and intention to commence arbitration.

In the Contract, except where the context requires otherwise:

(a) words indicating one gender include all genders;(b) words indicating the singular also include the plural and words indicating the

plural also include the singular;(c) provisions including the word “agree”, “agreed” or “agreement” require the

agreement to be record in writing;(d) “written” or “in writing” means hand-written, type-written, printed or

electronically made, and resulting in a permanent record; and(e) the word “tender” is synonymous with “bid”, and “tenderer” with “bidder” and

the words “tender documents” with “bidding documents”.

The marginal words and other headings shall not be taken into consideration in theinterpretation of these Conditions.

In these Conditions, provisions including the expression “Cost plus profit” require thisprofit to be one-twentieth (5%) of this Cost unless otherwise indicated in the ContractData.

Wherever these Conditions provide for the giving or issuing of approvals, certificates,consents, determinations, notices, requests and discharges, these communicationsshall be:

(a) in writing and delivered by hand (against receipt), sent by mail or courier, ortransmitted using any of the agreed systems of electronic transmission asstated in the Contract Data; and

(b) delivered, sent or transmitted to the address for the recipient’s communicationsas stated in the Contract Data. However:

(i) if the recipient gives notice of another address, communications shallthereafter be delivered accordingly; and

(ii) if the recipient has not stated otherwise when requesting an approval or

1.2

Interpretation

1.3

Communications


consent, it may be sent to the address from which the request wasissued.

Approvals, certificates, consents and determinations shall not be unreasonablywithheld or delayed. When a certificate is issued to a Party, the certifier shall send acopy to the other Party. When a notice is issued to a Party, by the other Party or theEngineer, a copy shall be sent to the Engineer or the other Party, as the case may be.

The Contract shall be governed by the law of the country or other jurisdiction statedin the Contract Data.

The ruling language of the Contract shall be that stated in the Contract Data.

The language for communications shall be that stated in the Contract Data. If nolanguage is stated there, the language for communications shall be the rulinglanguage of the Contract.

The documents forming the Contract are to be taken as mutually explanatory of oneanother. For the purposes of interpretation, the priority of the documents shall be inaccordance with the following sequence:

(a) the Contract Agreement (if any),(b) the Letter of Acceptance,(c) the Letter of Tender,(d) the Particular Conditions - Part A,(e) the Particular Conditions - Part B,(f) these General Conditions,(g) the Specification,(h) the Drawings, and(i) the Schedules and any other documents forming part of the Contract.

If an ambiguity or discrepancy is found in the documents, the Engineer shall issue anynecessary clarification or instruction.

The Parties shall enter into a Contract Agreement within 28 days after the Contractorreceives the Letter of Acceptance, unless the Particular Conditions establishotherwise. The Contract Agreement shall be based upon the form annexed to theParticular Conditions. The costs of stamp duties and similar charges (if any) imposedby law in connection with entry into the Contract Agreement shall be borne by theEmployer.

Neither Party shall assign the whole or any part of the Contract or any benefit orinterest in or under the Contract. However, either Party:

(a) may assign the whole or any part with the prior agreement of the other Party,at the sole discretion of such other Party, and

(b) may, as security in favour of a bank or financial institution, assign its right to anymoneys due, or to become due, under the Contract.

The Specification and Drawings shall be in the custody and care of the Employer.Unless otherwise stated in the Contract, two copies of the Contract and of each

1.4

Law and Language

1.5

Priority of Documents

1.6

Contract Agreement

1.7

Assignment

1.8

Care and Supply of Documents


7

subsequent Drawing shall be supplied to the Contractor, who may make or requestfurther copies at the cost of the Contractor.

Each of the Contractor’s Documents shall be in the custody and care of theContractor, unless and until taken over by the Employer. Unless otherwise stated inthe Contract, the Contractor shall supply to the Engineer six copies of each of theContractor’s Documents.

The Contractor shall keep, on the Site, a copy of the Contract, publications named inthe Specification, the Contractor’s Documents (if any), the Drawings and Variationsand other communications given under the Contract. The Employer’s Personnel shallhave the right of access to all these documents at all reasonable times.

If a Party becomes aware of an error or defect in a document which was prepared foruse in executing the Works, the Party shall promptly give notice to the other Party ofsuch error or defect.

The Contractor shall give notice to the Engineer whenever the Works are likely to bedelayed or disrupted if any necessary drawing or instruction is not issued to theContractor within a particular time, which shall be reasonable. The notice shall includedetails of the necessary drawing or instruction, details of why and by when it shouldbe issued, and the nature and amount of the delay or disruption likely to be sufferedif it is late.

If the Contractor suffers delay and/or incurs Cost as a result of a failure of the Engineerto issue the notified drawing or instruction within a time which is reasonable and isspecified in the notice with supporting details, the Contractor shall give a further noticeto the Engineer and shall be entitled subject to Sub-Clause 20.1 [Contractor’s Claims ]to:

(a) an extension of time for any such delay, if completion is or will be delayed,under Sub-Clause 8.4 [Extension of Time for Completion ], and

(b) payment of any such Cost plus profit, which shall be included in the ContractPrice.

After receiving this further notice, the Engineer shall proceed in accordance with Sub-Clause 3.5 [Determinations ] to agree or determine these matters.

However, if and to the extent that the Engineer’s failure was caused by any error ordelay by the Contractor, including an error in, or delay in the submission of, any of theContractor’s Documents, the Contractor shall not be entitled to such extension oftime, Cost or profit.

As between the Parties, the Contractor shall retain the copyright and other intellectualproperty rights in the Contractor’s Documents and other design documents made by(or on behalf of) the Contractor.

The Contractor shall be deemed (by signing the Contract) to give to the Employer anon-terminable transferable non-exclusive royalty-free licence to copy, use andcommunicate the Contractor’s Documents, including making and using modificationsof them. This licence shall:

(a) apply throughout the actual or intended working life (whichever is longer) of therelevant parts of the Works,

1.9

Delayed Drawings or Instructions

1.10

Employer’s Use ofContractor’s Documents


(b) entitle any person in proper possession of the relevant part of the Works tocopy, use and communicate the Contractor’s Documents for the purposes ofcompleting, operating, maintaining, altering, adjusting, repairing anddemolishing the Works, and

(c) in the case of Contractor’s Documents which are in the form of computerprograms and other software, permit their use on any computer on the Site andother places as envisaged by the Contract, including replacements of anycomputers supplied by the Contractor.

The Contractor’s Documents and other design documents made by (or on behalf of)the Contractor shall not, without the Contractor’s consent, be used, copied orcommunicated to a third party by (or on behalf of) the Employer for purposes otherthan those permitted under this Sub-Clause.

As between the Parties, the Employer shall retain the copyright and other intellectualproperty rights in the Specification, the Drawings and other documents made by (oron behalf of) the Employer. The Contractor may, at his cost, copy, use, and obtaincommunication of these documents for the purposes of the Contract. They shall not,without the Employer’s consent, be copied, used or communicated to a third party bythe Contractor, except as necessary for the purposes of the Contract.

The Contractor’s and the Employer’s Personnel shall disclose all such confidential andother information as may be reasonably required in order to verify compliance with theContract and allow its proper implementation.

Each of them shall treat the details of the Contract as private and confidential, exceptto the extent necessary to carry out their respective obligations under the Contract orto comply with applicable Laws. Each of them shall not publish or disclose anyparticulars of the Works prepared by the other Party without the previous agreementof the other Party. However, the Contractor shall be permitted to disclose any publiclyavailable information, or information otherwise required to establish his qualificationsto compete for other projects.

The Contractor shall, in performing the Contract, comply with applicable Laws. Unlessotherwise stated in the Particular Conditions:

(a) the Employer shall have obtained (or shall obtain) the planning, zoning,building permit or similar permission for the Permanent Works, and any otherpermissions described in the Specification as having been (or to be)obtained by the Employer; and the Employer shall indemnify and hold theContractor harmless against and from the consequences of any failure to doso; and

(b) the Contractor shall give all notices, pay all taxes, duties and fees, andobtain all permits, licences and approvals, as required by the Laws in relationto the execution and completion of the Works and the remedying of anydefects; and the Contractor shall indemnify and hold the Employer harmlessagainst and from the consequences of any failure to do so, unless theContractor is impeded to accomplish these actions and shows evidence ofits diligence.

If the Contractor constitutes (under applicable Laws) a joint venture, consortium orother unincorporated grouping of two or more persons:

1.11

Contractor’s Use of Employer’s Documents

1.12

Confidential Details

1.13

Compliance with Laws

1.14

Joint and SeveralLiability


9

(a) these persons shall be deemed to be jointly and severally liable to the Employerfor the performance of the Contract;

(b) these persons shall notify the Employer of their leader who shall have authorityto bind the Contractor and each of these persons; and

(c) the Contractor shall not alter its composition or legal status without the priorconsent of the Employer.

The Contractor shall permit the Bank and/or persons appointed by the Bank toinspect the Site and/or the Contractor's accounts and records relating to theperformance of the Contract and to have such accounts and records audited byauditors appointed by the Bank if required by the Bank.

The Employer shall give the Contractor right of access to, and possession of, all partsof the Site within the time (or times) stated in the Contract Data. The right andpossession may not be exclusive to the Contractor. If, under the Contract, theEmployer is required to give (to the Contractor) possession of any foundation,structure, plant or means of access, the Employer shall do so in the time and mannerstated in the Specification. However, the Employer may withhold any such right orpossession until the Performance Security has been received.

If no such time is stated in the Contract Data, the Employer shall give the Contractorright of access to, and possession of, the Site within such times as required to enablethe Contractor to proceed without disruption in accordance with the programmesubmitted under Sub-Clause 8.3 [Programme ].

If the Contractor suffers delay and/or incurs Cost as a result of a failure by theEmployer to give any such right or possession within such time, the Contractor shallgive notice to the Engineer and shall be entitled subject to Sub-Clause 20.1[Contractor’s Claims ] to:



After receiving this notice, the Engineer shall proceed in accordance with Sub-Clause3.5 [Determinations ] to agree or determine these matters.

However, if and to the extent that the Employer’s failure was caused by any error ordelay by the Contractor, including an error in, or delay in the submission of, any of theContractor’s Documents, the Contractor shall not be entitled to such extension oftime, Cost or profit.

The Employer shall provide, at the request of the Contractor, such reasonableassistance as to allow the Contractor to obtain properly:

(a) copies of the Laws of the Country which are relevant to the Contract but arenot readily available, and

(b) any permits, licences or approvals required by the Laws of the Country:

1.15Inspections and Auditby the Bank

2.1Right of Access tothe Site

2.2

Permits, Licences or Approvals

2The Employer


(i) which the Contractor is required to obtain under Sub-Clause 1.13[Compliance with Laws ],

(ii) for the delivery of Goods, including clearance through customs, and(iii) for the export of Contractor’s Equipment when it is removed from the

Site.

The Employer shall be responsible for ensuring that the Employer’s Personnel and theEmployer’s other contractors on the Site:

(a) co-operate with the Contractor’s efforts under Sub-Clause 4.6 [Co-operation ],and

(b) take actions similar to those which the Contractor is required to take under sub-paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of Sub-Clause 4.8 [Safety Procedures ] and underSub-Clause 4.18 [Protection of the Environment ].

The Employer shall submit, before the Commencement Date and thereafter within 28days after receiving any request from the Contractor, reasonable evidence thatfinancial arrangements have been made and are being maintained which will enablethe Employer to pay the Contract Price punctually (as estimated at that time) inaccordance with Clause 14 [Contract Price and Payment ]. Before the Employermakes any material change to his financial arrangements, the Employer shall givenotice to the Contractor with detailed particulars.

In addition, if the Bank has notified to the Borrower that the Bank has suspendeddisbursements under its loan, which finances in whole or in part the execution of theWorks, the Employer shall give notice of such suspension to the Contractor withdetailed particulars, including the date of such notification, with a copy to the Engineer,within 7 days of the Borrower having received the suspension notification from theBank. If alternative funds will be available in appropriate currencies to the Employer tocontinue making payments to the Contractor beyond a date 60 days after the date ofBank notification of the suspension, the Employer shall provide reasonable evidencein his notice of the extent to which such funds will be available.

If the Employer considers himself to be entitled to any payment under any Clause ofthese Conditions or otherwise in connection with the Contract, and/or to anyextension of the Defects Notification Period, the Employer or the Engineer shall givenotice and particulars to the Contractor. However, notice is not required for paymentsdue under Sub-Clause 4.19 [Electricity, Water and Gas ], under Sub-Clause 4.20[Employer’s Equipment and Free-Issue Material s], or for other services requested bythe Contractor.

The notice shall be given as soon as practicable and no longer than 28 days after theEmployer became aware, or should have become aware, of the event orcircumstances giving rise to the claim. A notice relating to any extension of the DefectsNotification Period shall be given before the expiry of such period.

The particulars shall specify the Clause or other basis of the claim, and shall includesubstantiation of the amount and/or extension to which the Employer considershimself to be entitled in connection with the Contract. The Engineer shall then proceedin accordance with Sub-Clause 3.5 [Determinations ] to agree or determine (i) theamount (if any) which the Employer is entitled to be paid by the Contractor, and/or (ii)the extension (if any) of the Defects Notification Period in accordance with Sub-Clause11.3 [Extension of Defects Notification Period ].

2.3

Employer’s Personnel

2.4

Employer’s Financial Arrangements

2.5

Employer’s Claims


11

3.1Engineer’s Duties and Authority

This amount may be included as a deduction in the Contract Price and PaymentCertificates. The Employer shall only be entitled to set off against or make anydeduction from an amount certified in a Payment Certificate, or to otherwise claimagainst the Contractor, in accordance with this Sub-Clause.

The Employer shall appoint the Engineer who shall carry out the duties assigned tohim in the Contract. The Engineer’s staff shall include suitably qualified engineers andother professionals who are competent to carry out these duties.

The Engineer shall have no authority to amend the Contract.

The Engineer may exercise the authority attributable to the Engineer as specified in ornecessarily to be implied from the Contract. If the Engineer is required to obtain theapproval of the Employer before exercising a specified authority, the requirements shallbe as stated in the Particular Conditions. The Employer shall promptly inform theContractor of any change to the authority attributed to the Engineer.

However, whenever the Engineer exercises a specified authority for which theEmployer’s approval is required, then (for the purposes of the Contract) the Employershall be deemed to have given approval.

Except as otherwise stated in these Conditions:

(a) whenever carrying out duties or exercising authority, specified in or implied bythe Contract, the Engineer shall be deemed to act for the Employer;

(b) the Engineer has no authority to relieve either Party of any duties, obligations orresponsibilities under the Contract;

(c) any approval, check, certificate, consent, examination, inspection, instruction,notice, proposal, request, test, or similar act by the Engineer (including absenceof disapproval) shall not relieve the Contractor from any responsibility he hasunder the Contract, including responsibility for errors, omissions, discrepanciesand non-compliances; and

(d) any act by the Engineer in response to a Contractor’s request except asotherwise expressly specified shall be notified in writing to the Contractor within28 days of receipt.

The following provisions shall apply:

The Engineer shall obtain the specific approval of the Employer before taking actionunder the following Sub-Clauses of these Conditions:

(A) Sub-Clause 4.12: agreeing or determining an extension of time and/oradditional cost.

(B) Sub-Clause 13.1: instructing a Variation, except;

(i) in an emergency situation as determined by the Engineer, or(ii) if such a Variation would increase the Accepted Contract Amount by less

than the percentage specified in the Contract Data.

(C) Sub-Clause 13.3: approving a proposal for Variation submitted by theContractor in accordance with Sub-Clause 13.1 or 13.2.

3The Engineer


(D) Sub-Clause 13.4: specifying the amount payable in each of the applicablecurrencies.

Notwithstanding the obligation, as set out above, to obtain approval, if, in the opinionof the Engineer, an emergency occurs affecting the safety of life or of the Works or ofadjoining property, he may, without relieving the Contractor of any of his duties andresponsibility under the Contract, instruct the Contractor to execute all such work or todo all such things as may, in the opinion of the Engineer, be necessary to abate orreduce the risk. The Contractor shall forthwith comply, despite the absence of approvalof the Employer, with any such instruction of the Engineer. The Engineer shall determinean addition to the Contract Price, in respect of such instruction, in accordance withClause 13 and shall notify the Contractor accordingly, with a copy to the Employer.

The Engineer may from time to time assign duties and delegate authority to assistants,and may also revoke such assignment or delegation. These assistants may include aresident engineer, and/or independent inspectors appointed to inspect and/or testitems of Plant and/or Materials. The assignment, delegation or revocation shall be inwriting and shall not take effect until copies have been received by both Parties.However, unless otherwise agreed by both Parties, the Engineer shall not delegate theauthority to determine any matter in accordance with Sub-Clause 3.5[Determinations ].

Assistants shall be suitably qualified persons, who are competent to carry out theseduties and exercise this authority, and who are fluent in the language forcommunications defined in Sub-Clause 1.4 [Law and Language ].

Each assistant, to whom duties have been assigned or authority has been delegated,shall only be authorised to issue instructions to the Contractor to the extent definedby the delegation. Any approval, check, certificate, consent, examination, inspection,instruction, notice, proposal, request, test, or similar act by an assistant, inaccordance with the delegation, shall have the same effect as though the act hadbeen an act of the Engineer. However:

(a) any failure to disapprove any work, Plant or Materials shall not constituteapproval, and shall therefore not prejudice the right of the Engineer to reject thework, Plant or Materials;

(b) if the Contractor questions any determination or instruction of an assistant, theContractor may refer the matter to the Engineer, who shall promptly confirm,reverse or vary the determination or instruction.

The Engineer may issue to the Contractor (at any time) instructions and additional ormodified Drawings which may be necessary for the execution of the Works and theremedying of any defects, all in accordance with the Contract. The Contractor shallonly take instructions from the Engineer, or from an assistant to whom the appropriateauthority has been delegated under this Clause. If an instruction constitutes aVariation, Clause 13 [Variations and Adjustments ] shall apply.

The Contractor shall comply with the instructions given by the Engineer or delegatedassistant, on any matter related to the Contract. Whenever practicable, theirinstructions shall be given in writing. If the Engineer or a delegated assistant:

(a) gives an oral instruction,(b) receives a written confirmation of the instruction, from (or on behalf of) the

Contractor, within two working days after giving the instruction, and

3.2

Delegation by the Engineer

3.3

Instructions of theEngineer


13

(c) does not reply by issuing a written rejection and/or instruction within twoworking days after receiving the confirmation,

then the confirmation shall constitute the written instruction of the Engineer ordelegated assistant (as the case may be).

If the Employer intends to replace the Engineer, the Employer shall, not less than21 days before the intended date of replacement, give notice to the Contractor ofthe name, address and relevant experience of the intended replacement Engineer.If the Contractor considers the intended replacement Engineer to be unsuitable, hehas the right to raise objection against him by notice to the Employer, withsupporting particulars, and the Employer shall give full and fair consideration to thisobjection.

Whenever these Conditions provide that the Engineer shall proceed in accordancewith this Sub-Clause 3.5 to agree or determine any matter, the Engineer shall consultwith each Party in an endeavour to reach agreement. If agreement is not achieved, theEngineer shall make a fair determination in accordance with the Contract, taking dueregard of all relevant circumstances.

The Engineer shall give notice to both Parties of each agreement or determination,with supporting particulars, within 28 days from the receipt of the corresponding claimor request except when otherwise specified. Each Party shall give effect to eachagreement or determination unless and until revised under Clause 20 [Claims,Disputes and Arbitration ].

The Contractor shall design (to the extent specified in the Contract), execute andcomplete the Works in accordance with the Contract and with the Engineer’sinstructions, and shall remedy any defects in the Works.

The Contractor shall provide the Plant and Contractor’s Documents specified in theContract, and all Contractor’s Personnel, Goods, consumables and other things andservices, whether of a temporary or permanent nature, required in and for this design,execution, completion and remedying of defects.

All equipment, material, and services to be incorporated in or required for the Worksshall have their origin in any eligible source country as defined by the Bank.

The Contractor shall be responsible for the adequacy, stability and safety of all Siteoperations and of all methods of construction. Except to the extent specified in theContract, the Contractor (i) shall be responsible for all Contractor’s Documents,Temporary Works, and such design of each item of Plant and Materials as is requiredfor the item to be in accordance with the Contract, and (ii) shall not otherwise beresponsible for the design or specification of the Permanent Works.

The Contractor shall, whenever required by the Engineer, submit details of thearrangements and methods which the Contractor proposes to adopt for the executionof the Works. No significant alteration to these arrangements and methods shall bemade without this having previously been notified to the Engineer.

3.4

Replacement of the Engineer

3.5

Determinations

4.1Contractor’s General Obligations

4The Contractor


If the Contract specifies that the Contractor shall design any part of the PermanentWorks, then unless otherwise stated in the Particular Conditions:

(a) the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer the Contractor’s Documents for thispart in accordance with the procedures specified in the Contract;

(b) these Contractor’s Documents shall be in accordance with the Specificationand Drawings, shall be written in the language for communications defined inSub-Clause 1.4 [Law and Language ], and shall include additional informationrequired by the Engineer to add to the Drawings for co-ordination of eachParty’s designs;

(c) the Contractor shall be responsible for this part and it shall, when the Works arecompleted, be fit for such purposes for which the part is intended as arespecified in the Contract; and

(d) prior to the commencement of the Tests on Completion, the Contractor shallsubmit to the Engineer the “as-built” documents and, if applicable, operationand maintenance manuals in accordance with the Specification and in sufficientdetail for the Employer to operate, maintain, dismantle, reassemble, adjust andrepair this part of the Works. Such part shall not be considered to be completedfor the purposes of taking-over under Sub-Clause 10.1 [Taking Over of theWorks and Sections ] until these documents and manuals have been submittedto the Engineer.

The Contractor shall obtain (at his cost) a Performance Security for proper performance,in the amount stated in the Contract Data and denominated in the currency(ies) of theContract or in a freely convertible currency acceptable to the Employer. If an amount isnot stated in the Contract Data, this Sub-Clause shall not apply.

The Contractor shall deliver the Performance Security to the Employer within 28 daysafter receiving the Letter of Acceptance, and shall send a copy to the Engineer. ThePerformance Security shall be issued by a reputable bank or financial institutionselected by the Contractor, and shall be in the form annexed to the ParticularConditions, as stipulated by the Employer in the Contract Data, or in another formapproved by the Employer.

The Contractor shall ensure that the Performance Security is valid and enforceableuntil the Contractor has executed and completed the Works and remedied anydefects. If the terms of the Performance Security specify its expiry date, and theContractor has not become entitled to receive the Performance Certificate by the date28 days prior to the expiry date, the Contractor shall extend the validity of thePerformance Security until the Works have been completed and any defects havebeen remedied.

The Employer shall not make a claim under the Performance Security, except foramounts to which the Employer is entitled under the Contract.

The Employer shall indemnify and hold the Contractor harmless against and from alldamages, losses and expenses (including legal fees and expenses) resulting from aclaim under the Performance Security to the extent to which the Employer was notentitled to make the claim.

The Employer shall return the Performance Security to the Contractor within 21 daysafter receiving a copy of the Performance Certificate.

Without limitation to the provisions of the rest of this Sub-Clause, whenever the Engineerdetermines an addition or a reduction to the Contract Price as a result of a change in

4.2

Performance Security


15

cost and/or legislation, or as a result of a Variation amounting to more than 25 percentof the portion of the Contract Price payable in a specific currency, the Contractor shallat the Engineer’s request promptly increase, or may decrease, as the case may be, thevalue of the Performance Security in that currency by an equal percentage.

The Contractor shall appoint the Contractor’s Representative and shall give him allauthority necessary to act on the Contractor’s behalf under the Contract.

Unless the Contractor’s Representative is named in the Contract, the Contractor shall,prior to the Commencement Date, submit to the Engineer for consent the name andparticulars of the person the Contractor proposes to appoint as Contractor’sRepresentative. If consent is withheld or subsequently revoked in terms of Sub-Clause6.9 [Contractor’s Personnel ], or if the appointed person fails to act as Contractor’sRepresentative, the Contractor shall similarly submit the name and particulars ofanother suitable person for such appointment.

The Contractor shall not, without the prior consent of the Engineer, revoke theappointment of the Contractor’s Representative or appoint a replacement.

The whole time of the Contractor’s Representative shall be given to directing theContractor’s performance of the Contract. If the Contractor’s Representative is to betemporarily absent from the Site during the execution of the Works, a suitablereplacement person shall be appointed, subject to the Engineer’s prior consent, andthe Engineer shall be notified accordingly.

The Contractor’s Representative shall, on behalf of the Contractor, receive instructionsunder Sub-Clause 3.3 [ Instructions of the Engineer ].

The Contractor’s Representative may delegate any powers, functions and authority toany competent person, and may at any time revoke the delegation. Any delegation orrevocation shall not take effect until the Engineer has received prior notice signed bythe Contractor’s Representative, naming the person and specifying the powers,functions and authority being delegated or revoked.

The Contractor’s Representative shall be fluent in the language for communicationsdefined in Sub-Clause 1.4 [Law and Language ]. If the Contractor’s Representative’sdelegates are not fluent in the said language, the Contractor shall make competentinterpreters available during all working hours in a number deemed sufficient by theEngineer.

The Contractor shall not subcontract the whole of the Works.

The Contractor shall be responsible for the acts or defaults of any Subcontractor, hisagents or employees, as if they were the acts or defaults of the Contractor. Unlessotherwise stated in the Particular Conditions:

(a) the Contractor shall not be required to obtain consent to suppliers solely ofMaterials, or to a subcontract for which the Subcontractor is named in theContract;

(b) the prior consent of the Engineer shall be obtained to other proposedSubcontractors;

(c) the Contractor shall give the Engineer not less than 28 days’ notice of theintended date of the commencement of each Subcontractor’s work, and of thecommencement of such work on the Site; and

4.3

Contractor’sRepresentative

4.4

Subcontractors


(d) each subcontract shall include provisions which would entitle the Employer torequire the subcontract to be assigned to the Employer under Sub-Clause 4.5[Assignment of Benefit of Subcontract ] (if or when applicable) or in the event oftermination under Sub-Clause 15.2 [Termination by Employer ].

The Contractor shall ensure that the requirements imposed on the Contractor by Sub-Clause 1.12 [Confidential Details ] apply equally to each Subcontractor.

Where practicable, the Contractor shall give fair and reasonable opportunity forcontractors from the Country to be appointed as Subcontractors.

If a Subcontractor’s obligations extend beyond the expiry date of the relevant DefectsNotification Period and the Engineer, prior to this date, instructs the Contractor toassign the benefit of such obligations to the Employer, then the Contractor shall doso. Unless otherwise stated in the assignment, the Contractor shall have no liability tothe Employer for the work carried out by the Subcontractor after the assignment takeseffect.

The Contractor shall, as specified in the Contract or as instructed by the Engineer,allow appropriate opportunities for carrying out work to:

(a) the Employer’s Personnel,(b) any other contractors employed by the Employer, and(c) the personnel of any legally constituted public authorities,

who may be employed in the execution on or near the Site of any work not includedin the Contract.

Any such instruction shall constitute a Variation if and to the extent that it causes theContractor to suffer delays and/or to incur Unforeseeable Cost. Services for thesepersonnel and other contractors may include the use of Contractor’s Equipment,Temporary Works or access arrangements which are the responsibility of theContractor.

If, under the Contract, the Employer is required to give to the Contractor possessionof any foundation, structure, plant or means of access in accordance withContractor’s Documents, the Contractor shall submit such documents to the Engineerin the time and manner stated in the Specification.

The Contractor shall set out the Works in relation to original points, lines and levels ofreference specified in the Contract or notified by the Engineer. The Contractor shall beresponsible for the correct positioning of all parts of the Works, and shall rectify anyerror in the positions, levels, dimensions or alignment of the Works.

The Employer shall be responsible for any errors in these specified or notified items ofreference, but the Contractor shall use reasonable efforts to verify their accuracybefore they are used.

If the Contractor suffers delay and/or incurs Cost from executing work which wasnecessitated by an error in these items of reference, and an experienced contractorcould not reasonably have discovered such error and avoided this delay and/or Cost,the Contractor shall give notice to the Engineer and shall be entitled subject to Sub-Clause 20.1 [Contractor’s Claims ] to:

4.5

Assignment of Benefitof Subcontract

4.6

Co-operation

4.7

Setting Out


17


(b) payment of any such Cost plus profit, which shall be included in the Contract Price.

After receiving this notice, the Engineer shall proceed in accordance with Sub-Clause3.5 [Determinations ] to agree or determine (i) whether and (if so) to what extent theerror could not reasonably have been discovered, and (ii) the matters described insub-paragraphs (a) and (b) above related to this extent.

The Contractor shall:

(a) comply with all applicable safety regulations,(b) take care for the safety of all persons entitled to be on the Site, (c) use reasonable efforts to keep the Site and Works clear of unnecessary

obstruction so as to avoid danger to these persons,(d) provide fencing, lighting, guarding and watching of the Works until completion

and taking over under Clause 10 [Employer’s Taking Over ], and(e) provide any Temporary Works (including roadways, footways, guards and fences)

which may be necessary, because of the execution of the Works, for the use andprotection of the public and of owners and occupiers of adjacent land.

The Contractor shall institute a quality assurance system to demonstrate compliancewith the requirements of the Contract. The system shall be in accordance with thedetails stated in the Contract. The Engineer shall be entitled to audit any aspect ofthe system.

Details of all procedures and compliance documents shall be submitted to theEngineer for information before each design and execution stage is commenced.When any document of a technical nature is issued to the Engineer, evidence of theprior approval by the Contractor himself shall be apparent on the document itself.

Compliance with the quality assurance system shall not relieve the Contractor of anyof his duties, obligations or responsibilities under the Contract.

The Employer shall have made available to the Contractor for his information, prior tothe Base Date, all relevant data in the Employer’s possession on sub-surface andhydrological conditions at the Site, including environmental aspects. The Employershall similarly make available to the Contractor all such data which come into theEmployer’s possession after the Base Date. The Contractor shall be responsible forinterpreting all such data.

To the extent which was practicable (taking account of cost and time), the Contractorshall be deemed to have obtained all necessary information as to risks, contingenciesand other circumstances which may influence or affect the Tender or Works. To thesame extent, the Contractor shall be deemed to have inspected and examined theSite, its surroundings, the above data and other available information, and to havebeen satisfied before submitting the Tender as to all relevant matters, including(without limitation):

(a) the form and nature of the Site, including sub-surface conditions, (b) the hydrological and climatic conditions,(c) the extent and nature of the work and Goods necessary for the execution and

completion of the Works and the remedying of any defects,

4.8

Safety Procedures

4.9

Quality Assurance

4.10

Site Data


(d) the Laws, procedures and labour practices of the Country, and(e) the Contractor’s requirements for access, accommodation, facilities, personnel,

power, transport, water and other services.

The Contractor shall be deemed to:

(a) have satisfied himself as to the correctness and sufficiency of the AcceptedContract Amount, and

(b) have based the Accepted Contract Amount on the data, interpretations,necessary information, inspections, examinations and satisfaction as to allrelevant matters referred to in Sub-Clause 4.10 [Site Data ].

Unless otherwise stated in the Contract, the Accepted Contract Amount covers all theContractor’s obligations under the Contract (including those under Provisional Sums,if any) and all things necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Worksand the remedying of any defects.

In this Sub-Clause, “physical conditions” means natural physical conditions and man-made and other physical obstructions and pollutants, which the Contractorencounters at the Site when executing the Works, including sub-surface andhydrological conditions but excluding climatic conditions.

If the Contractor encounters adverse physical conditions which he considers to havebeen Unforeseeable, the Contractor shall give notice to the Engineer as soon aspracticable.

This notice shall describe the physical conditions, so that they can be inspected bythe Engineer, and shall set out the reasons why the Contractor considers them to beUnforeseeable. The Contractor shall continue executing the Works, using such properand reasonable measures as are appropriate for the physical conditions, and shallcomply with any instructions which the Engineer may give. If an instruction constitutesa Variation, Clause 13 [Variations and Adjustments ] shall apply.

If and to the extent that the Contractor encounters physical conditions which areUnforeseeable, gives such a notice, and suffers delay and/or incurs Cost due to theseconditions, the Contractor shall be entitled subject to notice under Sub-Clause 20.1[Contractor’s Claims] to:


(b) payment of any such Cost, which shall be included in the Contract Price.

Upon receiving such notice and inspecting and/or investigating these physicalconditions, the Engineer shall proceed in accordance with Sub-Clause 3.5[Determinations ] to agree or determine (i) whether and (if so) to what extent thesephysical conditions were Unforeseeable, and (ii) the matters described in sub-paragraphs (a) and (b) above related to this extent.

However, before additional Cost is finally agreed or determined under sub-paragraph(ii), the Engineer may also review whether other physical conditions in similar parts ofthe Works (if any) were more favourable than could reasonably have been foreseenwhen the Contractor submitted the Tender. If and to the extent that these morefavourable conditions were encountered, the Engineer may proceed in accordancewith Sub-Clause 3.5 [Determinations ] to agree or determine the reductions in Cost

4.11

Sufficiency of the Accepted Contract Amount

4.12

Unforeseeable PhysicalConditions


19

which were due to these conditions, which may be included (as deductions) in theContract Price and Payment Certificates. However, the net effect of all adjustmentsunder sub-paragraph (b) and all these reductions, for all the physical conditionsencountered in similar parts of the Works, shall not result in a net reduction in theContract Price.

The Engineer shall take account of any evidence of the physical conditions foreseenby the Contractor when submitting the Tender, which shall be made available by theContractor, but shall not be bound by the Contractor’s interpretation of any suchevidence.

Unless otherwise specified in the Contract the Employer shall provide effective accessto and possession of the Site including special and/or temporary rights-of-way whichare necessary for the Works. The Contractor shall obtain, at his risk and cost, anyadditional rights of way or facilities outside the Site which he may require for thepurposes of the Works.

The Contractor shall not interfere unnecessarily or improperly with:

(a) the convenience of the public, or(b) the access to and use and occupation of all roads and footpaths, irrespective

of whether they are public or in the possession of the Employer or of others.

The Contractor shall indemnify and hold the Employer harmless against and from alldamages, losses and expenses (including legal fees and expenses) resulting from anysuch unnecessary or improper interference.

The Contractor shall be deemed to have been satisfied as to the suitability andavailability of access routes to the Site at Base Date. The Contractor shall usereasonable efforts to prevent any road or bridge from being damaged by theContractor’s traffic or by the Contractor’s Personnel. These efforts shall include theproper use of appropriate vehicles and routes.

Except as otherwise stated in these Conditions:

(a) the Contractor shall (as between the Parties) be responsible for anymaintenance which may be required for his use of access routes;

(b) the Contractor shall provide all necessary signs or directions along accessroutes, and shall obtain any permission which may be required from therelevant authorities for his use of routes, signs and directions;

(c) the Employer shall not be responsible for any claims which may arise from theuse or otherwise of any access route;

(d) the Employer does not guarantee the suitability or availability of particularaccess routes; and

(e) Costs due to non-suitability or non-availability, for the use required by theContractor, of access routes shall be borne by the Contractor.

Unless otherwise stated in the Particular Conditions:

(a) the Contractor shall give the Engineer not less than 21 days’ notice of the dateon which any Plant or a major item of other Goods will be delivered to the Site;

(b) the Contractor shall be responsible for packing, loading, transporting, receiving,

4.13

Rights of Way andFacilities

4.14

Avoidance of Interference

4.15

Access Route

4.16

Transport of Goods


unloading, storing and protecting all Goods and other things required for theWorks; and

(c) the Contractor shall indemnify and hold the Employer harmless against andfrom all damages, losses and expenses (including legal fees and expenses)resulting from the transport of Goods, and shall negotiate and pay all claimsarising from their transport.

The Contractor shall be responsible for all Contractor’s Equipment. When brought onto the Site, Contractor’s Equipment shall be deemed to be exclusively intended for theexecution of the Works. The Contractor shall not remove from the Site any major itemsof Contractor’s Equipment without the consent of the Engineer. However, consent shallnot be required for vehicles transporting Goods or Contractor’s Personnel off Site.

The Contractor shall take all reasonable steps to protect the environment (both on andoff the Site) and to limit damage and nuisance to people and property resulting frompollution, noise and other results of his operations.

The Contractor shall ensure that emissions, surface discharges and effluent from theContractor’s activities shall not exceed the values stated in the Specification orprescribed by applicable Laws.

The Contractor shall, except as stated below, be responsible for the provision of allpower, water and other services he may require for his construction activities and tothe extent defined in the Specifications, for the tests.

The Contractor shall be entitled to use for the purposes of the Works such suppliesof electricity, water, gas and other services as may be available on the Site and ofwhich details and prices are given in the Specification. The Contractor shall, at his riskand cost, provide any apparatus necessary for his use of these services and formeasuring the quantities consumed.

The quantities consumed and the amounts due (at these prices) for such services shallbe agreed or determined by the Engineer in accordance with Sub-Clause 2.5[Employer’s Claims ] and Sub-Clause 3.5 [Determinations ]. The Contractor shall paythese amounts to the Employer.

The Employer shall make the Employer’s Equipment (if any) available for the use of theContractor in the execution of the Works in accordance with the details, arrangementsand prices stated in the Specification. Unless otherwise stated in the Specification:

(a) the Employer shall be responsible for the Employer’s Equipment, except that(b) the Contractor shall be responsible for each item of Employer’s Equipment

whilst any of the Contractor’s Personnel is operating it, driving it, directing it orin possession or control of it.

The appropriate quantities and the amounts due (at such stated prices) for the use ofEmployer’s Equipment shall be agreed or determined by the Engineer in accordancewith Sub-Clause 2.5 [Employer’s Claims ] and Sub-Clause 3.5 [Determinations ]. TheContractor shall pay these amounts to the Employer.

The Employer shall supply, free of charge, the “free-issue materials” (if any) inaccordance with the details stated in the Specification. The Employer shall, at his risk

4.17

Contractor’s Equipment

4.18

Protection of the Environment

4.19

Electricity, Water and Gas

4.20

Employer’s Equipment and Free-Issue Materials


21

and cost, provide these materials at the time and place specified in the Contract. TheContractor shall then visually inspect them, and shall promptly give notice to theEngineer of any shortage, defect or default in these materials. Unless otherwiseagreed by both Parties, the Employer shall immediately rectify the notified shortage,defect or default.

After this visual inspection, the free-issue materials shall come under the care, custodyand control of the Contractor. The Contractor’s obligations of inspection, care,custody and control shall not relieve the Employer of liability for any shortage, defector default not apparent from a visual inspection.

Unless otherwise stated in the Particular Conditions, monthly progress reports shall beprepared by the Contractor and submitted to the Engineer in six copies. The firstreport shall cover the period up to the end of the first calendar month following theCommencement Date. Reports shall be submitted monthly thereafter, each within 7days after the last day of the period to which it relates.

Reporting shall continue until the Contractor has completed all work which is knownto be outstanding at the completion date stated in the Taking-Over Certificate for theWorks.

Each report shall include:

(a) charts and detailed descriptions of progress, including each stage of design (ifany), Contractor’s Documents, procurement, manufacture, delivery to Site,construction, erection and testing; and including these stages for work by eachnominated Subcontractor (as defined in Clause 5 [NominatedSubcontractors ]),

(b) photographs showing the status of manufacture and of progress on the Site;(c) for the manufacture of each main item of Plant and Materials, the name of the

manufacturer, manufacture location, percentage progress, and the actual orexpected dates of:

(i) commencement of manufacture,(ii) Contractor’s inspections,(iii) tests, and(iv) shipment and arrival at the Site;

(d) the details described in Sub-Clause 6.10 [Records of Contractor’s Personneland Equipment ];

(e) copies of quality assurance documents, test results and certificates ofMaterials;

(f) list of notices given under Sub-Clause 2.5 [Employer’s Claims ] and noticesgiven under Sub-Clause 20.1 [Contractor’s Claims ];

(g) safety statistics, including details of any hazardous incidents and activitiesrelating to environmental aspects and public relations; and

(h) comparisons of actual and planned progress, with details of any events orcircumstances which may jeopardise the completion in accordance with theContract, and the measures being (or to be) adopted to overcome delays.


(a) the Contractor shall be responsible for keeping unauthorised persons off theSite, and

4.21Progress Reports

4.22

Security of the Site


(b) authorised persons shall be limited to the Contractor’s Personnel and theEmployer’s Personnel; and to any other personnel notified to the Contractor, bythe Employer or the Engineer, as authorised personnel of the Employer’s othercontractors on the Site.

The Contractor shall confine his operations to the Site, and to any additional areaswhich may be obtained by the Contractor and agreed by the Engineer as additionalworking areas. The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to keepContractor’s Equipment and Contractor’s Personnel within the Site and theseadditional areas, and to keep them off adjacent land.

During the execution of the Works, the Contractor shall keep the Site free from allunnecessary obstruction, and shall store or dispose of any Contractor’s Equipment orsurplus materials. The Contractor shall clear away and remove from the Site anywreckage, rubbish and Temporary Works which are no longer required.

Upon the issue of a Taking-Over Certificate, the Contractor shall clear away andremove, from that part of the Site and Works to which the Taking-Over Certificaterefers, all Contractor’s Equipment, surplus material, wreckage, rubbish and TemporaryWorks. The Contractor shall leave that part of the Site and the Works in a clean andsafe condition. However, the Contractor may retain on Site, during the DefectsNotification Period, such Goods as are required for the Contractor to fulfil obligationsunder the Contract.

All fossils, coins, articles of value or antiquity, and structures and other remains oritems of geological or archaeological interest found on the Site shall be placed underthe care and authority of the Employer. The Contractor shall take reasonableprecautions to prevent Contractor’s Personnel or other persons from removing ordamaging any of these findings.

The Contractor shall, upon discovery of any such finding, promptly give notice to theEngineer, who shall issue instructions for dealing with it. If the Contractor suffers delayand/or incurs Cost from complying with the instructions, the Contractor shall give afurther notice to the Engineer and shall be entitled subject to Sub-Clause 20.1[Contractor’s Claims ] to:




In the Contract, “nominated Subcontractor” means a Subcontractor:

(a) who is stated in the Contract as being a nominated Subcontractor, or(b) whom the Engineer, under Clause 13 [Variations and Adjustments ], instructs

the Contractor to employ as a Subcontractor subject to Sub-Clause 5.2[Objection to Notification ].

4.23

Contractor’s Operations on Site

4.24

Fossils

5.1Definition of “nominated Subcontractor”

5Nominated Subcontractors


23

The Contractor shall not be under any obligation to employ a nominatedSubcontractor against whom the Contractor raises reasonable objection by notice tothe Engineer as soon as practicable, with supporting particulars. An objection shall bedeemed reasonable if it arises from (among other things) any of the following matters,unless the Employer agrees in writing to indemnify the Contractor against and fromthe consequences of the matter:

(a) there are reasons to believe that the Subcontractor does not have sufficientcompetence, resources or financial strength;

(b) the nominated Subcontractor does not accept to indemnify the Contractoragainst and from any negligence or misuse of Goods by the nominatedSubcontractor, his agents and employees; or

(c) the nominated Subcontractor does not accept to enter into a subcontractwhich specifies that, for the subcontracted work (including design, if any), thenominated Subcontractor shall:

(i) undertake to the Contractor such obligations and liabilities as will enablethe Contractor to discharge his obligations and liabilities under theContract,

(ii) indemnify the Contractor against and from all obligations and liabilitiesarising under or in connection with the Contract and from theconsequences of any failure by the Subcontractor to perform theseobligations or to fulfil these liabilities, and

(iii) be paid only if and when the Contractor has received from the Employerpayments for sums due under the Subcontract referred to under Sub-Clause 5.3 [Payment to nominated Subcontractors ].

The Contractor shall pay to the nominated Subcontractor the amounts shown on thenominated Subcontractor’s invoices approved by the Contractor which the Engineercertifies to be due in accordance with the subcontract. These amounts plus othercharges shall be included in the Contract Price in accordance with sub-paragraph (b)of Sub-clause 13.5 [Provisional Sums ], except as stated in Sub-Clause 5.4 [Evidenceof Payments ].

Before issuing a Payment Certificate which includes an amount payable to anominated Subcontractor, the Engineer may request the Contractor to supplyreasonable evidence that the nominated Subcontractor has received all amounts duein accordance with previous Payment Certificates, less applicable deductions forretention or otherwise. Unless the Contractor:

(a) submits this reasonable evidence to the Engineer, or

(b) (i) satisfies the Engineer in writing that the Contractor is reasonably entitledto withhold or refuse to pay these amounts, and

(ii) submits to the Engineer reasonable evidence that the nominatedSubcontractor has been notified of the Contractor’s entitlement,

then the Employer may (at his sole discretion) pay, direct to the nominatedSubcontractor, part or all of such amounts previously certified (less applicabledeductions) as are due to the nominated Subcontractor and for which the Contractorhas failed to submit the evidence described in sub-paragraphs (a) or (b) above. TheContractor shall then repay, to the Employer, the amount which the nominatedSubcontractor was directly paid by the Employer.

5.2Objection to Nomination

5.3

Payments to nominatedSubcontractors

5.4

Evidence of Payments


Except as otherwise stated in the Specification, the Contractor shall makearrangements for the engagement of all staff and labour, local or otherwise, and fortheir payment, feeding, transport and, when appropriate, housing.

The Contractor is encouraged, to the extent practicable and reasonable, to employ staffand labour with appropriate qualifications and experience from sources within the Country.

The Contractor shall pay rates of wages, and observe conditions of labour, which arenot lower than those established for the trade or industry where the work is carriedout. If no established rates or conditions are applicable, the Contractor shall pay ratesof wages and observe conditions which are not lower than the general level of wagesand conditions observed locally by employers whose trade or industry is similar to thatof the Contractor.

The Contractor shall inform the Contractor’s Personnel about their liability to paypersonal income taxes in the Country in respect of such of their salaries, wages,allowances and any benefits as are subject to tax under the Laws of the Country forthe time being in force, and the Contractor shall perform such duties in regard to suchdeductions thereof as may be imposed on him by such Laws.

The Contractor shall not recruit, or attempt to recruit, staff and labour from amongstthe Employer’s Personnel.

The Contractor shall comply with all the relevant labour Laws applicable to theContractor’s Personnel, including Laws relating to their employment, health, safety,welfare, immigration and emigration, and shall allow them all their legal rights.

The Contractor shall require his employees to obey all applicable Laws, includingthose concerning safety at work.

No work shall be carried out on the Site on locally recognised days of rest, or outsidethe normal working hours stated in the Contract Data, unless:

(a) otherwise stated in the Contract,(b) the Engineer gives consent, or(c) the work is unavoidable, or necessary for the protection of life or property or for

the safety of the Works, in which case the Contractor shall immediately advisethe Engineer.

Except as otherwise stated in the Specification, the Contractor shall provide andmaintain all necessary accommodation and welfare facilities for the Contractor’sPersonnel. The Contractor shall also provide facilities for the Employer’s Personnel asstated in the Specification.

The Contractor shall not permit any of the Contractor’s Personnel to maintain anytemporary or permanent living quarters within the structures forming part of thePermanent Works.

6.1Engagement of Staff and Labour

6.2

Rates of Wages andConditions of Labour

6.3

Persons in the Serviceof Employer

6.4

Labour Laws

6.5

Working Hours

6.6

Facilities for Staffand Labour

6Staff and Labour


25

The Contractor shall at all times take all reasonable precautions to maintain the healthand safety of the Contractor’s Personnel. In collaboration with local health authorities,the Contractor shall ensure that medical staff, first aid facilities, sick bay andambulance service are available at all times at the Site and at any accommodation forContractor’s and Employer’s Personnel, and that suitable arrangements are made forall necessary welfare and hygiene requirements and for the prevention of epidemics.

The Contractor shall appoint an accident prevention officer at the Site, responsible formaintaining safety and protection against accidents. This person shall be qualified forthis responsibility, and shall have the authority to issue instructions and take protectivemeasures to prevent accidents. Throughout the execution of the Works, theContractor shall provide whatever is required by this person to exercise thisresponsibility and authority.

The Contractor shall send, to the Engineer, details of any accident as soon aspracticable after its occurrence. The Contractor shall maintain records and makereports concerning health, safety and welfare of persons, and damage to property, asthe Engineer may reasonably require.

HIV-AIDS Prevention. The Contractor shall conduct an HIV-AIDS awarenessprogramme via an approved service provider, and shall undertake such othermeasures as are specified in this Contract to reduce the risk of the transfer of the HIVvirus between and among the Contractor’s Personnel and the local community, topromote early diagnosis and to assist affected individuals.

The Contractor shall throughout the contract (including the Defects NotificationPeriod): (i) conduct Information, Education and Communication (IEC) campaigns, atleast every other month, addressed to all the Site staff and labour (including all theContractor's employees, all Subcontractors and any other Contractor’s or Employer’spersonnel, and all truck drivers and crew making deliveries to Site for constructionactivities) and to the immediate local communities, concerning the risks, dangers andimpact, and appropriate avoidance behaviour with respect to, of Sexually TransmittedDiseases (STD) - or Sexually Transmitted Infections (STI) in general and HIV/AIDS inparticular; (ii) provide male or female condoms for all Site staff and labour asappropriate; and (iii) provide for STI and HIV/AIDS screening, diagnosis, counsellingand referral to a dedicated national STI and HIV/AIDS programme, (unless otherwiseagreed) of all Site staff and labour.

The Contractor shall include in the programme to be submitted for the execution ofthe Works under Sub-Clause 8.3 an alleviation programme for Site staff and labourand their families in respect of Sexually Transmitted Infections (STI) and SexuallyTransmitted Diseases (STD) including HIV/AIDS. The STI, STD and HIV/AIDSalleviation programme shall indicate when, how and at what cost the Contractor plansto satisfy the requirements of this Sub-Clause and the related specification. For eachcomponent, the programme shall detail the resources to be provided or utilised andany related sub-contracting proposed. The programme shall also include provision ofa detailed cost estimate with supporting documentation. Payment to the Contractorfor preparation and implementation this programme shall not exceed the ProvisionalSum dedicated for this purpose.

Throughout the execution of the Works, and as long thereafter as is necessary to fulfilthe Contractor’s obligations, the Contractor shall provide all necessarysuperintendence to plan, arrange, direct, manage, inspect and test the work.

Superintendence shall be given by a sufficient number of persons having adequate

6.7Health and Safety

6.8

Contractor’s Superintendence


knowledge of the language for communications (defined in Sub-Clause 1.4 [Law andLanguage ]) and of the operations to be carried out (including the methods andtechniques required, the hazards likely to be encountered and methods of preventingaccidents), for the satisfactory and safe execution of the Works.

The Contractor’s Personnel shall be appropriately qualified, skilled and experienced intheir respective trades or occupations. The Engineer may require the Contractor toremove (or cause to be removed) any person employed on the Site or Works,including the Contractor’s Representative if applicable, who:

(a) persists in any misconduct or lack of care,(b) carries out duties incompetently or negligently,(c) fails to conform with any provisions of the Contract, or(d) persists in any conduct which is prejudicial to safety, health, or the protection

of the environment.

If appropriate, the Contractor shall then appoint (or cause to be appointed) a suitablereplacement person.

The Contractor shall submit, to the Engineer, details showing the number of eachclass of Contractor’s Personnel and of each type of Contractor’s Equipment on theSite. Details shall be submitted each calendar month, in a form approved by theEngineer, until the Contractor has completed all work which is known to beoutstanding at the completion date stated in the Taking-Over Certificate for theWorks.

The Contractor shall at all times take all reasonable precautions to prevent anyunlawful, riotous or disorderly conduct by or amongst the Contractor’s Personnel, andto preserve peace and protection of persons and property on and near the Site.

The Contractor may bring in to the Country any foreign personnel who are necessaryfor the execution of the Works to the extent allowed by the applicable Laws. TheContractor shall ensure that these personnel are provided with the required residencevisas and work permits. The Employer will, if requested by the Contractor, use his bestendeavours in a timely and expeditious manner to assist the Contractor in obtainingany local, state, national, or government permission required for bringing in theContractor’s personnel.

The Contractor shall be responsible for the return of these personnel to the placewhere they were recruited or to their domicile. In the event of the death in the Countryof any of these personnel or members of their families, the Contractor shall similarlybe responsible for making the appropriate arrangements for their return or burial.

The Contractor shall arrange for the provision of a sufficient supply of suitable food asmay be stated in the Specification at reasonable prices for the Contractor’s Personnelfor the purposes of or in connection with the Contract.

The Contractor shall, having regard to local conditions, provide on the Site anadequate supply of drinking and other water for the use of the Contractor’sPersonnel.

6.9

Contractor’sPersonnel

6.10

Records of Contractor’s Personnel and Equipment

6.11

Disorderly Conduct

6.12

Foreign Personnel

6.13

Supply of Foodstuffs

6.14

Supply of Water


27

The Contractor shall at all times take the necessary precautions to protect theContractor’s Personnel employed on the Site from insect and pest nuisance, and toreduce the danger to their health. The Contractor shall comply with all the regulationsof the local health authorities, including use of appropriate insecticide.

The Contractor shall not, otherwise than in accordance with the Laws of the Country,import, sell, give, barter or otherwise dispose of any alcoholic liquor or drugs, or permitor allow importation, sale, gift, barter or disposal thereto by Contractor’s Personnel.

The Contractor shall not give, barter, or otherwise dispose of, to any person, any armsor ammunition of any kind, or allow Contractor’s Personnel to do so.

The Contractor shall respect the Country’s recognized festivals, days of rest andreligious or other customs.

The Contractor shall be responsible, to the extent required by local regulations, formaking any funeral arrangements for any of his local employees who may die whileengaged upon the Works.

The Contractor shall not employ forced labour, which consists of any work or service,not voluntarily performed, that is exacted from an individual under threat of force orpenalty, and includes any kind of involuntary or compulsory labour, such as indenturedlabour, bonded labour or similar labour-contracting arrangements.

The Contractor shall not employ children in a manner that is economically exploitative,or is likely to be hazardous, or to interfere with, the child’s education, or to be harmfulto the child’s health or physical, mental, spiritual, moral, or social development. Wherethe relevant labour laws of the Country have provisions for employment of minors, theContractor shall follow those laws applicable to the Contractor. Children below the ageof 18 years shall not be employed in dangerous work.

The Contractor shall keep complete and accurate records of the employment oflabour at the Site. The records shall include the names, ages, genders, hours workedand wages paid to all workers. These records shall be summarised on a monthly basisand submitted to the Engineer. These records shall be included in the details to besubmitted by the Contractor under Sub-Clause 6.10 [Records of Contractor’sPersonnel and Equipment ].

In countries where the relevant labour laws recognise workers’ rights to form and tojoin workers’ organisations of their choosing without interference and to bargaincollectively, the Contractor shall comply with such laws. Where the relevant labourlaws substantially restrict workers’ organisations, the Contractor shall enablealternative means for the Contractor’s Personnel to express their grievances andprotect their rights regarding working conditions and terms of employment. In eithercase described above, and where the relevant labour laws are silent, the Contractorshall not discourage the Contractor’s Personnel from forming or joining workers’organisations of their choosing or from bargaining collectively, and shall notdiscriminate or retaliate against the Contractor’s Personnel who participate, or seek to

6.15Measures against Insectand Pest Nuisance

6.16

Alcoholic Liquor or Drugs

6.17

Arms and Ammunition

6.18

Festivals and ReligiousCustoms

6.19

Funeral Arrangements

6.20

Forced Labour

6.21

Child Labour

6.22

Employment Records ofWorkers

6.23

Workers' Organisations


participate, in such organisations and bargain collectively. The Contractor shallengage with such workers’ representatives. Workers’ organisations are expected tofairly represent the workers in the workforce.

The Contractor shall not make employment decisions on the basis of personalcharacteristics unrelated to inherent job requirements. The Contractor shall base theemployment relationship on the principle of equal opportunity and fair treatment, andshall not discriminate with respect to aspects of the employment relationship,including recruitment and hiring, compensation (including wages and benefits),working conditions and terms of employment, access to training, promotion,termination of employment or retirement, and discipline. In countries where therelevant labour laws provide for non-discrimination in employment, the Contractorshall comply with such laws. When the relevant labour laws are silent on non-discrimination in employment, the Contractor shall meet this Sub-Clause’srequirements. Special measures of protection or assistance to remedy pastdiscrimination or selection for a particular job based on the inherent requirements ofthe job shall not be deemed discrimination.

The Contractor shall carry out the manufacture of Plant, the production andmanufacture of Materials, and all other execution of the Works:

(a) in the manner (if any) specified in the Contract,(b) in a proper workmanlike and careful manner, in accordance with recognised

good practice, and(c) with properly equipped facilities and non-hazardous Materials, except as

otherwise specified in the Contract.

The Contractor shall submit the following samples of Materials, and relevantinformation, to the Engineer for consent prior to using the Materials in or for the Works:

(a) manufacturer’s standard samples of Materials and samples specified in theContract, all at the Contractor’s cost, and

(b) additional samples instructed by the Engineer as a Variation.

Each sample shall be labelled as to origin and intended use in the Works.

The Employer’s Personnel shall at all reasonable times:

(a) have full access to all parts of the Site and to all places from which naturalMaterials are being obtained, and

(b) during production, manufacture and construction (at the Site and elsewhere),be entitled to examine, inspect, measure and test the materials andworkmanship, and to check the progress of manufacture of Plant andproduction and manufacture of Materials.

The Contractor shall give the Employer’s Personnel full opportunity to carry out theseactivities, including providing access, facilities, permissions and safety equipment. Nosuch activity shall relieve the Contractor from any obligation or responsibility.

6.24

Non-Discrimination andEqual Opportunity

7.1 Manner of Execution

7.2

Samples

7.3

Inspection

7Plant, Materials and Workmanship


29

The Contractor shall give notice to the Engineer whenever any work is ready andbefore it is covered up, put out of sight, or packaged for storage or transport. TheEngineer shall then either carry out the examination, inspection, measurement ortesting without unreasonable delay, or promptly give notice to the Contractor that theEngineer does not require to do so. If the Contractor fails to give the notice, he shall,if and when required by the Engineer, uncover the work and thereafter reinstate andmake good, all at the Contractor’s cost.

This Sub-Clause shall apply to all tests specified in the Contract, other than the Testsafter Completion (if any).

Except as otherwise specified in the Contract, the Contractor shall provide allapparatus, assistance, documents and other information, electricity, equipment, fuel,consumables, instruments, labour, materials, and suitably qualified and experiencedstaff, as are necessary to carry out the specified tests efficiently. The Contractor shallagree, with the Engineer, the time and place for the specified testing of any Plant,Materials and other parts of the Works.

The Engineer may, under Clause 13 [Variations and Adjustments ], vary the location ordetails of specified tests, or instruct the Contractor to carry out additional tests. Ifthese varied or additional tests show that the tested Plant, Materials or workmanshipis not in accordance with the Contract, the cost of carrying out this Variation shall beborne by the Contractor, notwithstanding other provisions of the Contract.

The Engineer shall give the Contractor not less than 24 hours’ notice of the Engineer’sintention to attend the tests. If the Engineer does not attend at the time and placeagreed, the Contractor may proceed with the tests, unless otherwise instructed by theEngineer, and the tests shall then be deemed to have been made in the Engineer’spresence.

If the Contractor suffers delay and/or incurs Cost from complying with theseinstructions or as a result of a delay for which the Employer is responsible, theContractor shall give notice to the Engineer and shall be entitled subject to Sub-Clause 20.1 [Contractor’s Claims ] to:




The Contractor shall promptly forward to the Engineer duly certified reports of thetests. When the specified tests have been passed, the Engineer shall endorse theContractor’s test certificate, or issue a certificate to him, to that effect. If the Engineerhas not attended the tests, he shall be deemed to have accepted the readings asaccurate.

If, as a result of an examination, inspection, measurement or testing, any Plant,Materials or workmanship is found to be defective or otherwise not in accordance withthe Contract, the Engineer may reject the Plant, Materials or workmanship by givingnotice to the Contractor, with reasons. The Contractor shall then promptly make goodthe defect and ensure that the rejected item complies with the Contract.

7.4

Testing

7.5

Rejection


If the Engineer requires this Plant, Materials or workmanship to be retested, the testsshall be repeated under the same terms and conditions. If the rejection and retestingcause the Employer to incur additional costs, the Contractor shall subject to Sub-Clause 2.5 [Employer’s Claims ] pay these costs to the Employer.

Notwithstanding any previous test or certification, the Engineer may instruct theContractor to:

(a) remove from the Site and replace any Plant or Materials which is not inaccordance with the Contract,

(b) remove and re-execute any other work which is not in accordance with theContract, and

(c) execute any work which is urgently required for the safety of the Works,whether because of an accident, unforeseeable event or otherwise.

The Contractor shall comply with the instruction within a reasonable time, which shallbe the time (if any) specified in the instruction, or immediately if urgency is specifiedunder sub-paragraph (c).

If the Contractor fails to comply with the instruction, the Employer shall be entitled toemploy and pay other persons to carry out the work. Except to the extent that theContractor would have been entitled to payment for the work, the Contractor shallsubject to Sub-Clause 2.5 [Employer’s Claims ] pay to the Employer all costs arisingfrom this failure.

Except as otherwise provided in the Contract, each item of Plant and Materials shall,to the extent consistent with the Laws of the Country, become the property of theEmployer at whichever is the earlier of the following times, free from liens and otherencumbrances:

(a) when it is incorporated in the Works;(b) when the Contractor is paid the corresponding value of the Plant and Materials

under Sub-Clause 8.10 [Payment for Plant and Materials in Event ofSuspension ].

Unless otherwise stated in the Specification, the Contractor shall pay all royalties,rents and other payments for:

(a) natural Materials obtained from outside the Site, and(b) the disposal of material from demolitions and excavations and of other surplus

material (whether natural or man-made), except to the extent that disposalareas within the Site are specified in the Contract.

Except as otherwise specified in the Particular Conditions of Contract, theCommencement Date shall be the date at which the following precedent conditionshave all been fulfilled and the Engineer’s notification recording the agreement of bothParties on such fulfilment and instructing to commence the Work is received by theContractor:

7.6

Remedial Work

7.7

Ownership of Plant and Materials

7.8

Royalties

8.1Commencement of Works

8Commencement, Delays and Suspension


31

(a) signature of the Contract Agreement by both Parties, and if required, approvalof the Contract by relevant authorities of the Country;

(b) delivery to the Contractor of reasonable evidence of the Employer’s Financialarrangements (under Sub-Clause 2.4 [Employer’s Financial Arrangements ]);

(c) except if otherwise specified in the Contract Data, effective access to andpossession of the Site given to the Contractor together with such permission(s)under (a) of Sub-Clause 1.13 [Compliance with Laws ] as required for thecommencement of the Works;

(d) receipt by the Contractor of the Advance Payment under Sub-Clause 14.2[Advance Payment ] provided that the corresponding bank guarantee has beendelivered by the Contractor.

If the said Engineer’s instruction is not received by the Contractor within 180 days fromhis receipt of the Letter of Acceptance, the Contractor shall be entitled to terminatethe Contract under Sub-Clause 16.2 [Termination by Contractor ].

The Contractor shall commence the execution of the Works as soon as is reasonablypracticable after the Commencement Date, and shall then proceed with the Workswith due expedition and without delay.

The Contractor shall complete the whole of the Works, and each Section (if any), withinthe Time for Completion for the Works or Section (as the case may be), including:

(a) achieving the passing of the Tests on Completion, and(b) completing all work which is stated in the Contract as being required for the

Works or Section to be considered to be completed for the purposes of taking-over under Sub-Clause 10.1 [Taking Over of the Works and Sections ].

The Contractor shall submit a detailed time programme to the Engineer within 28 daysafter receiving the notice under Sub-Clause 8.1 [Commencement of Works ]. TheContractor shall also submit a revised programme whenever the previous programmeis inconsistent with actual progress or with the Contractor’s obligations. Eachprogramme shall include:

(a) the order in which the Contractor intends to carry out the Works, including theanticipated timing of each stage of design (if any), Contractor’s Documents,procurement, manufacture of Plant, delivery to Site, construction, erection andtesting,

(b) each of these stages for work by each nominated Subcontractor (as defined inClause 5 [Nominated Subcontractors ],

(c) the sequence and timing of inspections and tests specified in the Contract, and(d) a supporting report which includes:

(i) a general description of the methods which the Contractor intends toadopt, and of the major stages, in the execution of the Works, and

(ii) details showing the Contractor’s reasonable estimate of the number ofeach class of Contractor’s Personnel and of each type of Contractor’sEquipment, required on the Site for each major stage.

Unless the Engineer, within 21 days after receiving a programme, gives notice to theContractor stating the extent to which it does not comply with the Contract, theContractor shall proceed in accordance with the programme, subject to his otherobligations under the Contract. The Employer’s Personnel shall be entitled to rely uponthe programme when planning their activities.

8.2

Time for Completion

8.3

Programme


The Contractor shall promptly give notice to the Engineer of specific probable futureevents or circumstances which may adversely affect the work, increase the ContractPrice or delay the execution of the Works. The Engineer may require the Contractorto submit an estimate of the anticipated effect of the future event or circumstances,and/or a proposal under Sub-Clause 13.3 [Variation Procedure ].

If, at any time, the Engineer gives notice to the Contractor that a programme fails (tothe extent stated) to comply with the Contract or to be consistent with actual progressand the Contractor’s stated intentions, the Contractor shall submit a revisedprogramme to the Engineer in accordance with this Sub-Clause.

The Contractor shall be entitled subject to Sub-Clause 20.1 [Contractor’s Claims ] toan extension of the Time for Completion if and to the extent that completion for thepurposes of Sub-Clause 10.1 [Taking-Over of the Works and Sections ] is or will bedelayed by any of the following causes:

(a) a Variation (unless an adjustment to the Time for Completion has been agreedunder Sub-Clause 13.3 [Variation Procedure ]) or other substantial change inthe quantity of an item of work included in the Contract,

(b) a cause of delay giving an entitlement to extension of time under a Sub-Clauseof these Conditions,

(c) exceptionally adverse climatic conditions,(d) Unforeseeable shortages in the availability of personnel or Goods caused by

epidemic or governmental actions, or(e) any delay, impediment or prevention caused by or attributable to the Employer,

the Employer’s Personnel, or the Employer’s other contractors.

If the Contractor considers himself to be entitled to an extension of the Time forCompletion, the Contractor shall give notice to the Engineer in accordance with Sub-Clause 20.1 [Contractor’s Claims ]. When determining each extension of time underSub-Clause 20.1, the Engineer shall review previous determinations and mayincrease, but shall not decrease, the total extension of time.

If the following conditions apply, namely:

(a) the Contractor has diligently followed the procedures laid down by the relevantlegally constituted public authorities in the Country,

(b) these authorities delay or disrupt the Contractor’s work, and(c) the delay or disruption was Unforeseeable,

then this delay or disruption will be considered as a cause of delay under sub-paragraph (b) of Sub-Clause 8.4 [Extension of Time for Completion ].

If, at any time:

(a) actual progress is too slow to complete within the Time for Completion,and/or

(b) progress has fallen (or will fall) behind the current programme under Sub-Clause8.3 [Programme ],

other than as a result of a cause listed in Sub-Clause 8.4 [Extension of Time forCompletion ], then the Engineer may instruct the Contractor to submit, under Sub-Clause 8.3 [Programme ], a revised programme and supporting report describing the

8.4

Extension of Time for Completion

8.5

Delays Caused by Authorities

8.6

Rate of Progress


33

revised methods which the Contractor proposes to adopt in order to expediteprogress and complete within the Time for Completion.

Unless the Engineer notifies otherwise, the Contractor shall adopt these revisedmethods, which may require increases in the working hours and/or in the numbers ofContractor’s Personnel and/or Goods, at the risk and cost of the Contractor. If theserevised methods cause the Employer to incur additional costs, the Contractor shallsubject to notice under Sub-Clause 2.5 [Employer’s Claims ] pay these costs to theEmployer, in addition to delay damages (if any) under Sub-Clause 8.7 below.

Additional costs of revised methods including acceleration measures, instructed bythe Engineer to reduce delays resulting from causes listed under Sub-Clause 8.4[Extension of Time for Completion ] shall be paid by the Employer, without generating,however, any other additional payment benefit to the Contractor.

If the Contractor fails to comply with Sub-Clause 8.2 [Time for Completion ], theContractor shall subject to notice under Sub-Clause 2.5 [Employer’s Claims ] paydelay damages to the Employer for this default. These delay damages shall be thesum stated in the Contract Data, which shall be paid for every day which shall elapsebetween the relevant Time for Completion and the date stated in the Taking-OverCertificate. However, the total amount due under this Sub-Clause shall not exceed themaximum amount of delay damages (if any) stated in the Contract Data.

These delay damages shall be the only damages due from the Contractor for suchdefault, other than in the event of termination under Sub-Clause 15.2 [Termination byEmployer ] prior to completion of the Works. These damages shall not relieve theContractor from his obligation to complete the Works, or from any other duties,obligations or responsibilities which he may have under the Contract.

The Engineer may at any time instruct the Contractor to suspend progress of part orall of the Works. During such suspension, the Contractor shall protect, store andsecure such part or the Works against any deterioration, loss or damage.

The Engineer may also notify the cause for the suspension. If and to the extent thatthe cause is notified and is the responsibility of the Contractor, the following Sub-Clauses 8.9, 8.10 and 8.11 shall not apply.

If the Contractor suffers delay and/or incurs Cost from complying with the Engineer’sinstructions under Sub-Clause 8.8 [Suspension of Work ] and/or from resuming thework, the Contractor shall give notice to the Engineer and shall be entitled subject toSub-Clause 20.1 [Contractor’s Claims ] to:




The Contractor shall not be entitled to an extension of time for, or to payment of theCost incurred in, making good the consequences of the Contractor’s faulty design,workmanship or materials, or of the Contractor’s failure to protect, store or secure inaccordance with Sub-Clause 8.8 [Suspension of Work ].

8.7

Delay Damages

8.8

Suspension of Work

8.9

Consequences of Suspension


The Contractor shall be entitled to payment of the value (as at the date of suspension)of Plant and/or Materials which have not been delivered to Site, if:

(a) the work on Plant or delivery of Plant and/or Materials has been suspended formore than 28 days, and

(b) the Contractor has marked the Plant and/or Materials as the Employer’sproperty in accordance with the Engineer’s instructions.

If the suspension under Sub-Clause 8.8 [Suspension of Work ] has continued for morethan 84 days, the Contractor may request the Engineer’s permission to proceed. If theEngineer does not give permission within 28 days after being requested to do so, theContractor may, by giving notice to the Engineer, treat the suspension as an omissionunder Clause 13 [Variations and Adjustments ] of the affected part of the Works. If thesuspension affects the whole of the Works, the Contractor may give notice oftermination under Sub-Clause 16.2 [Termination by Contractor ].

After the permission or instruction to proceed is given, the Contractor and theEngineer shall jointly examine the Works and the Plant and Materials affected by thesuspension. The Contractor shall make good any deterioration or defect in or loss ofthe Works or Plant or Materials, which has occurred during the suspension afterreceiving from the Engineer an instruction to this effect under Clause 13 [Variationsand Adjustments ].

The Contractor shall carry out the Tests on Completion in accordance with this Clauseand Sub-Clause 7.4 [Testing ], after providing the documents in accordance with sub-paragraph (d) of Sub-Clause 4.1 [Contractor’s General Obligations ].

The Contractor shall give to the Engineer not less than 21 days’ notice of the date afterwhich the Contractor will be ready to carry out each of the Tests on Completion.Unless otherwise agreed, Tests on Completion shall be carried out within 14 days afterthis date, on such day or days as the Engineer shall instruct.

In considering the results of the Tests on Completion, the Engineer shall makeallowances for the effect of any use of the Works by the Employer on the performanceor other characteristics of the Works. As soon as the Works, or a Section, havepassed any Tests on Completion, the Contractor shall submit a certified report of theresults of these Tests to the Engineer.

If the Tests on Completion are being unduly delayed by the Employer, Sub-Clause 7.4[Testing ] (fifth paragraph) and/or Sub-Clause 10.3 [ Interference with Tests onCompletion ] shall be applicable.

If the Tests on Completion are being unduly delayed by the Contractor, the Engineermay by notice require the Contractor to carry out the Tests within 21 days afterreceiving the notice. The Contractor shall carry out the Tests on such day or dayswithin that period as the Contractor may fix and of which he shall give notice to theEngineer.

8.10Payment for Plant and Materials in Event of Suspension

8.11

Prolonged Suspension

8.12

Resumption of Work

9.1Contractor’s Obligations

9.2

Delayed Tests

9Tests on Completion


35

If the Contractor fails to carry out the Tests on Completion within the period of 21days, the Employer’s Personnel may proceed with the Tests at the risk and cost of theContractor. The Tests on Completion shall then be deemed to have been carried outin the presence of the Contractor and the results of the Tests shall be accepted asaccurate.

If the Works, or a Section, fail to pass the Tests on Completion, Sub-Clause 7.5[Rejection ] shall apply, and the Engineer or the Contractor may require the failed Tests,and Tests on Completion on any related work, to be repeated under the same termsand conditions.

If the Works, or a Section, fail to pass the Tests on Completion repeated under Sub-Clause 9.3 [Retesting ], the Engineer shall be entitled to:

(a) order further repetition of Tests on Completion under Sub-Clause 9.3;(b) if the failure deprives the Employer of substantially the whole benefit of the

Works or Section, reject the Works or Section (as the case may be), in whichevent the Employer shall have the same remedies as are provided in sub-paragraph (c) of Sub-Clause 11.4 [Failure to Remedy Defects ]; or

(c) issue a Taking-Over Certificate, if the Employer so requests.

In the event of sub-paragraph (c), the Contractor shall proceed in accordance with allother obligations under the Contract, and the Contract Price shall be reduced by suchamount as shall be appropriate to cover the reduced value to the Employer as a resultof this failure. Unless the relevant reduction for this failure is stated (or its method ofcalculation is defined) in the Contract, the Employer may require the reduction to be(i) agreed by both Parties (in full satisfaction of this failure only) and paid before thisTaking-Over Certificate is issued, or (ii) determined and paid under Sub-Clause 2.5[Employer’s Claims ] and Sub-Clause 3.5 [Determinations ].

Except as stated in Sub-Clause 9.4 [Failure to Pass Tests on Completion ], the Worksshall be taken over by the Employer when (i) the Works have been completed inaccordance with the Contract, including the matters described in Sub-Clause 8.2[Time for Completion ] and except as allowed in sub-paragraph (a) below, and (ii) aTaking-Over Certificate for the Works has been issued, or is deemed to have beenissued in accordance with this Sub-Clause.

The Contractor may apply by notice to the Engineer for a Taking-Over Certificate notearlier than 14 days before the Works will, in the Contractor’s opinion, be completeand ready for taking over. If the Works are divided into Sections, the Contractor maysimilarly apply for a Taking-Over Certificate for each Section.

The Engineer shall, within 28 days after receiving the Contractor’s application:

(a) issue the Taking-Over Certificate to the Contractor, stating the date on whichthe Works or Section were completed in accordance with the Contract, exceptfor any minor outstanding work and defects which will not substantially affectthe use of the Works or Section for their intended purpose (either until or whilstthis work is completed and these defects are remedied); or

9.3

Retesting

9.4

Failure to Pass Tests on Completion

10.1Taking Over of the Works and Sections

10Employer’s Taking Over


(b) reject the application, giving reasons and specifying the work required to bedone by the Contractor to enable the Taking-Over Certificate to be issued. TheContractor shall then complete this work before issuing a further notice underthis Sub-Clause.

If the Engineer fails either to issue the Taking-Over Certificate or to reject theContractor’s application within the period of 28 days, and if the Works or Section(as the case may be) are substantially in accordance with the Contract, the Taking-Over Certificate shall be deemed to have been issued on the last day of thatperiod.

The Engineer may, at the sole discretion of the Employer, issue a Taking-OverCertificate for any part of the Permanent Works.

The Employer shall not use any part of the Works (other than as a temporary measurewhich is either specified in the Contract or agreed by both Parties) unless and until theEngineer has issued a Taking-Over Certificate for this part. However, if the Employerdoes use any part of the Works before the Taking-Over Certificate is issued:

(a) the part which is used shall be deemed to have been taken over as from thedate on which it is used,

(b) the Contractor shall cease to be liable for the care of such part as from thisdate, when responsibility shall pass to the Employer, and

(c) if requested by the Contractor, the Engineer shall issue a Taking-OverCertificate for this part.

After the Engineer has issued a Taking-Over Certificate for a part of the Works, theContractor shall be given the earliest opportunity to take such steps as may benecessary to carry out any outstanding Tests on Completion. The Contractor shallcarry out these Tests on Completion as soon as practicable before the expiry date ofthe relevant Defects Notification Period.

If the Contractor incurs Cost as a result of the Employer taking over and/or using apart of the Works, other than such use as is specified in the Contract or agreed by theContractor, the Contractor shall (i) give notice to the Engineer and (ii) be entitledsubject to Sub-Clause 20.1 [Contractor’s Claims ] to payment of any such Cost plusprofit, which shall be included in the Contract Price. After receiving this notice, theEngineer shall proceed in accordance with Sub-Clause 3.5 [Determinations ] to agreeor determine this Cost and profit.

If a Taking-Over Certificate has been issued for a part of the Works (other than aSection), the delay damages thereafter for completion of the remainder of the Worksshall be reduced. Similarly, the delay damages for the remainder of the Section (if any)in which this part is included shall also be reduced. For any period of delay after thedate stated in this Taking-Over Certificate, the proportional reduction in these delaydamages shall be calculated as the proportion which the value of the part so certifiedbears to the value of the Works or Section (as the case may be) as a whole. TheEngineer shall proceed in accordance with Sub-Clause 3.5 [Determinations ] to agreeor determine these proportions. The provisions of this paragraph shall only apply tothe daily rate of delay damages under Sub-Clause 8.7 [Delay Damages ], and shall notaffect the maximum amount of these damages.

If the Contractor is prevented, for more than 14 days, from carrying out the Tests onCompletion by a cause for which the Employer is responsible, the Employer shall be

10.2

Taking Overof Parts of the Works

10.3

Interference with Tests onCompletion


37

deemed to have taken over the Works or Section (as the case may be) on the datewhen the Tests on Completion would otherwise have been completed.

The Engineer shall then issue a Taking-Over Certificate accordingly, and theContractor shall carry out the Tests on Completion as soon as practicable, before theexpiry date of the Defects Notification Period. The Engineer shall require the Tests onCompletion to be carried out by giving 14 days’ notice and in accordance with therelevant provisions of the Contract.

If the Contractor suffers delay and/or incurs Cost as a result of this delay in carryingout the Tests on Completion, the Contractor shall give notice to the Engineer and shallbe entitled subject to Sub-Clause 20.1 [Contractor’s Claims ] to:

(a) an extension of time for any such delay, if completion is or will be delayed,under Sub-Clause 8.4 [Extension of Time for Completion], and



Except as otherwise stated in a Taking-Over Certificate, a certificate for a Section orpart of the Works shall not be deemed to certify completion of any ground or othersurfaces requiring reinstatement.

In order that the Works and Contractor’s Documents, and each Section, shall be inthe condition required by the Contract (fair wear and tear excepted) by the expiry dateof the relevant Defects Notification Period or as soon as practicable thereafter, theContractor shall:

(a) complete any work which is outstanding on the date stated in a Taking-OverCertificate, within such reasonable time as is instructed by the Engineer, and

(b) execute all work required to remedy defects or damage, as may be notified by(or on behalf of) the Employer on or before the expiry date of the DefectsNotification Period for the Works or Section (as the case may be).

If a defect appears or damage occurs, the Contractor shall be notified accordingly, by(or on behalf of) the Employer.

All work referred to in sub-paragraph (b) of Sub-Clause 11.1 [Completion ofOutstanding Work and Remedying Defects ] shall be executed at the risk and cost ofthe Contractor, if and to the extent that the work is attributable to:

(a) any design for which the Contractor is responsible,(b) Plant, Materials or workmanship not being in accordance with the Contract, or(c) failure by the Contractor to comply with any other obligation.

If and to the extent that such work is attributable to any other cause, the Contractorshall be notified promptly by (or on behalf of) the Employer, and Sub-Clause 13.3[Variation Procedure ] shall apply.

10.4

Surfaces Requiring Reinstatement

11.1Completion of Outstanding Work and Remedying Defects

11.2

Cost of RemedyingDefects

11Defects Liability


The Employer shall be entitled subject to Sub-Clause 2.5 [Employer’s Claims] to anextension of the Defects Notification Period for the Works or a Section if and to theextent that the Works, Section or a major item of Plant (as the case may be, and aftertaking over) cannot be used for the purposes for which they are intended by reasonof a defect or by reason of damage attributable to the Contractor. However, a DefectsNotification Period shall not be extended by more than two years.

If delivery and/or erection of Plant and/or Materials was suspended under Sub-Clause8.8 [Suspension of Work ] or Sub-Clause 16.1 [ Contractor’s Entitlement to SuspendWork ], the Contractor’s obligations under this Clause shall not apply to any defects ordamage occurring more than two years after the Defects Notification Period for thePlant and/or Materials would otherwise have expired.

If the Contractor fails to remedy any defect or damage within a reasonable time, adate may be fixed by (or on behalf of) the Employer, on or by which the defect ordamage is to be remedied. The Contractor shall be given reasonable notice of thisdate.

If the Contractor fails to remedy the defect or damage by this notified date and thisremedial work was to be executed at the cost of the Contractor under Sub-Clause11.2 [Cost of Remedying Defects ], the Employer may (at his option):

(a) carry out the work himself or by others, in a reasonable manner and at theContractor’s cost, but the Contractor shall have no responsibility for this work;and the Contractor shall subject to Sub-Clause 2.5 [Employer’s Claims ] pay tothe Employer the costs reasonably incurred by the Employer in remedying thedefect or damage;

(b) require the Engineer to agree or determine a reasonable reduction in theContract Price in accordance with Sub-Clause 3.5 [Determinations ]; or

(c) if the defect or damage deprives the Employer of substantially the wholebenefit of the Works or any major part of the Works, terminate the Contract asa whole, or in respect of such major part which cannot be put to the intendeduse. Without prejudice to any other rights, under the Contract or otherwise,the Employer shall then be entitled to recover all sums paid for the Works orfor such part (as the case may be), plus financing costs and the cost ofdismantling the same, clearing the Site and returning Plant and Materials to theContractor.

If the defect or damage cannot be remedied expeditiously on the Site and theEmployer gives consent, the Contractor may remove from the Site for the purposesof repair such items of Plant as are defective or damaged. This consent may requirethe Contractor to increase the amount of the Performance Security by the fullreplacement cost of these items, or to provide other appropriate security.

If the work of remedying of any defect or damage may affect the performance of theWorks, the Engineer may require the repetition of any of the tests described in theContract. The requirement shall be made by notice within 28 days after the defect ordamage is remedied.

These tests shall be carried out in accordance with the terms applicable to theprevious tests, except that they shall be carried out at the risk and cost of the Partyliable, under Sub-Clause 11.2 [Cost of Remedying Defects ], for the cost of theremedial work.

11.3Extension of Defects Notification Period

11.4

Failure to Remedy Defects

11.5

Removal of Defective Work

11.6

Further Tests


39

Until the Performance Certificate has been issued, the Contractor shall have such rightof access to the Works as is reasonably required in order to comply with this Clause,except as may be inconsistent with the Employer’s reasonable security restrictions.

The Contractor shall, if required by the Engineer, search for the cause of any defect,under the direction of the Engineer. Unless the defect is to be remedied at the cost ofthe Contractor under Sub-Clause 11.2 [Cost of Remedying Defects], the Cost of thesearch plus profit shall be agreed or determined by the Engineer in accordance withSub-Clause 3.5 [Determinations ] and shall be included in the Contract Price.

Performance of the Contractor’s obligations shall not be considered to have beencompleted until the Engineer has issued the Performance Certificate to the Contractor,stating the date on which the Contractor completed his obligations under theContract.

The Engineer shall issue the Performance Certificate within 28 days after the latest ofthe expiry dates of the Defects Notification Periods, or as soon thereafter as theContractor has supplied all the Contractor’s Documents and completed and tested allthe Works, including remedying any defects. A copy of the Performance Certificateshall be issued to the Employer.

Only the Performance Certificate shall be deemed to constitute acceptance of theWorks.

After the Performance Certificate has been issued, each Party shall remain liable forthe fulfilment of any obligation which remains unperformed at that time. For thepurposes of determining the nature and extent of unperformed obligations, theContract shall be deemed to remain in force.

Upon receiving the Performance Certificate, the Contractor shall remove anyremaining Contractor’s Equipment, surplus material, wreckage, rubbish andTemporary Works from the Site.

If all these items have not been removed within 28 days after receipt by the Contractorof the Performance Certificate, the Employer may sell or otherwise dispose of anyremaining items. The Employer shall be entitled to be paid the costs incurred inconnection with, or attributable to, such sale or disposal and restoring the Site.

Any balance of the moneys from the sale shall be paid to the Contractor. If thesemoneys are less than the Employer’s costs, the Contractor shall pay the outstandingbalance to the Employer.

The Works shall be measured, and valued for payment, in accordance with thisClause. The Contractor shall show in each application under Sub-Clauses 14.3[Application for Interim Payment Certificates ], 14.10 [Statement on Completion ] and14.11 [Application for Final Payment Certificate ] the quantities and other particularsdetailing the amounts which he considers to be entitled under the Contract.

11.7Right of Access

11.8

Contractor to Search

11.9

Performance Certificate

11.10

Unfulfilled Obligations

11.11

Clearance of Site

12.1Works to be Measured

12Measurement and Evaluation


Whenever the Engineer requires any part of the Works to be measured, reasonablenotice shall be given to the Contractor’s Representative, who shall:

(a) promptly either attend or send another qualified representative to assist theEngineer in making the measurement, and

(b) supply any particulars requested by the Engineer.

If the Contractor fails to attend or send a representative, the measurement made by(or on behalf of) the Engineer shall be accepted as accurate.

Except as otherwise stated in the Contract, wherever any Permanent Works are to bemeasured from records, these shall be prepared by the Engineer. The Contractor shall,as and when requested, attend to examine and agree the records with the Engineer,and shall sign the same when agreed. If the Contractor does not attend, the recordsshall be accepted as accurate.

If the Contractor examines and disagrees the records, and/or does not sign them asagreed, then the Contractor shall give notice to the Engineer of the respects in whichthe records are asserted to be inaccurate. After receiving this notice, the Engineershall review the records and either confirm or vary them and certify the payment of theundisputed part. If the Contractor does not so give notice to the Engineer within 14days after being requested to examine the records, they shall be accepted asaccurate.

Except as otherwise stated in the Contract and notwithstanding local practice:

(a) measurement shall be made of the net actual quantity of each item of thePermanent Works, and

(b) the method of measurement shall be in accordance with the Bill of Quantitiesor other applicable Schedules.

Except as otherwise stated in the Contract, the Engineer shall proceed in accordancewith Sub-Clause 3.5 [Determinations ] to agree or determine the Contract Price byevaluating each item of work, applying the measurement agreed or determined inaccordance with the above Sub-Clauses 12.1 and 12.2 and the appropriate rate orprice for the item.

For each item of work, the appropriate rate or price for the item shall be the rate orprice specified for such item in the Contract or, if there is no such item, specified forsimilar work.

Any item of work included in the Bill of Quantities for which no rate or price wasspecified shall be considered as included in other rates and prices in the Bill ofQuantities and will not be paid for separately.

However, a new rate or price shall be appropriate for an item of work if:

(a) (i) the measured quantity of the item is changed by more than 25% fromthe quantity of this item in the Bill of Quantities or other Schedule,

(ii) this change in quantity multiplied by such specified rate for this itemexceeds 0.25% of the Accepted Contract Amount,

(iii) this change in quantity directly changes the Cost per unit quantity of thisitem by more than 1%, and

(iv) this item is not specified in the Contract as a “fixed rate item”;

12.2

Method of Measurement

12.3

Evaluation


41

or

(b) (i) the work is instructed under Clause 13 [Variations and Adjustments ],(ii) no rate or price is specified in the Contract for this item, and(iii) no specified rate or price is appropriate because the item of work is not

of similar character, or is not executed under similar conditions, as anyitem in the Contract.

Each new rate or price shall be derived from any relevant rates or prices in theContract, with reasonable adjustments to take account of the matters described insub-paragraph (a) and/or (b), as applicable. If no rates or prices are relevant for thederivation of a new rate or price, it shall be derived from the reasonable Cost ofexecuting the work, together with profit, taking account of any other relevant matters.

Until such time as an appropriate rate or price is agreed or determined, the Engineershall determine a provisional rate or price for the purposes of Interim PaymentCertificates as soon as the concerned work commences.

Whenever the omission of any work forms part (or all) of a Variation, the value of whichhas not been agreed, if:

(a) the Contractor will incur (or has incurred) cost which, if the work had not beenomitted, would have been deemed to be covered by a sum forming part of theAccepted Contract Amount;

(b) the omission of the work will result (or has resulted) in this sum not forming partof the Contract Price; and

(c) this cost is not deemed to be included in the evaluation of any substituted work;

then the Contractor shall give notice to the Engineer accordingly, with supportingparticulars. Upon receiving this notice, the Engineer shall proceed in accordance withSub-Clause 3.5 [Determinations ] to agree or determine this cost, which shall beincluded in the Contract Price.

Variations may be initiated by the Engineer at any time prior to issuing the Taking-OverCertificate for the Works, either by an instruction or by a request for the Contractor tosubmit a proposal.

The Contractor shall execute and be bound by each Variation, unless the Contractorpromptly gives notice to the Engineer stating (with supporting particulars) that (i) theContractor cannot readily obtain the Goods required for the Variation, or (ii) suchVariation triggers a substantial change in the sequence or progress of the Works.Upon receiving this notice, the Engineer shall cancel, confirm or vary the instruction.

Each Variation may include:

(a) changes to the quantities of any item of work included in the Contract (however,such changes do not necessarily constitute a Variation),

(b) changes to the quality and other characteristics of any item of work,(c) changes to the levels, positions and/or dimensions of any part of the Works,(d) omission of any work unless it is to be carried out by others,

12.4

Omissions

13.1Right to Vary

13Variations and Adjustments


(e) any additional work, Plant, Materials or services necessary for the PermanentWorks, including any associated Tests on Completion, boreholes and othertesting and exploratory work, or

(f) changes to the sequence or timing of the execution of the Works.

The Contractor shall not make any alteration and/or modification of the PermanentWorks, unless and until the Engineer instructs or approves a Variation.

The Contractor may, at any time, submit to the Engineer a written proposal which (inthe Contractor’s opinion) will, if adopted, (i) accelerate completion, (ii) reduce the costto the Employer of executing, maintaining or operating the Works, (iii) improve theefficiency or value to the Employer of the completed Works, or (iv) otherwise be ofbenefit to the Employer.

The proposal shall be prepared at the cost of the Contractor and shall include theitems listed in Sub-Clause 13.3 [Variation Procedure ].

If a proposal, which is approved by the Engineer, includes a change in the design ofpart of the Permanent Works, then unless otherwise agreed by both Parties:

(a) the Contractor shall design this part,(b) sub-paragraphs (a) to (d) of Sub-Clause 4.1 [Contractor’s General Obligations ]

shall apply, and(c) if this change results in a reduction in the contract value of this part, the

Engineer shall proceed in accordance with Sub-Clause 3.5 [Determinations ] toagree or determine a fee, which shall be included in the Contract Price. This feeshall be half (50%) of the difference between the following amounts:

(i) such reduction in contract value, resulting from the change, excludingadjustments under Sub-Clause 13.7 [Adjustments for Changes inLegislation ] and Sub-Clause 13.8 [Adjustments for Changes in Cost ], and

(ii) the reduction (if any) in the value to the Employer of the varied works,taking account of any reductions in quality, anticipated life or operationalefficiencies.

However, if amount (i) is less than amount (ii), there shall not be a fee.

If the Engineer requests a proposal, prior to instructing a Variation, the Contractor shallrespond in writing as soon as practicable, either by giving reasons why he cannotcomply (if this is the case) or by submitting:

(a) a description of the proposed work to be performed and a programme for itsexecution,

(b) the Contractor’s proposal for any necessary modifications to the programmeaccording to Sub-Clause 8.3 [Programme ] and to the Time for Completion,and

(c) the Contractor’s proposal for evaluation of the Variation.

The Engineer shall, as soon as practicable after receiving such proposal (under Sub-Clause 13.2 [Value Engineering ] or otherwise), respond with approval, disapproval orcomments. The Contractor shall not delay any work whilst awaiting a response.

Each instruction to execute a Variation, with any requirements for the recording of Costs,shall be issued by the Engineer to the Contractor, who shall acknowledge receipt.

13.2

Value Engineering

13.3

Variation Procedure


43

Each Variation shall be evaluated in accordance with Clause 12 [Measurement andEvaluation ], unless the Engineer instructs or approves otherwise in accordance withthis Clause.

If the Contract provides for payment of the Contract Price in more than one currency,then whenever an adjustment is agreed, approved or determined as stated above, theamount payable in each of the applicable currencies shall be specified. For thispurpose, reference shall be made to the actual or expected currency proportions ofthe Cost of the varied work, and to the proportions of various currencies specified forpayment of the Contract Price.

Each Provisional Sum shall only be used, in whole or in part, in accordance with theEngineer’s instructions, and the Contract Price shall be adjusted accordingly. The totalsum paid to the Contractor shall include only such amounts, for the work, supplies orservices to which the Provisional Sum relates, as the Engineer shall have instructed.For each Provisional Sum, the Engineer may instruct:

(a) work to be executed (including Plant, Materials or services to be supplied) by theContractor and valued under Sub-Clause 13.3 [Variation Procedure ]; and/or

(b) Plant, Materials or services to be purchased by the Contractor, from anominated Subcontractor (as defined in Clause 5 [Nominated Subcontractors ]or otherwise; and for which there shall be included in the Contract Price:

(i) the actual amounts paid (or due to be paid) by the Contractor, and(ii) a sum for overhead charges and profit, calculated as a percentage of

these actual amounts by applying the relevant percentage rate (if any)stated in the appropriate Schedule. If there is no such rate, thepercentage rate stated in the Contract Data shall be applied.

The Contractor shall, when required by the Engineer, produce quotations, invoices,vouchers and accounts or receipts in substantiation.

For work of a minor or incidental nature, the Engineer may instruct that a Variation shallbe executed on a daywork basis. The work shall then be valued in accordance with theDaywork Schedule included in the Contract, and the following procedure shall apply. Ifa Daywork Schedule is not included in the Contract, this Sub-Clause shall not apply.

Before ordering Goods for the work, the Contractor shall submit quotations to theEngineer. When applying for payment, the Contractor shall submit invoices, vouchersand accounts or receipts for any Goods.

Except for any items for which the Daywork Schedule specifies that payment is notdue, the Contractor shall deliver each day to the Engineer accurate statements induplicate which shall include the following details of the resources used in executingthe previous day’s work:

(a) the names, occupations and time of Contractor’s Personnel,(b) the identification, type and time of Contractor’s Equipment and Temporary

Works, and(c) the quantities and types of Plant and Materials used.

One copy of each statement will, if correct, or when agreed, be signed by the Engineerand returned to the Contractor. The Contractor shall then submit priced statements of

13.4

Payment in Applicable Currencies

13.5

Provisional Sums

13.6

Daywork


these resources to the Engineer, prior to their inclusion in the next Statement underSub-Clause 14.3 [Application for Interim Payment Certificates ].

The Contract Price shall be adjusted to take account of any increase or decrease inCost resulting from a change in the Laws of the Country (including the introduction ofnew Laws and the repeal or modification of existing Laws) or in the judicial or officialgovernmental interpretation of such Laws, made after the Base Date, which affect theContractor in the performance of obligations under the Contract.

If the Contractor suffers (or will suffer) delay and/or incurs (or will incur) additional Costas a result of these changes in the Laws or in such interpretations, made after theBase Date, the Contractor shall give notice to the Engineer and shall be entitledsubject to Sub-Clause 20.1 [Contractor’s Claims ] to:




Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Contractor shall not be entitled to an extension oftime if the relevant delay has already been taken into account in the determination ofa previous extension of time and such Cost shall not be separately paid if the sameshall already have been taken into account in the indexing of any inputs to the tableof adjustment data in accordance with the provisions of Sub-Clause 13.8[Adjustments for Changes in Cost ].

In this Sub-Clause, “table of adjustment data” means the completed table ofadjustment data for local and foreign currencies included in the Schedules. If there isno such table of adjustment data, this Sub-Clause shall not apply.

If this Sub-Clause applies, the amounts payable to the Contractor shall be adjustedfor rises or falls in the cost of labour, Goods and other inputs to the Works, by theaddition or deduction of the amounts determined by the formulae prescribed in thisSub-Clause. To the extent that full compensation for any rise or fall in Costs is notcovered by the provisions of this or other Clauses, the Accepted Contract Amountshall be deemed to have included amounts to cover the contingency of other rises andfalls in costs.

The adjustment to be applied to the amount otherwise payable to the Contractor, asvalued in accordance with the appropriate Schedule and certified in PaymentCertificates, shall be determined from formulae for each of the currencies in which theContract Price is payable. No adjustment is to be applied to work valued on the basisof Cost or current prices. The formulae shall be of the following general type:

Pn = a + b Ln + c En + d Mn + ...... Lo Eo Mo

where

“Pn” is the adjustment multiplier to be applied to the estimated contract valuein the relevant currency of the work carried out in period “n”, this period beinga month unless otherwise stated in the Contract Data;

13.7

Adjustments forChanges in Legislation

13.8

Adjustments forChanges in Cost


45

“a” is a fixed coefficient, stated in the relevant table of adjustment data,representing the non-adjustable portion in contractual payments;

“b”, “c”, “d”, … are coefficients representing the estimated proportion of eachcost element related to the execution of the Works, as stated in the relevanttable of adjustment data; such tabulated cost elements may be indicative ofresources such as labour, equipment and materials;

“Ln”, “En”, “Mn”, … are the current cost indices or reference prices for period“n”, expressed in the relevant currency of payment, each of which is applicableto the relevant tabulated cost element on the date 49 days prior to the last dayof the period (to which the particular Payment Certificate relates); and

“Lo”, “Eo”, “Mo”, … are the base cost indices or reference prices, expressedin the relevant currency of payment, each of which is applicable to the relevanttabulated cost element on the Base Date.

The cost indices or reference prices stated in the table of adjustment data shall beused. If their source is in doubt, it shall be determined by the Engineer. For thispurpose, reference shall be made to the values of the indices at stated dates for thepurposes of clarification of the source; although these dates (and thus these values)may not correspond to the base cost indices.

In cases where the “currency of index” is not the relevant currency of payment, eachindex shall be converted into the relevant currency of payment at the selling rate,established by the central bank of the Country, of this relevant currency on the abovedate for which the index is required to be applicable.

Until such time as each current cost index is available, the Engineer shall determine aprovisional index for the issue of Interim Payment Certificates. When a current costindex is available, the adjustment shall be recalculated accordingly.

If the Contractor fails to complete the Works within the Time for Completion,adjustment of prices thereafter shall be made using either (i) each index or priceapplicable on the date 49 days prior to the expiry of the Time for Completion of theWorks, or (ii) the current index or price, whichever is more favourable to the Employer.

The weightings (coefficients) for each of the factors of cost stated in the table(s) ofadjustment data shall only be adjusted if they have been rendered unreasonable,unbalanced or inapplicable, as a result of Variations.


(a) the Contract Price shall be agreed or determined under Sub-Clause 12.3[Evaluation ] and be subject to adjustments in accordance with the Contract;

(b) the Contractor shall pay all taxes, duties and fees required to be paid by himunder the Contract, and the Contract Price shall not be adjusted for any ofthese costs except as stated in Sub-Clause 13.7 [Adjustments for Changes inLegislation ];

(c) any quantities which may be set out in the Bill of Quantities or other Schedule areestimated quantities and are not to be taken as the actual and correct quantities:

14.1The Contract Price

14Contract Price and Payment


(i) of the Works which the Contractor is required to execute, or(ii) for the purposes of Clause 12 [Measurement and Evaluation ]; and

(d) the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer, within 28 days after theCommencement Date, a proposed breakdown of each lump sum price in theSchedules. The Engineer may take account of the breakdown when preparingPayment Certificates, but shall not be bound by it.

Notwithstanding the provisions of subparagraph (b), Contractor’s Equipment,including essential spare parts therefor, imported by the Contractor for the solepurpose of executing the Contract shall be exempt from the payment of import dutiesand taxes upon importation.

The Employer shall make an advance payment, as an interest-free loan formobilisation and cash flow support, when the Contractor submits a guarantee inaccordance with this Sub-Clause. The total advance payment, the number and timingof instalments (if more than one), and the applicable currencies and proportions, shallbe as stated in the Contract Data.

Unless and until the Employer receives this guarantee, or if the total advance paymentis not stated in the Contract Data, this Sub-Clause shall not apply.

The Engineer shall deliver to the Employer and to the Contractor an Interim PaymentCertificate for the advance payment or its first instalment after receiving a Statement(under Sub-Clause 14.3 [Application for Interim Payment Certificates ]) and after theEmployer receives (i) the Performance Security in accordance with Sub-Clause 4.2[Performance Security ] and (ii) a guarantee in amounts and currencies equal to theadvance payment. This guarantee shall be issued by a reputable bank or financialinstitution selected by the Contractor, and shall be in the form annexed to theParticular Conditions or in another form approved by the Employer.

The Contractor shall ensure that the guarantee is valid and enforceable until theadvance payment has been repaid, but its amount shall be progressively reduced bythe amount repaid by the Contractor as indicated in the Payment Certificates. If theterms of the guarantee specify its expiry date, and the advance payment has not beenrepaid by the date 28 days prior to the expiry date, the Contractor shall extend thevalidity of the guarantee until the advance payment has been repaid.

Unless stated otherwise in the Contract Data, the advance payment shall be repaidthrough percentage deductions from the interim payments determined by theEngineer in accordance with Sub-Clause 14.6 [ Issue of Interim Payment Certificates ],as follows:

(a) deductions shall commence in the next interim Payment Certificate followingthat in which the total of all certified interim payments (excluding the advancepayment and deductions and repayments of retention) exceeds 30 percent(30%) of the Accepted Contract Amount less Provisional Sums; and

(b) deductions shall be made at the amortisation rate stated in the Contract Dataof the amount of each Interim Payment Certificate (excluding the advancepayment and deductions for its repayments as well as deductions for retentionmoney) in the currencies and proportions of the advance payment until suchtime as the advance payment has been repaid; provided that the advancepayment shall be completely repaid prior to the time when 90 percent (90%) ofthe Accepted Contract Amount less Provisional Sums has been certified forpayment.

14.2

Advance Payment


47

If the advance payment has not been repaid prior to the issue of the Taking-OverCertificate for the Works or prior to termination under Clause 15 [Termination byEmployer ], Clause 16 [Suspension and Termination by Contractor ] or Clause 19.6[Force Majeure] (as the case may be), the whole of the balance then outstanding shallimmediately become due and in case of termination under Clause 15 [Termination byEmployer ], except for Sub-Clause 15.5 [Employer’s Entitlement to Termination forConvenience ], payable by the Contractor to the Employer.

The Contractor shall submit a Statement in six copies to the Engineer after the end ofeach month, in a form approved by the Engineer, showing in detail the amounts towhich the Contractor considers himself to be entitled, together with supportingdocuments which shall include the report on the progress during this month inaccordance with Sub-Clause 4.21 [Progress Reports ].

The Statement shall include the following items, as applicable, which shall be expressedin the various currencies in which the Contract Price is payable, in the sequence listed:

(a) the estimated contract value of the Works executed and the Contractor’sDocuments produced up to the end of the month (including Variations butexcluding items described in sub-paragraphs (b) to (g) below);

(b) any amounts to be added and deducted for changes in legislation and changesin cost, in accordance with Sub-Clause 13.7 [Adjustments for Changes inLegislation ] and Sub-Clause 13.8 [Adjustments for Changes in Cost ];

(c) any amount to be deducted for retention, calculated by applying thepercentage of retention stated in the Contract Data to the total of the aboveamounts, until the amount so retained by the Employer reaches the limit ofRetention Money (if any) stated in the Contract Data;

(d) any amounts to be added for the advance payment (if more than oneinstalment) and to be deducted for its repayments in accordance with Sub-Clause 14.2 [Advance Payment ];

(e) any amounts to be added and deducted for Plant and Materials in accordancewith Sub-Clause 14.5 [Plant and Materials intended for the Works ];

(f) any other additions or deductions which may have become due under theContract or otherwise, including those under Clause 20 [Claims, Disputes andArbitration ]; and

(g) the deduction of amounts certified in all previous Payment Certificates.

If the Contract includes a schedule of payments specifying the instalments in whichthe Contract Price will be paid, then unless otherwise stated in this schedule:

(a) the instalments quoted in this schedule of payments shall be the estimatedcontract values for the purposes of sub-paragraph (a) of Sub-Clause 14.3[Application for Interim Payment Certificates ];

(b) Sub-Clause 14.5 [Plant and Materials intended for the Works ] shall not apply; and(c) if these instalments are not defined by reference to the actual progress

achieved in executing the Works, and if actual progress is found to be less ormore than that on which this schedule of payments was based, then theEngineer may proceed in accordance with Sub-Clause 3.5 [Determinations ] toagree or determine revised instalments, which shall take account of the extentto which progress is less or more than that on which the instalments werepreviously based.

If the Contract does not include a schedule of payments, the Contractor shall submitnon-binding estimates of the payments which he expects to become due during each

14.3

Application for Interim Payment Certificates

14.4

Schedule of Payments


quarterly period. The first estimate shall be submitted within 42 days after theCommencement Date. Revised estimates shall be submitted at quarterly intervals,until the Taking-Over Certificate has been issued for the Works.

If this Sub-Clause applies, Interim Payment Certificates shall include, under sub-paragraph (e) of Sub-Clause 14.3, (i) an amount for Plant and Materials which havebeen sent to the Site for incorporation in the Permanent Works, and (ii) a reductionwhen the contract value of such Plant and Materials is included as part of thePermanent Works under sub-paragraph (a) of Sub-Clause 14.3 [Application forInterim Payment Certificates ].

If the lists referred to in sub-paragraphs (b)(i) or (c)(i) below are not included in theSchedules this Sub-Clause shall not apply.

The Engineer shall determine and certify each addition if the following conditions aresatisfied:

(a) the Contractor has:

(i) kept satisfactory records (including the orders, receipts, Costs and useof Plant and Materials) which are available for inspection, and

(ii) submitted a statement of the Cost of acquiring and delivering the Plantand Materials to the Site, supported by satis factory evidence;

and either:

(b) the relevant Plant and Materials:

(i) are those listed in the Schedules for payment when shipped,(ii) have been shipped to the Country, en route to the Site, in accordance

with the Contract; and(iii) are described in a clean shipped bill of lading or other evidence of

shipment, which has been submitted to the Engineer together withevidence of payment of freight and insurance, any other documentsreasonably required, and a bank guarantee in a form and issued by anentity approved by the Employer in amounts and currencies equal to theamount due under this Sub-Clause: this guarantee may be in a similarform to the form referred to in Sub-Clause 14.2 [Advance Payment ] andshall be valid until the Plant and Materials are properly stored on Site andprotected against loss, damage or deterioration;

or

(c) the relevant Plant and Materials:

(i) are those listed in the Schedules for payment when delivered to the Site,and

(ii) have been delivered to and are properly stored on the Site, are protectedagainst loss, damage or deterioration, and appear to be in accordancewith the Contract.

The additional amount to be certified shall be the equivalent of eighty percent (80%)of the Engineer’s determination of the cost of the Plant and Materials (includingdelivery to Site), taking account of the documents mentioned in this Sub-Clause andof the contract value of the Plant and Materials.

14.5

Plant and Materials intended for the Works


49

The currencies for this additional amount shall be the same as those in which paymentwill become due when the contract value is included under sub-paragraph (a) of Sub-Clause 14.3 [Application for Interim Payment Certificates ]. At that time, the PaymentCertificate shall include the applicable reduction which shall be equivalent to, and inthe same currencies and proportions as, this additional amount for the relevant Plantand Materials.

No amount will be certified or paid until the Employer has received and approved thePerformance Security. Thereafter, the Engineer shall, within 28 days after receiving aStatement and supporting documents, deliver to the Employer and to the Contractoran Interim Payment Certificate which shall state the amount which the Engineer fairlydetermines to be due, with all supporting particulars for any reduction or withholdingmade by the Engineer on the Statement if any.

However, prior to issuing the Taking-Over Certificate for the Works, the Engineer shallnot be bound to issue an Interim Payment Certificate in an amount which would (afterretention and other deductions) be less than the minimum amount of Interim PaymentCertificates (if any) stated in the Contract Data. In this event, the Engineer shall givenotice to the Contractor accordingly.

An Interim Payment Certificate shall not be withheld for any other reason, although:

(a) if any thing supplied or work done by the Contractor is not in accordance withthe Contract, the cost of rectification or replacement may be withheld untilrectification or replacement has been completed; and/or

(b) if the Contractor was or is failing to perform any work or obligation inaccordance with the Contract, and had been so notified by the Engineer, thevalue of this work or obligation may be withheld until the work or obligation hasbeen performed.

The Engineer may in any Payment Certificate make any correction or modification thatshould properly be made to any previous Payment Certificate. A Payment Certificateshall not be deemed to indicate the Engineer’s acceptance, approval, consent orsatisfaction.

The Employer shall pay to the Contractor:

(a) the first instalment of the advance payment within 42 days after issuing theLetter of Acceptance or within 21 days after receiving the documents inaccordance with Sub-Clause 4.2 [Performance Security ] and Sub-Clause14.2 [Advance Payment ], whichever is later;

(b) the amount certified in each Interim Payment Certificate within 56 days afterthe Engineer receives the Statement and supporting documents; or, at a timewhen the Bank’s loan or credit (from which part of the payments to theContractor is being made) is suspended, the amount shown on anystatement submitted by the Contractor within 14 days after such statementis submitted, any discrepancy being rectified in the next payment to theContractor; and

(c) the amount certified in the Final Payment Certificate within 56 days after theEmployer receives this Payment Certificate; or, at a time when the Bank’s loanor credit (from which part of the payments to the Contractor is being made) issuspended, the undisputed amount shown in the Final Statement within 56days after the date of notification of the suspension in accordance with Sub-Clause 16.2 [Termination by Contractor ].

14.6

Issue of Interim Payment Certificates

14.7

Payment


Payment of the amount due in each currency shall be made into the bank account,nominated by the Contractor, in the payment country (for this currency) specified inthe Contract.

If the Contractor does not receive payment in accordance with Sub-Clause 14.7[Payment ], the Contractor shall be entitled to receive financing charges compoundedmonthly on the amount unpaid during the period of delay. This period shall be deemedto commence on the date for payment specified in Sub-Clause 14.7 [Payment ],irrespective (in the case of its sub-paragraph (b)) of the date on which any InterimPayment Certificate is issued.

Unless otherwise stated in the Particular Conditions, these financing charges shall becalculated at the annual rate of three percentage points above the discount rate of thecentral bank in the country of the currency of payment, or if not available, the interbankoffered rate, and shall be paid in such currency.

The Contractor shall be entitled to this payment without formal notice or certification,and without prejudice to any other right or remedy.

When the Taking-Over Certificate has been issued for the Works, the first half of theRetention Money shall be certified by the Engineer for payment to the Contractor. If aTaking-Over Certificate is issued for a Section or part of the Works, a proportion of theRetention Money shall be certified and paid. This proportion shall be half (50%) of theproportion calculated by dividing the estimated contract value of the Section or part,by the estimated final Contract Price.

Promptly after the latest of the expiry dates of the Defects Notification Periods, theoutstanding balance of the Retention Money shall be certified by the Engineer forpayment to the Contractor. If a Taking-Over Certificate was issued for a Section, aproportion of the second half of the Retention Money shall be certified and paidpromptly after the expiry date of the Defects Notification Period for the Section. Thisproportion shall be half (50%) of the proportion calculated by dividing the estimatedcontract value of the Section by the estimated final Contract Price.

However, if any work remains to be executed under Clause 11 [Defects Liability ], theEngineer shall be entitled to withhold certification of the estimated cost of this workuntil it has been executed.

When calculating these proportions, no account shall be taken of any adjustmentsunder Sub-Clause 13.7 [Adjustments for Changes in Legislation ] and Sub-Clause13.8 [Adjustments for Changes in Cost ].

Unless otherwise stated in the Particular Conditions, when the Taking-Over Certificatehas been issued for the Works and the first half of the Retention Money has beencertified for payment by the Engineer, the Contractor shall be entitled to substitute aguarantee, in the form annexed to the Particular Conditions or in another formapproved by the Employer and issued by a reputable bank or financial institutionselected by the Contractor, for the second half of the Retention Money. TheContractor shall ensure that the guarantee is in the amounts and currencies of thesecond half of the Retention Money and is valid and enforceable until the Contractorhas executed and completed the Works and remedied any defects, as specified forthe Performance Security in Sub-Clause 4.2. On receipt by the Employer of therequired guarantee, the Engineer shall certify and the Employer shall pay the secondhalf of the Retention Money. The release of the second half of the Retention Money

14.8

Delayed Payment

14.9

Payment of Retention Money


51

against a guarantee shall then be in lieu of the release under the second paragraph ofthis Sub-Clause. The Employer shall return the guarantee to the Contractor within 21days after receiving a copy of the Performance Certificate.

If the Performance Security required under Sub-Clause 4.2 is in the form of a demandguarantee, and the amount guaranteed under it when the Taking-Over Certificate isissued is more than half of the Retention Money, then the Retention Money guaranteewill not be required. If the amount guaranteed under the Performance Security whenthe Taking-Over Certificate is issued is less than half of the Retention Money, theRetention Money guarantee will only be required for the difference between half of theRetention Money and the amount guaranteed under the Performance Security.

Within 84 days after receiving the Taking-Over Certificate for the Works, theContractor shall submit to the Engineer six copies of a Statement at completion withsupporting documents, in accordance with Sub-Clause 14.3 [Application for InterimPayment Certificates ], showing:

(a) the value of all work done in accordance with the Contract up to the date statedin the Taking-Over Certificate for the Works,

(b) any further sums which the Contractor considers to be due, and(c) an estimate of any other amounts which the Contractor considers will become

due to him under the Contract. Estimated amounts shall be shown separatelyin this Statement at completion.

The Engineer shall then certify in accordance with Sub-Clause 14.6 [ Issue of InterimPayment Certificates ].

Within 56 days after receiving the Performance Certificate, the Contractor shallsubmit, to the Engineer, six copies of a draft final statement with supportingdocuments showing in detail in a form approved by the Engineer:

(a) the value of all work done in accordance with the Contract, and(b) any further sums which the Contractor considers to be due to him under the

Contract or otherwise.

If the Engineer disagrees with or cannot verify any part of the draft final statement, theContractor shall submit such further information as the Engineer may reasonablyrequire within 28 days from receipt of said draft and shall make such changes in thedraft as may be agreed between them. The Contractor shall then prepare and submitto the Engineer the final statement as agreed. This agreed statement is referred to inthese Conditions as the “Final Statement”.

However if, following discussions between the Engineer and the Contractor and anychanges to the draft final statement which are agreed, it becomes evident that a disputeexists, the Engineer shall deliver to the Employer (with a copy to the Contractor) anInterim Payment Certificate for the agreed parts of the draft final statement. Thereafter,if the dispute is finally resolved under Sub-Clause 20.4 [Obtaining Dispute Board’sDecision ] or Sub-Clause 20.5 [Amicable Settlement ], the Contractor shall then prepareand submit to the Employer (with a copy to the Engineer) a Final Statement.

When submitting the Final Statement, the Contractor shall submit a discharge whichconfirms that the total of the Final Statement represents full and final settlement of allmoneys due to the Contractor under or in connection with the Contract. This

14.10

Statement at Completion

14.11

Application for Final Payment Certificate

14.12

Discharge


discharge may state that it becomes effective when the Contractor has received thePerformance Security and the outstanding balance of this total, in which event thedischarge shall be effective on such date.

Within 28 days after receiving the Final Statement and discharge in accordance withSub-Clause 14.11 [Application for Final Payment Certificate ] and Sub-Clause 14.12[Discharge ], the Engineer shall deliver, to the Employer and to the Contractor, the FinalPayment Certificate which shall state:

(a) the amount which he fairly determines is finally due, and(b) after giving credit to the Employer for all amounts previously paid by the

Employer and for all sums to which the Employer is entitled, the balance (if any)due from the Employer to the Contractor or from the Contractor to theEmployer, as the case may be.

If the Contractor has not applied for a Final Payment Certificate in accordance withSub-Clause 14.11 [Application for Final Payment Certificate ] and Sub-Clause 14.12[Discharge ], the Engineer shall request the Contractor to do so. If the Contractor failsto submit an application within a period of 28 days, the Engineer shall issue the FinalPayment Certificate for such amount as he fairly determines to be due.

The Employer shall not be liable to the Contractor for any matter or thing under or inconnection with the Contract or execution of the Works, except to the extent that theContractor shall have included an amount expressly for it:

(a) in the Final Statement and also(b) (except for matters or things arising after the issue of the Taking-Over Certificate

for the Works) in the Statement at completion described in Sub-Clause 14.10[Statement at Completion ].

However, this Sub-Clause shall not limit the Employer’s liability under hisindemnification obligations, or the Employer’s liability in any case of fraud, deliberatedefault or reckless misconduct by the Employer.

The Contract Price shall be paid in the currency or currencies named in the Scheduleof Payment Currencies. If more than one currency is so named, payments shall bemade as follows:

(a) if the Accepted Contract Amount was expressed in Local Currency only:

(i) the proportions or amounts of the Local and Foreign Currencies, and thefixed rates of exchange to be used for calculating the payments, shall beas stated in the Schedule of Payment Currencies, except as otherwiseagreed by both Parties;

(ii) payments and deductions under Sub-Clause 13.5 [Provisional Sums ]and Sub-Clause 13.7 [Adjustments for Changes in Legislation ] shall bemade in the applicable currencies and proportions; and

(iii) other payments and deductions under sub-paragraphs (a) to (d) of Sub-Clause 14.3 [Application for Interim Payment Certificates ] shall be madein the currencies and proportions specified in sub-paragraph (a)(i) above;

(b) payment of the damages specified in the Contract Data shall be made in thecurrencies and proportions specified in the Schedule of Payment currencies;

14.13

Issue of Final Payment Certificate

14.14

Cessation of Employer’s Liability

14.15

Currencies of Payment


53

(c) other payments to the Employer by the Contractor shall be made in thecurrency in which the sum was expended by the Employer, or in such currencyas may be agreed by both Parties;

(d) if any amount payable by the Contractor to the Employer in a particularcurrency exceeds the sum payable by the Employer to the Contractor in thatcurrency, the Employer may recover the balance of this amount from the sumsotherwise payable to the Contractor in other currencies; and

(e) if no rates of exchange are stated in the Schedule of Payment Currencies, theyshall be those prevailing on the Base Date and determined by the central bankof the Country.

If the Contractor fails to carry out any obligation under the Contract, the Engineer mayby notice require the Contractor to make good the failure and to remedy it within aspecified reasonable time.

The Employer shall be entitled to terminate the Contract if the Contractor:

(a) fails to comply with Sub-Clause 4.2 [Performance Security ] or with a noticeunder Sub-Clause 15.1 [Notice to Correct ],

(b) abandons the Works or otherwise plainly demonstrates the intention not tocontinue performance of his obligations under the Contract,

(c) without reasonable excuse fails:

(i) to proceed with the Works in accordance with Clause 8[Commencement, Delays and Suspension ], or

(ii) to comply with a notice issued under Sub-Clause 7.5 [Rejection ] or Sub-Clause 7.6 [Remedial Work ], within 28 days after receiving it,

(d) subcontracts the whole of the Works or assigns the Contract without therequired agreement,

(e) becomes bankrupt or insolvent, goes into liquidation, has a receiving oradministration order made against him, compounds with his creditors, orcarries on business under a receiver, trustee or manager for the benefit of hiscreditors, or if any act is done or event occurs which (under applicable Laws)has a similar effect to any of these acts or events, or

(f) gives or offers to give (directly or indirectly) to any person any bribe, gift, gratuity,commission or other thing of value, as an inducement or reward:

(i) for doing or forbearing to do any action in relation to the Contract, or(ii) for showing or forbearing to show favour or disfavour to any person in

relation to the Contract,

or if any of the Contractor’s Personnel, agents or Subcontractors gives or offersto give (directly or indirectly) to any person any such inducement or reward asis described in this sub-paragraph (f). However, lawful inducements andrewards to Contractor’s Personnel shall not entitle termination.

In any of these events or circumstances, the Employer may, upon giving 14 days’notice to the Contractor, terminate the Contract and expel the Contractor from the

15.1Notice to Correct

15.2

Termination by Employer

15Termination by Employer


Site. However, in the case of sub-paragraph (e) or (f), the Employer may by noticeterminate the Contract immediately.

The Employer’s election to terminate the Contract shall not prejudice any other rightsof the Employer, under the Contract or otherwise.

The Contractor shall then leave the Site and deliver any required Goods, all Contractor’sDocuments, and other design documents made by or for him, to the Engineer.However, the Contractor shall use his best efforts to comply immediately with anyreasonable instructions included in the notice (i) for the assignment of any subcontract,and (ii) for the protection of life or property or for the safety of the Works.

After termination, the Employer may complete the Works and/or arrange for any otherentities to do so. The Employer and these entities may then use any Goods, Contractor’sDocuments and other design documents made by or on behalf of the Contractor.

The Employer shall then give notice that the Contractor’s Equipment and TemporaryWorks will be released to the Contractor at or near the Site. The Contractor shallpromptly arrange their removal, at the risk and cost of the Contractor. However, if bythis time the Contractor has failed to make a payment due to the Employer, theseitems may be sold by the Employer in order to recover this payment. Any balance ofthe proceeds shall then be paid to the Contractor.

As soon as practicable after a notice of termination under Sub-Clause 15.2[Termination by Employer ] has taken effect, the Engineer shall proceed in accordancewith Sub-Clause 3.5 [Determinations ] to agree or determine the value of the Works, Goods and Contractor’s Documents, and any other sums due to the Contractor forwork executed in accordance with the Contract.

After a notice of termination under Sub-Clause 15.2 [Termination by Employer ] hastaken effect, the Employer may:

(a) proceed in accordance with Sub-Clause 2.5 [Employer’s Claims ],(b) withhold further payments to the Contractor until the costs of execution,

completion and remedying of any defects, damages for delay in completion (if any),and all other costs incurred by the Employer, have been established, and/or

(c) recover from the Contractor any losses and damages incurred by the Employerand any extra costs of completing the Works, after allowing for any sum due tothe Contractor under Sub-Clause 15.3 [Valuation at Date of Termination ]. Afterrecovering any such losses, damages and extra costs, the Employer shall payany balance to the Contractor.

The Employer shall be entitled to terminate the Contract, at any time for the Employer’sconvenience, by giving notice of such termination to the Contractor. The termination shalltake effect 28 days after the later of the dates on which the Contractor receives this noticeor the Employer returns the Performance Security. The Employer shall not terminate theContract under this Sub-Clause in order to execute the Works himself or to arrange forthe Works to be executed by another contractor or to avoid a termination of the Contractby the Contractor under Clause 16.2 [Termination by Contractor ].

After this termination, the Contractor shall proceed in accordance with Sub-Clause16.3 [Cessation of Work and Removal of Contractor’s Equipment ] and shall be paidin accordance with Sub-Clause 16.4 [Payment on Termination ].

15.3

Valuation at Date of Termination

15.4

Payment after Termination

15.5

Employer’s Entitlementto Termination forConvenience


55

If the Employer determines, based on reasonable evidence, that the Contractor hasengaged in corrupt, fraudulent, collusive or coercive practices, in competing for or inexecuting the Contract, then the Employer may, after giving 14 days notice to theContractor, terminate the Contract and expel him from the Site, and the provisions ofClause 15 shall apply as if such termination had been made under Sub-Clause 15.2[Termination by Employer ].

Should any employee of the Contractor be determined, based on reasonableevidence, to have engaged in corrupt, fraudulent or coercive practice during theexecution of the work then that employee shall be removed in accordance with Sub-Clause 6.9 [Contractor’s Personnel ].

[ For contracts financed by the African Development Bank: ]

For the purposes of this Sub-Clause:

(a) “corrupt practice” means the offering, giving, receiving or soliciting of any thingof value to influence the action of a public official in the procurement process orin the contract execution; and

(b) “fraudulent practice” means a misrepresentation of facts in order to influence aprocurement process or the execution of the Contract to the detriment of theborrower, and includes collusive practice among bidders (prior to or after bidsubmission) designed to establish bid prices at artificial non-competitive levelsand to deprive the borrower of the benefits of free and open competition.

If the Engineer fails to certify in accordance with Sub-Clause 14.6 [ Issue of InterimPayment Certificates ] or the Employer fails to comply with Sub-Clause 2.4[Employer’s Financial Arrangements ] or Sub-Clause 14.7 [Payment ], the Contractormay, after giving not less than 21 days’ notice to the Employer, suspend work (orreduce the rate of work) unless and until the Contractor has received the PaymentCertificate, reasonable evidence or payment, as the case may be and as described inthe notice.

Notwithstanding the above, if the Bank has suspended disbursements under the loanor credit from which payments to the Contractor are being made, in whole or in part,for the execution of the Works, and no alternative funds are available as provided forin Sub-Clause 2.4 [Employer’s Financial Arrangements ], the Contractor may by noticesuspend work or reduce the rate of work at any time, but not less than 7 days afterthe Borrower having received the suspension notification from the Bank.

The Contractor’s action shall not prejudice his entitlements to financing charges underSub-Clause 14.8 [Delayed Payment ] and to termination under Sub-Clause 16.2[Termination by Contractor ].

If the Contractor subsequently receives such Payment Certificate, evidence orpayment (as described in the relevant Sub-Clause and in the above notice) beforegiving a notice of termination, the Contractor shall resume normal working as soon asis reasonably practicable.

If the Contractor suffers delay and/or incurs Cost as a result of suspending work (orreducing the rate of work) in accordance with this Sub-Clause, the Contractor shall

15.6Corrupt or FraudulentPractices

16.1Contractor’s Entitlement to Suspend Work

16Suspension and Termination by Contractor


give notice to the Engineer and shall be entitled subject to Sub-Clause 20.1[Contractor’s Claims ] to:




The Contractor shall be entitled to terminate the Contract if:

(a) the Contractor does not receive the reasonable evidence within 42 days aftergiving notice under Sub-Clause 16.1 [Contractor’s Entitlement to SuspendWork] in respect of a failure to comply with Sub-Clause 2.4 [Employer’sFinancial Arrangements ],

(b) the Engineer fails, within 56 days after receiving a Statement and supportingdocuments, to issue the relevant Payment Certificate,

(c) the Contractor does not receive the amount due under an Interim PaymentCertificate within 42 days after the expiry of the time stated in Sub-Clause 14.7[Payment ] within which payment is to be made (except for deductions inaccordance with Sub-Clause 2.5 [Employer’s Claims ]),

(d) the Employer substantially fails to perform his obligations under the Contract insuch manner as to materially and adversely affect the economic balance of theContract and/or the ability of the Contractor to perform the Contract,

(e) the Employer fails to comply with Sub-Clause 1.6 [Contract Agreement ] orSub-Clause 1.7 [Assignment ],

(f) a prolonged suspension affects the whole of the Works as described in Sub-Clause 8.11 [Prolonged Suspension ],

(g) the Employer becomes bankrupt or insolvent, goes into liquidation, has areceiving or administration order made against him, compounds with hiscreditors, or carries on business under a receiver, trustee or manager for thebenefit of his creditors, or if any act is done or event occurs which (underapplicable Laws) has a similar effect to any of these acts or events,

(h) the Contractor does not receive the Engineer’s instruction recording theagreement of both Parties on the fulfilment of the conditions for theCommencement of Works under Sub-Clause 8.1 [Commencement of Works ].

In any of these events or circumstances, the Contractor may, upon giving 14 days’notice to the Employer, terminate the Contract. However, in the case of sub-paragraph (f) or (g), the Contractor may by notice terminate the Contract immediately.

In the event the Bank suspends the loan or credit from which part or whole of thepayments to the Contractor are being made, if the Contractor has not received thesums due to him upon expiration of the 14 days referred to in Sub-Clause 14.7[Payment] for payments under Interim Payment Certificates, the Contractor may,without prejudice to the Contractor’s entitlement to financing charges under Sub-Clause 14.8 [Delayed Payment ], take one of the following actions, namely (i) suspendwork or reduce the rate of work under Sub-Clause 16.1 above, or (ii) terminate theContract by giving notice to the Employer, with a copy to the Engineer, suchtermination to take effect 14 days after the giving of the notice.

The Contractor’s election to terminate the Contract shall not prejudice any other rightsof the Contractor, under the Contract or otherwise.

16.2

Termination by Contractor


55



[ For contracts financed by the Asian Development Bank: ]


(a) “corrupt practice” means the offering, giving, receiving, or soliciting, directly orindirectly, anything of value to influence improperly the actions of another party;

(b) “fraudulent practice” means any act or omission, including a misrepresentation,that knowingly or recklessly misleads, or attempts to mislead, a party to obtaina financial or other benefit or to avoid an obligation;

(c) coercive practice” means impairing or harming, or threatening to impair orharm, directly or indirectly, any party or the property of the party to influenceimproperly the actions of a party;

(d) “collusive practice” means an arrangement between two or more partiesdesigned to achieve an improper purpose, including influencing improperly theactions of another party.









If the Contractor suffers delay and/or incurs Cost as a result of suspending work (or reducingthe rate of work) in accordance with this Sub-Clause, the Contractor shall give notice to theEngineer and shall be entitled subject to Sub-Clause 20.1 [Contractor’s Claims ] to:
















16.2



55



[ For contracts financed by the Black Sea Trade and Development Bank or by theEuropean Bank for Reconstruction and Development: ]


(a) “corrupt practice” means the offering, giving, receiving, or soliciting of any thingof value to influence the action of a public official, or the threatening of injury toperson, property or reputation, in connection with the procurement process orin contract execution in order to obtain or retain business or other improperadvantage in the conduct of international business; and

(b) “fraudulent practice” means a misrepresentation of facts in order to influencea procurement process or the execution of a contract to the detriment of theclient, and includes collusive practices among tenderers (prior to or aftertender submission) designed to establish tender prices at artificial, non-competitive levels and to deprive the client of the benefits of free and opencompetition.

























16.2



55



[ For contracts financed by the Caribbean Development Bank: ]


(a) “corrupt practice” means the offering, giving, receiving or soliciting, directly orindirectly, of any thing of value to influence the action of a public official in theprocurement process or in the Contract execution;

(b) “fraudulent practice” means a misrepresentation or omission of facts in order toinfluence a procurement process or the execution of the Contract;

(c) “collusive practice” means a scheme or arrangement between two or morebidders, with or without the knowledge of the Borrower, designed to establishbid prices at artificial, non-competitive levels;

(d) “coercive practice” means harming or threatening to harm, directly or indirectly,persons or their property to influence their participation in the procurementprocess or affect the execution of a contract.

























16.2



55



[ For contracts financed by the Inter-American Development Bank: ]


The Bank requires that all Contractors adhere to the Bank’s Policies for theProcurement of Works and Goods financed by the Bank. In particular, the Bankrequires that all Borrowers (including grant beneficiaries), the executing agencies andcontracting agencies, as well as all firms, entities and individuals bidding for orparticipating in a Bank-financed project, including, inter alia, applicants, bidders,contractors, consulting firms and individual consultants (including their respectiveofficers, employees and agents) adhere to the highest ethical standards, and report tothe Bank all suspected acts of fraud or corruption of which it has knowledge orbecomes aware, during the Bidding Process and throughout the negotiation orexecution of a Contract. Fraud and corruption are prohibited.

Fraud and corruption include acts of:

(a) bribery,(b) extortion or coercion,(c) fraud, and(d) collusion.

The definitions of actions set forth below cover the most common types of corruptpractices, but are not exhaustive. For this reason, the Bank shall also take action inthe event of any similar deed or complaint involving alleged acts of corruption, evenwhen these are not specified in the following list. The Bank shall in all cases proceedin accordance with Sub-Clause 15.6.

In pursuance of this policy:

(a) the Bank defines the terms set forth below as follows: (i) “bribery” meaning the offering or giving of anything of value to influence the

actions or decisions of third parties or the receiving or soliciting of any benefitin exchange for actions or omissions related to the performance of duties;

(ii) “extortion” or “coercion” meaning the act of obtaining something,compelling an action or influencing a decision through intimidation,threat or the use of force, where potential or actual injury may befall upona person, his/her reputation or property;

(iii) “fraud” meaning any action or omission intended to misrepresent thetruth so as to induce others to act in reliance thereof, with the purposeof obtaining some unjust advantage or causing damage to others; and

(iv) “collusion” meaning a secret agreement between two or more parties todefraud or cause damage to a person or entity or to obtain an unlawfulpurpose;


55a © FIDIC 2010. Conditions of Contract for Construction MDB Harmonised Ed. June 2010 - General Conditions.For participating development bank financed contract use only. No reproduction of this document is permitted.

(b) if the Bank, in accordance with its administrative procedures, demonstratesthat any firm, entity or individual bidding for or participating in a Bank-financedproject including, inter alia, applicants, bidders, contractors, consulting firms,individual consultants, borrowers (including grant beneficiaries), purchasers,executing agencies and contracting agency (including their respective officers,employees and agents) engaged in an act of fraud or corruption in connectionwith Bank-financed projects, the Bank may:

(i) decide not to finance any proposal to award a contract or a contractawarded financed by the Bank;

(ii) suspend disbursement of the operation if it is determined at any stagethat evidence is sufficient to support a finding that an employee, agentor representative of the Borrower, Executing Agency or ContractingAgency has engaged in an act of fraud or corruption;

(iii) cancel and/or accelerate the payment of, the portion of a loan or grantearmarked for a contract, when there is evidence that the representativeof the Borrower, or Beneficiary of a grant, has not taken the adequateremedial measures within a time period which the Bank considersreasonable, and in accordance with the due process guarantees of theBorrowing country’s legislation;

(iv) issue a reprimand in the form of a formal letter of censure of the firm,entity or individual’s behaviour;

(v) issue a declaration that an individual, entity or firm is ineligible, eitherpermanently or for a stated period of time, to be awarded contractsunder Bank-financed projects except under such conditions as the Bankdeems to be appropriate;

(vi) refer the matter to appropriate law enforcement authorities; and/or;(vii) may impose other sanctions that it deems to be appropriate under the

circumstances, including the imposition of fines representingreimbursement of the Bank for costs associated with investigations andproceedings. Such other sanctions may be imposed in addition to or inlieu of other sanctions;

(c) the Bank has established administrative procedures for cases of allegations offraud and corruption within the procurement process or the execution of acontract financed by the Bank which are available at the Bank’s website(www.iadb.org), as updated from time to time. To that effect any complaint shallbe submitted to the Bank’s Office of Institutional Integrity (OII) for the appropriateinvestigation. Allegations may be presented confidentially or anonymously;

(d) payments are expressly conditional upon the claimant’s participation in theprocurement process conformed with all applicable Bank policies on Fraud andCorruption described in this Sub-Clause 15.5; and

(e) the imposition of any sanction referred to paragraph (b) of this Sub-Clause willbe public;

The Bank will have the right to require that a Contractor permit the Bank to inspecttheir accounts and records and other documents relating to the submission of bidsand contract performance and to have them audited by auditors appointed by theBank. The Bank will have the right to require that Contractors to:

(a) maintain all documents and records related to the Bank-financed project for five(5) years after completion of the work; and

(b) require the delivery of any document necessary for the investigation ofallegations of fraud or corruption and the availability of employees or agents ofthe contractor with knowledge of the Bank-financed project to respond toquestions from the Bank.


56

If the Contractor refuses to comply with the Bank’s request, the Bank, in its solediscretion, may take appropriate action against the Contractor.

The Contractor represents and warrants:

(a) that they have read and understood the Bank’s prohibition against fraud andcorruption and agrees to abide by the applicable rules;

(b) that they have not engaged in any violation of policies on fraud and corruptiondescribed herein;

(c) that they have not misrepresented or concealed any material facts during theprocurement or contract negotiation processes or performance of the contract;

(d) that neither they nor any of their directors, officers or principal shareholdershave been declared ineligible to be awarded Bank-financed contracts or havebeen convicted of a crime involving fraud or corruption;

(e) that none of their directors, officers or principal shareholders has been adirector, officer or principal shareholder of any other company or entity that hasbeen declared ineligible to be awarded a Bank-financed contract or has beenconvicted of a crime involving fraud or corruption;

(f) that all commissions, agents’ fees, facilitating payments or revenue-sharingagreements related to the Bank-financed contract or consulting agreementhave been disclosed;

(g) that they acknowledge that the breach of any of these warranties constitute abasis for the imposition of any or a combination of the measures described inthis Sub-Clause.





If the Contractor suffers delay and/or incurs Cost as a result of suspending work (orreducing the rate of work) in accordance with this Sub-Clause, the Contractor shall



56a © FIDIC 2010. Conditions of Contract for Construction MDB Harmonised Ed. June 2010 - General Conditions.For participating development bank financed contract use only. No reproduction of this document is permitted.

give notice to the Engineer and shall be entitled subject to Sub-Clause 20.1[Contractor’s Claims ] to:
















16.2



55



[ For contracts financed by The World Bank: ]

In pursuance of this policy, the Bank:

(a) defines, for the purposes of this provision, the terms set forth below asfollows:

(i) “corrupt practice” is the offering, giving, receiving or soliciting, directly orindirectly, of anything of value to influence improperly the actions ofanother party;

In this context, “another party” refers to a public officialacting in relation to the procurement process or contractexecution]. In this context, “public official” includes WorldBank staff and employees of other organisations taking orreviewing procurement decisions.

(ii) “fraudulent practice” is any act or omission, including amisrepresentation, that knowingly or recklessly misleads, or attempts tomislead, a party to obtain a financial or other benefit or to avoid anobligation;

In this context, “party” refers to a public official; the terms“benefit” and “obligation” relate to the procurementprocess or contract execution; and the “act or omission” isintended to influence the procurement process or contractexecution.

(iii) “collusive practice” is an arrangement between two or more partiesdesigned to achieve an improper purpose, including to influenceimproperly the actions of another party;

In this context, “parties” refers to participants in theprocurement process (including public officials) attemptingto establish bid prices at artificial, non competitivelevels.

(iv) “coercive practice” is impairing or harming, or threatening to impair orharm, directly or indirectly, any party or the property of the party toinfluence improperly the actions of a party;

In this context, “parties” refers to participants in theprocurement process (including public officials) attemptingto establish bid prices at artificial, non competitive levels.



(v) “obstructive practice” is:

(A) deliberately destroying, falsifying, altering orconcealing of evidence material to the investigationor making false statements to investigators in orderto materially impede a Bank investigation intoallegations of a corrupt, fraudulent, coercive orcollusive practice; and/or threatening, harassing orintimidating any party to prevent it from disclosing itsknowledge of matters relevant to the investigation orfrom pursuing the investigation, or

(B) acts intended to materially impede the exercise ofthe Bank’s inspection and audit rights.

In this context, “party” refers to a participant in theprocurement process or contract execution.


Notwithstanding the above, if the Bank has suspended disbursements under theloan or credit from which payments to the Contractor are being made, in whole or inpart, for the execution of the Works, and no alternative funds are available asprovided for in Sub-Clause 2.4 [ Employer’s Financial Arrangements ], the Contractormay by notice suspend work or reduce the rate of work at any time, but not less than7 days after the Borrower having received the suspension notification from the Bank.



If the Contractor suffers delay and/or incurs Cost as a result of suspending work (orreducing the rate of work) in accordance with this Sub-Clause, the Contractor shallgive notice to the Engineer and shall be entitled subject to Sub-Clause 20.1[Contractor’s Claims ] to:



16.1Contractor’s Entitlement to Suspen



56a










(h) the Contractor does not receive the Engineer’s instruction recording theagreement of both Parties on the fulfilment of the conditions for theCommencement of Works under Sub-Clause 8.1 [Commencement ofWorks ].




16.2


56b © FIDIC 2010. Conditions of Contract for Construction MDB Harmonised Ed. June 2010 - General Conditions.For participating development bank financed contract use only. No reproduction of this document is permitted.

[ For contracts financed by The World Bank: ]

This page 56b is blank.


57

After a notice of termination under Sub-Clause 15.5 [Employer’s Entitlement toTermination for Convenience ], Sub-Clause 16.2 [Termination by Contractor ] or Sub-Clause 19.6 [Optional Termination, Payment and Release ] has taken effect, theContractor shall promptly:

(a) cease all further work, except for such work as may have been instructed bythe Engineer for the protection of life or property or for the safety of the Works,

(b) hand over Contractor’s Documents, Plant, Materials and other work, for whichthe Contractor has received payment, and

(c) remove all other Goods from the Site, except as necessary for safety, and leavethe Site.

After a notice of termination under Sub-Clause 16.2 [Termination by Contractor ] hastaken effect, the Employer shall promptly:

(a) return the Performance Security to the Contractor,(b) pay the Contractor in accordance with Sub-Clause 19.6 [Optional Termination,

Payment and Release ], and(c) pay to the Contractor the amount of any loss or damage sustained by the

Contractor as a result of this termination.

The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Employer, the Employer’sPersonnel, and their respective agents, against and from all claims, damages, lossesand expenses (including legal fees and expenses) in respect of:

(a) bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, of any person whatsoever arising outof or in the course of or by reason of the Contractor’s design (if any), theexecution and completion of the Works and the remedying of any defects,unless attributable to any negligence, wilful act or breach of the Contract by theEmployer, the Employer’s Personnel, or any of their respective agents, and

(b) damage to or loss of any property, real or personal (other than the Works), tothe extent that such damage or loss arises out of or in the course of or byreason of the Contractor’s design (if any), the execution and completion of theWorks and the remedying of any defects, unless and to the extent that anysuch damage or loss is attributable to any negligence, wilful act or breach ofthe Contract by the Employer, the Employer’s Personnel, their respectiveagents, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them.

The Employer shall indemnify and hold harmless the Contractor, the Contractor’sPersonnel, and their respective agents, against and from all claims, damages, lossesand expenses (including legal fees and expenses) in respect of (1) bodily injury,sickness, disease or death, which is attributable to any negligence, wilful act or breachof the Contract by the Employer, the Employer’s Personnel, or any of their respectiveagents, and (2) the matters for which liability may be excluded from insurance cover,as described in sub-paragraphs (d)(i), (ii) and (iii) of Sub-Clause 18.3 [ InsuranceAgainst Injury to Persons and Damage to Property ].

The Contractor shall take full responsibility for the care of the Works and Goods from theCommencement Date until the Taking-Over Certificate is issued (or is deemed to be

16.3Cessation of Work and Removal of Contractor’s Equipment

16.4

Payment on Termination

17.1Indemnities

17.2

Contractor’s Careof the Works

17Risk and Responsibility


issued under Sub-Clause 10.1 [Taking Over of the Works and Sections ]) for the Works,when responsibility for the care of the Works shall pass to the Employer. If a Taking-OverCertificate is issued (or is so deemed to be issued) for any Section or part of the Works,responsibility for the care of the Section or part shall then pass to the Employer.

After responsibility has accordingly passed to the Employer, the Contractor shall takeresponsibility for the care of any work which is outstanding on the date stated in aTaking-Over Certificate, until this outstanding work has been completed.

If any loss or damage happens to the Works, Goods or Contractor’s Documentsduring the period when the Contractor is responsible for their care, from any causenot listed in Sub-Clause 17.3 [Employer’s Risks ], the Contractor shall rectify the lossor damage at the Contractor’s risk and cost, so that the Works, Goods andContractor’s Documents conform with the Contract.

The Contractor shall be liable for any loss or damage caused by any actionsperformed by the Contractor after a Taking-Over Certificate has been issued. TheContractor shall also be liable for any loss or damage which occurs after a Taking-Over Certificate has been issued and which arose from a previous event for which theContractor was liable.

The risks referred to in Sub-Clause 17.4 [Consequences of Employer’s Risks ] below,insofar as they directly affect the execution of the Works in the Country, are:

(a) war, hostilities (whether war be declared or not), invasion, act of foreign enemies,(b) rebellion, terrorism, sabotage by persons other than the Contractor’s

Personnel, revolution, insurrection, military or usurped power, or civil war, withinthe Country,

(c) riot, commotion or disorder within the Country by persons other than theContractor’s Personnel,

(d) munitions of war, explosive materials, ionising radiation or contamination byradio-activity, within the Country, except as may be attributable to theContractor’s use of such munitions, explosives, radiation or radio-activity,

(e) pressure waves caused by aircraft or other aerial devices travelling at sonic orsupersonic speeds,

(f) use or occupation by the Employer of any part of the Permanent Works, exceptas may be specified in the Contract,

(g) design of any part of the Works by the Employer’s Personnel or by others forwhom the Employer is responsible, and

(h) any operation of the forces of nature which is Unforeseeable or against whichan experienced contractor could not reasonably have been expected to havetaken adequate preventive precautions.

If and to the extent that any of the risks listed in Sub-Clause 17.3 above results in lossor damage to the Works, Goods or Contractor’s Documents, the Contractor shallpromptly give notice to the Engineer and shall rectify this loss or damage to the extentrequired by the Engineer.

If the Contractor suffers delay and/or incurs Cost from rectifying this loss or damage,the Contractor shall give a further notice to the Engineer and shall be entitled subjectto Sub-Clause 20.1 [Contractor’s Claims ] to:


17.3

Employer’s Risks

17.4

Consequences of Employer’s Risks


59

(b) payment of any such Cost, which shall be included in the Contract Price. In thecase of sub-paragraphs (f) and (g) of Sub-Clause 17.3 [Employer’s Risks ], Costplus profit shall be payable.


In this Sub-Clause, “infringement” means an infringement (or alleged infringement) ofany patent, registered design, copyright, trade mark, trade name, trade secret or otherintellectual or industrial property right relating to the Works; and “claim” means a claim(or proceedings pursuing a claim) alleging an infringement.

Whenever a Party does not give notice to the other Party of any claim within 28 daysof receiving the claim, the first Party shall be deemed to have waived any right toindemnity under this Sub-Clause.

The Employer shall indemnify and hold the Contractor harmless against and from anyclaim alleging an infringement which is or was:

(a) an unavoidable result of the Contractor’s compliance with the Contract, or(b) a result of any Works being used by the Employer:

(i) for a purpose other than that indicated by, or reasonably to be inferredfrom, the Contract, or

(ii) in conjunction with any thing not supplied by the Contractor, unless suchuse was disclosed to the Contractor prior to the Base Date or is statedin the Contract.

The Contractor shall indemnify and hold the Employer harmless against and from anyother claim which arises out of or in relation to (i) the manufacture, use, sale or importof any Goods, or (ii) any design for which the Contractor is responsible.

If a Party is entitled to be indemnified under this Sub-Clause, the indemnifying Partymay (at its cost) conduct negotiations for the settlement of the claim, and any litigationor arbitration which may arise from it. The other Party shall, at the request and cost ofthe indemnifying Party, assist in contesting the claim. This other Party (and itsPersonnel) shall not make any admission which might be prejudicial to the indemnifyingParty, unless the indemnifying Party failed to take over the conduct of any negotiations,litigation or arbitration upon being requested to do so by such other Party.

Neither Party shall be liable to the other Party for loss of use of any Works, loss ofprofit, loss of any contract or for any indirect or consequential loss or damage whichmay be suffered by the other Party in connection with the Contract, other than asspecifically provided in Sub-Clause 8.7 [Delay Damages ]; Sub-Clause 11.2 [Cost ofRemedying Defects ]; Sub-Clause 15.4 [Payment after Termination ]; Sub-Clause 16.4[Payment on Termination ]; Sub-Clause 17.1 [ Indemnities ]; Sub-Clause 17.4(b)[Consequences of Employer’s Risks ] and Sub-Clause 17.5 [ Intellectual and IndustrialProperty Rights ].

The total liability of the Contractor to the Employer, under or in connection with theContract other than under Sub-Clause 4.19 [Electricity, Water and Gas ], Sub-Clause4.20 [Employer’s Equipment and Free-Issue Materials ], Sub-Clause 17.1[ Indemnities ] and Sub-Clause 17.5 [ Intellectual and Industrial Property Rights ], shallnot exceed the sum resulting from the application of a multiplier (less or greater than

17.5

Intellectual and Industrial Property Rights

17.6

Limitation of Liability


one) to the Accepted Contract Amount, as stated in the Contract Data, or (if suchmultiplier or other sum is not so stated), the Accepted Contract Amount.

This Sub-Clause shall not limit liability in any case of fraud, deliberate default orreckless misconduct by the defaulting Party.

The Contractor shall take full responsibility for the care of the Employer-providedaccommodation and facilities, if any, as detailed in the Specification, from therespective dates of hand-over to the Contractor until cessation of occupation (wherehand-over or cessation of occupation may take place after the date stated in theTaking-Over Certificate for the Works).

If any loss or damage happens to any of the above items while the Contractor isresponsible for their care arising from any cause whatsoever other than those forwhich the Employer is liable, the Contractor shall, at his own cost, rectify the loss ordamage to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

In this Clause, “insuring Party” means, for each type of insurance, the Partyresponsible for effecting and maintaining the insurance specified in the relevant Sub-Clause.

Wherever the Contractor is the insuring Party, each insurance shall be effected withinsurers and in terms approved by the Employer. These terms shall be consistent withany terms agreed by both Parties before the date of the Letter of Acceptance. Thisagreement of terms shall take precedence over the provisions of this Clause.

Wherever the Employer is the insuring Party, each insurance shall be effected withinsurers and in terms acceptable to the Contractor. These terms shall be consistentwith any terms agreed by both Parties before the date of the Letter of Acceptance.This agreement of terms shall take precedence over the provisions of this Clause.

If a policy is required to indemnify joint insured, the cover shall apply separately toeach insured as though a separate policy had been issued for each of the jointinsured. If a policy indemnifies additional joint insured, namely in addition to theinsured specified in this Clause, (i) the Contractor shall act under the policy on behalfof these additional joint insured except that the Employer shall act for Employer’sPersonnel, (ii) additional joint insured shall not be entitled to receive payments directlyfrom the insurer or to have any other direct dealings with the insurer, and (iii) theinsuring Party shall require all additional joint insured to comply with the conditionsstipulated in the policy.

Each policy insuring against loss or damage shall provide for payments to be made inthe currencies required to rectify the loss or damage. Payments received from insurersshall be used for the rectification of the loss or damage.

The relevant insuring Party shall, within the respective periods stated in the ContractData (calculated from the Commencement Date), submit to the other Party:

(a) evidence that the insurances described in this Clause have been effected, and(b) copies of the policies for the insurances described in Sub-Clause 18.2

17.7

Use of Employer’sAccommodation/Facilities

18.1General Requirementsfor Insurances

18Insurance


61

[ Insurance for Works and Contractor’s Equipment ] and Sub-Clause 18.3[ Insurance against Injury to Persons and Damage to Property ].

When each premium is paid, the insuring Party shall submit evidence of payment tothe other Party. Whenever evidence or policies are submitted, the insuring Party shallalso give notice to the Engineer.

Each Party shall comply with the conditions stipulated in each of the insurancepolicies. The insuring Party shall keep the insurers informed of any relevant changesto the execution of the Works and ensure that insurance is maintained in accordancewith this Clause.

Neither Party shall make any material alteration to the terms of any insurance without theprior approval of the other Party. If an insurer makes (or attempts to make) any alteration,the Party first notified by the insurer shall promptly give notice to the other Party.

If the insuring Party fails to effect and keep in force any of the insurances it is requiredto effect and maintain under the Contract, or fails to provide satisfactory evidence andcopies of policies in accordance with this Sub-Clause, the other Party may (at its optionand without prejudice to any other right or remedy) effect insurance for the relevantcoverage and pay the premiums due. The insuring Party shall pay the amount of thesepremiums to the other Party, and the Contract Price shall be adjusted accordingly.

Nothing in this Clause limits the obligations, liabilities or responsibilities of theContractor or the Employer, under the other terms of the Contract or otherwise. Anyamounts not insured or not recovered from the insurers shall be borne by theContractor and/or the Employer in accordance with these obligations, liabilities orresponsibilities. However, if the insuring Party fails to effect and keep in force aninsurance which is available and which it is required to effect and maintain under theContract, and the other Party neither approves the omission nor effects insurance forthe coverage relevant to this default, any moneys which should have been recoverableunder this insurance shall be paid by the insuring Party.

Payments by one Party to the other Party shall be subject to Sub-Clause 2.5[Employer’s Claims ] or Sub-Clause 20.1 [Contractor’s Claims ], as applicable.

The Contractor shall be entitled to place all insurances relating to the Contract(including, but not limited to the insurance referred to Clause 18) with insurers fromany eligible source country.

The insuring Party shall insure the Works, Plant, Materials and Contractor’sDocuments for not less than the full reinstatement cost including the costs ofdemolition, removal of debris and professional fees and profit. This insurance shall beeffective from the date by which the evidence is to be submitted under sub-paragraph(a) of Sub-Clause 18.1 [General Requirements for Insurances ], until the date of issueof the Taking-Over Certificate for the Works.

The insuring Party shall maintain this insurance to provide cover until the date of issueof the Performance Certificate, for loss or damage for which the Contractor is liablearising from a cause occurring prior to the issue of the Taking-Over Certificate, and forloss or damage caused by the Contractor in the course of any other operations(including those under Clause 11 [Defects Liability ]).

The insuring Party shall insure the Contractor’s Equipment for not less than the fullreplacement value, including delivery to Site. For each item of Contractor’s Equipment,

18.2

Insurance for Works and Contractor’s Equipment


the insurance shall be effective while it is being transported to the Site and until it isno longer required as Contractor’s Equipment.

Unless otherwise stated in the Particular Conditions, insurances under this Sub-Clause:

(a) shall be effected and maintained by the Contractor as insuring Party,(b) shall be in the joint names of the Parties, who shall be jointly entitled to receive

payments from the insurers, payments being held or allocated to the Partyactually bearing the costs of rectifying the loss or damage,

(c) shall cover all loss and damage from any cause not listed in Sub-Clause 17.3[Employer’s Risks ],

(d) shall also cover, to the extent specifically required in the bidding documents ofthe Contract, loss or damage to a part of the Works which is attributable to theuse or occupation by the Employer of another part of the Works, and loss ordamage from the risks listed in sub-paragraphs (c), (g) and (h) of Sub-Clause17.3 [Employer’s Risks ], excluding (in each case) risks which are not insurableat commercially reasonable terms, with deductibles per occurrence of not morethan the amount stated in the Contract Data (if an amount is not so stated, thissub-paragraph (d) shall not apply), and

(e) may however exclude loss of, damage to, and reinstatement of:

(i) a part of the Works which is in a defective condition due to a defect inits design, materials or workmanship (but cover shall include any otherparts which are lost or damaged as a direct result of this defectivecondition and not as described in sub-paragraph (ii) below),

(ii) a part of the Works which is lost or damaged in order to reinstate anyother part of the Works if this other part is in a defective condition due toa defect in its design, materials or workmanship,

(iii) a part of the Works which has been taken over by the Employer, exceptto the extent that the Contractor is liable for the loss or damage, and

(iv) Goods while they are not in the Country, subject to Sub-Clause 14.5[Plant and Materials intended for the Works ].

If, more than one year after the Base Date, the cover described in sub-paragraph (d)above ceases to be available at commercially reasonable terms, the Contractor shall(as insuring Party) give notice to the Employer, with supporting particulars. TheEmployer shall then (i) be entitled subject to Sub-Clause 2.5 [Employer’s Claims ] topayment of an amount equivalent to such commercially reasonable terms as theContractor should have expected to have paid for such cover, and (ii) be deemed,unless he obtains the cover at commercially reasonable terms, to have approved theomission under Sub-Clause 18.1 [General Requirements for Insurances ].

The insuring Party shall insure against each Party’s liability for any loss, damage, deathor bodily injury which may occur to any physical property (except things insured underSub-Clause 18.2 [ Insurance for Works and Contractor’s Equipment ]) or to any person(except persons insured under Sub-Clause 18.4 [ Insurance for Contractor’sPersonnel ]), which may arise out of the Contractor’s performance of the Contract andoccurring before the issue of the Performance Certificate.

This insurance shall be for a limit per occurrence of not less than the amount statedin the Contract Data, with no limit on the number of occurrences. If an amount is notstated in the Contract Data, this Sub-Clause shall not apply.

Unless otherwise stated in the Particular Conditions, the insurances specified in thisSub-Clause:

18.3

Insurance against Injury to Persons and Damageto Property


63

(a) shall be effected and maintained by the Contractor as insuring Party,(b) shall be in the joint names of the Parties,(c) shall be extended to cover liability for all loss and damage to the Employer’s

property (except things insured under Sub-Clause 18.2) arising out of theContractor’s performance of the Contract, and

(d) may however exclude liability to the extent that it arises from:

(i) the Employer’s right to have the Permanent Works executed on, over,under, in or through any land, and to occupy this land for the PermanentWorks,

(ii) damage which is an unavoidable result of the Contractor’s obligations toexecute the Works and remedy any defects, and

(iii) a cause listed in Sub-Clause 17.3 [Employer’s Risks ], except to theextent that cover is available at commercially reasonable terms.

The Contractor shall effect and maintain insurance against liability for claims,damages, losses and expenses (including legal fees and expenses) arising from injury,sickness, disease or death of any person employed by the Contractor or any other ofthe Contractor’s Personnel.

The insurance shall cover the Employer and the Engineer against liability for claims,damages, losses and expenses (including legal fees and expenses) arising from injury,sickness, disease or death of any person employed by the Contractor or any other ofthe Contractor’s Personnel, except that this insurance may exclude losses and claimsto the extent that they arise from any act or neglect of the Employer or of theEmployer’s Personnel.

The insurance shall be maintained in full force and effect during the whole time thatthese personnel are assisting in the execution of the Works. For a Subcontractor’semployees, the insurance may be effected by the Subcontractor, but the Contractorshall be responsible for compliance with this Clause.

In this Clause, “Force Majeure” means an exceptional event or circumstance:

(a) which is beyond a Party’s control,(b) which such Party could not reasonably have provided against before entering

into the Contract,(c) which, having arisen, such Party could not reasonably have avoided or

overcome, and(d) which is not substantially attributable to the other Party.

Force Majeure may include, but is not limited to, exceptional events or circumstancesof the kind listed below, so long as conditions (a) to (d) above are satisfied:

(i) war, hostilities (whether war be declared or not), invasion, act of foreignenemies,

(ii) rebellion, terrorism, sabotage by persons other than the Contractor’sPersonnel, revolution, insurrection, military or usurped power, or civil war,

(iii) riot, commotion, disorder, strike or lockout by persons other than theContractor’s Personnel,

18.4

Insurance forContractor’s Personnel

19.1Definition of Force Majeure

19Force Majeure


(iv) munitions of war, explosive materials, ionising radiation or contaminationby radio-activity, except as may be attributable to the Contractor’s use ofsuch munitions, explosives, radiation or radio-activity, and

(v) natural catastrophes such as earthquake, hurricane, typhoon or volcanicactivity.

If a Party is or will be prevented from performing its substantial obligations under theContract by Force Majeure, then it shall give notice to the other Party of the event orcircumstances constituting the Force Majeure and shall specify the obligations, theperformance of which is or will be prevented. The notice shall be given within 14 daysafter the Party became aware, or should have become aware, of the relevant event orcircumstance constituting Force Majeure.

The Party shall, having given notice, be excused performance of its obligations for solong as such Force Majeure prevents it from performing them.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Clause, Force Majeure shall not apply toobligations of either Party to make payments to the other Party under the Contract.

Each Party shall at all times use all reasonable endeavours to minimise any delay inthe performance of the Contract as a result of Force Majeure.

A Party shall give notice to the other Party when it ceases to be affected by the ForceMajeure.

If the Contractor is prevented from performing its substantial obligations under theContract by Force Majeure of which notice has been given under Sub-Clause 19.2[Notice of Force Majeure ], and suffers delay and/or incurs Cost by reason of suchForce Majeure, the Contractor shall be entitled subject to Sub-Clause 20.1[Contractor’s Claims ] to:


(b) if the event or circumstance is of the kind described in sub-paragraphs (i) to (iv)of Sub-Clause 19.1 [Definition of Force Majeure ] and, in the case of sub-paragraphs (ii) to (iv), occurs in the Country, payment of any such Cost,including the costs of rectifying or replacing the Works and/or Goods damagedor destroyed by Force Majeure, to the extent they are not indemnified throughthe insurance policy referred to in Sub-Clause 18.2 [ Insurance for Works andContractor’s Equipment ].


If any Subcontractor is entitled under any contract or agreement relating to the Worksto relief from force majeure on terms additional to or broader than those specified inthis Clause, such additional or broader force majeure events or circumstances shallnot excuse the Contractor’s non-performance or entitle him to relief under this Clause.

If the execution of substantially all the Works in progress is prevented for a continuousperiod of 84 days by reason of Force Majeure of which notice has been given under

19.2

Notice of Force Majeure

19.3

Duty to Minimise Delay

19.4

Consequences of ForceMajeure

19.5

Force Majeure Affecting Subcontractor

19.6

Optional Termination, Payment and Release


65

Sub-Clause 19.2 [Notice of Force Majeure ], or for multiple periods which total more than140 days due to the same notified Force Majeure, then either Party may give to the otherParty a notice of termination of the Contract. In this event, the termination shall takeeffect 7 days after the notice is given, and the Contractor shall proceed in accordancewith Sub-Clause 16.3 [Cessation of Work and Removal of Contractor’s Equipment ].

Upon such termination, the Engineer shall determine the value of the work done andissue a Payment Certificate which shall include:

(a) the amounts payable for any work carried out for which a price is stated in theContract;

(b) the Cost of Plant and Materials ordered for the Works which have beendelivered to the Contractor, or of which the Contractor is liable to acceptdelivery: this Plant and Materials shall become the property of (and be at therisk of) the Employer when paid for by the Employer, and the Contractor shallplace the same at the Employer’s disposal;

(c) other Costs or liabilities which in the circumstances were reasonably andnecessarily incurred by the Contractor in the expectation of completing theWorks;

(d) the Cost of removal of Temporary Works and Contractor’s Equipment from theSite and the return of these items to the Contractor’s works in his country (orto any other destination at no greater cost); and

(e) the Cost of repatriation of the Contractor’s staff and labour employed wholly inconnection with the Works at the date of termination.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Clause, if any event or circumstanceoutside the control of the Parties (including, but not limited to, Force Majeure) ariseswhich makes it impossible or unlawful for either or both Parties to fulfil its or theircontractual obligations or which, under the law governing the Contract, entitles theParties to be released from further performance of the Contract, then upon notice byeither Party to the other Party of such event or circumstance:

(a) the Parties shall be discharged from further performance, without prejudice tothe rights of either Party in respect of any previous breach of the Contract, and

(b) the sum payable by the Employer to the Contractor shall be the same as wouldhave been payable under Sub-Clause 19.6 [Optional Termination, Paymentand Release ] if the Contract had been terminated under Sub-Clause 19.6.

If the Contractor considers himself to be entitled to any extension of the Time forCompletion and/or any additional payment, under any Clause of these Conditions orotherwise in connection with the Contract, the Contractor shall give notice to theEngineer, describing the event or circumstance giving rise to the claim. The noticeshall be given as soon as practicable, and not later than 28 days after the Contractorbecame aware, or should have become aware, of the event or circumstance.

If the Contractor fails to give notice of a claim within such period of 28 days, the Timefor Completion shall not be extended, the Contractor shall not be entitled to additionalpayment, and the Employer shall be discharged from all liability in connection with theclaim. Otherwise, the following provisions of this Sub-Clause shall apply.

19.7

Release fromPerformance

20.1Contractor’s Claims

20Claims, Disputes and Arbitration


The Contractor shall also submit any other notices which are required by the Contract,and supporting particulars for the claim, all as relevant to such event or circumstance.

The Contractor shall keep such contemporary records as may be necessary tosubstantiate any claim, either on the Site or at another location acceptable to theEngineer. Without admitting the Employer’s liability, the Engineer may, after receivingany notice under this Sub-Clause, monitor the record-keeping and/or instruct theContractor to keep further contemporary records. The Contractor shall permit theEngineer to inspect all these records, and shall (if instructed) submit copies to theEngineer.

Within 42 days after the Contractor became aware (or should have become aware) ofthe event or circumstance giving rise to the claim, or within such other period as maybe proposed by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer, the Contractor shallsend to the Engineer a fully detailed claim which includes full supporting particulars ofthe basis of the claim and of the extension of time and/or additional payment claimed.If the event or circumstance giving rise to the claim has a continuing effect:

(a) this fully detailed claim shall be considered as interim;(b) the Contractor shall send further interim claims at monthly intervals, giving the

accumulated delay and/or amount claimed, and such further particulars as theEngineer may reasonably require; and

(c) the Contractor shall send a final claim within 28 days after the end of the effectsresulting from the event or circumstance, or within such other period as may beproposed by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer.

Within 42 days after receiving a claim or any further particulars supporting a previousclaim, or within such other period as may be proposed by the Engineer and approvedby the Contractor, the Engineer shall respond with approval, or with disapproval anddetailed comments. He may also request any necessary further particulars, but shallnevertheless give his response on the principles of the claim within the above definedtime period.

Within the above defined period of 42 days, the Engineer shall proceed in accordancewith Sub-Clause 3.5 [Determinations ] to agree or determine (i) the extension (if any)of the Time for Completion (before or after its expiry) in accordance with Sub-Clause8.4 [Extension of Time for Completion ], and/or (ii) the additional payment (if any) towhich the Contractor is entitled under the Contract.

Each Payment Certificate shall include such additional payment for any claim as hasbeen reasonably substantiated as due under the relevant provision of the Contract.Unless and until the particulars supplied are sufficient to substantiate the whole of theclaim, the Contractor shall only be entitled to payment for such part of the claim as hehas been able to substantiate.

If the Engineer does not respond within the timeframe defined in this Clause, eitherParty may consider that the claim is rejected by the Engineer and any of the Partiesmay refer to the Dispute Board in accordance with Sub-Clause 20.4 [ObtainingDispute Board’s Decision ].

The requirements of this Sub-Clause are in addition to those of any other Sub-Clausewhich may apply to a claim. If the Contractor fails to comply with this or another Sub-Clause in relation to any claim, any extension of time and/or additional payment shalltake account of the extent (if any) to which the failure has prevented or prejudicedproper investigation of the claim, unless the claim is excluded under the secondparagraph of this Sub-Clause.


67

Disputes shall be referred to a DB for decision in accordance with Sub-Clause 20.4[Obtaining Dispute Board’s Decision ]. The Parties shall appoint a DB by the datestated in the Contract Data.

The DB shall comprise, as stated in the Contract Data, either one or three suitablyqualified persons (“the members”), each of whom shall be fluent in the language forcommunication defined in the Contract and shall be a professional experienced in thetype of construction involved in the Works and with the interpretation of contractualdocuments. If the number is not so stated and the Parties do not agree otherwise, theDB shall comprise three persons.

If the Parties have not jointly appointed the DB 21 days before the date stated in theContract Data and the DB is to comprise three persons, each Party shall nominate onemember for the approval of the other Party. The first two members shall recommend andthe Parties shall agree upon the third member, who shall act as chairman.

However, if a list of potential members has been agreed by the Parties and is includedin the Contract, the members shall be selected from those on the list, other thananyone who is unable or unwilling to accept appointment to the DB.

The agreement between the Parties and either the sole member or each of the threemembers shall incorporate by reference the General Conditions of Dispute BoardAgreement contained in the Appendix to these General Conditions, with suchamendments as are agreed between them.

The terms of the remuneration of either the sole member or each of the threemembers, including the remuneration of any expert whom the DB consults, shall bemutually agreed upon by the Parties when agreeing the terms of appointment. EachParty shall be responsible for paying one-half of this remuneration.

If at any time the Parties so agree, they may jointly refer a matter to the DB for it togive its opinion. Neither Party shall consult the DB on any matter without theagreement of the other Party.

If a member declines to act or is unable to act as a result of death, disability,resignation or termination of appointment, a replacement shall be appointed in thesame manner as the replaced person was required to have been nominated or agreedupon, as described in this Sub-Clause.

The appointment of any member may be terminated by mutual agreement of bothParties, but not by the Employer or the Contractor acting alone. Unless otherwiseagreed by both Parties, the appointment of the DB (including each member) shallexpire when the discharge referred to in Sub-Clause 14.12 [Discharge ] shall havebecome effective.

If any of the following conditions apply, namely:

(a) the Parties fail to agree upon the appointment of the sole member of the DB bythe date stated in the first paragraph of Sub-Clause 20.2 [Appointment of theDispute Board ],

(b) either Party fails to nominate a member (for approval by the other Party), or failsto approve a member nominated by the other Party, of a DB of three personsby such date,

(c) the Parties fail to agree upon the appointment of the third member (to act aschairman) of the DB by such date, or

20.2Appointment of the Dispute Board

20.3

Failure to Agree on theComposition of theDispute Board


(d) the Parties fail to agree upon the appointment of a replacement person within42 days after the date on which the sole member or one of the three membersdeclines to act or is unable to act as a result of death, disability, resignation ortermination of appointment,

then the appointing entity or official named in the Contract Data shall, upon therequest of either or both of the Parties and after due consultation with both Parties,appoint this member of the DB. This appointment shall be final and conclusive. EachParty shall be responsible for paying one-half of the remuneration of the appointingentity or official.

If a dispute (of any kind whatsoever) arises between the Parties in connection with, orarising out of, the Contract or the execution of the Works, including any dispute as toany certificate, determination, instruction, opinion or valuation of the Engineer, eitherParty may refer the dispute in writing to the DB for its decision, with copies to the otherParty and the Engineer. Such reference shall state that it is given under this Sub-Clause.

For a DB of three persons, the DB shall be deemed to have received such referenceon the date when it is received by the chairman of the DB.

Both Parties shall promptly make available to the DB all such additional information,further access to the Site, and appropriate facilities, as the DB may require for thepurposes of making a decision on such dispute. The DB shall be deemed to be notacting as arbitrator(s).

Within 84 days after receiving such reference, or within such other period as may beproposed by the DB and approved by both Parties, the DB shall give its decision,which shall be reasoned and shall state that it is given under this Sub-Clause. Thedecision shall be binding on both Parties, who shall promptly give effect to it unlessand until it shall be revised in an amicable settlement or an arbitral award as describedbelow. Unless the Contract has already been abandoned, repudiated or terminated,the Contractor shall continue to proceed with the Works in accordance with theContract.

If either Party is dissatisfied with the DB’s decision, then either Party may, within 28days after receiving the decision, give a Notice of Dissatisfaction to the other Partyindicating its dissatisfaction and intention to commence arbitration. If the DB fails togive its decision within the period of 84 days (or as otherwise approved) after receivingsuch reference, then either Party may, within 28 days after this period has expired, givea Notice of Dissatisfaction to the other Party.

In either event, this Notice of Dissatisfaction shall state that it is given under this Sub-Clause, and shall set out the matter in dispute and the reason(s) for dissatisfaction.Except as stated in Sub-Clause 20.7 [Failure to Comply with Dispute Board’sDecision ] and Sub-Clause 20.8 [Expiry of Dispute Board’s Appointment ], neitherParty shall be entitled to commence arbitration of a dispute unless a Notice ofDissatisfaction has been given in accordance with this Sub-Clause.

If the DB has given its decision as to a matter in dispute to both Parties, and no Noticeof Dissatisfaction has been given by either Party within 28 days after it received theDB’s decision, then the decision shall become final and binding upon both Parties.

Where a Notice of Dissatisfaction has been given under Sub-Clause 20.4 above, bothParties shall attempt to settle the dispute amicably before the commencement of

20.4

Obtaining Dispute Board’s Decision

20.5

AmicableSettlement


69

arbitration. However, unless both Parties agree otherwise, the Party giving a Notice ofDissatisfaction in accordance with Sub-Clause 20.4 above should move to commencearbitration after the fifty-sixth day from the day on which a Notice of Dissatisfaction wasgiven, even if no attempt at an amicable settlement has been made.

Any dispute between the Parties arising out of or in connection with the Contract notsettled amicably in accordance with Sub-Clause 20.5 above and in respect of whichthe DB’s decision (if any) has not become final and binding shall be finally settled byarbitration. Arbitration shall be conducted as follows:

(a) if the Contract is with foreign contractors,

(i) for contracts financed by all participating Banks except under sub-paragraph (a)(ii) below:

international arbitration (1) with proceedings administered by thearbitration institution designated in the Contract Data, and conductedunder the rules of arbitration of such institution; or, if so specified in theContract Data, (2) international arbitration in accordance with thearbitration rules of the United Nations Commission on International TradeLaw (UNCITRAL); or (3) if neither an arbitration institution nor UNCITRALarbitration rules are specified in the Contract Data, with proceedingsadministered by the International Chamber of Commerce (ICC) andconducted under the ICC Rules of Arbitration; by one or more arbitratorsappointed in accordance with said arbitration rules.

(ii) for contracts financed by the Asian Development Bank:

international arbitration (1) with proceedings administered by thearbitration institution specified in the Contract Data and conducted underthe rules of arbitration of such institution unless it is specified in theContract Data that the arbitration shall be conducted under the rules ofthe United Nations Commission on International Trade Law (UNCITRAL)and if UNCITRAL Rules are so specified then the named arbitrationinstitution shall be the appointing authority and shall administer thearbitration); or (2) if an arbitration institution is not specified in the ContractData, with proceedings administered by the Singapore InternationalArbitration Centre (SIAC) and conducted under the SIAC Rules, by one ormore arbitrators appointed in accordance with the said arbitration rules.

(b) if the Contract is with domestic contractors, arbitration with proceedingsconducted in accordance with the laws of the Employer’s country.

The place of arbitration shall be the neutral location specified in the Contract Data; andthe arbitration shall be conducted in the language for communications defined in Sub-Clause 1.4 [Law and Language ].

The arbitrators shall have full power to open up, review and revise any certificate,determination, instruction, opinion or valuation of the Engineer, and any decision of theDB, relevant to the dispute. Nothing shall disqualify representatives of the Parties andthe Engineer from being called as a witness and giving evidence before the arbitratorson any matter whatsoever relevant to the dispute.

Neither Party shall be limited in the proceedings before the arbitrators to the evidenceor arguments previously put before the DB to obtain its decision, or to the reasons for

20.6Arbitration


dissatisfaction given in its Notice of Dissatisfaction. Any decision of the DB shall beadmissible in evidence in the arbitration.

Arbitration may be commenced prior to or after completion of the Works. Theobligations of the Parties, the Engineer and the DB shall not be altered by reason ofany arbitration being conducted during the progress of the Works.

In the event that a Party fails to comply with a final and binding DB decision, then theother Party may, without prejudice to any other rights it may have, refer the failure itselfto arbitration under Sub-Clause 20.6 [Arbitration ]. Sub-Clause 20.4 [ ObtainingDispute Board’s Decision ] and Sub-Clause 20.5 [Amicable Settlement ] shall notapply to this reference.

If a dispute arises between the Parties in connection with, or arising out of, theContract or the execution of the Works and there is no DB in place, whether by reasonof the expiry of the DB’s appointment or otherwise:

(a) Sub-Clause 20.4 [Obtaining Dispute Board’s Decision ] and Sub-Clause 20.5[Amicable Settlement ] shall not apply, and

(b) the dispute may be referred directly to arbitration under Sub-Clause 20.6[Arbitration ].

20.7

Failure to Comply with Dispute Board’s Decision

20.8

Expiry of Dispute Board’s Appointment

Each “Dispute Board Agreement” is a tripartite agreement by and between:

(a) the “Employer”;(b) the “Contractor”; and(c) the “Member” who is defined in the Dispute Board Agreement as being:

(i) the sole member of the “DB” and, where this is the case, all referencesto the "Other Members” do not apply, or

(ii) one of the three persons who are jointly called the “DB” (or “DisputeBoard”) and, where this is the case, the other two persons are called the“Other Members”.

The Employer and the Contractor have entered (or intend to enter) into a contract,which is called the “Contract” and is defined in the Dispute Board Agreement, whichincorporates this Appendix. In the Dispute Board Agreement, words and expressionswhich are not otherwise defined shall have the meanings assigned to them in theContract.

Unless otherwise stated in the Dispute Board Agreement, it shall take effect on thelatest of the following dates:

(a) the Commencement Date defined in the Contract,(b) when the Employer, the Contractor and the Member have each signed the

Dispute Board Agreement, or(c) when the Employer, the Contractor and each of the Other Members (if any)

have respectively each signed a dispute board agreement.

This employment of the Member is a personal appointment. At any time, the Membermay give not less than 70 days’ notice of resignation to the Employer and to theContractor, and the Dispute Agreement shall terminate upon the expiry of this period.

The Member warrants and agrees that he/she is and shall be impartial andindependent of the Employer, the Contractor and the Engineer. The Member shallpromptly disclose, to each of them and to the Other Members (if any), any fact orcircumstance which might appear inconsistent with his/her warranty and agreementof impartiality and independence.

When appointing the Member, the Employer and the Contractor relied upon theMember’s representations that he/she is:

(a) experienced in the work which the Contractor is to carry out under theContract,(b) experienced in the interpretation of contract documentation, and(c) fluent in the language for communications defined in the Contract.

The Member shall:


71

APPENDIX

General Conditions of Dispute Board Agreement

1Definitions

2

General Provisions

3

Warranties

4

General Obligations of the Member


(a) have no interest financial or otherwise in the Employer, the Contractor orEngineer, nor any financial interest in the Contract except for payment under theDispute Board Agreement;

(b) not previously have been employed as a consultant or otherwise by theEmployer, the Contractor or the Engineer, except in such circumstances aswere disclosed in writing to the Employer and the Contractor before theysigned the Dispute Board Agreement;

(c) have disclosed in writing to the Employer, the Contractor and the OtherMembers (if any), before entering into the Dispute Board Agreement and tohis/her best knowledge and recollection, any professional or personalrelationships with any director, officer or employee of the Employer, theContractor or the Engineer, and any previous involvement in the overall projectof which the Contract forms part;

(d) not, for the duration of the Dispute Board Agreement, be employed as aconsultant or otherwise by the Employer, the Contractor or the Engineer, exceptas may be agreed in writing by the Employer, the Contractor and the OtherMembers (if any);

(e) comply with the annexed procedural rules and with Sub-Clause 20.4 of theConditions of Contract;

(f) not give advice to the Employer, the Contractor, the Employer’s Personnel orthe Contractor’s Personnel concerning the conduct of the Contract, other thanin accordance with the annexed procedural rules;

(g) not while a Member enter into discussions or make any agreement with theEmployer, the Contractor or the Engineer regarding employment by any ofthem, whether as a consultant or otherwise, after ceasing to act under theDispute Board Agreement;

(h) ensure his/her availability for all site visits and hearings as are necessary;(i) become conversant with the Contract and with the progress of the Works (and

of any other parts of the project of which the Contract forms part) by studyingall documents received which shall be maintained in a current working file;

(j) treat the details of the Contract and all the DB’s activities and hearings asprivate and confidential, and not publish or disclose them without the priorwritten consent of the Employer, the Contractor and the Other Members (if any);and

(k) be available to give advice and opinions, on any matter relevant to the Contractwhen requested by both the Employer and the Contractor, subject to theagreement of the Other Members (if any).

The Employer, the Contractor, the Employer’s Personnel and the Contractor’sPersonnel shall not request advice from or consultation with the Member regarding theContract, otherwise than in the normal course of the DB’s activities under the Contractand the Dispute Board Agreement. The Employer and the Contractor shall beresponsible for compliance with this provision, by the Employer’s Personnel and theContractor’s Personnel respectively.

The Employer and the Contractor undertake to each other and to the Member thatthe Member shall not, except as otherwise agreed in writing by the Employer, theContractor, the Member and the Other Members (if any):

(a) be appointed as an arbitrator in any arbitration under the Contract;(b) be called as a witness to give evidence concerning any dispute before

arbitrator(s) appointed for any arbitration under the Contract; or(c) be liable for any claims for anything done or omitted in the discharge or

purported discharge of the Member’s functions, unless the act or omission isshown to have been in bad faith.

5

General Obligations of the Employer and the Contractor


73

The Employer and the Contractor hereby jointly and severally indemnify and hold theMember harmless against and from claims from which he is relieved from liability underthe preceding paragraph.

Whenever the Employer or the Contractor refers a dispute to the DB under Sub-Clause 20.4 of the Conditions of Contract, which will require the Member to make asite visit and attend a hearing, the Employer or the Contractor shall provideappropriate security for a sum equivalent to the reasonable expenses to be incurredby the Member. No account shall be taken of any other payments due or paid to theMember.

The Member shall be paid as follows, in the currency named in the Dispute BoardAgreement:

(a) a retainer fee per calendar month, which shall be considered as payment in fullfor:

(i) being available on 28 days’ notice for all site visits and hearings;(ii) becoming and remaining conversant with all project developments and

maintaining relevant files;(iii) all office and overhead expenses including secretarial services,

photocopying and office supplies incurred in connection with his duties;and

(iv) all services performed hereunder except those referred to in sub-paragraphs (b) and (c) of this Clause.

The retainer fee shall be paid with effect from the last day of the calendar monthin which the Dispute Board Agreement becomes effective; until the last day ofthe calendar month in which the Taking-Over Certificate is issued for the wholeof the Works.

With effect from the first day of the calendar month following the month in whichthe Taking-Over Certificate is issued for the whole of the Works, the retainer feeshall be reduced by one third. This reduced fee shall be paid until the first dayof the calendar month in which the Member resigns or the Dispute BoardAgreement is otherwise terminated.

(b) a daily fee which shall be considered as payment in full for:

(i) each day or part of a day up to a maximum of two days’ travel time ineach direction for the journey between the Member’s home and the site,or another location of a meeting with the Other Members (if any);

(ii) each working day on Site visits, hearings or preparing decisions; and(iii) each day spent reading submissions in preparation for a hearing.

(c) all reasonable expenses including necessary travel expenses (air fare in less thanfirst class, hotel and subsistence and other direct travel expenses) incurred inconnection with the Member’s duties, as well as the cost of telephone calls, couriercharges, faxes and telexes: a receipt shall be required for each item in excess offive percent of the daily fee referred to in sub-paragraph (b) of this Clause;

(d) any taxes properly levied in the Country on payments made to the Member(unless a national or permanent resident of the Country) under this Clause 6.

The retainer and daily fees shall be as specified in the Dispute Board Agreement.Unless it specifies otherwise, these fees shall remain fixed for the first 24 calendar

6

Payment


months, and shall thereafter be adjusted by agreement between the Employer, theContractor and the Member, at each anniversary of the date on which the DisputeBoard Agreement became effective.

If the parties fail to agree on the retainer fee or the daily fee, the appointing entity orofficial named in the Contract Data shall determine the amount of the fees to beused.

The Member shall submit invoices for payment of the monthly retainer and air faresquarterly in advance. Invoices for other expenses and for daily fees shall be submittedfollowing the conclusion of a site visit or hearing. All invoices shall be accompanied bya brief description of activities performed during the relevant period and shall beaddressed to the Contractor.

The Contractor shall pay each of the Member’s invoices in full within 56 calendar daysafter receiving each invoice and shall apply to the Employer (in the Statements underthe Contract) for reimbursement of one-half of the amounts of these invoices. TheEmployer shall then pay the Contractor in accordance with the Contract.

If the Contractor fails to pay to the Member the amount to which he/she is entitledunder the Dispute Board Agreement, the Employer shall pay the amount due to theMember and any other amount which may be required to maintain the operation ofthe DB; and without prejudice to the Employer’s rights or remedies. In addition to allother rights arising from this default, the Employer shall be entitled to reimbursementof all sums paid in excess of one-half of these payments, plus all costs of recoveringthese sums and financing charges calculated at the rate specified in Sub-Clause 14.8of the Conditions of Contract.

If the Member does not receive payment of the amount due within 70 days aftersubmitting a valid invoice, the Member may (i) suspend his/her services (withoutnotice) until the payment is received, and/or (ii) resign his/her appointment by givingnotice under Clause 7.

At any time: (i) the Employer and the Contractor may jointly terminate the DisputeBoard Agreement by giving 42 days’ notice to the Member; or (ii) the Member mayresign as provided for in Clause 2.

If the Member fails to comply with the Dispute Board Agreement, the Employer andthe Contractor may, without prejudice to their other rights, terminate it by notice to theMember. The notice shall take effect when received by the Member.

If the Employer or the Contractor fails to comply with the Dispute Board Agreement,the Member may, without prejudice to his other rights, terminate it by notice to theEmployer and the Contractor. The notice shall take effect when received by themboth.

Any such notice, resignation and termination shall be final and binding on theEmployer, the Contractor and the Member. However, a notice by the Employer or theContractor, but not by both, shall be of no effect.

If the Member fails to comply with any of his obligations under Clause 4 (a) - (d) above,he shall not be entitled to any fees or expenses hereunder and shall, without prejudiceto their other rights, reimburse each of the Employer and the Contractor for any feesand expenses received by the Member and the Other Members (if any), for

7

Termination

8

Default of the Member


75

proceedings or decisions (if any) of the DB which are rendered void or ineffective bythe said failure to comply.

If the Member fails to comply with any of his obligations under Clause 4 (e) - (k) above,he shall not be entitled to any fees or expenses hereunder from the date and to theextent of the non-compliance and shall, without prejudice to their other rights,reimburse each of the Employer and the Contractor for any fees and expenses alreadyreceived by the Member, for proceedings or decisions (if any) of the DB which arerendered void or ineffective by the said failure to comply.

Any dispute or claim arising out of or in connection with this Dispute BoardAgreement, or the breach, termination or invalidity thereof, shall be finally settled byinstitutional arbitration. If no other arbitration institute is agreed, the arbitration shall beconducted under the Rules of Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerceby one arbitrator appointed in accordance with these Rules of Arbitration.

9

Disputes


Annex PROCEDURAL RULES

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

Unless otherwise agreed by the Employer and the Contractor, the DB shall visit theSite at intervals of not more than 140 days, including times of critical constructionevents, at the request of either the Employer or the Contractor. Unless otherwiseagreed by the Employer, the Contractor and the DB, the period between consecutivevisits shall not be less than 70 days, except as required to convene a hearing asdescribed below.

The timing of and agenda for each Site visit shall be as agreed jointly by the DB, theEmployer and the Contractor, or in the absence of agreement, shall be decided by theDB. The purpose of Site visits is to enable the DB to become and remain acquaintedwith the progress of the Works and of any actual or potential problems or claims, and,as far as reasonable, to endeavour to prevent potential problems or claims frombecoming disputes.

Site visits shall be attended by the Employer, the Contractor and the Engineer andshall be co-ordinated by the Employer in co-operation with the Contractor. TheEmployer shall ensure the provision of appropriate conference facilities and secretarialand copying services. At the conclusion of each Site visit and before leaving the site,the DB shall prepare a report on its activities during the visit and shall send copies tothe Employer and the Contractor.

The Employer and the Contractor shall furnish to the DB one copy of all documentswhich the DB may request, including Contract documents, progress reports, variationinstructions, certificates and other documents pertinent to the performance of theContract. All communications between the DB and the Employer or the Contractorshall be copied to the other Party. If the DB comprises three persons, the Employerand the Contractor shall send copies of these requested documents and thesecommunications to each of these persons.

If any dispute is referred to the DB in accordance with Sub-Clause 20.4 of theConditions of Contract, the DB shall proceed in accordance with Sub-Clause 20.4and these Rules. Subject to the time allowed to give notice of a decision and otherrelevant factors, the DB shall:

(a) act fairly and impartially as between the Employer and the Contractor, givingeach of them a reasonable opportunity of putting his case and responding tothe other’s case, and

(b) adopt procedures suitable to the dispute, avoiding unnecessary delay orexpense.

The DB may conduct a hearing on the dispute, in which event it will decide on the dateand place for the hearing and may request that written documentation and argumentsfrom the Employer and the Contractor be presented to it prior to or at the hearing.

Except as otherwise agreed in writing by the Employer and the Contractor, the DBshall have power to adopt an inquisitorial procedure, to refuse admission to hearingsor audience at hearings to any persons other than representatives of the Employer, theContractor and the Engineer, and to proceed in the absence of any party who the DBis satisfied received notice of the hearing; but shall have discretion to decide whetherand to what extent this power may be exercised.

© FIDIC 2010. Conditions of Contract for Construction MDB Harmonised Ed. June 2010 - General Conditions.For participating development bank financed contract use only. No reproduction of this document is permitted. 77

The Employer and the Contractor empower the DB, among other things, to:

(a) establish the procedure to be applied in deciding a dispute,(b) decide upon the DB’s own jurisdiction, and as to the scope of any dispute

referred to it,(c) conduct any hearing as it thinks fit, not being bound by any rules or procedures

other than those contained in the Contract and these Rules,(d) take the initiative in ascertaining the facts and matters required for a decision,(e) make use of its own specialist knowledge, if any,(f) decide upon the payment of financing charges in accordance with the

Contract,(g) decide upon any provisional relief such as interim or conservatory measures,

and(h) open up, review and revise any certificate, decision, determination, instruction,

opinion or valuation of the Engineer, relevant to the dispute.

The DB shall not express any opinions during any hearing concerning the merits ofany arguments advanced by the Parties. Thereafter, the DB shall make and give itsdecision in accordance with Sub-Clause 20.4, or as otherwise agreed by theEmployer and the Contractor in writing. If the DB comprises three persons:

(a) it shall convene in private after a hearing, in order to have discussions andprepare its decision;

(b) it shall endeavour to reach a unanimous decision: if this proves impossible theapplicable decision shall be made by a majority of the Members, who mayrequire the minority Member to prepare a written report for submission to theEmployer and the Contractor; and

(c) if a Member fails to attend a meeting or hearing, or to fulfil any required function,the other two Members may nevertheless proceed to make a decision, unless:

(i) either the Employer or the Contractor does not agree that they do so, or(ii) the absent Member is the chairman and he/she instructs the other

Members not to make a decision.

8

9


INDEX OF SUB-CLAUSES

Sub-Clause Page

Accepted Contract Amount, Sufficiency of the 4.11 18Access Route 4.15 19Access to the Site 2.1 9Access, Right of 11.7 39Accommodation/Facilities, Use of Employer's 17.7 60Adjustments for Changes in Cost 13.8 44Adjustments for Changes in Legislation 13.7 44Adjustments, Variations and 13 41Advance Payment 14.2 46Alcoholic Liquor 6.16 27Amicable Settlement 20.5 68Ammunition 6.17 27Applicable Currencies, Payment in 13.4 43Application for Final Payment Certificate 14.11 51Application for Interim Payment Certificates 14.3 47Appointment of the Dispute Board 20.2 66Approvals 2.2 9Arbitration 20.6 69Arms 6.17 26Assignment of Benefit of Subcontract 4.5 16Assignment 1.7 6Audit by the Bank 1.15 9Avoidance of Interference 4.14 19

Bank, Inspections and Audit by 1.15 9Benefit of Subcontract, Assignemnet of Benefit 4.5 16

Care and Supply of Documents 1.8 6Certificate, Application for Final Payment 14.11 51Certificate, Issue of Final Payment 14.13 52Certificate, Performance 11.9 39Certificates, Application for Interim Payment 14.3 47Cessation of Employer’s Liability 14.14 52Cessation of Work and Removal of Contractor’s Equipment 16.3 57Changes in Cost, Adjustments for 13.8 44Changes in Legislation, Adjustments for 13.7 44Child Labour 6.21 27Claims 2.5 10Claims, Contractor’s 20.1 65Claims, Disputes and Arbitration 20 65Clearance of Site 11.11 39Commencement 8 30Commencement of Works 8.1 30Communications 1.3 5Completion of Outstanding Work and Remedying Defects 11.1 37Completion, Statement at 14.10 51Completion, Tests on 9 34Completion, Tests, Failure to Pass Tests on 9.4 35Completion, Time for 8.2 31


79

Completion, Time, Extension of 8.4 32Compliance with Laws 1.13 8Confidential Details 1.12 8Consequences of Employer’s Risks 17.4 58Consequences of Force Majeure 19.4 64Consequences of Suspension 8.9 33Contract 1.1.1 1Contract Agreement 1.6 6Contract Amount, Accepted 4.11 18Contract Price and Payment 14 45Contract Price 14.1 45Contractor to Search 11.8 39Contractor 4 13Contractor, Termination by 16.2 56Contractor’s Care of the Works 17.2 57Contractor’s Claims 20.1 66Contractor’s Documents 1.10 7Contractor’s Entitlement to Suspend Work 16.1 55Contractor’s Equipment 4.17 20Contractor’s Equipment, Cessation of Work and Removal of 16.3 57Contractor’s Equipment, Insurance for Works and 18.2 61Contractor’s General Obligations 4.1 13Contractor’s Obligations 9.1 34Contractor’s Operations on Site 4.23 21Contractor’s Personnel and Equipment, Records of 6.10 26Contractor’s Personnel 6.9 26Contractor’s Personnel, Insurance for 18.4 63Contractor’s Representative 4.3 15Contractor’s Superintendence 6.8 25Contractor’s Use of Employer’s Documents 1.11 8Co-operation 4.6 16Corrupt or Fraudulent Practices 15.6 55Cost of Remedying Defects 11.2 37Cost, Adjustments for Changes in 13.8 44Currencies of Payment 14.15 52

Damage to Property, Insurance against Injury to Persons and 18.3 62Damages, Delay 8.7 33Date of Termination, Valuation at 15.3 54Dates, Tests, Periods and Completion 1.1.3 2Daywork 13.6 43Defective Work, Removal 11.5 38Defects Liability 11 37Defects Notification Period, Extension 11.3 38Defects, Remedy, Failure to 11.4 38Defects, Remedying 11.1 37Defects, Remedying, Cost of 11.2 37Definition of Force Majeure 19.1 63Definition, Nominated Subcontractor 5.1 22Definitions 1.1 1Delay Damages 8.7 33Delay, Duty to Minimise 19.3 64Delayed Drawings or Instructions 1.9 7Delayed Payment 14.8 50Delayed Tests 9.2 34Delays 8 30


Delays Caused by Authorities 8.5 32Delegation by the Engineer 3.2 12Determinations 3.5 13Discharge 14.12 51Disorderly Conduct 6.11 26Dispute Board, Appointment of the 20.2 67Dispute Board, Failure to Agree on the Composition of 20.3 67Dispute Board’s Appointment, Expiry of 20.8 70Dispute Board’s Decision, Failure to Comply with 20.7 70Dispute Board’s Decision, Obtaining 20.4 68Disputes 20 65Documents, Care and Supply of 1.8 6Drugs 6.16 27Duty to Minimise Delay 19.3 64

Electricity 4.19 20Employer 2 9Employer, Termination by 15.2 53Employer’s Accommodation/Facilities, Use of 17.7 60Employer’s Claims 2.5 10Employer’s Documents 1.11 8Employer’s Entitlement to Termination for Convenience 15.5 54Employer’s Equipment 4.20 20Employer’s Liability, Cessation of 2.4 10Employer’s Liability, Cessation of 14.14 52Employer’s Personnel 2.3 10Employer’s Risks 17.3 58Employer’s Risks, Consequences of 17.4 58Employer’s Taking Over 10 34Employer’s Use of Contractor’s Documents 1.10 7Employment Records of Workers 6.22 27Engagement of Staff and Labour 6.1 24Engineer 3 11Engineer, Delegation 3.2 12Engineer, Instructions 3.3 12Engineer, Replacement 3.4 13Engineer’s Duties and Authority 3.1 11Engineering, Value 13.2 42Entitlement to Termination for Convenience, Employer’s 15.5 54Environment, Protection of 4.18 20Equal Opportunity, Non-Discrimination and 6.24 28Equipment, Contractor’s 4.17 20Equipment, Employer’s 4.20 20Equipment, Records of 6.10 26Evaluation 12.3 40Evaluation, Measurement and 12 39Evidence of Payments 5.4 23Execution, Manner of 7.1 28Expiry of Dispute Board’s Appointment 20.8 70Extension of Defects Notification Period 11.3 38Extension of Time for Completion 8.4 32

Facilities 4.13 19Failure to Agree on the Composition of the Dispute Board 20.3 67Failure to Comply with Dispute Board’s Decision 20.7 70Failure to Pass Tests on Completion 9.4 35


81

Failure to Remedy Defects 11.4 38Festivals 6.18 27Final Payment Certificate, Application for 14.11 51Final Payment Certificate, Issue of 14.13 52Financial Arrangements 2.4 10Foodstuffs, Supply of 6.13 26Force Majeure 19 63Force Majeure Affecting Subcontractor 19.5 64Force Majeure, Consequences of 19.4 64Force Majeure Definition of 19.1 63Force Majeure, Notice of 19.2 64Forced Labour 6.20 27Foreign Personnel 6.12 26Fossils 4.24 22Fraudulent Practices, Corrupt or 15.6 55Free-Issue Materials 4.20 20Funeral Arrangements 6.19 27Further Tests, 11.6 38

Gas 4.19 20General Provisions 1 1General Requirements for Insurances 18.1 60Goods, Transport of 4.16 19

Health and Safety 6.7 25

Indemnities 17.1 57Injury to Persons and Damage to Property, Insurance against 18.3 62Insect and Pest Nuisance, Measures against 6.15 27Inspection 7.3 28Inspections and Audit by the Bank 1.15 9Instructions of the Engineer 3.3 12Instructions 1.9 7Insurance 18 60Insurance against Injury to Persons and Damage to Property 18.3 62Insurance for Contractor’s Personnel 18.4 64Insurance for Works and Contractor’s Equipment 18.2 61Insurances, General Requirements for 18.1 60Intellectual and Industrial Property Rights 17.5 59Interference with Tests on Completion 10.3 36Interference, Avoidance 4.14 19Interim Payment Certificates, Application for 14.3 47Interim Payment Certificates, Issue of 14.6 49Interpretation 1.2 5Issue of Final Payment Certificate 14.13 52Issue of Interim Payment Certificates 14.6 49

Joint and Several Liability 1.14 8

Labour 6 24Labour Laws 6.4 24Labour, Conditions of 6.2 24Labour, Engagement 6.1 24Labour, Facilities for 6.6 24Labour, Forced 6.20 27Labour, Child 6.21 27


Law and Language 1.4 6Laws 1.13 8Laws, Labour 6.4 24Legislation, Adjustments for Changes in 13.7 44Liability 1.14 8Liability, Cessation of Employer’s 14.14 52Liability, Defects 11 37Liability, Limitation of 17.6 59Licences 2.2 9Limitation of Liability 17.6 59

Materials 7 28Materials, Free Issue 4.20 20Materials intended for the Works, Plant and 14.5 48Materials, Ownership of 7.7 30Measurement and Evaluation 12 40Measurement, Method of 12.2 40Method of Measurement 12.2 39Money and Payments 1.1.4 3Money, Payment of Retention 14.9 50

Nominated Subcontractor, Definition of 5.1 22Nominated Subcontractors 5 22Nominated Subcontractors, Payments to 5.3 23Nomination, Objection to 5.2 23Non-Discrimination and Equal Opportunity 6.24 28Notice of Force Majeure 19.2 64Notice to Correct 15.1 53

Objection to Nomination 5.2 23Obligations, General, Contractor’s 4.1 13Obligations, Contractors 9.1 34Obligations, Unfilled 11.10 39Obtaining Dispute Board’s Decision 20.4 68Omissions 12.4 41Optional Termination, Payment and Release 19.6 64Other Definitions 1.1.6 4Ownership of Plant and Materials 7.7 30

Parties and Persons 1.1.2 2Parts of the Works, Taking Over of 10.2 36Payment 14 45Payment, Advance 14.2 46Payment, Currencies of 14.15 52Payment Certificate, Application for Final 14.11 51Payment Certificate, Issue of Final 14.13 52Payment Certificates, Application for Interim 14.3 47Payment, Delayed 14.8 50Payments, Evidence of 5.4 23Payment for Plant and Materials in Event of Suspension 8.10 34Payment in Applicable Currencies 13.4 43Payment and Release, Optional Termination 19.6 64Payment of Retention Money 14.9 50Payment after Termination 15.4 54Payment on Termination 16.4 57Payments to Nominated Subcontractors 5.3 24


83

Payments, Schedule of 14.4 47Performance Certificate 11.9 39Performance Security 4.2 14Performance, Release from 19.7 65Permits, Licences or Approvals 2.2 9Personnel, Foreign 6.12 26Personnel, Records of 6.10 26Persons 1.1.2 2Physical Conditions, Unforseeable 4.12 18Plant, Materials and Workmanship 7 28Plant and Materials intended for the Works 14.5 48Plant and Materials, Payment in Event of Suspension 8.10 34Plant, Ownership of 7.7 30Price, Contract 14.1 45Priority of Documents 1.5 6Procedure, Variation 13.3 42Programme 8.3 31Progress Reports 4.21 21Property Rights, Intellectual and Industrial 17.5 59Property, Insurance against Injury to Persons and Damage to 18.3 62Protection of the Environment 4.18 20Provisional Sums 13.5 43Provisions, General 1 1

Quality Assurance 4.9 17

Rate of Progress 8.6 32Records of Contractor’s Personnel and Equipment 6.10 26Records, Employment, of Workers 6.22 27Reinstatement, Surfaces Requiring 10.4 37Rejection 7.5 29Release from Performance 19.7 65Religious Customs 6.18 27Remedial Work 7.6 29Remedy Defects, Failure to 11.4 38Remedying Defects, Cost of 11.2 37Removal of Contractor’s Equipment, Cessation of Work and 16.3 57Removal of Defective Work 11.5 38Replacement of the Engineer 3.4 13Reports, Progress 4.21 21Representative, Contractor’s 4.3 15Responsibility 17 57Resumption of Work 8.12 34Retention Money, Payment of 14.9 50Retesting 9.3 35Right of Access to the Site 2.1 9Right of Access 11.7 39Right to Vary 13.1 41Rights of Way 4.13 19Risk and Responsibility 17 57Risks, Employer’s 17.3 58Royalties 7.8 30

Safety 6.7 24Safety Procedures 4.8 17Samples 7.2 28


Schedule of Payments 14.4 47Search, Contractor to 11.8 39Sections, Taking Over of 10.1 35Security of the Site 4.22 21Security, Performance 4.2 14Service of Employer, Persons in 6.3 24Setting Out 4.7 16Site 2.1 9Site Data 4.10 17Site, Clearance of 11.11 39Site, Contractor’s Operations on 4.23 22Site, Security of 4.22 21Staff 6 24Staff, Engagement 6.1 24Staff, Facilities for 6.6 24Statement at Completion 14.10 51Subcontract 4.5 16Subcontractor, Force Majeure Affecting 19.5 64Subcontractors 4.4 15Subcontractors, Nominated 5 22Sufficiency of the Accepted Contract Amount 4.11 18Superintendence, Contractor’s 6.8 25Supply of Foodstuffs 6.13 26Supply of Water 6.14 26Surfaces Requiring Reinstatement 10.4 37Suspend Work, Contractor’s Entitlement to 16.1 56Suspension 8 30Suspension and Termination by Contractor 16 55Suspension of Work 8.8 33Suspension, Consequences of 8.9 33Suspension, Payment, Plant and Materials in Event of 8.10 34Suspension, Prolonged 8.11 34

Taking Over of Parts of the Works 10.2 36Taking Over of the Works and Sections 10.1 35Taking Over, Employer’s 10 35Termination by Contractor 16 55Termination by Contractor 16.2 56Termination by Employer 15 53Termination by Employer 15.2 53Termination for Convenience, Employer’s Entitlement to 15.5 54Termination, Payment after 15.4 54Termination, Payment and Release, Optional 19.6 64Termination, Payment on 16.4 57Termination, Valuation at Date of 15.3 54Testing 7.4 29Tests on Completion 9 34Tests on Completion, Failure to Pass 9.4 35Tests on Completion, Interference with 10.3 36Tests, Delayed 9.2 34Tests, Further 11.6 38Time for Completion 8.2 31Time for Completion, Extension 8.4 32Transport of Goods 4.16 19

Unforeseeable Physical Conditions 4.12 18


85

Unfulfilled Obligations 11.10 39Use of Employer’s Accommodation/Facilities 17.7 60

Valuation at Date of Termination 15.3 54Value Engineering 13.2 42Variation Procedure 13.3 42Variations and Adjustments 13 41Vary, Right to 13.1 41

Wages, Rates of 6.2 24Water 4.19 20Water, Supply of 6.14 26Work, Contractor’s Entitlement to Suspend 16.1 56Work, Outstanding, Completion of 11.1 37Work, Resumption of 8.12 34Work, Suspension of 8.8 33Workers, Employment Records of 6.22 27Workers’ Organisations 6.23 27Working Hours 6.5 24Workmanship 7 28Works and Goods 1.1.5 4Works and Sections, Taking Over of 10.1 35Works to be Measured 12.1 39Works, Commencement of 8.1 30Works, Contractor’s Care of 17.2 57Works, Part of, Taking Over 10.2 36Works, Plant and Materials intended for the 14.5 48Works, Taking Over 10.1 35

Section: VIII - Particular Conditions (PC)

JICA assisted GWSP: Package C-7A1 Section VIII: PC - 1

Particular Conditions (PC) The following Particular Conditions shall supplement the GC. Whenever there is a conflict, the provisions herein shall prevail over those in the GC.

Part A - Contract Data

Conditions Sub-Clause Data

Employer’s name and address 1.1.2.2 & 1.3

Project Director, Project Implementation Unit JICA Assisted Guwahati Water Supply Project 1st Floor, Tripti Tower, Ganeshguri G.S. Road, Guwahati – 781 005.

Email: [email protected] / [email protected]

Engineer’s name and address 1.1.2.4 & 1.3

Project Management Consultant (PMC), 3rd Floor, Saikia Commercial Complex, Christian Basti, G.S. Road, Guwahati – 781 005

Bank’s name 1.1.2.11 Japan International Cooperation Agency (JICA)

Borrower’s name 1.1.2.12 Government of India

Time for Completion 1.1.3.3 The whole of the Works, including Testing & Trial Run for 30 days and commissioning shall be completed within the period of 10 months (300 days) from the Effective Date as described in the Contract Agreement.

Defects Notification Period 1.1.3.7 Rectify all defects during the Defects Notification Period of 12 Months, from the Date of issuing Taking over Certificate [GC 10].

Sections 1.1.5.6 Not used

Electronic transmission systems

1.3 (a) Amended as below:

“in writing, signed and delivered by hand (against receipt), sent by mail or courier or transmitted through electronic mail to the designated email address of the Employer and/or Engineer.”.

Governing Law 1.4 The Contract shall be governed by the laws of Assam and India.

Ruling language 1.4 English

Language for communications 1.4 English

Time for the Parties entering into a Contract Agreement

1.6 14 days

Time for access to and possession of all parts of the Site

2.1 14 days after Commencement Date

Engineer’s Duties and Authority

3.1(B)(ii) Variations resulting in an increase of the Accepted Contract Amount in excess of five percent (5%) shall require approval of the Employer.

Performance Security 4.2 The Performance Security will be for a value of

mailto:[email protected]%20/

mailto:[email protected]%20/



10% of the Accepted Contract Amount, in the currency of the Contract.

The Performance Security shall be in the form of the unconditional Guarantee attached hereto in the section IX- Contract Forms, issued by a Scheduled or Nationalized bank located in the Employer’s Country, or by a foreign bank having its office in Employer’s Country and acceptable to the Employer.

Normal working hours 6.5 Normal working hour shall be: 8 AM to 6 PM, which may suitably be adjusted as per local weather conditions at site under intimation to the Engineer.

Night working with the permission of the Engineer.

Commencement of Works 8.1 Sub clause 8.1 (d) is deleted

Sub clause 8.1(c): 14 days from the Commencement Date and in phased manner based on the requirement for the Works as per agreed Work Plan.

Sub clause 8.1 (d) is deleted.

Delay damages for the Works 8.7 0.05% of the Contract Price per day.

Maximum amount of delay damages

8.7 10% of the final Contract Price.

Provisional Sums 13.5 Amended as below:

Each Provisional Sum shall only be used, in whole or in part, in accordance with the Engineer's instructions, and the Contract Price shall be adjusted accordingly. The total sum paid to the Contractor shall include only such amounts, for the work, supplies or services to which the Provisional Sum relates, as the Engineer shall have instructed. For each Provisional Sum, the Engineer may instruct:

1) Deposition of fee, charges to relevant authorities for crossings of road, railways, oil & gas pipelines and telephone & cables.

2) Deposition of fee, charges to relevant authorities for permanent shifting of utilities such as electricity poles/ transformers, water pipelines, sewerage/ drainage pipelines, telephones & other cables etc.

3) Utility shifting of pipes & fittings belongs to the consumers.

The Contractor shall produce invoice / demand note and actual receipt of payment in substantiation



Adjustments for Changes in Cost

13.8 NA

The Contract Price 14.1 Last Paragraph: Deleted.

Advance payment 14.2 Amended as below:

The Employer shall make an advance payment, as an interest-free loan for mobilisation and design, when the Contractor submits a guarantee in accordance with this Sub-Clause.

The total advance payment, guarantee, the number and timing of instalment and the applicable currencies and proportions, shall be as below:

10% of the Accepted Contract Amount, excluding Provisional Sums and shall be paid in two equal instalments of 5% each in the applicable currencies and Proportions.

The unconditional and irrevocable Bank Guarantee shall be for an amount equal to each instalment of Advance payment in the form annexed to the Contract Forms or in another form approved by the Employer. Such Guarantee shall be issued by a Nationalized or Scheduled Bank located in India, acceptable to the Employer.

The Contractor shall ensure that the guarantee is valid and enforceable until the advance payment has been repaid, but its amount may be progressively reduced by the amount repaid by the Contractor as indicated in the Payment Certificates. If the terms of the guarantee specify its expiry date, and the advance payment has not been repaid by the date 28 days prior to the expiry date, the Contractor shall extend the validity of the guarantee until the advance payment has been repaid.

First Instalment: The Employer shall release the

first instalment after:

a. Submission of Performance Security in

accordance with Sub-Clause 4.2.

b. Execution of the Contract Agreement by the

parties hereto.

c. Submission of the proposed Construction

Programme.

d. Submission of mobilization schedule of the

personnel & equipment.

e. Submission of a Cash Flow Forecast for Project

Completion.



Payment of the amount due shall be made into the Bank Account, which the Contractor shall open as a dedicated Bank Account, exclusively for this contract in a Bank located at Guwahati.

The Contractor shall use these funds for expenditures under the Contract, and the Employer or Engineer will be entitled to verify that the transactions from this account are used exclusively for the purpose for which they are intended.

Second Instalment:

a. Establishment of a reasonably equipped and functional site office, mobilization of the key personnel to the Site.

b. Commenced construction work at the site in accordance with the approved construction program.

Repayment amortization rate of advance payment

14.2(b) Schedule of Repayment of Advance

The advance payment shall be repaid through percentage deductions in the Interim payment Certificate as below: (a) Deductions shall commence in the Interim

payment Certificate in which the total of all certified payment (excluding the advance payment and deductions and repayments of retention) exceeds twenty percent (20%) of the Accepted Contract Amount, less Provisional Sums; and

(b) Deductions shall be made at the amortization rate of twenty five percent (25%) of the amount of each Interim Payment Certificate (excluding the advance payment and deductions and repayments of retention).

Provided that, if the advance payments have not been fully repaid prior to:

(i) the time when the total amount of all running payment reaches ninety percent (90%) of that portion of the Accepted Contract Amount, excluding Provisional Sums, or Time for Completion as per Sub-Clause 8.2 [Time for Completion], or

(ii) Issue of Taking over Certificate [clause 10], or (iii) Termination under Clause 15 [Termination by

Employer], Clause 16 [Suspension and Termination by Contractor] or Clause 19 [Force Majeure] (as the case may be).



Whichever, event occurs first as listed above; the whole of the balance outstanding recovery of Advance payment shall immediately become due and payable by the Contractor to the Employer. If the Contractor fails to pay such dues to the Employer within a reasonable time, as directed by the Employer, the Employer shall encash the Bank Guarantee towards Performance security for such Advance.

Percentage of Retention 14.3(c) 5 %

Limit of Retention Money 14.3(c) 5 % of the Accepted Contract Amount

Schedule of Payments 14.4 As per Annexure- 1

Plant and Materials 14.5(b)(i) NA

14.5(c) Plant and Materials for payment when delivered to the Site: Pipes, valves, and specials, pumps and motors.

Minimum Amount of Interim Payment Certificates

14.6 1% of the Accepted Contract Amount.

Delayed Payment 14.8 Financing charges of 4% per annum is payable if the disbursement of payment is delayed beyond 56 days.

Maximum total liability of the Contractor to the Employer

17.6 The product of 1.1 times the Accepted Contract Amount

Periods for submission of insurance:

18.1

a. evidence of insurance. 28 days

b. relevant policies 28 days

Maximum amount of deductibles for insurance of the Employer's risks

18.2(d) Nil

Minimum amount of third party insurance

18.3 INR 1 Million

Date by which the DB shall be appointed

20.2 DB shall be appointed on an ad-hoc basis, if and when any dispute arises during Contract period. The DB would be appointed when a dispute arises and would cease its appointment on the issue of its decision in respect of such dispute. Should a new dispute arise, a new ad-hoc DB would be appointed. The DB shall be appointed within 42 days after the notice to appoint a DB by either Party.

The DB shall be comprised of 20.2 One Member



List of potential DB sole members

20.2 None

Appointment (if not agreed) to be made by

20.3 Chairperson, Institution of Engineers (India), Assam Centre, Guwahati.

Rules of arbitration 20.6 Any dispute not settled amicably and in respect of which the decision by DB (if any) has not become final and binding shall be finally settled by arbitration. The aggrieved party may approach the Indian Council of Arbitration, within 90 days from the date of the decision by DB, for settlement of dispute or difference by the sole arbitrator to be appointed by the appropriate authority of the said council. The settlement of dispute by arbitration shall be in accordance with the following provisions:

1. Selection of Arbitrators: Each dispute submitted by a Party to arbitration shall be heard by a sole arbitrator or an arbitration panel composed of three arbitrators, in accordance with the following provisions:

a. Where the Parties agree that the dispute concerns a technical matter, they may agree to appoint a sole arbitrator.

b. Where the Parties do not agree that the dispute concerns a technical matter, the Employer and the Consultants shall each appoint one arbitrator, and these two arbitrator shall jointly appoint a third arbitrator, who shall chair the arbitration panel.

2. Substitute Arbitrators: If for any reason an arbitrator is unable to perform his function, a substitute shall be appointed in the same manner as the original arbitrator.

3. Substitute Arbitrators: If for any reason an arbitrator is unable to perform his function, a substitute shall be appointed in the same manner as the original arbitrator.

4. Qualifications of Arbitrators: The sole arbitrator or the third arbitrator appointed pursuant to paragraphs (a) and (b) of Clause 20.6-1 hereof shall be an internationally recognized legal or technical expert with extensive experience in relation to the matter in dispute.



Miscellaneous: In any arbitration proceeding hereunder:

a. Proceedings shall, unless otherwise agreed by the Parties, be held in Guwahati;

b. The English language shall be the official language for all purposes; and

The decision of the sole arbitrator or of a majority of the arbitrators (or of the third arbitrator if there is no such majority) shall be final and binding and shall be enforceable in any court of competent jurisdiction, and the Parties hereby waive any objections to or claims of immunity in respect of such enforcement.

Specific Provisions

Sub-Clause 1.15 Inspections and Audit by the Bank

This Sub-Clause is deleted entirely.

Sub-Clause 2.4 Employer’s Financial Arrangements

Financial arrangement is Japanese ODA Loan of amount 29,453 million Japanese Yen. The loan Agreement was signed on March 31, 2009

Sub-Clause 4.1 Contractor’s General Obligations

Replace in the third paragraph: “as defined by the Bank” with “as defined by the Loan Agreement between the Bank and the Borrower”.

Sub-Clause 16.2 Termination by Contractor

Sub-paragraph (a) is deleted].


Annexure -1

Terms and Procedures of Payment

Payment Schedule for Interim Valuations

In accordance with the provisions of GC Clause 14 (Contract Price and Payment), the Employer shall pay the Contractor in the following manner and at the following times, on the basis of the price Breakdown given in the section on Price Schedule. Payments will be made in the currencies quoted by the Bidder unless otherwise agreed between the parties. Application for payment in respect of part deliveries may be made by the Contractor as work proceeds.

All payments shall be treated as advances till settlement of Final Account & Billing and in the event of any over payments or wrong payments are noticed the same shall be adjusted or recovered forthwith, from the Contractor, from any amount due to him.

(A) Terms of Payment

Advance Payment & Amortization Rate:

Advance payment of 10% of the Accepted Contract Amount, excluding Provisional Sums shall be paid in two equal instalments of 5% each in the currency of contract, against irrevocable advance payment security.

The payment details and the amortization rate are as in sub-clause 14.2(a) and 14.2(b) of Particular Conditions.

1. Earthwork

a) Ninety Five percent (95%) of the total accepted price of the item upon the progress achieved for the relevant item.

b) Five percent (5%) of the total accepted price of the item upon completion of clean-up, removal of debris and Contractor’s equipment and materials, final grading and restoration of the site(s).

2a. D.I. Pipeline (Employer Furnished)

One Hundred percent (100%) of the total accepted price of the item upon successful completion of the relevant item and commissioning.

2b. MS Pipeline, HDPE Pipeline, Mechanical/ Electrical Equipment (if any) and All Specials (Contractor Furnished)

a) Eighty five percent (85%) of the total accepted price for the item upon supply, delivery to the site, proper storage and acceptance of the relevant item.

b) Fifteen percent (15%) of the total accepted price of the item upon successful completion of the installation of the relevant item, and commissioning.

3. Valves and Appurtenances (Contractor Furnished)

a) Eighty five percent (85%) of the total accepted price for the item upon supply, delivery to the site, proper storage and acceptance of the relevant item.

b) Fifteen percent (15%) of the total accepted price of the item upon successful completion of the installation of the relevant item, and commissioning.

4. Valve Chamber




5. Pipe Jacking

a) Fifty percent (50%) of the total accepted price for the item upon construction of the Jacking pits, the set-up of Jacking Equipment and supply, delivery and storage of the M.S. Casing Pipe.

b) Fifty percent (50%) of the total accepted price of the item upon successful completion of pipe jacking, removal of the Jacking Equipment, and all other activities as per item description.

6. Testing, Trial Runs and Commissioning

a) Hundred percent (100%) of the total accepted price of the item upon progress achieved for the relevant item.

7. Road Restoration



8. Sump and Miscellaneous Civil Works



9. Survey Work

a) Eighty percent (80%) of the total accepted price for the item upon submission and approval by the Employer’s Representative of the preliminary survey drawings and CADD files.

b) Twenty percent (20%) of the total accepted price of the item upon submission and approval by Employer’s Representative of the final survey drawings and CADD files.

Retention

Monthly payment in accordance with the work progress measured and approved by the Employer’s Representative with reduction of Five percentage (5%) for retention money.

Releasing Payment of Retention money will be as per GC 14.9.

Provisional Sum Items

As per Requirement

100%-Payment in full upon production of receipts for any approved expenditures

Day work

As per Requirement

100% - Payment in full upon the providing of labour, materials and equipment as requested and witnessed by the Employer’s Representative.

Section IX. Contract Forms

JICA assisted GWSP: Package C-7A1 Section IX. CF - 1

Section IX. Contract Forms

Table of Forms

Letter of Acceptance ............................................................................................................................ 2

Contract Agreement ............................................................................................................................. 3

Performance Security ........................................................................................................................... 4

Advance Payment Security.................................................................................................................. 5

Retention Money Security .................................................................................................................... 6


Letter of Acceptance

[insert date]

To: [insert name and address of the Contractor]

This is to notify you that your Bid dated [insert date] for execution of the [insert name of the Contract

and identification number, as given in the Contract Data] for the Accepted Contract Amount of the

equivalent of [insert amount in numbers and words] [insert name of currency], as corrected and

modified in accordance with the Instructions to Bidders, is hereby accepted by our Agency.

You are requested to furnish the Performance Security within 28 days in accordance with the Conditions

of Contract, using for that purpose one of the Performance Security Forms included in Section IX, Annex

to the Particular Conditions - Contract Forms, of the Bidding Document.

Authorized Signature:

Name and Title of Signatory:

Name of Agency:

Attachment: Contract Agreement


Contract Agreement

THIS AGREEMENT made the ________ day of ________________________, _____, between [insert

name of the Employer] (hereinafter “the Employer”), of the one part, and [insert name of the

Contractor] (hereinafter “the Contractor”), of the other part:

WHEREAS the Employer desires that the Works known as [name of the Contractor] should be executed

by the Contractor, and has accepted a Bid by the Contractor for the execution and completion of these

Works and the remedying of any defects therein,

The Employer and the Contractor agree as follows:

1. In this Agreement words and expressions shall have the same meanings as are respectively

assigned to them in the Contract documents referred to.

2. The following documents shall be deemed to form and be read and construed as part of this

Agreement. This Agreement shall prevail over all other Contract documents.

(i) the Letter of Acceptance;

(ii) the Letter of Technical Bid;

(iii) the Letter of Price Bid;

(iv) the addenda Nos [insert addenda numbers if any] (if any);

(v) the Particular Conditions;

(vi) the General Conditions;

(vii) the Specification;

(viii) the Drawings;

(ix) the completed Schedules; and

(x) Acknowledgment of Compliance with Guidelines for Procurement under Japanese ODA Loans

3. In consideration of the payments to be made by the Employer to the Contractor as indicated in

this Agreement, the Contractor hereby covenants with the Employer to execute the Works and to

remedy defects therein in conformity in all respects with the provisions of the Contract.

4. The Employer hereby covenants to pay the Contractor in consideration of the execution and

completion of the Works and the remedying of defects therein, the Contract Price or such other sum as

may become payable under the provisions of the Contract at the times and in the manner prescribed by

the Contract.

IN WITNESS whereof the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed in accordance with

the laws of [insert name of the borrowing country] on the day, month and year indicated above.

Signed by _______________________ Signed by _______________________

for and on behalf of the Employer for and on behalf the Contractor

in the presence of in the presence of

Witness, Name, Signature, Address, Date Witness, Name, Signature, Address, Date


Bank Guarantee

[insert Bank’s Name, and Address of Issuing Branch or Office]

Beneficiary: The Project Director, Project Implementation Unit, JICA Assisted Guwahati Water Supply Project, 1st Floor, Tripti Tower, Ganeshguri G.S. Road, Guwahati – 781 005 Tele-Fax - +91-361-2340132; Email: [email protected] Date:________________

PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE No.: _________________

We have been informed that [insert name of Contractor] (hereinafter called "the Contractor") has entered into Contract No. [insert reference number of the contract] dated [insert date of the contract] with you, for the execution of [insert name of contract and brief description of Works] (hereinafter called "the Contract").

Furthermore, we understand that, according to the conditions of the Contract, a performance guarantee is required.

At the request of the Contractor, we [insert name of Bank] hereby irrevocably undertake to pay you any sum or sums not exceeding in total an amount of [insert amount in figures] ([amount in words]),1 such sum being payable in the types and proportions of currencies in which the Contract Price is payable, upon receipt by our office/branch [Name of Issuing Bank of Guwahati, Assam, India where this guarantee is encashable/payable, of your first demand in writing accompanied by a written statement stating that the Contractor is in breach of its obligation(s) under the Contract, without your needing to prove or to show grounds for your demand or the sum specified therein.

This guarantee shall expire, no later than the …. Day of .… 2, and any demand for payment under it must be received by us at this office on or before that date.

This guarantee is subject to the Uniform Rules for Demand Guarantees, ICC Publication No. 458, except that subparagraph (ii) of Sub-article 20(a) is hereby excluded.

_____________________ [signature(s)]

[Note: All italicized text (including footnotes) is for use in preparing this form and shall be deleted from the final product.]

1 The Guarantor shall insert an amount representing the percentage of the Contract Price specified in the Contract and

denominated either in the currency(cies) of the Contract or a freely convertible currency acceptable to the Employer. 2 Insert the date twenty-eight days after the expected date of receiving Performance Certificate. The Employer should note that

in the event of an extension of the Time for Completion and/or Defects Notification Period, the Employer would need to request an extension of this guarantee from the Guarantor. Such request must be in writing and must be made prior to the expiration date established in the guarantee. In preparing this guarantee, the Employer might consider adding the following text to the form, at the end of the penultimate paragraph: “The Guarantor agrees to a one-time extension of this guarantee for a period not to exceed [six months][one year], in response to the Employer’s written request for such extension, such request to be presented to the Guarantor before the expiry of the guarantee.”

Performance Security



Advance Payment Security

Demand Guarantee


Beneficiary: The Project Director, Project Implementation Unit, JICA Assisted Guwahati Water Supply Project, 1st Floor, Tripti Tower, Ganeshguri G.S. Road, Guwahati – 781 005 Tele-Fax - +91-361-2340132; Email: [email protected] Date: ________________

ADVANCE PAYMENT GUARANTEE No.: _________________

We have been informed that [insert name of Contractor] (hereinafter called “the Contractor”) has entered into Contract No. [insert reference number of the contract] dated [insert date of the contract] with you, for the execution of [insert name of contract and brief description of Works] (hereinafter called "the Contract").

Furthermore, we understand that, according to the conditions of the Contract, an advance payment in the sum [insert amount in figures] ([amount in words]) is to be made against an advance payment guarantee.

At the request of the Contractor, we [insert name of Bank] hereby irrevocably undertake to pay you any sum or sums not exceeding in total an amount of [insert amount in figures] ([amount in words])1 upon receipt by our office/branch [Name of Issuing Bank of Guwahati, Assam, India where this guarantee is encashable/payable, of your first demand in writing accompanied by a written statement stating that the Contractor is in breach of its obligation under the Contract.

It is a condition for any claim and payment under this guarantee to be made that the advance payment referred to above must have been received by the Contractor on its account number [insert account number] at [insert name and address of Bank].

The maximum amount of this guarantee shall be progressively reduced by the amount of the advance payment repaid by the Contractor as indicated in copies of interim statements or payment certificates which shall be presented to us. This guarantee shall expire, at the latest, upon our receipt of a copy of the interim payment certificate indicating that ninety (90) percent of the Contract Price has been certified for payment, or on the___ day of ___,2 whichever is earlier. Consequently, any demand for payment under this guarantee must be received by us at this office on or before that date.

This guarantee is subject to the Uniform Rules for Demand Guarantees, ICC Publication No. 458.

__________________

[signature(s)] [Note: All italicized text (including footnotes) is for use in preparing this form

and shall be deleted from the final product

1 The Guarantor shall insert an amount representing the amount of the advance payment and denominated either in the

currency(ies) of the advance payment as specified in the Contract, or in a freely convertible currency acceptable to the Employer.

2 Insert the expected expiration date of the Time for Completion. The Employer should note that in the event of an extension of the Time for Completion, the Employer would need to request an extension of this guarantee from the Guarantor. Such request must be in writing and must be made prior to the expiration date established in the guarantee. In preparing this guarantee, the Employer might consider adding the following text to the form, at the end of the penultimate paragraph: “The Guarantor agrees to a one-time extension of this guarantee for a period not to exceed [six months][one year], in response to the Employer’s written request for such extension, such request to be presented to the Guarantor before the expiry of the guarantee.”



Demand Guarantee


Beneficiary: The Project Director, Project Implementation Unit, JICA Assisted Guwahati Water Supply Project, 1st Floor, Tripti Tower, Ganeshguri G.S. Road, Guwahati – 781 005 Tele-Fax - +91-361-2340132; Email: [email protected] Date: ________________ RETENTION MONEY GUARANTEE No.: _________________

We have been informed that [insert name of Contractor] (hereinafter called "the Contractor") has entered into Contract No. [insert reference number of the contract] dated [insert date of the contract] with you, for the execution of [insert name of contract and brief description of Works] (hereinafter called "the Contract").

Furthermore, we understand that, according to the conditions of the Contract, when the Taking-Over Certificate has been issued for the Works and the first half of the Retention Money has been certified for payment, payment of [insert the second half of the Retention Money or if the amount guaranteed under the Performance Guarantee when the Taking-Over Certificate is issued is less than half of the Retention Money, the difference between half of the Retention Money and the amount guaranteed under the Performance Security] is to be made against a Retention Money guarantee.

At the request of the Contractor, we [insert name of Bank] hereby irrevocably undertake to pay you any sum or sums not exceeding in total an amount of [insert amount in figures] ([amount in words])1 upon receipt by our office/branch [Name of Issuing Bank of Guwahati, Assam, India where this guarantee is encashable/payable, of your first demand in writing accompanied by a written statement stating that the Contractor is in breach of its obligation under the Contract.

It is a condition for any claim and payment under this guarantee to be made that the payment of the second half of the Retention Money referred to above must have been received by the Contractor on its account number [insert account number] at [insert name and address of Bank].

This guarantee shall expire, at the latest, 21 days after the date when the Employer has received a copy of the Performance Certificate issued by the Engineer. Consequently, any demand for payment under this guarantee must be received by us at this office on or before that date.

This guarantee is subject to the Uniform Rules for Demand Guarantees, ICC Publication No. 458.

____________________ [signature(s)] [Note: All italicized text (including footnotes) is for use in preparing this form and shall be deleted from the final product.]

1 The Guarantor shall insert an amount representing the amount of the second half of the Retention Money or if the amount

guaranteed under the Performance Guarantee when the Taking-Over Certificate is issued is less than half of the Retention Money, the difference between half of the Retention Money and the amount guaranteed under the Performance Security and denominated either in the currency(ies) of the second half of the Retention Money as specified in the Contract, or in a freely convertible currency acceptable to the Employer.

Retention Money Security

JICA assisted

Guwahati Water Supply Project

Loan Agreement No. ID P-201

IFB No.: GWSP/LCB/C-7A1/2021-22/96

Contract Package No. C-7A1

Procurement of Works (Item rate) for Supply, Installation & Commissioning of MS & HDPE Pipes and Installation &

Commissioning of the Employer furnished DI Pipes and allied works for the balance works under the Distribution Network in

DMAs NS1,NS2,NS3,NS7, NS8,NS15, NS16,NS17, NS18,NS19,NS20,NS21 of Narakasur area of South Central Zone

Bid Documents

Part 2 of 2 Section VI: Works Requirement & Technical Specification

Local Competitive Bidding

Project Implementation Unit, JICA assisted GWSP 1st Floor, Tripti Tower, Ganeshguri

G.S. Road, Guwahati – 781 005

Guwahati Water Supply Project Section VIB. Technical Specifications

1

Table of Contents of Bid Document

PART 1 – Invitation for bids (IFB) Section I : Bidding Procedures

Instruction to Bidders (ITB) Section II : Bid Data Sheet (BDS) Section III : Evaluation and Qualification Criteria

Section IV : Bidding Forms Section IV A Technical Bid

Letter of Technical Bid

: Technical Schedules

Section IV B Price Bid

Letter of Price Bid

: Price Schedules Section V : List of Eligible countries of Japanese ODA Loans

Section VI A : Project Brief & Scope of Works

Section VII : General Conditions (GC)

Section VIII : Particular Conditions (PC) and Annexure-1

Section IX : Contract Forms

PART 2 – Works Requirements Section VI B : Works Requirements & Technical Specifications

Appendix to Part-2 (in separate volumes)

Section VI C : Drawings

: Standard Specifications (Civil Works) : Quality Assurance and Quality Control Manual

: Health and Safety Manual

Guwahati Water Supply Project Section VIB. Technical Specifications

2

Section VI B. Technical Specifications

SPECIFICATIONS The “Standard Specifications (Civil Works)” issued by the Project Director, GWSP, set out the specifications that shall be followed for construction of general civil works under the GWSP. The Particular Specifications for additional specialized items of civil works, and/or for mechanical, electrical and instrumentation works, shall be as set out in sub sections of this Section. In the event of any discrepancy between the provisions of the Standard Specifications and the Particular Specifications, the provisions of the Particular Specifications will prevail. In case of need for specifications not provided in the Standard Specifications or in the Particular Specifications in this section, the CPWD Standard Specifications or other Standard References shall be followed. DESIGN STANDARDS All designs shall be based on the latest Indian Standard (I.S.) Specifications or Codes of Practice. The design standards adopted shall follow the best, modern and sound engineering practice in the field. Other International Standard or Specialist Literature can be followed as long as the provisions in the adopted standard are equivalent or better than the corresponding Indian Standard Specifications. This will be subject to such standard reference or extract of such literature in the English language being supplied by the contractor and approved by the Engineer.

JICA Assisted GWSP:C-7A1 Section VI B: Technical Specifications:

3

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION VI A: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Subsection no. Details No. of Pages

WORKS REQUIREMENTS

i List of Abbreviations 8

1 General Requirements 17

2 Scope of Work 3

3 Civil Works 8

4 Pipes and Specials 25

5 Valves and Appurtenances 8

6 Pipe line Works 22

7 Road Works 3

8 Quality Assurance and Quality Control 7

9 Testing and Commissioning 3

10 Environmental and Social Requirements 16

Page i

List of Abbreviations and Acronyms

alpha

beta degrees

diameter or phase

> greater than

¥ Japanese Yen

< less than

micron or dynamic viscosity

- negative, minus or a dash (hyphen)

# number

% percent(age)

+ plus or positive

± plus or minus

$ United States dollar A amps or angstrom ABS Acrylonitrile Butadiene Styrene AC asphaltic concrete, air conditioning or alternating current ACC asbestos cement concrete acph air changes per hour ADB Asian Development Bank aka also known as AI analog input A/mm2 amperes per square millimeter ANSI American National Standards Institute AO analog output APDC Assam Power Distribution Company Ltd APFC automatic power factor correction API American Petroleum Institute approx approximate ASCR aluminum conductor steel reinforced ASEB Assam State Electricity Board ASI Archaeological Survey of India ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers ASPCB Assam State Pollution Control Board ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials AUWSSB Assam Urban Water Supply & Sewerage Board AWWA American Water Works Association AWG American wire gauge BDS Bid Data Sheet BE Bachelors of Engineering BEP best efficiency point BfV butterfly valve BHN Brinnel hardness number BIS Bureau of Indian Standards BS British Standards Institute BSP black steel pipe BSPT black steel pipe thread BV ball valve BfV butterfly valve C Centigrade (temperature scale) or contract or close CACA cool air cool air (electric motor) c/c center to center CFL compact florescent lamp cc/hr/cm cubic centimeter per hour per centimeter

JICA Assisted GWSP:C-7A1 List of Abbreviations

Page ii

CI cast iron CIP cast iron pipe Cl clause Cl2 chlorine (gas) cm centimeter co. company CP Contract Package CPCB Central Pollution Control Board CPHEEO Central Public Health and Environmental Engineering Organisation CPVC chlorinated polyvinyl chloride CPU central processing unit CO carbon monoxide or call out CO2 carbon dioxide CPU central processing unit CPVC chlorinated polyvinyl chloride CRCA cold rolled close annealed CT current transformer CV curriculum vitae (aka resume) CW clear water (fully treated) CWC Central Water Commission CWP cold water pressure CWPS Clear Water Pump Station d day DB distribution board dBa decibels above reference noise, adjusted DC direct current deg degrees DFT dry film thickness DG diesel generator DI ductile iron dia diameter DIP ductile iron pipe DO digital output or dissolved oxygen DP differential pressure dpi dots per inch DPM digital panel meters DPR Detailed Project Report EC electrical conductor EEPROM electronically erasable programmable read only memory eff efficiency e.g. for example or such as EIA Electronic Industries Alliance EL elevation Elec electric(al) emf electromotive force EMP Environmental Management Plan Eng engineer(ing) EOT electric overhead traveling EPDM ethylene propylene diene monomer (rubber) EPR Environment Protection Rules EPROM electronically programmable read only memory ERW electric resistance welding ES effective size ESMAP Environmental and Social Management Action Plan Ex existing F flanged FAT factory acceptance test FBE fusion bonded epoxy FDS functional design specification FF finished floor FIFO first in first out


Page iii

FPS fireproof sealing FRP fiberglass reinforced plastic fy yield stress g gram or gravitational acceleration (in m/s2) GAD general arrangement drawing GB gigabyte g/h/m2 grams per hour per square meter GHz gigahertz GI galvanized iron GIS geographic information system GL ground level GMC Guwahati Municipal Corporation GMDA Guwahati Metropolitan Development Authority g/m2 grams per square meter GOA Government of Assam GOI Government of India GOJ Government of Japan GPS global positioning system Gr grade or class GRP glass reinforced plastic GS galvanized steel GSB granular sub base GTS Great Trigonometrical Survey GV gate (sluice) valve GWSP Guwahati Water Supply Project H head h height ha hectare(s) HD heavy duty HDPE high density poly-ethylene HFL high flood (water) level Hg mercury HGL hydraulic grade line HI Hydraulic Institute Standards HMI human-machine interface/interaction HMPS hollow metal pressed steel hor horizontal hp horsepower HPSV high pressure sodium vapor hr(s) hour / hours H&S health and safety HT high transmission (voltage) HTH calcium hypochlorite (granular form) HV high voltage HWL high water level HYSD high yield strength deformed hz hertz IACS International Annealed Copper Standard IAS Indian Administrative Service I&C instrumentation and control ICB international competitive bidding ICP instrument control panel IDB internal distribution board IE Indian Electricity i.e. that is IEC International Electrotechnical Commission IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers ILO International Labor Organization I/O input / output IP International (Ingress) Protection Rating INR Indian Rupees


Page iv

IR insulation resistance IRC Indian Roads Congress IS Indian Standards ISI Indian Standards Institution ISO International Organization for Standardization ITT Indian Institute of Technology Jal water JBIC Japan Bank for International Cooperation JICA Japan International Cooperation Agency JNNURM Jawaharlal Nehru National Urban Renewal Mission JV joint venture kA kiloampreres kcal kilocalories kg kilograms kg/cm2 kilograms per square centimeter kg/d kilograms per day kg/hr kilograms per hour khz kilohertz kN/m2 kilonewtons per square meter kPa kilopascal kV kilovolt KVA kilovolt-ampere kVAR kilo-VAR (volt-amp reactive) kW kilowatt L, l length or liter LA lightning arrester lb pound LCB local competitive bidding LCD liquid crystal display LD liquidated damages LED light emitting diode Leq equivalent noise level l/min/m liters per minute per meter lph liters per hour lpm liters per minute LS lump sum L/s liters per second LT low transmission (voltage) Ltd limited (liability company) lux lumen per square meter LV low voltage LWL low water level m meter m2 square meter m3 cubic meter mA milli-amp(s) max maximum MB megabyte mbar millibar(s) MCB miniature circuit breaker MCC motor control center (panel) MCCB molded case circuit breaker MCM million cubic meters m3/d cubic meter per day MDF main distribution frame Mech mechanical MFM multifunction meters mfr manufacturer mg/l milligram per liter min minimum or minute MH metal halide


Page v

m3/hr cubic meter per hour MIS management information system MJ mechanical joint ML million liters ml milliliter MLD million liters per day (= 1,000 cubic meters per day) m3/min cubic meter per minute m3/min/m2 cubic meter per minute per square meter (= m/min) mm millimeter mm/kV millimeter per kilovolt MOG magnetic oil gauge MOH hardness on Moh’s hardness scale mohms/cm micro-ohms per centimeter MoRTH Ministry of Road Transport and Highways MPa megapascals MPCB motor protection circuit breaker MPN most probable number m/s meters per second m3/s cubic meters per second MS mild steel MSIHC Manufacture, Storage, and Import of Hazardous Chemicals (Rules) msl mean sea level MTBF mean time between failures MTTR mean time to repair MV medium voltage mv millivolts MVA megavolt-ampere mVA millivolt-amps mwc meters water column MWL medium (middle) water level N newtons or north NACE National Association of Corrosion Engineers (United States) N/A not applicable or not available NC normally closed NDT nondestructive testing NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association NGO Non-Government Organization NH National Highway Ni-Cd nickel cadmium (battery) NiMH nickel-metal hydride (battery) nm nanometer N/m2 newtons per square meter N/mm2 newtons per square millimeter NO normally open or nitric oxide No. number NO2 nitrogen dioxide NPSH net positive suction head NRW non-revenue water NTU Nephelometric Turbidity Unit NWTP North (Zone) Water Treatment Plant O open OD outside diameter ODA Official Development Assistance OHSMP Occupational Health and Safety Management Plan OIU operator interface unit OLTC on-load tap changer O&M Operations and Maintenance OS&Y outside stem and yoke OTI oil temperature indication OTJ on-the-job P power input or progressive (payment)


Page vi

PAL Secam Phase Alternation Line - Séquentiel Couleur Avec Mémoire para(s) paragraph(s) PB push button PC premix carpet or personal computer PCC plain cement concrete or power control center PDB power distribution board PF power factor pH logarithm of the reciprocal of hydrogen ion concentration in gram atoms per liter ph phase PHED Public Health Environmental Division PI position indication PIU Project Implementation Unit P&ID process and instrumentation diagram PMC Project Management Consultant PMCC power motor control center PN pressure number (rating) PPE personal protective equipment ppm parts per million PRD pressure relief device PS pump station PT phase transition or pulse time or platinum resistance temperature detector PTFE polytetrafluoroethylene PU polyurethane PUC Pollution Under Control PVC polyvinyl chloride PVR programmable voltage regulator Pvt private PWD Public Works Department Q flow QAP Quality Assurance Plan QA/QC Quality Assurance/ Quality Control RAM random-access memory RCC reinforced concrete cement RCCB residual circuit breaker RCl residual chlorine Re Indian Rupee recirc recirculation rehab rehabilitation req’d required RHO right hand ordinary RMC ready mixed concrete rms root mean square ROW right of way rpm revolutions per minute RR random rubble or railroad RS Recommended Standard (telecommunications) Rs Indian Rupees RSPM respirable suspended particulate matter RTCC remote tap changer cubicle RTD resistance type temperature detector S south s or sec seconds SAPROF Special Assistance for Project Formation SAT site acceptance test SAW submerged arc welding SBR styrene butadiene rubber SC south central or short circuit Sch schedule SCR silicon controlled rectifier SCWTP South Central (Zone) Water Treatment Plant SCADA supervisory control and data acquisition


Page vii

Sch schedule SFW spiral welding SLD single line diagram SMF sealed maintenance free SO2 sulfur dioxide SP standard practice SPM suspended particulate matter SPD surge protection device SPDT single-pole double-throw SPL sound pressure level SPP single phasing preventer sq square SQL structured query language Sr senior or serial SS ` stainless steel S&S socket and spigot SSPC Society for Protective Coatings SU standard units SWD side water depth SWG standard wire gauge TBD to be determined TC tack coat TEFC totally enclosed fan cooled (electric motor) TETV totally enclosed tube ventilated (electric motor) THD total harmonic distortion T tonne(s) T/hr tonnes per hour Ti titanium TMT thermo-mechanical treatment TPN three phase and neutral TVSS transient voltage suppressor T/W top of wall TWL top water level U overall heat transfer coefficient UFW unaccounted for water UHMW ultra high molecular weight UPS uninterrupted power supply UPVC unplasticized polyvinyl chloride US United States of America UV ultraviolet (radiation) V volume or volt v volts, voltage VAC volts alternating current VAR volt-amps reactive VCB Vacuum Circuit Breaker VDI German Standards Institution VDR voltage dependent resister VDU visual display unit vert vertical VHF very high frequency viz namely VLT visible light transmission vs versus VT voltage terminal or vacuum tube W watts or heat transfer coefficient w width w/ with WBM water bound macadam WG water gauge WL water level (elevation) WMM wet mix macadam


Page viii

WS water supply WTI winding temperature indicator WTP water treatment plant yr year

Table of Contents

1. General Requirements .....................................................................................................1

1.1 Project Background ................................................................................................................. 1

1.1.1. Project Components under C-7A1: ....................................................................... 1

1.2 Description of the Works ......................................................................................................... 1

1.2.1 Project Description .................................................................................................... 1

1.3 Scope of Work ......................................................................................................................... 2

1.4 Trial run of the System............................................................................................................. 2

1.5 Commissioning of the System ................................................................................................. 2

1.6 Facilities, Details and Data Made Available by the Employer ................................................. 2

1.6.1 Facilities Available to the Contractor ........................................................................ 2

1.6.2 Details and Data Available to the Contractor ............................................................ 3

1.6.3 Pipe Materials Available to the Contractor ................................................................ 3

1.7 Construction Submittals ........................................................................................................... 3

1.7.1 Pre-Construction Submittals ..................................................................................... 3

1.7.2 Survey Documents .................................................................................................... 3

1.7.3 Working Drawings ..................................................................................................... 4

1.7.4 As Built Drawing Preparation of completed Pipe line ............................................... 4

1.7.5 Submittal of Samples of Materials ............................................................................ 6

1.7.6 Project Work Schedule ............................................................................................. 6

1.7.6.1 Work Program, Schedule and Work Sequence ............................................. 7

1.8 Quality Assurance .................................................................................................................... 7

1.8.1 Pre-shipment Inspections Outside of the Employer’s State ..................................... 8

1.9 Safety Assurance ..................................................................................................................... 8

1.9.1 First-Aid ..................................................................................................................... 8

1.9.2 Fire Fighting .............................................................................................................. 8

1.10 Relocation of Existing Utilities ................................................................................................. 8

1.10.1 Damaging of Existing Utilities ................................................................................... 9

1.11 Traffic Control for Pipeline Installation and Road Reinstatement ............................................ 9

1.11.1 Existing Signage ....................................................................................................... 9

1.11.2 Construction Traffic Control Devices ........................................................................ 9

1.11.3 Stationary Construction Signs ................................................................................. 10

1.11.4 Portable Traffic Control Devices ............................................................................. 10

1.11.5 Flashing Arrow Panels ............................................................................................ 11

1.11.6 Payment .................................................................................................................. 11

1.12 Tests on Completion of Work ................................................................................................ 11

1.12.1 Failure to Pass Tests .............................................................................................. 11

1.13 Training of Employer’s Personnel .......................................................................................... 11

1.14 Facilities and Services to be provided by the Contractor ...................................................... 12

1.14.1 Field Office for the Employer .................................................................................. 12

1.14.2 Field Office for the Contractor ................................................................................. 12

1.14.3 Storage Facilities for the Contractor ....................................................................... 12

1.14.4 Temporary Water and Electricity Provisions ........................................................... 13

1.14.5 Temporary Sanitary Provisions ............................................................................... 13

1.14.6 Topographical Surveys and Soil Investigations ...................................................... 13

1.14.7 Field Laboratories ................................................................................................... 13

1.14.8 Supervisory Staff for Contractor .............................................................................. 14

1.14.8.1 Project Manager ........................................................................................... 14

1.14.8.2 Scheduling ................................................................................................... 14

1.14.9 Minimum Construction Equipment to be brought by Contractor at Site.................. 14

1.15 Handing Over of Project Site to Contractor ........................................................................... 14

1.16 Completeness of the Work .................................................................................................... 15

1.17 Time for Completion .............................................................................................................. 15

1.18 Schedule Milestones.............................................................................................................. 15

1.19 Clarification ............................................................................................................................ 15

2. Scope of Work ..................................................................................................................1

2.1 Preamble ................................................................................................................................. 1

2.2 General Scope of Work ........................................................................................................... 1

2.2.1 Submittals ................................................................................................................. 1

2.2.2 Project Implementation ............................................................................................. 1

2.3 Major Components of the Contract .......................................................................................... 2

2.3.1 Location of the Project and Distribution Zone under the Scope ............................... 2

2.3.2 Distribution System ................................................................................................... 2

2.3.5 Trial Run and Commissioning ................................................................................... 3

2.3.6 Training Employer’s Staff .......................................................................................... 3

2.3.6.1 Manufacturer’s Services ................................................................................ 3

2.3.7 Operation and Maintenance ...................................................................................... 3

2.3.8 Submission of the O&M Manuals and As Built Drawings ......................................... 3

2.3.9 Handing Over of the Assets ...................................................................................... 3

3. Civil and General Works ..................................................................................................1

3.1 Standard Specifications ........................................................................................................... 1

3.2 General Requirements............................................................................................................. 1

3.2.1 Design Standards...................................................................................................... 1

3.2.2 Approval of Materials ................................................................................................ 1

3.2.3 Use of Equipment on the Work ................................................................................. 1

3.3 Earthwork - General................................................................................................................. 2

3.3.1 Scope ........................................................................................................................ 2

3.3.2 Applicable Codes ...................................................................................................... 2

3.3.3 Classification of Excavated Material ......................................................................... 2

3.3.3.1 Soil 2

3.3.3.2 Ordinary Rock (not requiring blasting) ........................................................... 2

3.3.3.3 Hard Rock (Requiring Blasting) ..................................................................... 3

3.3.3.4 Hard Rock (Blasting Prohibited) ..................................................................... 3

3.3.4 Foundations .............................................................................................................. 3

3.3.5 Safety Arrangement .................................................................................................. 3

3.4 General Requirements for Concrete Work .............................................................................. 3

3.4.1 Concrete Reinforcement ........................................................................................... 4

3.5 Pipelines 4

3.5.1 Pipe, Specials, Appurtenances and Pipeline works .................................................. 4

3.5.2 Valve Chambers........................................................................................................ 4

3.5.3 Other Accessories for Pipeline Works ...................................................................... 4

3.5.3.1 Anchor Bolts ................................................................................................... 4

3.5.3.2 Lifting Hooks .................................................................................................. 4

3.5.3.3 Ladders with MS Rungs ................................................................................. 4

3.5.3.4 SFRC Covers ................................................................................................. 4

3.6 Dismantling and Demolition ..................................................................................................... 5

3.6.1 Scope ........................................................................................................................ 5

3.6.2 Terminology .............................................................................................................. 5

3.6.3 Dismantling items ...................................................................................................... 5

3.6.4 Pipes and Specials ................................................................................................... 5

3.6.5 Measurements for Payment and Rate ...................................................................... 5

3.7 Maintaining Utility Services ...................................................................................................... 5

3.7.1 Public Utilities ............................................................................................................ 5

3.7.2 Avoidance of Existing Services ................................................................................. 6

3.7.3 Measurements for Payment and Rates .................................................................... 6

3.8 Temporary Diversion of Drains ................................................................................................ 6

3.9 Arrangement for Traffic During Construction ........................................................................... 6

3.10 Access to Abutting Properties ................................................................................................. 6

3.11 Name plates, Signboards and Nomenclature .......................................................................... 7

3.12 First Aid Kits ............................................................................................................................. 7

3.13 Safety Arrangements ............................................................................................................... 7

3.14 Disposal of Surplus Materials .................................................................................................. 7

4. Pipes and Specials ...........................................................................................................1

4.1 General 1

4.1.1 Measurement and Payment ...................................................................................... 1

4.1.2 General Requirements for Piping.............................................................................. 1

4.2 Ductile Iron Pipes and Fittings ................................................................................................. 1

4.2.1 General ..................................................................................................................... 1

4.2.2 Ductile Iron Fittings / Specials ................................................................................... 1

4.2.3 Types of Specials ...................................................................................................... 1

4.2.4 Mechanical Tests ...................................................................................................... 2

4.2.5 Hydraulic Test ........................................................................................................... 2

4.2.6 Coatings .................................................................................................................... 2

4.2.7 Linings ....................................................................................................................... 3

4.2.8 Inspection .................................................................................................................. 3

4.2.9 Gaskets and Packing ................................................................................................ 3

4.2.10 Lubricant for Ductile Iron Pipe and Specials ............................................................. 4

4.2.11 Acceptance Tests...................................................................................................... 4

4.2.12 Packing ..................................................................................................................... 4

4.3 Mild Steel Pipe ......................................................................................................................... 4

4.3.1 General ..................................................................................................................... 4

4.3.2 Applicable Design Codes .......................................................................................... 4

4.3.3 Material Specifications .............................................................................................. 6

4.3.3.1 Steel Plates and Coils .................................................................................... 6

4.3.3.2 Chemical Composition ................................................................................... 6

4.3.3.3 Mechanical Properties and Requirements: .................................................... 7

4.3.4 Tolerances for Plates ................................................................................................ 8

4.3.5 Inspection .................................................................................................................. 8

4.3.6 Procurement .............................................................................................................. 8

4.3.7 Replacement of Unsatisfactory Material ................................................................... 9

4.3.8 Packing and Identification ......................................................................................... 9

4.3.9 Manufacturing of MS Pipe and Specials ................................................................... 9

4.3.9.1 Welded Pipe ................................................................................................... 9

4.3.9.2 Specials ........................................................................................................ 10

4.3.9.2.1 Flanged Branches .................................................................. 10

4.3.9.2.2 Bends ..................................................................................... 10

4.3.9.2.3 Tapers .................................................................................... 10

4.3.9.2.4 Flanges ................................................................................... 10

4.3.9.2.5 Blind Flanges .......................................................................... 11

4.3.9.2.6 Stiffener Rings ........................................................................ 11

4.3.9.2.7 Straps ..................................................................................... 11

4.3.10 Man ways ................................................................................................................ 11

4.3.11 Closing or Make-up Sections .................................................................................. 11

4.3.12 Test Heads .............................................................................................................. 11

4.3.13 Other Specials:........................................................................................................ 11

4.3.14 Inspection and Testing of Fittings/Specials: ........................................................... 12

4.3.15 Welding ................................................................................................................... 12

4.3.15.1 Testing of Welds .......................................................................................... 13

4.3.15.2 Testing of Weld Coupons ............................................................................. 13

4.3.15.3 Re-Tests ....................................................................................................... 13

4.3.15.4 Radiography of Welded Joints ..................................................................... 14

4.3.16 Pipe Testing in Fabrication Shop (Factory Test) .................................................... 14

4.3.17 Marking ................................................................................................................... 15

4.3.18 Stress Relieving ...................................................................................................... 15

4.3.19 Joints ....................................................................................................................... 16

4.3.19.1 Flanged Joints .............................................................................................. 16

4.3.20 Storage .................................................................................................................... 16

4.3.21 Transportation and Handling ................................................................................... 16

4.3.22 Lining and Coating .................................................................................................. 16

4.3.22.1 Internal Lining ............................................................................................... 17

4.3.22.2 External Coating ........................................................................................... 17

4.3.22.3 Surface Preparation ..................................................................................... 17

4.3.22.4 Application of Epoxy Coating ....................................................................... 17

4.3.22.4.1 General ............................................................................. 17

4.3.22.4.2 Successive Coats ............................................................. 18

4.3.22.4.3 Application Temperature ................................................... 18

4.3.22.4.4 Plural Feed Hot Airless Spraying ...................................... 18

4.3.22.5 Coating Repair ............................................................................................. 18

4.3.22.6 Touchup and Repair Procedures ................................................................. 18

4.3.22.7 Final Cure Time ............................................................................................ 18

4.3.22.8 Electrical Inspection for Continuity ............................................................... 19

4.3.22.9 Holiday Detection and Repair ...................................................................... 19

4.3.22.10 Coating of Joints after Welding .................................................................... 19

4.3.22.11 Tests and Inspection .................................................................................... 19

4.3.23 Jointing MS Pipe ..................................................................................................... 20

4.4 HDPE Pipes ........................................................................................................................... 20

4.4.1 Scope ...................................................................................................................... 20

4.4.2 Applicable Codes .................................................................................................... 20

4.4.3 Properties of Pipe.................................................................................................... 21

4.4.3.1 Designation .................................................................................................. 21

4.4.3.2 Color ............................................................................................................. 21

4.4.3.3 Materials ....................................................................................................... 21

4.4.3.4 Raw Material ................................................................................................ 21

4.4.3.5 Anti-oxidant .................................................................................................. 21

4.4.3.6 Reworked Material ....................................................................................... 21

4.4.3.7 Maximum Ovality of Pipe ............................................................................. 21

4.4.3.8 Wall Thickness ............................................................................................. 21

4.4.3.9 Length of Straight Pipe ................................................................................ 22

4.4.3.10 Coiling .......................................................................................................... 22

4.4.3.11 Workmanship / Appearance ......................................................................... 22

4.4.4 Bends and Specials ................................................................................................ 22

4.4.5 Approval of Pipe for Works ..................................................................................... 22

4.4.6 Inspection ................................................................................................................ 22

4.4.6.1 Acceptance Tests ......................................................................................... 23

4.4.7 Marking ................................................................................................................... 23

4.4.8 Handling, Transportation Storage of Pipes ............................................................. 23

4.5 Reinforced Concrete Pipe ..................................................................................................... 24

4.6 G. I. Pipe 24

5. Valves and Appurtenances ..............................................................................................1

5.1 General 1

5.1.1 General Requirements for Valves ............................................................................. 1

5.1.2 Gaskets and Packing ................................................................................................ 1

5.2 Butterfly Valves ........................................................................................................................ 1

5.2.1 Features of Construction ........................................................................................... 1

5.2.2 Materials of Construction .......................................................................................... 2

5.2.3 Gearboxes for Butterfly Valves ................................................................................. 2

5.3 Sluice Valves ........................................................................................................................... 2



5.4 Spring Loaded Dual Plate Check (Non-return) Valves ............................................................ 3



5.5 Pressure Reducing Valves ...................................................................................................... 4

5.5.1 Scope ........................................................................................................................ 4

5.5.2 Product Features....................................................................................................... 4

5.5.3 Material ..................................................................................................................... 4

5.5.4 Hydraulic Test at Works ............................................................................................ 4

5.5.5 Coating ...................................................................................................................... 4

5.5.6 Packing and Shipping ............................................................................................... 4

5.5.7 Installation and Manufacturer’s Services .................................................................. 4

5.5.8 Acceptable Makes ..................................................................................................... 5

5.5.9 Payment .................................................................................................................... 5

5.6 Air Valves ................................................................................................................................. 5



5.7 Fire Hydrants ........................................................................................................................... 5

5.8 Dismantling Joints .................................................................................................................... 6

5.9 Drawings and Information to Be Provided By Contractor ........................................................ 6

5.10 Miscellaneous Accessories ..................................................................................................... 6

5.10.1 Isolating Cocks .......................................................................................................... 6

5.10.2 Nuts, Bolts and Washers .......................................................................................... 6

5.10.3 Pressure Gauges ...................................................................................................... 6

5.11 Inspection ................................................................................................................................ 7

5.11.1 Testing Protocol ........................................................................................................ 7

5.12 Marking 7

5.13 Coating 7

5.14 Electromagnetic Flow Meter .................................................................................................... 7

6. Pipeline Works ..................................................................................................................1

6.1 General 1

6.2 Preparatory Work ..................................................................................................................... 1

6.3 Alignment and the L-Sections .................................................................................................. 1

6.4 Standards ................................................................................................................................ 1

6.5 Tools and Equipment ............................................................................................................... 1

6.6 Handling and Transportation of Pipes and Specials ............................................................... 1

6.6.1 Transportation of Pipes and Specials ....................................................................... 1

6.6.2 Handling of Accessories ........................................................................................... 2

6.6.3 Damaged Pipes and Specials ................................................................................... 2

6.7 Pipe Trench ............................................................................................................................. 3

6.7.1 Pipe Installed in Trenches ......................................................................................... 3

6.7.2 Trench Excavation .................................................................................................... 4

6.7.3 Trench Excavation to be Commensurate with the Laying Progress ......................... 6

6.7.4 Bedding ..................................................................................................................... 6

6.7.4.1 Bedding in Ordinary Soil ................................................................................ 6

6.7.4.2 Bedding in Rock ............................................................................................. 6

6.7.5 Backfilling .................................................................................................................. 6

6.7.5.1 Backfill Zones ................................................................................................. 6

6.7.5.2 Backfill Material .............................................................................................. 7

6.7.5.3 Backfill with Excavated Material ..................................................................... 7

6.7.6 Encasement at Road and Nalla Crossings ............................................................... 8

6.8 Stringing of Pipe Along the Alignment ..................................................................................... 8

6.9 Laying and Jointing of Pipe ..................................................................................................... 9

6.9.1 General ..................................................................................................................... 9

6.9.2 Laying and Jointing of MS Pipe ................................................................................ 9

6.9.3 Laying and Jointing of DI Pipe ................................................................................ 10

6.9.3.1 Use of Tackle ............................................................................................... 10

6.9.3.2 Cleaning ....................................................................................................... 10

6.9.3.3 Laying on Steep Slopes ............................................................................... 10

6.9.3.4 Jointing ......................................................................................................... 11

6.9.3.5 Deflection of the Pipe at the Joints .............................................................. 11

6.9.3.6 Anchoring of the Pipeline ............................................................................. 11

6.9.3.7 Measurement and Payment ......................................................................... 11

6.9.4 Laying and Jointing of HDPE Pipe .......................................................................... 11

6.9.4.1 Lowering and Laying of Pipe ........................................................................ 11

6.9.4.2 Jointing of Pipe ............................................................................................. 12

6.9.4.3 Anchoring of the Pipeline ............................................................................. 12

6.9.4.4 Measurement and Payment ......................................................................... 12

6.9.5 Floatation ................................................................................................................ 12

6.9.5.1 Thrust, Anti-floatation and Anchor Blocks .................................................... 12

6.9.5.1.1 Anchor Blocks......................................................................... 12

6.9.6 Valve Chambers...................................................................................................... 13

6.9.7 River Crossings ....................................................................................................... 13

6.9.8 Trenchless Pipe laying ............................................................................................ 13

6.9.8.1 Scope ........................................................................................................... 13

6.9.8.2 Survey and Investigations ............................................................................ 14

6.9.8.3 Shop Drawings ............................................................................................. 14

6.9.8.4 Pipe Jacking ................................................................................................. 15

6.9.8.4.1 Method .................................................................................... 15

6.9.8.4.2 Construction of Jacking Pit and Receiving Pit ........................ 15

6.9.8.4.3 Casing Pipe ............................................................................ 15

6.9.8.4.4 Pipe Jacking and Installation of Main Pipe ............................. 15

6.9.8.4.5 Installation of Main Pipe ......................................................... 15

6.9.8.5 Horizontal Directional Drilling (HDD) ............................................................ 16

6.9.8.5.1 Method .................................................................................... 16

6.9.8.5.2 Tracking & Guidance System ................................................. 16

6.9.8.5.3 Ancillary equipment ................................................................ 16

6.9.8.5.4 Construction of Jacking and Receiving Pipe .......................... 16

6.9.8.5.5 Installation of Pipes ................................................................ 16

6.9.8.5.6 Skilled Operator ...................................................................... 16

6.9.8.6 Testing ......................................................................................................... 16

6.9.9 Pipe Cutting and Closure Units ............................................................................... 17

6.9.10 Assembling Flanged Joints ..................................................................................... 17

6.9.11 Field Welding .......................................................................................................... 17

6.9.12 Painting of Piping Systems ..................................................................................... 17

6.9.13 Sampling Points ...................................................................................................... 17

6.10 Hydraulic Testing ................................................................................................................... 18

6.10.1 Pipeline Testing – Sectional Test............................................................................ 18

6.10.2 Test Requirements for MS Pipelines ...................................................................... 19

6.10.3 Test Requirements for DI Pipelines ........................................................................ 19

6.10.4 Test Requirements for HDPE Pipelines .................................................................. 19

6.11 Road Reinstatement .............................................................................................................. 19

6.12 National Highway Crossing ................................................................................................... 20

6.12.1 Work Sequence....................................................................................................... 20

7. Road Works ......................................................................................................................1

7.1 Asphalt (Bituminous) Road ...................................................................................................... 1

7.1.1 Type I (for Heavy Traffic Volume) ............................................................................. 1

7.1.2 Type II (for Medium Traffic Volume) ......................................................................... 2

7.1.3 Type III (for Low Traffic Volume) ............................................................................... 2

7.2 Water Bound Macadam Road ................................................................................................. 3

7.3 Cement Concrete Road ........................................................................................................... 3

7.4 Brick Road ............................................................................................................................... 3

8. Quality Assurance and Quality Control ..........................................................................1

8.1 General 1

8.1.1 Submission of Pre-construction Review Data ........................................................... 1

8.1.1.1 Samples ......................................................................................................... 1

8.1.1.2 Factory Tests ................................................................................................. 1

8.1.1.3 Scope of Inspection........................................................................................ 1

8.1.1.4 Dispatching .................................................................................................... 1

8.1.1.5 Packing and Shipping .................................................................................... 1

8.1.1.6 Labels ............................................................................................................. 2

8.1.2 Quality Assurance ..................................................................................................... 2

8.1.2.1 Category A Inspections and Tests ................................................................. 3

8.1.2.2 Category B Inspections and Tests ................................................................. 3

8.1.2.3 Category C Inspections and Tests ................................................................. 3

8.1.3 Conditions for Supply and Inspection ....................................................................... 3

8.1.4 Categories of Inspection ........................................................................................... 3

8.1.4.1 Mechanical Items ........................................................................................... 4

8.1.5 Manufacturer’s Factory Acceptance Tests ............................................................... 5

8.1.6 Contractor’s Field Laboratory .................................................................................... 5

9. Testing and Commissioning ............................................................................................1

9.1 General 1

9.1.1 Contractor’s Licensing .............................................................................................. 1

9.2 Records, Procedures and Reports .......................................................................................... 1

9.3 Trial Run and Commissioning/Completion .............................................................................. 2

9.3.1 Inspection of Completed Work .................................................................................. 2

9.3.2 Disinfecting and Flushing of Pipelines ...................................................................... 2

9.3.3 Trial Run / Commissioning ........................................................................................ 3

9.4 Completion Certificate ............................................................................................................. 3

10. Environmental and Social Requirements .......................................................................1

10.1 Environmental and Social Management Action Plan .............................................................. 1

10.1.1 Submission of the Contractor’s EMP ........................................................................ 1

10.1.2 Associated Environmental Management Responsibilities ........................................ 1

10.1.3 Protection of the Environment ................................................................................... 2

10.1.4 Existing Environment ................................................................................................ 2

10.1.4.1 General .......................................................................................................... 2

10.1.4.2 Topographical and Geology ........................................................................... 2

10.1.4.3 Ambient Air Quality and Noise ....................................................................... 3

10.1.4.4 Biological Environment in the Project Area .................................................... 3

10.1.4.5 Social and Cultural Resources ....................................................................... 3

10.2 Environmental Impacts ............................................................................................................ 3

10.2.1 Preservation of Trees & Vegetation .......................................................................... 3

10.2.2 Soil Erosion & Sedimentation Control ....................................................................... 4

10.2.3 Substances Hazardous to Health ............................................................................. 4

10.2.4 Fuel and Chemical Storage ...................................................................................... 4

10.2.5 Water Quality ............................................................................................................ 4

10.2.6 Air Quality .................................................................................................................. 4

10.2.7 Disposal of Surplus Excavated Material ................................................................... 5

10.2.8 Noise ......................................................................................................................... 5

10.2.9 Archaeological Assets and Antiquities ...................................................................... 6

10.2.10 Protection of Aesthetic Values .................................................................................. 6

10.3 Environmental Statutory Considerations ................................................................................. 6

10.3.1 Compliance with Environmental Laws ...................................................................... 6

10.3.2 Compliance with Labor Laws .................................................................................... 6

10.3.3 Environmental Standards .......................................................................................... 7

10.3.4 Environmental Monitoring ......................................................................................... 7

10.3.5 Health and Safety ..................................................................................................... 7

10.3.5.1 Water Supply and Sanitation ......................................................................... 8

10.3.5.2 Transmission of Diseases .............................................................................. 8

10.3.5.3 Public Safety .................................................................................................. 8

10.3.5.4 Personal Safety Measures for Workers ......................................................... 8

10.3.6 Progress Reporting ................................................................................................... 9

10.3.7 Environmental & Safety Engineer ............................................................................. 9

10.4 Project Specifics ...................................................................................................................... 9

10.4.1 Water Distribution Pipelines ...................................................................................... 9

10.5 Environmental Management Plan ........................................................................................... 9

10.5.1 General ..................................................................................................................... 9

10.5.2 Contractor’s Environmental Management Plan ........................................................ 9

10.5.3 Monitoring and Mitigation of Construction Phase Impacts ..................................... 11

10.5.3.1 Action 1: Prevention of any Substantial Increase in Dust Levels and Air Pollution ....................................................................................................... 11

10.5.3.2 Action 2: Exposure of Workers to High Noise Levels at Construction Sites 12

10.5.3.3 Action 3: Sanitation and Hygiene at Construction Labor Camps ................ 12

10.5.3.4 Action 4: Disposal of Earthwork Spoil Material ........................................... 13

10.5.3.5 Action 5: Health Impacts due to Mosquito Breeding ................................... 13

10.6 Occupational Health & Safety Management Plan ................................................................. 13

10.6.1 Preparation of On-site Emergency Plan ................................................................. 14

JICA assisted GWSP: Package No.C-7A1 Section VI B: Technical Specifications

Page 1 of 15

Section VI B: Technical Specifications

Subsection 1 – General Requirements

1. General Requirements

1.1 Project Background

The Guwahati Metropolitan Area [GMA] has been divided into four distribution zones for water supply, namely (1) South East, (2) South Central, (3) South West, all located in the south of the Brahmaputra River and (4) North Guwahati on the northern bank of the Brahmaputra River.

At present, there are three agencies which provide water supply in the City of Guwahati, namely the Guwahati Municipal Corporation [GMC], Public Health and Engineering Department [PHED], and Assam Urban Water Supply & Sewerage Board [AUWSSB]. Of the three agencies the GMC covers about 30% of the population in this city. Most of the water treatment and supply facilities have outlived their lives as a result of a budget deficiency for repair or replacement.

The Master Plan for the Guwahati Metropolitan Area 2025 sets the target of “100% houses will be supplied with piped filtered water by the year 2025”. The on-going water supply project for the South West Zone is being taken up under Jawaharlal Nehru National Urban Renewal Mission [JNNURM] funding. The on-going water supply project for South East Zone is under the Asian Development Bank’s [ADB’s] assistance.

The water supply zones under the Japanese International Cooperation Agency (JICA) funding for this Contract (ID-P 201) are the South Central and North Zones. The South Central Zone is the center of the city with the highest population among the four zones. This project is being assistance of 29,453 million Japanese Yen. The loan is for civil works i.e. constructing water supply facilities, procurement of machinery and equipment, and consulting services.

This Guwahati Water Supply Project (GWSP) aims to construct water treatment, conveyance and storage facilities in the South Central and Northern parts of the city to activate a potable water supply system with 100% coverage of the citizens within the above areas and thus leading to upgrading the citizen’s living standard.

The Project also aims to support the establishment of the GMDW&SB, which is planned to take over the water supply systems and to cover the entire city. Government has notified the Guwahati Metropolitan Drinking Water and Sewerage Board Act, 2009, that came into effect from 1st January 2012. Government constituted the Board vide notification No. 80/08/145 dated 21.12.2011.

The Government has approved and notified the (i) Conduct of Business Regulations (ii) Financial Regulations (iii) Connection Regulations that were proposed by the Guwahati Metropolitan Drinking Water and Sewerage Board [GMDW&SB].

GMDW&SB will plan, design, construct, maintain, operate & manage the Water Supply and Sewerage Schemes in GMA. GMDW&SB will plan for, regulate and manage the exploitation of ground water. GMDW&SB will promote measures for conservation, recycling and reuse of water. The GMDW&SB will provide Service connections to cover the 100% of the households in the JICA Project area. JICA is also providing assistance for the house service connections in the JnNURM Project area.

1.1.1. Project Components under C-7A1:

Contract Package No. C-7A1 under the JICA Assisted Guwahati Water Supply Project includes the installation of distribution pipelines in Narakasur areas of the South central Zone of the project, under which the previous contractor has done some of the works and the balance works that are to be executed under this contract.

1.2 Description of the Works

1.2.1 Project Description

The GWSP has been planned to be implemented in two (2) phases. Phase 1 will be designed to accommodate the projected year 2025 water demands and Phase 2 the projected year 2040 water demands. The transmission and distribution piping works under Phase I will be implemented to accommodate the demand of Phase II.

Works under Contract Package C-01 and C-03 include: Intake, Water Treatment Plant and Clear Water Reservoir cum Pumping Station for North zone and South Central zone respectively.


Page 2 of 15

Works under the Contract Package (C-04) for the South Central Zone facilities include: the construction of a main and seven service reservoirs, service buildings with booster chlorination facilities at all of the reservoir sites, the construction of booster pump stations, the supply and installation of MS and DI transmission mains etc.

The installation of the distribution networks will be implemented under contracts (Contract Packages No’s. 2, 5, 6, 7).

The DI pipe to be installed under this Contract (C-7A1) will be supplied under Contract Packages No. 8A & 8B.

The Contractor shall be responsible for the supply (except DI pipes), installation, construction, testing and commissioning of MS Pipes, HDPE pipes, valves and appurtenances the facilities included in Contract Package No. C-7A1.

1.3 Scope of Work

The detailed Scope of Work for the Contract has been described in Subsection 2 followed by further technical details of different components in the subsequent Subsections.

1.4 Trial run of the System

After execution of the works in all respect, the Contractor shall make trial run of the distribution system network for a period of 90 days. The water supply would be made available by the Employer at the zonal reservoir out-lets. The contractor will fill up the distribution system by opening the outlet and checkup the system for any cross connections left to be done, operate the online valves to ascertain proper opening and closing, rectify the observed leakages in the system and ascertain that the water reaches all the pipelines and pipeline dead ends at full system pressure. The contractor shall make arrangement for measurement of the pressures at dead ends and at points as directed, including drilling for installation of pressure gauge, procurement and installation of pressure gauge of required head and closing the drilled hole with the help of plug or DI clamp. Measurement of pressures shall be carried out on an average every 3 km length as per instruction of Engineer in Charge. After the trial run for a specific area is completed to the satisfaction of the Employer’s representative, the pipelines shall be flushed by opening the washout valves wherever provided and as directed. The contractor can give the trial run in sections / bits by isolating the network area wise based on the topography and system isolation facilities.

The contractor shall employ required man power for the trial run at his cost. If the trial run of whole of the network is not completed during 90 days period, it will have to be completed in the extended period at the risk and cost of the contractor.

1.5 Commissioning of the System

After the successful completion of the trial run, the network shall be treated as commissioned and a Certificate in that respect will be issued by the Employer to the Contractor. Upon Commissioning the Employer will take over control of the facilities.

When the water supply facilities are commissioned, the Employer may begin supplying treated water to the public. Once Commissioning has occurred, all the costs of consumables for operation and maintenance of the system and the cost of the electricity will be borne by the Employer

1.6 Facilities, Details and Data Made Available by the Employer

1.6.1 Facilities Available to the Contractor

Spaces and Accommodation: The Contractor will be allowed to use the space available, which will not be occupied by any permanent facilities, after permission of the Employer’s Representative. The Contractor will be free to use it for establishing his offices, laboratories, storage spaces and workshop as long as they do not interfere with the layout of the works to be carried out under the Project. Staff quarters shall be located within the Project Sites.

The Contractor shall hand over the spaces and structures in a clean and intact condition at the end of the Contract or at an intermediate stage when they may be required by the Employer’s Representative on demand after a one month notice.

There will be no charge for the use of such space. The Employer however does not undertake to provide any additional space or accommodation that the Contractor may require to fulfill his contractual responsibilities. The Contractor will be responsible to arrange the same at his own cost. The Employer may assist the Contractor in making his arrangements by giving suitable recommendation letters.


Page 3 of 15

1.6.2 Details and Data Available to the Contractor

The Employer has collected the details and data listed below and has used these in the formulation of the bid elements. They are listed below. These data will be made available to the successful bidder.

a. Topographical surveys map and/or road map.

b. Subsoil Investigations for River crossing and OHT site.

c. Network drawing /Node data sheet with approximate ground levels.

d. Standard drawings for construction of valve chambers/culvert crossings/ thrust blocks.

1.6.3 Pipe Materials Available to the Contractor

Employer will provide DI K9 pipes of diameters 100mm to 600mm as per IS 8239 including rubber gaskets, 5% extra over number of pipes. Contractor has to procure required socketed and flanged specials conforming to IS: 9523 including various types of bends, tees, reducers, socket and flanged tail pieces, duck foot bends, collars, mechanical joints, dead end caps, blank flanges etc. as per requirement including EPDM rubber gaskets suitable for tyton joints and ‘O” rings required for the jointing of specials with the pipes, nuts and bolts with packing gaskets, and all that required for distribution system.

The DI pipes will be issued to the Contractor from the Employer’s store yard/yards. The Contractor at his cost will arrange for carting of the DI pipes and make arrangement for storage wherever required by him for laying and jointing work.

1.7 Construction Submittals

1.7.1 Pre-Construction Submittals

The Contractor shall submit to the Employer’s Representative four (4) copies each, unless stipulated otherwise elsewhere in this document, of pre-construction submittals of shop drawings, equipment data sheets, calculations, test results, certifications and other required submittal material prior to starting construction or have any piece of equipment or material delivered to the Project Sites. It is a matter of high priority that the Contractor ensures the submittal of such data and drawings within the stipulated time schedules.

It is the intention of the Employer to ensure that the approval of such submittals is made expeditiously. The Contractor is therefore required to set-up their project office in Guwahati (fully equipped and staffed). This project office shall be duly backed up by a full service office at the Contractor’s headquarters to enable continuous submission, interaction and timely clearances.

1.7.2 Survey Documents

Topographical Survey work of any specific portion within the project site is to be carried out by contractor only after the instruction and direction of Engineer in Charge. In case of confirmatory and additional survey work, the documents and drawings shall be in sufficient detail for review by the Employer’s Representative. The drawings shall be of standardized A1 sizes or as instructed by the Employer’s Representative and shall contain the following basic information on the Submittal Form:

a. Project name

b. Name and number of the Contract

c. Contractor's name

d. Number and title of the data sheet or drawing

e. Date and scale (if applicable)

f. Name, address and phone number for the equipment manufacturer or material supplier

g. Revision Number (R0 for drawing submitted initially and R1, R2, etc., for drawings submitted subsequently).

h. Signature of Contractor’s authorized personnel making the submittal

Scale of the drawing shall be 1:500 or as per instruction of Engineer in Charge. A blank space 75 mm x 50 mm shall be provided immediately above the signature block for the approval stamp. The Contractor shall be responsible for preparation of the submittal data and drawings, as specified in the Contract. Contractor shall also provide soft copies of the same. The drawing shall contain the following features: Road edge, property line, drain, culvert/bridge, electric posts, underground utilities, big trees, land mark, etc.”


Page 4 of 15

1.7.3 Working Drawings

The contractor shall perform the following activities for preparation of working drawings.

• Inspection of routes based on the network drawings which will be given to the successful contractor

• Find out the existing underground and aboveground utilities

• Perform necessary survey and investigation, required for successful completion of this drawing

• Preparation of alignment map and L-section showing all existing underground and aboveground

features and all proposed details as discussed in Subsection 6.

• Submission of one set draft hard copy (A1) and soft drawing (scale as per instruction of Engineer in

Charge).

• Incorporation of comments of Employer’s Representative

• Submission of two sets of final hard copy drawings (A1) and one set of soft copy drawings. Name

plate will be provided to the contractor.

The payment for this item shall be as per BOQ.

1.7.4 As Built Drawing Preparation of completed Pipe line

One of the most important documents that have to be carefully and accurately prepared in Guwahati Water Supply Project (GWSP), are the as-built drawings on the top of accurate topographical survey data, as these form the records of actual construction works carried out.

It is objective of GMDW&SB’s that all datasets that includes existing topographical survey data, design drawings, working drawings, as-built drawings, Satellite Imagery, GIS data etc., of all project packages within Guwahati Water Supply Project should be in uniform coordinate system, so that horizontal accuracy of the features could be maintained with higher precision.

RECTIFICATION OF EXISTING TOPOGRAPHICAL SURVEY DATA OF PACKAGE C#07

The as-built drawings on top of rectified topographical data will be the only accurate record of the GMDW&SB’s assets, and as such the importance of this cannot be emphasized enough.

• There is a horizontal shift in the existing topographical survey drawings prepared by earlier Contractor i.e., for package C#07, which needs to be rectified by the selected contractor at the inception of the project on the priority basis for the preparation of “As-built drawings” on the prescribed format. The cost of this work may be included in the cost of “As-built Drawings”. The prescribed format for “As-built Drawings” will be provided to the successful contractor.

• The Contractor shall transfer the existing topographical survey data of Package C#07 (CAD Format) on the correct position to eliminate the horizontal error. For same Contractor shall complete the following activities:

• Establishment of 1 (One) base station with 24 Hours observation and approximately 20 (twenty) no’s secondary control points at appropriate position in grid network along the project area with minimum 2-4 hours observations using the Dual Frequency based Differential Global Positioning System (DGPS) equipment around the package C#7A1 project area

o The no’s of GCP’s may be increased or reduced based on the onsite feasibility before the establishment of GCP’s.

o GMDW&SB will assist the selected contractor in identification & finalization of the GCP’s around the Package C#7A1 project area.

o Survey of India (SoI) benchmark to be taken as reference purpose.

o The established GCP’s should be marked properly for the future reference. The Contractor shall fix the permanent round steel peg (Benchmark Plate) of approximately 15 CM diameter at the GCP Location.

• All the existing topographical data features, Assets/Household layers etc., (developed earlier) shall be aligned to the new reference coordinate points to complete the process for the preparation of as-built drawings Suggested Methodology: o GMDW&SB has procured (0.3 Meters) High Resolution Satellite Imagery resolution for entire South

Central & North Guwahati from NRSC, Hyderabad. The Contractor shall Geo-reference & Ortho-rectify the High-Resolution Satellite Imagery using GCP’s & available elevation points of the project area.


Page 5 of 15

o The Contractor shall align the topographical survey data features, Assets/Household layers (developed earlier) on the rectified High-Resolution Satellite Imagery to complete the Base Data for the preparation of as-built drawings.

o GMDW&SB will assist the contractor in implementation of the rectification process.

• The Contractor shall conduct “Onsite Visual Inspection” to validate laid Assets using the Tablet/Smart GPS by capturing the Coordinates/Photograph/Attributes etc., of all constructed Asset, as per the direction of concerned Engineer.

The Contractor also shall deliver the following items: -

• Post processed DGPS observations data, as well as raw data with survey report

• Geo-referenced Imagery based on DGPS observations in Geo Tiff & IMG Format

• Rectified Topographical survey data (All features) with all (Assets, House Holds layers etc.,) in CAD format.

• “Onsite Visual Inspection” report with all Asset Information that includes the Coordinates, Photographs, attributes etc., as per the direction of concerned Engineer.

AS BUILT DRAWINGS

• The Contractor shall use the rectified topographical survey data to develop the standard “As-built Drawings”.

• The Contractor shall validate the constructed Assets onsite by “Visual Inspection Process”. The Contractor shall use the Tablet/Smart Tablet for the data management Process.

o Concerned Engineer will assist the Contractor in implementing the Onsite Asset validation & data management process.

• The Contractor shall use the best practices in maintaining the precision in the System

o Concerned Engineer will assist the Contractor in implementing the best practices for the maintenance of precision in AutoCAD System

• Upon receipt and acceptance of the construction drawings from the GMDW&SB, Contractor shall prepare final standard engineering as-built drawings incorporating any changes that occurred during the construction.

• The Contractor shall submit the final As-built as per the instruction of “Engineer in charge”. The Drawings shall be in 3 (Three sets) of hard copy (including 1 copy of reproducing tracings)

• The Contractor shall submit final as-built in DWG & PDF electronically with hardcopy submissions.

• Final as-built shall be signed by a Contractor official in each corresponding discipline.

• The Contractor shall provide the “As-built drawings” at the scale of 1:500/A1 Size with the following compulsory information on the submittal form i.e.,

o Project Name

o Name/No of the Contract

o Contractor Name

o Specific Number/Title of the data sheet or drawing

o Date & Scale

o Name, address & phone No’s for the equipment manufacturer or material supplier

o Revision No

o Signature of the Contractor authorized personal making the submittal

For doing rectification of the existing Topographical data of Pkg. 7 the amount will be paid to the contractor from the Provisional Sum for the following items.

S. No. Description

1 Feasibility & Establishment of 1 Primary & 20 no’s secondary Ground Control Points (GCP’s) around package project area using dual frequency based DGPS Equipment

2 Transfer of existing topographical Survey data (Auto-CAD format) to new Coordinates, based on the new GCP's. The existing topographical survey data includes all topographical features captured layer wise by earlier Contractor. Other Layers like Assets, Households etc., developed on top of existing topographical data also need to be transferred on the rectified Coordinates. This Assignment includes the Geo-referencing, Ortho-rectification &


Page 6 of 15

S. No. Description

other related processes including Software arrangement for High Resolution Satellite Imagery rectification, as directed by the Engineer.

3 Onsite Visual Inspection to validate the Laid Assets using the Tablet/Smart GPS by capturing the Coordinates/Photograph/Other Attributes of the constructed Asset, as directed by the Engineer.

4 As built drawings preparation (Assets Laid by earlier Contractor) in AutoCAD Software with 3 no's Hardcopy Color Maps @ scale of 1:500 on A1 Size, as directed by the Engineer.

AS BUILT DRAWINGS OF PROPOSED

• The Contractor shall use the rectified topographical survey data to develop the standard as built drawings

• The Contractor shall use the Tablet/Smart Tablet for the data updating process on regular basis to maintain the accuracy in data.

• The Contractor shall use the best practices in maintaining the precision in the System

• Upon receipt and acceptance of the construction drawings from the GMDW&SB, Contractor shall prepare final standard engineering as-builts drawings incorporating any changes that occurred during the construction.

• The Contractor shall submit the final As-built as per the instruction of “Engineer in charge”. The Drawings shall be in 3 (Three sets) of hard copy (including 1 copy of reproducing tracings)

• The Contractor shall submit final as-builts in DWG & PDF electronically with hardcopy submissions.

• Final as-builts shall be signed by a Contractor official in each corresponding discipline.

• The Contractor shall provide the “As-built drawings” at the scale of 1:500/A1 Size with the following compulsory information on the submittal form i.e., o Project Name o Name/No of the Contract o Contractor Name o Specific Number/Title of the data sheet or drawing o Date & Scale o Name, address & phone No’s for the equipment manufacturer or material supplier o Revision No o Signature of the Contractor authorized personal making the submittal

The payment for this item shall be as per BOQ.

1.7.5 Submittal of Samples of Materials

Samples of materials requiring prior approval, such as cement, aggregates, asphalt cement, building specialties and backfill materials shall be furnished by the Contractor to the Employer’s Representative in large enough quantities (at least 0.1m3 each) with descriptive data. Samples shall be submitted at least 14 days before their proposed usage in the work to permit inspection and testing. The samples shall be properly marked to show the name of the material, name of the manufacturer, applicable Specification Subsection, place of origin and application for which it is to be used.

Only upon approval by the Employer’s Representative, shall be the materials be brought to the Project Site. Samples once approved shall be on exhibition at all times, properly stored and prevented from deterioration for the propose of comparison with the materials brought to site of work from time to time for use in the work.

1.7.6 Project Work Schedule

Within the first 30 days after issuance of the Notice to Proceed the Contractor shall submit his proposed work schedule to complete all of the required items of work within the time frame as set forth in the Time of Completion. Adequate time shall be allocated for testing, the Trial Runs and other pre-commissioning activities, including training of the Employer’s Staff.

The Project Work Schedule shall be prepared in graphical form in the critical path method (CPM) or the program evaluation and review technique (PERT) format using an industry accepted project management software such as Primavera or Microsoft Project. The critical path items and their flow path to the completion of the work shall be identified.


Page 7 of 15

The Contractor shall update this Project Work Schedule monthly, reporting progress through a set date such as the last workday of the month or the last Saturday of the month. The update Project Work Schedule shall be submitted to the Employer’s Representative by the 7th of the following month. A brief report shall accompany this submittal highlighting the following:

a. Planned work for the following month

b. Items of work that fell behind the planned Schedule for the preceding month, and reasons for their delay

c. Alerts as to potential problems the Contractor may have in meeting the planned Schedule

d. Items the Contractor requires from the Employer in order to meet the planned Schedule

e. Any Change orders the Contractor views as being required to meet the planned Schedule

f. Alerts as to potential for the assessment of Liquidated Damages

The Employer’s Representative will review the Contractor’s submitted Project Work Schedule on a monthly basis and will provide the Contractor with comments as to any portions of the Schedule which he or the Employer views as being unachievable.

1.7.6.1 Work Program, Schedule and Work Sequence

Work Program, Schedule and Work sequence shall be submitted by successful Contractor before commencement of work. The work schedule shall include:

• Preparation of Construction schedule (Gantt Chart) • Mobilization of

➢ Set-up zoning ➢ Work Team and equipment ➢ Survey Team ➢ Storage yard

• Topographic survey by Total Station of a part of the project area • Inspection of pipe line route

➢ Reconnaissance ➢ Approximate physical measurement of pipe line route of diameter 300mm and above ➢ Encroachment, if any, and noting to Employer’s representative ➢ Railway and river crossings ➢ Piping storage yard ➢ Other issues

• Survey and investigation ➢ for underground and aboveground utilities and features ➢ for Working drawing

• Preparation of Working drawing in zones ➢ Submission of draft drawing ➢ Submission and approval of final drawing ➢ 90 days margin between approval of final drawing and site execution.

• Procurement of pipe materials ➢ Estimate pipe/valves/fittings ➢ Additional/adjusted procurement

• Commencement of Pipe laying work ➢ Trench work ➢ Pipe installation ➢ Auxiliary construction ➢ Restoration works ➢ Sectional Testing

• Testing and Commissioning

1.8 Quality Assurance

The Guwahati Water Supply Project stresses to achieve the highest standards for the works (construction, equipment supply and erection). The Employer’s Representative will issue, prior to the issuance of the Letter to Proceed, a Quality Assurance/Quality Control (QA/QC) Manual which will detail the minimum level of resting and control to be exercised for ensuring the quality of the completed works. An additional QA/QC Plan is outlined in separate Subsection of these specifications. The minimum measures taken by the Contractor shall be as per the QA/QC Manual and these specifications but not limited to it. The


Page 8 of 15

Contractor shall prepare a detailed plan for this Contract for Quality Assurance and Quality Control and get it approved by the Employer’s Representative. The Contractor shall deploy an adequate number of suitable staff whose sole responsibility shall be to strictly implement the QA/QC Plan and conduct necessary tests to ensure the highest quality standards are being met. All other measures that the Contractor may feel necessary he may add with the approval of the Employer’s Representative or as may be directed by the Employer’s Representative shall also be implemented.

The following subsections give details of the proposed Quality Assurance and Quality Control scheme to be followed in this Project. It covers the inspections of construction material, manufacture and supply of equipment, specials and of the works to be carried out.

1.8.1 Pre-shipment Inspections Outside of the Employer’s State

In the event the Contractor proposes to procure material which requires pre-shipment (factory) inspection by the Employer’s Representative from outside of the Employer’s State (Assam), the Contractor shall arrange and provide for the cost the travels to the Manufacturer’s site, including accommodation, local transport and food for two (2) Representatives of the Employer, whenever required. Such costs will be incorporated into the tendered cost and no additional payments will be made afterwards.

1.9 Safety Assurance

The Contractor will take all measures required to maintain the highest industry recognized safety standards on the project site. The measures taken shall include all but not be limited to the relevant provisions of the Indian Standards (IS). The Contractor shall prepare a Safety Plan for the project and have it approved by the Employer’s Representative prior to starting work on a particular site. The Contractor shall deploy a Safety Officer on each work site to ensure compliance with his Safety Plan.

The Contractor shall be responsible for the safety of all workmen and other persons entering or in the work areas and shall take all measures necessary to ensure their safety at his own expense. Such measures shall include the provisions of helmets (hardhats), the provision of gum-boots to workers engaged in cement concrete, and eye protection (goggles). Scaffolding or other measures required for working at a height shall be load rated and rigid and be provided with suitable and convenient access. Shoring required for deep excavation must be adequate and rigidly braced and strutted. Other safety measures that the Employer’s Representative may direct, depending on the exigencies of the location and nature of work and other relevant factors, shall be provided by the Contractor. No additional payment will be made for this safety measures as such work will be considered incidental.

No additional payment will be made for these safety measures as such work will be considered incidental.

1.9.1 First-Aid

The Contractor shall arrange for medical services to be promptly available when necessary. He shall provide First-Aid stations at suitable locations within easy reach of the workmen and other staff engaged in the work. Each First-Aid station shall be properly equipped and shall be the charge of a suitably qualified supervisory staff member. The Contractor shall also provide for transport of serious cases to the nearest hospital. All these arrangements shall be included in the Contractor’s Safety Plan.

1.9.2 Fire Fighting

The Contractor shall provide a suitable method for firefighting. He shall provide a suitable number of fire extinguishers, axes, shovels, pry bars and an adequate number of buckets, some of which are to be always filled with sand and some with water. This equipment shall be provided at suitable prominent and easily accessible locations at each work site as identified in the Contractor’s Safety Plan and shall be properly maintained.

1.10 Relocation of Existing Utilities

The Contractor shall identify, or have identified by the particular utility agency, any utilizes which will inhibit or prevent his work from proceeding. Utilities shall include either buried or overhead services, some of which may be owned by the Employer. Utilities shall include, but not be limited to, electrical services, telecommunications services, water services and drainage services.

The Contractor shall contact the local utility agencies prior to performing any work on a Project Site or along a pipeline route. The Contractor shall have the local utility agencies identify and locate their utilities within the path of the Contractor’s work. The utility agency shall either relocate their utilities around the perimeter of the Contractor’s work area or shall authorize the Contractor to do so. For pipeline installation this may require the utility agency to remove their system from service in a particular area while the Contractor’s pipeline or other work passes by the utility.


Page 9 of 15

The Contractor shall plan his overall work schedule to provide the particular utility at least 14 calendar days to relocate their utility once they are contacted to do so.

The payment for the construction work involved for utility installation shall be paid to the Contractor out of a Provision Sum/Day work item. Any construction work to be performed by the utility agency shall be negotiated between the Contractor, the utility agency and the Employer’s Representative. Identification of utilities, contacting the particular utility agency and negotiating payment for and the scheduling of their work shall be included in the Contractor’s unit price for pipeline installation or site work and he will not receive any additional payment for such from the Provisional Sum/Day work.

1.10.1 Damaging of Existing Utilities

The contractor shall be responsible at his own cost for rectifying any damages done by him to the existing utilities that might occur due to the activities for pipeline works.

1.11 Traffic Control for Pipeline Installation and Road Reinstatement

1.11.1 Existing Signage

The Contractor shall move any existing street signs and markers and route markers out of the construction limits of the project and install the street signs and markers and route markers so that they will be visible to the traveling public if there is sufficient right of way for these signs and markers outside of the construction limits.

Near the completion of the project and when so directed by the Employer’s Representative, the Contractor shall move the signs and markers and install them in their proper location in regard to the finished pavement of the project.

Any signs or markers which cannot be relocated due to lack of right-of-way, or any signs and markers which will no longer be applicable after the construction of the project, shall be stockpiled at locations directed by the Employer’s Representative for removal by others.

The Contractor shall be responsible to the Employer for any damage to any street signs and markers or route markers during the construction period.

No additional payment will be made for relocating, reinstalling, and/or stockpiling the street signs and markers and route markers as such work will be considered incidental.

1.11.2 Construction Traffic Control Devices

The work covered by this Section consists of furnishing, erecting, maintaining, relocating, and removing traffic control devices in accordance with the Specifications or as directed by the Employer’s Representative. All traffic control devices furnished by the Contractor shall remain the property of the Contractor. Traffic control devices shall include, but not be limited to signs, non-metallic drums, barricades, cones, delineators, temporary guardrail, temporary pavement marking, raised reflective pavement markers, flaggers and pilot vehicles, as required.

Unless otherwise required, materials used in the fabrication and installation of construction traffic control devices shall be in accordance with acceptable standards and quality when traffic control devices are no longer required for traffic handling in the initial phase of construction requiring their use, they may be reused at various locations throughout the project provided the device is not defaced, is structurally sound, clean, and otherwise conforms to the above requirements.

Traffic control devices which do not meet the requirements of this Section shall not be used; and, when during the life of a project, a device ceases to meet the requirements of this Section it shall be promptly removed and replaced with a conforming device at no additional compensation. The Employer’s Representative shall have the authority to determine the acceptability of the traffic control devices.

Traffic control devices shall be installed at the inception of construction operations, and shall be properly maintained, relocated as necessary, cleaned, and operated during the time they are in use. They shall remain in place only as long as they are needed and shall be immediately removed thereafter. Where operations are performed in stages, only those devices that apply to the conditions present shall be left in place.

The location, legends, sheeting, dimensions, number of supports, and horizontal and vertical placement of warning signs, barricades, and other traffic control devices shall be as directed by the Employer’s Representative. The Contractor may submit for the Employer’s Representative's consideration a method for handling traffic. The traffic handling plans submitted by the Contractor shall not be used until they are approved by the Employer’s Representative in writing. During periods when not warranted, warning signs


Page 10 of 15

and other devices shall be removed from the work area, covered with specified material, or otherwise positioned so they do not convey their message to the traveling public. If covered, the covering material shall be exterior plywood and shall cover the entire face of the sign panel. The covering material shall be installed in such a manner that the sign panel will not be defaced. Covering material shall be maintained in a neat and workmanlike manner during its use.

Weeds, brush, trees, construction materials, equipment, etc., shall not be allowed to obscure any traffic control device in use.

If cones are used for delineation at night, each cone shall have any appropriate white reflectorized cone collar or something equivalent or as directed by the Employer’s Representative.

Competent and properly trained flaggers, properly attired and equipped, shall be provided when directed by the Employer’s Representative, or when the Contractor deems it necessary to safely handle traffic through the construction area.

The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for the continuous and expeditious maintenance of all construction warning signs, barricades, and other traffic control devices. Maintenance shall include repair and replacement of traffic control devices which, in the opinion of the Employer’s Representative, are damaged by traffic or other means, or deteriorated beyond effectiveness. Conditions covered under maintenance shall include but not be limited to replacement due to loss of reflectivity; replacement of broken supports; plumbing of leaning signs; cleaning of dirty signs, barricades, and other devices; repair of defaced sheeting and legend; and replacement of stolen or vandalized items. All items used for traffic control shall be maintained in a satisfactory condition. Failure to maintain all traffic control devices in a satisfactory condition may be cause for suspension of construction operations until proper traffic control is re-established.

The Contractor shall continuously review and maintain all traffic handling measures to assure that adequate provisions have been made for the safety of the public and workers.

1.11.3 Stationary Construction Signs

The work shall consist of furnishing, erecting, relocating, maintaining, and removing stationary signs necessary for controlling traffic.

Reflective sheeting shall be used on all sign facing the reflective sheeting shall be enclosed lens (Engineer’s grade) sheeting and shall have a smooth, sealed outer surface which will display the same color both day and night. The reflective sheeting on each sign shall have a smooth appearance. The reflective sheeting shall be applied in a neat and professional manner so that there are no bubbles or wrinkles in the material. Sheeting with bubbles and wrinkles shall be removed and or repaired and replaced

1.11.4 Portable Traffic Control Devices

The work consists of furnishing erecting, relocating, maintaining, and removing portable, temporary traffic control devices necessary for controlling traffic. Portable temporary traffic control devices shall include but not be limited to portable signs, non-metallic drums, barricades, cones, delineators, flaggers, pilot vehicles, and any other traffic control device not covered by any other Sections included in this Contract.

Portable Signs - Reflective sheeting shall be used on all sign facing The reflective sheeting shall be enclosed lens (Engineers grade) sheeting and shall have a smooth, sealed outer surface which will display the same color both day and night. The reflective sheeting on each sign shall have a smooth appearance. The reflective sheeting shall be applied in a workmanlike manner so that there are no bubbles or wrinkles in the material.

Non-Metallic Drums - The drums shall be made of plastic impact resistant material. The drums shall have a two-piece, breakaway design that will maintain its integrity upon impact. Upon impact the upper portion of the drum shall deform and breakaway from the base, minimizing damage to drums or vehicles. The base and ballast shall remain in position and vehicle shall easily pass over it.

Flaggers – Any time there is only a single lane of traffic passing a construction zone, two (2) flaggers shall be provided by the Contractor to direct only one-way traffic in either direction at phased intervals. Each flagger shall be equipped with an orange safety vest, which will be reflectorized if working in low lighting conditions, orange flags mounted on wooden staffs and walkie-talkie radios if the sight-line between them is obstructed or the distance between them is greater than 20 meters.


Page 11 of 15

1.11.5 Flashing Arrow Panels

The work consists of furnishing, maintaining, moving, and relocating flashing arrow panels mounted on a trailer, truck, or other mobile unit.

During periods of times that traffic is shifted from its normal pattern, or when work is being performed during times of restricted daylight, a mobile flashing arrow panel shall be used at locations as directed by the Employer’s Representative.

1.11.6 Payment

No extra payment shall be made for traffic control, as discussed in all above items. The cost of the same shall be considered incidental to works.

1.12 Tests on Completion of Work

The Contractor shall carry out the trial run before Commissioning as stipulated in previous chapter and in Subsequent sections of these specifications.

1.12.1 Failure to Pass Tests

The minimum acceptable criteria, as specified in these specifications are not met, the works failing to pass these tests shall be rejected. The rejected work must be removed from the project site, replaced and then retested.

1.13 Training of Employer’s Personnel

The Contractor shall be responsible to provide practical training on all aspects of the operation, maintenance and repair of the distribution system to all personnel selected by the Employer who will ultimately be responsible for the operation, maintenance and repair of the commissioned facilities. For this purpose the Contractor shall provide a Comprehensive Training Program for the Employer’s personnel during the entire period of the Trial Runs, and for as long thereafter as may be reasonably required to ensure that the designated personnel are adequately trained to take up their responsibilities. The Contractor shall provide a full time trainer who is skilled in training and who is familiar with all the normal and special operational conditions of the valves and equipment of the Work.

The Contractor shall submit separately, as a part of his Construction Submittals, details of his proposed training program, the facilities required, and the qualifications, experience and responsibilities of the training personnel to be provided. All costs for the Contractor’s personnel and the training facilities required for the training, and any incidental training expenses, shall be included in the Contract Price. All costs of the Employer’s personnel will be borne by the Employer.

The training program shall be divided into four (4) types as follows, all of which shall be provided during the course of the Contract period:

i. Classroom Training: This training shall consist of lectures and slide presentations by the training staff to familiarize the Employer’s personnel with the operational theory and overview of the facilities to be operated and maintained.

ii. On-the-job (OTJ) Training: This training shall be conducted in the completed facilities during or after trial run activities, whenever the most appropriate. It shall consist of ‘hands on’ operation maintenance and repair of the distribution system facilities by the Employer’s personnel under the tutorage of the training staff.

In addition, the Contractor has to provide refresher training to Employer’s designated staff or advanced training during the Contract period. The objective of training is to pass on lessons learnt during O&M period and to pass on knowledge and skills to operate and maintain the system independently. The training costs, transport, accommodation and per diem of the trainers shall be borne by the Contractor.

The full training program shall be developed by the Contractor and approved by the Employer’s Representative prior to the start of training.

No additional payment will be made for training and manual preparation. It shall be included in the Contractors Contract Price.


Page 12 of 15

1.14 Facilities and Services to be provided by the Contractor

1.14.1 Field Office for the Employer

The Contractor shall provide and maintain the facilities, as detailed in the subsection for the Employer and Employer’s Representative. The cost for these facilities shall be included in the Contract Price. The field office shall be erected and fully functional prior to any construction work being initiated.

An office building at a site location centrally located to the various Project Sites with a floor area not less than 40 square meters, plus provision of a toilet room. The Contractor shall select a site for the office building which must be acceptable to the Employer’s representative. The Employer’s Representative will approved the layout of the building as provided by the Contractor.

The office building shall be equipped with office furniture (at least 3 tables with 3 drawers each, 3 chairs on casters, 6 chairs with no casters, 2 four drawer A3 size freestanding filing and 2 drawing storage cabinets, and one1,200 mm wide bookshelf. The office building shall be provided with electricity, a stand-by generator set, water and sanitary holding tank, ceiling and exhaust fans, air conditioning with 2 split units, 8 electrical and data outlets and the following equipment:

• 2 PC desktop computers each with these minimum features: a Windows MS Office-16,Windows 10 Professional operating system; a 48 cm (19 inch) color monitor, a 1TB hard drive and 6 GB RAM at 3.5 GHz; a 1GB Graphics Card; a 16X max Optical Drive with DVD write capability and internal speakers.

• 1 PC laptop computer with these minimum features: a Windows MS Office-16,Windows 10 Professional operating system; a 40 cm (16 inch) color monitor, a 1TB hard drive and 6 GB RAM at 3.1 GHz; a 1GB Graphics Card; wireless, Bluetooth, front Camera and 6 USB ports capability; a 16X max Optical Drive with DVD write capability and internal speakers.

• 1 combination inkjet printer A4 and A3 sizes, copy, scanner and Fax machine (Cannon Model irC2550i, or equivalent)

• 1 Laser printer duplex A4 size (HP LaserJet Model CP1525n, or equivalent)

• 1 bottled water dispenser with hot and cold taps, to accommodate 20 liter bottles

The Contractor shall maintain the Employer’s office throughout the Contract Period. This shall include furnishing potable water, a broadband internet service, emptying the sanitary holding tank when required and hauling the contents to disposal and providing a nightly cleaning service.

The office, as above provided for the Contract shall remain the property of the Contractor at the end of the Contract, but the equipment listed above (bulleted) shall become the property of the Employer.

The cost for the above services shall be deemed to be included in the Contractors Contract Price.

1.14.2 Field Office for the Contractor

The Contractor shall establish a field office within the project area in close proximity to Employer’s office (within 2 km) described in previous Subsection for supervision of the works prior to any construction work being initiated.

The Contractor shall make the office functional prior to starting work at the site. The office shall have any required furniture, computers, printers, plotters and other office features required for carrying out the work. The office shall also have a conference room, suitable for 8 attendees, for discussions and reviews.

The cost for field office shall be deemed to be included in the Contractors Contract Price.

1.14.3 Storage Facilities for the Contractor

The Contractor shall provide at least one (1) storage shed of adequate capacity for storing materials. The shed shall be of such construction to adequately protect the materials against deterioration. A raised platform well above the highest flood level shall be constructed for stacking cement and other consumables. Cement and other consumables shall be organized so the first items received are used first so as to avoid deterioration due to prolonged storage. PVC piping, gaskets, O-rings and other items which will deteriorate from exposure to sunlight (ultraviolet radiation) shall be stored in this facility after being delivered to Guwahati and awaiting installation.

The storage shed(s) may be located off of the Project Sites, as determined by the Contractor, but the contents must be available for inspection by the Employer’s Representative at any time. If the storage units are located on one of the Project Sites, they shall be removed prior to the end of the Contract period


Page 13 of 15

and shall not interfere with any of the water supply operations. The cost for the storage facilities shall be included in the Contractors Contract Price.

1.14.4 Temporary Water and Electricity Provisions

The Contractor shall make his own arrangement for the supply of water and electrical power that will be required for his operations. The cost for the temporary water and electricity services shall be included in the Contractors Contract Price.

The supply of piped water will not be available. The Contractor shall make arrangements for supply of drinking water and non-potable water required for construction work by trucking it in or by sinking tube wells or other suitable alternatives. The Bidder shall investigate this matter before the submission of Tenders.

Electrical power from the Assam State Electricity Board (ASEB) or Assam Power Distribution Company Ltd (APDCL) may not be continuously available due to various reasons including load shedding and may not be available in the voltages requested by the Contractor. In case of non-availability of electrical power the Contractor will have to arrange for generator for his own power services. The Contractor must include such features in his Bid Price. When drawing power from the ASEB’s/APDC’s connection point, the Contractor shall have to have the electricity metered and bear the cost of his electricity usage. The route of conveyance shall be subject to approval by the Employer’s Representative. No overhead lines shall be permitted in areas to be occupied by overhead machinery, such as cranes. This cost shall be deemed to be included in the Contractors Contract Price

1.14.5 Temporary Sanitary Provisions

The Contractor shall make his own arrangement for sanitary (toilet) facilities for his workmen and other staff. The cost for pumping out holding tanks and disposal of the wastewater off-site at an approved facility shall be included in the Contractors Contract Price. The Contractor shall provide sanitary facilities at each of his work sites for as long as he has staff stationed there.

The Contractor shall also arrange for the collection of trash and construction debris from all work sites, at least twice each week, with disposal at an approved off-site facility. The burying of trash or construction debris on the work sites will not be allowed.

The cost for the temporary sanitation provisions shall be deemed to be included in the Contractors Contract Price.

1.14.6 Topographical Surveys and Soil Investigations

The Contractor may be required to perform topographical surveys and/or soil investigations by the Employer. He shall be ready with the qualified agencies he intends to use for these purposes and ensure that the work starts within 14 days of receipt of a Notice to Proceed from the Employer. The topographical survey work shall be carried out with Total Stations technology and applicable surveying and mapping software shall be used for creating the required drawings.

Any topographical survey work required by the Employer shall be paid in accordance with the Contractor’s Price Schedule (Bill of Quantities). Any soils investigation work required by the Employer shall be paid for by a Price schedule (BOQ).

The item shall be read and executed in accordance with the chapter ‘Survey Documents’ of Subsection – General Requirements

1.14.7 Field Laboratories

The Contractor shall be required to establish a field laboratory (location to be approved by Employer’s Representative) suitably equipped to carry out tests as stipulated in the QA/AC Manual. This laboratory shall include all specialized equipment which will be required for field testing of the materials (soils, concrete mixes, etc.) and equipment being supplied under the Contract. The laboratory shall be manned by suitably trained staff which will utilize computerized record keeping. The minimum equipment to be provided in the laboratory shall be as described in Section 10 of this Volume of the specifications. Any additional equipment deemed necessary to perform the testing specified in other subsections of this document shall be furnished by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Contract.

In addition to the equipment in the laboratory, the Contractor will also provide field testing equipment as directed by the Employer’s Representative on the various sites where work is in progress.

This cost shall be included in the Contractors Contract Price.


Page 14 of 15

1.14.8 Supervisory Staff for Contractor

The Employer places great importance on the quality and authority delegated to the Contractor’s key staff deployed in the field to execute and supervise the works. The Contractor is required to ensure deployment of qualified and experienced staff in sufficient numbers on site at his own cost to ensure quality and adhere to the schedule. The general requirements shall be as follows:

1.14.8.1 Project Manager

He/she shall be a person deployed by the Contractor as the overall in-charge for the Contract and shall be headquartered in Guwahati. He/she shall be delegated with Power of Attorney to sign on behalf of the Contractor on all issues related to the Contract execution and payments. He/she shall be a senior level staff member of the Contractor’s company. The Project Manager shall have minimum qualifications, as prescribed in Section III: Evaluation and Qualification Criteria.

There shall be full time Resident Engineers, Planning Engineer, QA&QC Manager and Health & Safety (Accident Prevention) Officer at the Project site, who shall have minimum qualifications, as prescribed in Section III: Evaluation and Qualification Criteria.

There shall be supervisory staff deployed in sufficient numbers to ensure the day to day quality supervision of the work.

1.14.8.2 Scheduling

The Project Manager and Deputy Project Manager shall be deployed after approval of their CVs by the Employer. Initially the CVs of key personnel to be deployed will be submitted with the Bid.

The Contractor shall be expected to arrange and maintain a fleet of experienced workers and foremen and other support staff as required at the work sites in sufficient numbers.

1.14.9 Minimum Construction Equipment to be brought by Contractor at Site

The Contractor is required to assign at least a minimum amount of equipment on site for ensuring quality and timely progress of works. The minimum equipment, including but not limited to the equipment described in Table below shall be mobilized by the Contractor to the Project Site in working condition.

The list in Table below may be reviewed by the Employer’s Representative on justifications for any change that may be submitted by the Contractor in the Bid or later in the design stage. It may however be noted that the equipment requirement is keeping in view the period in which it is required as per the milestone chart and also taking into account the avoidance of any delays resulting from equipment breakdowns.

The Contractor should submit the equipment mobilization program in the bid schedules.

Table: Minimum Equipment to be mobilized by the Contractor

1.15 Handing Over of Project Site to Contractor

The sites will be made available on the date of the issuance of the Letter to Proceed and the Contractor can plan his work accordingly.

The Employer will make the individual work sites available to the Contractor so that he will have space available for him to carry out his work for at least the next three (3) months unhindered as per the approved work plan.

In the event that some local obstruction/objection arises which would impede the progress of the Contractor’s work in any one area, the Contractor will be required to redeploy his resources to other

No. Equipment Type and Characteristics Minimum Number required

1 Crawler Mounted Crane 2

2 Excavator 2

3 Concrete Mixing machine 2

4 Plate Compactor 6

5 Roller Compactor- 3 T capacity 1

6 De watering Pump / Hydro Test Pump with Tanker 2


Page 15 of 15

unaffected areas in order to maintain the progress of work so that the overall completion of the whole Project is not affected.

1.16 Completeness of the Work

The Contractor shall be fully responsible to ensure that the whole Project including each individual component/stretch, is constructed in a manner so that the system as a whole operates as a fully integrated system which is capable of achieving the required output in an efficient and economical manner, and includes all plant, equipment and accessories required for the safe and satisfactory operation of the facilities.

To achieve this, the Contractor shall ensure that each individual component performs in a manner which is complementary to that of all other components. Any accessories which are not specifically mentioned in the specifications, but which are usual or necessary for completion of the Works and successful performance of the overall system and facilities shall be provided by the Contractor within the Contract Price.

1.17 Time for Completion

The whole of the Work, including mobilization, reconnaissance and survey (if any), manufacturing, transportation, construction, installation, trial runs, testing and commissioning is to be completed within the scheduled Time for Completion as set out in Part 1 of the tender document. The duration of the Trial Run and testing period is 90 days which is included within the scheduled time for completion.

The physical completion of the System and facilities shall be achieved before commissioning. Commissioning of the overall system will be deemed to be completed after the system trial run period of 90 days as per relevant subsection. Any intervening breakdown period will not be considered as a part of this period and the elapsed time shall be restarted.

During trial run period, Contractor shall co-operate and facilitate with the House service connection contractor in providing house service connections. If necessary, the Employer may extend the trial run period beyond 90 days, allowing payment at the rate quoted by the Contractor for the trial run, as a variation to the Contract. The contractor can give the trial run DMA wise by isolating the network based on the topography and system isolation facilities and as instructed by the Engineer.

1.18 Schedule Milestones

The key Schedule Milestones as proposed by the Contractor and agreed upon by the Employer’s Representative will be adopted for periodic review of the progress of various components of the overall Project.

These milestones will define the stages when the decisions regarding any delay in the implementation will be assessed with a view towards the application of the provisions of the Conditions of Contract.

The successful Bidder/Contractor will be encouraged to complete and commission the system DMA wise, to enable planning for partial commissioning of the project in sections, by availing the water available in the nearest Service Reservoir or Transmission Main.

1.19 Clarification

If the bidder/contractor feels lack of transparency or ambiguity in the document, he shall request clarification and it will be resolved by the Employer’s Representative prior to proceeding with the specific work/purpose.


Page 1 of 3


Subsection 2 – Scope of Work

2. Scope of Work

2.1 Preamble

This is a single–point responsibility Item Rate type Contract for the supply, laying and jointing, testing, commissioning of a water supply distribution system. Supply of DI K9 pipes only are excluded from the scope of this contract. The DI pipes will be procured by the Employer under separate Contract (Package No. 8A & 8B). The available DI Pipes & fittings and valves will be supplied by the Employer from the

stockyard located at Amingaon, Changsari & Boragoan in Guwahati and the Bidders’ scope is limited to transport from these locations to the site and installation only..

The MS Pipes & Specials, HDPE Pipes & Specials, DI specials required for distribution pipe line, Electro Mechanical items, Valves & Flow meters and the other materials to be supplied by the Bidder are included in this Package:C-7A1.

It is the intent of the Employer to have a project constructed which utilizes the highest standards for construction and supply of plant and equipment to enable a sustained, reliable system for performance over the next 50 years.

The Employer has carried out surveys, investigations and detailed designs of components. Suitable water distribution network and the alignment of the proposed pipelines are broadly under the scope of work. The details of the same have been presented in the subsequent subsections and elsewhere in this document.

The parameters and specifications delineated in this document shall form the framework of the Contractor’s execution of the work. The Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring that the Project fulfills the objectives for which it has been designed.

Scope of Work shall be read in conjunction to General Requirements and other Subsections of the document.

2.2 General Scope of Work

The Scope of Work under this Contract includes the supply and construction of all facilities for the water supply system as described in subsequent paragraphs. This Contract will consist of the work listed herein and any other work necessary to achieve the above objective and complete the system as per the specifications and Employer’s Requirements.

Generally the following activities shall be carried out by the Contractor for each component of this Contract.

2.2.1 Submittals

Discussed in the previous subsection of ‘General Requirement’.

2.2.2 Project Implementation

a. Establishing fully equipped and staffed field offices, as described in Subsection 1, for supervision of the works for the Contractor’s staff and the Employer’s Representative at the start of the Contract.

b. Development of suitable storage spaces, as described in Subsection 1, for construction materials, piping, specials, appurtenances and equipment for the work.

c. Identification of suitable quarries and other sources for construction materials and have them approved by the Employer’s Representative.

d. Establishing and staffing with qualified engineers and technicians laboratories suitable for adhering to the Quality Assurance Program, as described in relevant Subsection and elsewhere in the document.

e. Establishing suitable labor camps with all electrical, water and sanitation facilities required under the relevant Labor laws.

f. Implementation of all the environmental and relevant social mitigation measures as required, as described in relevant Subsection and elsewhere in the document.

g. Making arrangements for equipment and materials required for maintaining the safety of the sites and the workmen at the sites (helmets, boots, jackets, safety belts, gloves, scaffolding, barricading, etc.), as described in Subsection 1 and elsewhere in the document.


Page 2 of 3

h. Submittal of an initial work program and schedule and updating the same every month for approval by the Employer’s Representative.

i. Development and submittal of a Traffic Control Plan prior to the start of pipeline installation along any rote. This plan shall identify detour routes for roads that will be closed where there is not a second traffic lane and the means of access of residences where the access to them has been blocked by construction activities.

j. Topographic survey of part of project area (only after instruction of Engineer).

k. Preparation, submission and approval of working drawings for the network (DMA viz).

l. Site clearance and leveling of the work sites. Layout of the works shall be as per the drawings.

m. Disposal of surplus soil and construction waste as directed by Employer’s Representative, and maintaining the construction sites in orderly manner.

n. Performing tests on materials received and for the finished works and maintaining complete records and registers required on site as per the QA/QC Manual.

o. Participating in weekly progress meetings with the Employer and Employer’s Representative to review the schedule and other pertinent issues.

p. Factory and field testing, pre-dispatch inspections, packaging, transportation to the Project Site, providing transit insurance, storage, handling at the sites, installation, trial runs and commissioning of all components/elements of the system including the pipes, fittings, valves, hydrants, etc.

q. Remedying any defects identified during the Contract period.

r. Site clearance and restoration of the premises after completion of the work.

s. Submission of 'As Built' drawings and Operation and Maintenance Manuals as directed.

t. Any other items, as described elsewhere in the document.

2.3 Major Components of the Contract

The following are brief descriptions of the major components of the Contract Package No. C-7A1. This is to be a preview to the details provided in the subsequent subsections of this document. Contract Package No. C-7A1 will be tendered as an Item Rate type of Contract.

2.3.1 Location of the Project and Distribution Zone under the Scope

The service area for this portion (Contract No. C-7A1) of the Guwahati Water Supply Project is on the southern side of the Brahmaputra River in South Central Guwahati.

The entire South Central Water Supply Zone is composed of six (6) subzones, each served primarily by their own transmission system reservoirs. Distribution network of the two zones is covered under this contract – Narakasur Zone.

The project area is within India Seismic Zone V. Design of structures and their components will be dictated by the requirements of Indian Standard IS 1893 criteria.

The pipe details and alignment shall be constructed in accordance with the Drawings.

2.3.2 Distribution System

The scope of work is broadly listed below and shall include, but not be limited to:

i. Topographic survey of a part of project area (only after instruction of Engineer)

ii. Preparation, submission and approval of working drawing and as built drawings.

iii. Site clearing

iv. Earthwork (including all types of road cutting)

v. Laying, jointing, testing and commissioning of Employer given DI(K9) pipes

vi. Supply, laying and jointing, testing and commissioning of MS pipes

vii. Supply, laying, jointing, testing and commissioning of HDPE pipes (including Trenchless & Trench).

viii. Supply, installation, testing, commission of piping, all valves, specials, fire hydrants, PRV’s, Electromagnetic Flow meters and other accessories and appurtenances.

ix. Pipe bridge over rivers/canals/ Nallas.

x. Road restoration.

xi. Construction of RCC/PCC thrust blocks, anchor blocks, CC pipe encasing, valve chambers etc.


Page 3 of 3

xii. Hydraulic testing of the pipelines and Hydraulic testing of the pipe lines laid by the previous contractor to the specified test pressures.

xiii. Disinfection, Trial run and commissioning of Distribution system.

xiv. Final clean-up

2.3.3 Trial Run and Commissioning

As per subsection 1.

2.3.4 Training Employer’s Staff


2.3.4.1 Manufacturer’s Services

The manufacturer of each item of each major piece of equipment or system shall provide a trained field representative to supervise the installation and testing of their equipment at the project site. The manufacturer’s field representative may also be allowed to provide a portion of the training specified in Subsection, if approved by the Employer’s Representative.

The requirement for manufacturer’s field services shall also include the application of field applied coatings, as well as mechanical and electrical equipment.

2.3.5 Operation and Maintenance


2.3.6 Submission of the O&M Manuals and As Built Drawings

As per subsection 1

2.3.7 Handing Over of the Assets

The complete water supply system shall be handed over by the Contractor to the Employer at the end of trial run period. The system must be handed over in fully functional condition.


Page 1 of 7


Subsection 3 – Civil and General Works

3. Civil and General Works

3.1 Standard Specifications

The “Standard Specifications (Civil Works)” (referred to as the Standard Specifications herein)issued by the Project Management Consultant (PMC) GWSP, on behalf of the Employer, establishes the Specifications that shall be followed for the construction of general civil works under the GWSP. Specifications for additional specialized items of civil works (or part of it) shall be as set out in this subsection.

In the event of any discrepancy between the provisions of the Standard Specifications and the technical specifications contained herein, the provisions of these technical specifications shall take precedence.

3.2 General Requirements

3.2.1 Design Standards

All the designs of structures and associated facilities shall generally conform to the recommendations made in the publications (latest versions) of the Bureau of Indian Standards, some of which are listed below:

a. IS 456: Code of Practice for plain and reinforced concrete

b. IS 800: Code of Practice for general construction in steel

c. IS 806: Code of Practice for use of steel tubes in general building construction

d. IS 875: Code of Practice for design loads for buildings and structures other than earthquake loads (Parts 1 to 5).

e. IS 1893: Criteria for earthquake resistant design of structures

f. IS3370: Code of Practice for concrete structures for the storage of liquids (Part I to IV)

g. IS: 3764: Safety code for excavation work.

h. IS: 3385: Code of practice for measurement of Civil Engineering Works.

i. IS: 1498: Classification and identification of soils for General Engineering purposes

j. Indian Roads Congress (IRC) 6 Part II: Standard Specification and Code of Practice for road bridges loads and stresses

k. Standard Practice (SP) 34: Handbook on concrete reinforcement and detailing

3.2.2 Approval of Materials

Approval of all sources of material for Works shall be obtained in writing from the Employer’s Representative before their use on the project.

Quality assurance plan (Data sheet) of the material such as pipe, pipe fittings, valves etc. shall be submitted before the procurement/dispatch of the material from the works for the approval of the Employer’s Representative for third party inspection.

Cement, sand, aggregate, bricks, steel, steel frame etc. samples to be used shall be submitted for the approval of the Employer’s Representative.

3.2.3 Use of Equipment on the Work

The following conditions regarding use of equipment’s on works shall be followed:

1. The Contractor shall be required to give list of equipment to be used during execution of works and a trial run of the equipment(s) before commencement of the work.

2. All equipment’s provided shall be of proven efficiency and shall be operated and maintained at all times in a manner acceptable to the Employer’s Representative.

3. No equipment or personnel will be removed from site without permission of Employer’s Representative.

JICA assisted GWSP: Package No. C-7A1 Section VI B: Technical Specifications

Page 2 of 7

3.3 Earthwork - General

The specification is to be read in conjunction to Standard Specification.

3.3.1 Scope

This specification covers the general requirements for earthwork excavation in different materials for the construction of the Works includes water supply distribution lines, structures, roadways, side drains, pipe/river crossing and railway/National Highway crossing, in accordance with the lines, grades and cross-sections shown in the Drawings or as indicated by the specifications or as directed by the Employer’s Representative.

Excavation shall consist of the removal of material for the construction of foundations for all components related to pipelines, in accordance with the requirements of these Specifications and the lines and dimensions shown on the Drawings or as indicated by the Employer’s Representative.

This Specification includes site grading, excavation, backfilling, conveyance and disposal of surplus spoils as and where directed by the Employer’s Representative and all operations covered within the intent and purpose of this Specification. It shall also include the hauling and stacking of or hauling to sites of embankment and subgrade construction, suitable cut materials as required, as also the disposal of unsuitable cut materials in specified manner, trimming and finishing to specified dimensions or as directed by the Employer’s Representative.

The work shall include construction of the necessary cofferdams and cribs and their subsequent removal, all necessary sheeting, shoring, bracing, draining and pumping; the removal of all logs, stumps, grubs and other deleterious matter and obstructions necessary for placing the foundations; trimming bottoms of excavations; backfilling and clearing up the site and the disposal of all surplus material.

The work shall include dismantling of road surfacing.

3.3.2 Applicable Codes

The following Indian Standard Codes, unless otherwise specified herein, shall be applicable. In all cases, the latest revision of the Codes shall take precedence.

a. IS 1498 Classification and identification of soils for general engineering

b. IS 2720 Method of test of soils (All parts)

c. IS 2809 Glossary of terms and symbols relating to Soil Engineering

d. IS 3764 Safety code for excavation work

e. IS 4081 Safety code for blasting and related drilling operations

3.3.3 Classification of Excavated Material

The classification of excavation material shall be decided on by the Employer’s Representative and his decision shall be final and binding on the Contractor. The use of explosives for excavation work will not be considered as a reason for a higher (cost) classification unless blasting is clearly necessary in the opinion of the Employer’s Representative.

All materials involved in excavation will be classified by the Employer’s Representative in the following manner:

3.3.3.1 Soil

This classification shall comprise all kinds of soil, turf, sand, silt, loam, clay, mud, peat, black cotton soil, soft shale or loose moorum, a mixture of these and similar materials. All soils covered in ordinary and hard soils shall be covered in this category. Removal of gravel or any other nodular material having dimension in any one direction not exceeding 75 mm occurring in such strata shall be deemed to be covered under this category.

3.3.3.2 Ordinary Rock (not requiring blasting)

This classification shall include rock types such as laterites, shale’s and conglomerates, varieties of limestone and sandstone etc., which may be quarried or split with crow bars or pneumatic rams. This classification also includes any rock which in the dry state may be hard and requires blasting, but which when wet becomes soft and can be excavated by a means other than blasting.


Page 3 of 7

Macadam surfaces such as water bound and bitumen bound road surfaces, paths etc. and hard core compact moorum or stabilized soil requiring a grafting tool or pick to excavate them will be considered in this category. Gravel and cobble stone having a maximum dimension in any one direction between 75 and 300 mm shall also be included.

Lime concrete, stone masonry in lime mortar and brick work in lime/cement mortar below ground level, reinforced cement concrete which may be broken up with crow bars or picks and stone masonry in cement mortar below ground level shall be included in this category.

Boulders which do not require blasting having a maximum dimension in any direction of more than 300 mm, found lying loose on the surface or embedded and terrace material of dissimilar origin shall be included in this category.

3.3.3.3 Hard Rock (Requiring Blasting)

a. Hard Rock by General Blasting: Any rock or cement concrete for which the use of mechanical plant and/or blasting is required; reinforced cement concrete (reinforcement cut through but not separated from the concrete) below ground level; and large boulders requiring blasting.

b. Hard Rock by Controlled Blasting: In a case where hard rock is to be excavated by blasting, but requires special precautions to prevent damage to nearby property by flying rock pieces and due to vibrations caused by blasts, the blasting will be carried out in controlled manner. The control measures shall include setting a reduced charge for blasting, covering the blast holes by steel sheets covered with sand bags, establishing traffic control, etc.. This shall be carried out as per specific approval of the Employer’s Representative.

3.3.3.4 Hard Rock (Blasting Prohibited)

Hard rock requiring blasting as described above but where blasting is prohibited for any reason and excavation has to be carried out by chiseling, wedging or any other agreed upon method.

Note: Any surplus material or stone excavated shall be the property of the Contractor. He shall be responsible for its off-site disposal.

The Contractor shall not consider the usage of explosives will be permissible when preparing his Bid. The permitting process for getting the use of explosives approved will be very arduous, so the Contractor should not place any reliance on any approvals being given by the regulatory agencies involved.

3.3.4 Foundations

The minimum depth of foundations for pipeline trenches is given in relevant section of the document.

Care shall be taken to avoid the interference of the foundations or any other component of the new building or structure with the foundations of adjacent buildings or structures. Suitable adjustments in the depth, location and size of foundations may have to be made depending on the site conditions. The Employer’s Representative shall accept no extra claims for such adjustments. Special attention shall be drawn to the danger of uplift being caused by a high ground water table. The foundation raft or mat shall be designed for uplift forces that are likely to be developed.

3.3.5 Safety Arrangement

The activity shall include proper safety arrangement. Cost for this arrangement is deemed to be included under the respective item of works.

3.4 General Requirements for Concrete Work

The following are the design requirements for all reinforced or plain concrete structures:

i. All blinding and leveling concrete shall be a minimum 100 mm thick with minimum concrete grade of Class M15 (15 N/mm2minimum compressive strength at 28 days).

ii. All structural reinforced concrete other than for water retaining structures shall at least be of Class M20 having a minimum cement content of 300 kg/m3 with 20 mm size downgraded coarse aggregates, for all structural members.

iii. The minimum grade of concrete for water retaining structures shall be Class M30 having a minimum cement content of 325 kg/m3 with 20 mm size downgraded coarse aggregates.

iv. All design for water retaining structures including roofing shall be based upon limiting the crack width to 0.2 mm as per BS 8007.


Page 4 of 7

v. The minimum clear cover over all reinforcement including stirrups and links shall be 40 mm for all water retaining structures including the bottom of the roof. For other non-water bearing structures the minimum clear cover shall be as specified in IS 456.

vi. For the walls of liquid retaining structures, the following shall be applied:

• The minimum reinforcement shall be in accordance with BS 8007 and or IS: 456.

• The maximum length of a panel to be concreted considering any partial construction joints shall be 7.5 m. The adjacent panels shall be poured with a minimum time lapse of 4 days. The Height of each pour shall not exceed 2.0 m.

Note: The classes of concrete referred to in this Subsection are based upon a minimum compressive strength at 28 days expressed in N/mm2. The classes of concrete referred to in the Standard Specifications (Civil Works) are based upon a minimum compressive strength at 28 days expressed in kg/cm2. Therefore a Class M20 referred to this Part of the tender Documents will be equivalent to a Class M200 referred to in the Standard Specifications (Civil Works). The Contractor shall make this distinction when working with these Contract Documents.

The following minimum thicknesses shall be used for the different reinforced concrete members, irrespective of the required design thickness:

a. Walls 150 mm

b. Roof slabs 150 mm

c. Bottom slabs 150 mm

d. Floor slabs including roof slabs, walkways, canopy slabs 150 mm

e. Walls of cables / pipe trenches, underground pits etc. 150 mm

f. Column footings 300 mm

g. Parapets 100 mm

h. Precast trench covers 150 mm

3.4.1 Concrete Reinforcement

All structural components to be constructed in this Contract shall be TMT (thermo-mechanical treatment) Fe 415 as defined in IS 1786 and as procured from TISCO/ SAIL /RINL or equivalent as approved by the Employer’s Representative for concrete reinforcement. The minimum yield stress of the bars shall be 415 N/mm2.

3.5 Pipelines

3.5.1 Pipe, Specials, Appurtenances and Pipeline works

As per relevant subsections of the document.

3.5.2 Valve Chambers

As per relevant subsections of the document.

3.5.3 Other Accessories for Pipeline Works

3.5.3.1 Anchor Bolts

Anchor bolts shall be of MS as per specification and drawing.

3.5.3.2 Lifting Hooks

Lifting hook shall be of MS as per specification and drawing.

3.5.3.3 Ladders with MS Rungs

The rung shall be of MS rod as per specification and drawing. The exposed surface shall be painted with primer.

3.5.3.4 SFRC Covers

SFRC cover shall be as per specification and drawing.


Page 5 of 7

3.6 Dismantling and Demolition

This item shall be read in conjunction to Standard Specification.

3.6.1 Scope

This work shall consist of removing &dismantling worn out pipes, valves, specials etc. and which are in place but interfere with the new construction or are not suitable to remain in place, and of salvaging and disposing/carrying of the pipes, pipe fittings, valves, and back filling the resulting trenches and pits.

Dismantling and removal operations of worn out pipes or other obstacles coming in the execution of the work shall be carried out with such equipment and in such a manner as to leave undisturbed any other work to be left in place.

Dismantling/demolishing of valve chamber, thrust block etc., stacking of useful material and disposal of surplus material/debris/rubbish.

All operations necessary for the removal of any existing worn out pipes, fittings and valves which might endanger new construction shall be completed prior to the start of new work.

This item shall be executed as per direction of the Employer’s Representative.

3.6.2 Terminology

The term ‘Dismantling’ implies carefully separating the parts without damage and removing. This may consist of dismantling one or more parts of the pipe works as specified.

The term ‘Demolition’ implies breaking up. This shall consist of demolishing whole or part of work including all relevant items as specified.

3.6.3 Dismantling items

• Dismantling of Cement concrete, RCC, Brick work in mortar in cum within 50m lead.

• Dismantling & stacking of pipes valves, steel items and other useful items (serviceable) to employers Store as directed by Employer’s Representative.

• Dismantling of RCC pipes and stacking within a lead of 50m.

• Disposal of building/construction rubbish by mechanical transport up to 1 Km. including loading and unloading complete work.

• Disposal of steel items and other useful items (serviceable) to GMDW&SB Store as directed by Employer’s Representative.

3.6.4 Pipes and Specials

1. Water pipe lines with clamps and specials etc. shall be described by their diameter.

2. If the joints, special and fittings etc. are required to be separated, it shall be so stated and enumerated.

3. Transporting of useful material such as pipes, valves, steel items to the stores as directed by the Employer..

3.6.5 Measurements for Payment and Rate

There shall be no separate payment for this item. Cost for this item is deemed to be included in other items.

3.7 Maintaining Utility Services

3.7.1 Public Utilities

Drawings scheduling the affected services like water pipes, sewers, cables ducts etc. owned by various authorities including Public Undertakings and Local Authorities shall be collected by the Contractor for information prior to the commencement of any work.

Notwithstanding the fact that the information on affected services may not be exhaustive, the final position of these services within the Works shall be supposed to have been indicated based on the information furnished by different bodies and to the extent the bodies are familiar with the final proposals. The intermediate stages of the Works are, however, unknown at the design stage, these being dictated by the Contractor’s methods of working. Accordingly, the Contractor’s program must take into account the period of notice and duration of diversionary Works of each body and the Contractor must also allow for any


Page 6 of 7

effect of these services and alterations upon the Works and for arranging regular meetings with the various bodies at the commencement of the Contract and throughout the period of the Works in order to maintain the required co-ordination. During the period of Works, the Contractor shall have no objection if the public utility bodies vary their decisions in the execution of their proposals in terms of program and construction, provided that, in the opinion of the Employer’s Representative, the Contractor has received reasonable notice thereof before the relevant alterations are put in hand.

No clearance or alterations to the utility shall be carried out unless specially ordered by the Employer’s Representative.

Any services affected by the Works must be temporarily supported by the Contractor who must also take all measures reasonably required by the various bodies to protect their services and property during the progress of the Works.

The Contractor may be required to carry out certain Works for and on behalf of the various bodies and he shall also provide, with the prior approval of the Employer’s Representative, such assistance to the various bodies as may be authorized by the Employer’s Representative.

The work of temporarily supporting and protecting the public utility services during execution of the Works shall be deemed to be part of the Contract and no extra payment shall be made for the same.

The Contractor may be required to carry out the removal or shifting of certain services/utilities on specific orders from the Employer’s Representative for which payment shall be made to him. Such works shall be taken up by the Contractor only after obtaining clearance from the Employer’s Representative and ensuring adequate safety measures.

3.7.2 Avoidance of Existing Services

As far as possible, the pipelines shall be laid below existing services, such as cables, cable ducts and small drains nallahs but not below sewer lines, nallahs carrying polluted water. If it is unavoidable, pipelines should be suitably protected.

Adequate arrangements shall be made by Contractor to protect and support other services during all phases of the work. The pipeline shall be so laid as not to obstruct access to the other services/nearby properties for inspection, repair and replacement. When such utilities are met with during excavation, the authority concerned shall be informed and arrangements should be made to protect the utilities in consultation with them. If the Contractor fails to call before digging and any damage occurs to any underground utility, Contractor shall reinstate such utilities to existing conditions at his own cost or pay for the rectification of damages so caused.

3.7.3 Measurements for Payment and Rates

There shall be no separate payment for this item. Cost for this item shall be deemed to be included in other items.

3.8 Temporary Diversion of Drains

All arrangement for providing temporary cross drainage structures including maintenance, dismantling and cleaning debris where necessary, shall be considered as incidental to the works. There shall be no separate payment for this item. Cost for this item shall be deemed to be included in other items.

3.9 Arrangement for Traffic During Construction

As per Sub-section 1.12

3.10 Access to Abutting Properties

For the duration of the works the contractor shall at all times provide convenient access to paths, steps, bridges or drives for all entrances to property abutting the site and maintain them clear, tidy, and free from mud and objectionable matter.

In addition to the above, in order to ensure uninterrupted traffic flow in the cross roads, the contractor has to provide and maintain suitable crossing arrangement for the existing traffic to move across the construction work for all categories of roads crossing the roads where the work is in progress during the entire period of execution or till such time that alternative arrangement for the traffic is made.



Page 7 of 7

3.11 Name plates, Signboards and Nomenclature

Each equipment item in the plant shall have permanently attached to it in a conspicuous position a nameplate, on which shall be engraved or stamped the manufacturer's name, type and serial number, year of manufacture, details of the design capacity etc. Such labels shall be of non-hygroscopic material to be approved by the Employer’s Representative.

Adjacent to or on each equipment item in the plant, shall be fixed a plate with the name and nomenclature (code) of the item according to the Project nomenclature. It shall be visible from a distance of several meters.

The Contractor shall also provide bilingual signboards and instruction tables of durable material, throughout the plant, for the purposes of operation, maintenance and security:

i. Danger and caution signs (English and Assamese)

ii. Preventive maintenance schedules (English and Assamese)

iii. Operating instructions (English and Assamese)

iv. Unit names (English and Assamese)

v. Nameplates at the doors to the buildings (English and Assamese)

All cables shall be provided with clip-on identification numbers on both ends and at all terminations in between, for identification. The nomenclature shall correspond to the electrical as-built drawings.

The nomenclature and labeling of the plant shall be coordinated with the Employer’s Representative.


3.12 First Aid Kits

Each first aid kit shall include all materials and medicine necessary for the treatment of cuts, wounds, burns, effects on skin due to contact of chemicals, acids, etc.

The following materials in sufficient quantities shall be provided:

a. Medical cotton, sterile cotton pads

b. Cotton Bandages, elastic bandages

c. A pair of scissors

d. A packet of new shaving blades

e. Sticking plaster for medical use.

f. Band aid stripes (25 minimum count)

g. The following chemicals and medicines shall be provided in sufficient quantities:

• Tinctures iodine and mercury chrome

• Burnol ointment

• Bottles of spirit and of Dettol

• Disinfectant soap

• Skin lotions and ointments for burns, acid effects

• Eye drops for soothing effects

Contractor shall arrange for the above items and any others as required for the purpose. This is incidental to work and there will be no separate payment for the same. Cost involving for the purpose shall be deemed to be included in other items.

3.13 Safety Arrangements

Contractor has to arrange for all safety measures involved in executing the Contract. Safety procedures shall be as described elsewhere in the document, and shall conform to SP70 (Handbook on Construction Safety Practices). There shall be no separate payment for this item. Cost for this item shall be deemed to be included in other items.

3.14 Disposal of Surplus Materials

Disposal of all surplus material shall be within a lead of 10km.


Page 1 of 24


Subsection 4 – Pipes and Specials

4. Pipes and Specials

The details and specifications of the various types of piping materials to be used in this Contract are contained in this subsection.

4.1 General

All distribution network piping consists of mild steel (MS), DI Pipe K9 and HDPE-PE80, HDPE-PE-100, pipes as shown on the Data & Drawings. Piping proposed up to and including 600 mm in diameter shall be ductile iron (DI) class K-9 pipes. MS pipes are proposed for diameters greater than 600 mm. For some specific stretches on hills and some specific crossings, HDPE pipes are proposed and MS Pipes are proposed for Culvert and river crossings as per the drawing.

The work of installing piping shall be carried out carefully so as not to damage it during handling, storage, installation and back filling. The work shall be executed in a safe and efficient manner under the direction of the Employer’s Representative.

Supply of DI pipe K9 pipes is outside the scope of this Contract. Contractor’s responsibility begins from lifting and transporting DI K9 pipes from the Amingaon/ Changsari Employer’s Store yard.

4.1.1 Measurement and Payment

Pipe lengths will be measured (along the centerline) at site after laying and successful testing. The measurement will be in linear meters and will be rounded off to two decimal places and will include the lengths of pipe, bends, tees, etc. but exclude lengths for valves, fire hydrants, etc. The quoted rate shall include the cost of all pipe, specials, etc. including the cost of labor, jointing, conducting hydraulic testing at the site and commissioning.

4.1.2 General Requirements for Piping

Piping systems shall be manufactured and installed in accordance with internationally recognized standards. Piping, joint details, coatings and linings for buried and exposed laying conditions shall be in accordance with the specification schedule, unless modifications are approved by the Employer’s Representative. Lengths of MS pipes shall vary from 9 to 12m. Lengths ranging from 4 to 9 m may be accepted by the Employer’s Representative. Lengths of DI pipes being supplied by the Employer shall be 5.5 m or 6 m. Shorter lengths shall only be used for transitioning to structures, valves, meters, etc.

All connections to valves shall be flanged for exposed or buried piping systems.

4.2 Ductile Iron Pipes and Fittings

4.2.1 General

All ductile iron pipe being supplied by the Employer will be of class K9 conforming to IS 8329 with socket & spigot (S&S) ends. DI pipe to be buried shall be of socket & spigot (S&S) type. Flanged end connections shall be used for connecting to valves, meters and other fittings and for exposed portions. All components (flanges, valves, etc.) in the piping system shall have a pressure rating as stated elsewhere in the document.

4.2.2 Ductile Iron Fittings / Specials

DI fittings shall be supplied by the Contractor conforming to IS: 9523 or its international equivalent standard and shall be marked as such. Fittings and accessories for this type of pipes shall be in accordance with the same standards and Codes of Practice. Iron used in fittings shall have graphite primarily in the spheroid form. All DI fittings shall be Class K12.

4.2.3 Types of Specials

The following types of DI fittings shall be manufactured and tested in accordance with IS: 9523 or BS: 4772. All the fittings shall be of PN 1.6 pressure rating.

• flanged socket pieces

• flanged spigot pieces

• double socket bends (90o, 45o, 221/2o, 111/4o)

• flanged bends (90o, 45o, 221/2o, 111/4o)


Page 2 of 24

• double socket branch flanged tees

• all socket tees

• all flanged tees

• double socket tapers

• double flanged and flanged and socket tapers

• end caps or blind flanges

• collars

• double flanged pipe pieces

• dismantling joints

4.2.4 Mechanical Tests

Mechanical tests shall be carried out during manufacture of the fittings/specials by batch sampling system. Samples shall be taken, at the manufacturer’s option, from an integrally cast sample, either from a sample attached to the casting or from a sample cast separately. In the latter case, it shall be cast from the same material as that used for the casting. If the casting is subjected to heat treatment the sample shall be subjected to same heat treatment as that of castings. The samples, being representative of finished product, are tested for tensile strength, elongation and hardness to verify mechanical requirements. One test for castings produced during 24 hours shall be adequate.

a. Tensile Test: One tensile test shall be made on bar cast from the same metal in accordance with the methods specified in IS 1608. The test results shall conform to the mechanical properties given in Table 4-1.

Table 4-1 Mechanical Properties of Fittings

Nominal Diameter (mm)

Minimum Tensile Strength (MPa)

Percentage Elongation at Break

All sizes 420 5

b. Hardness Test: For checking Brinnel hardness, test may be carried out on the test bar used for the tensile test. Test shall be carried out in accordance with the procedures laid down in IS 1500. The hardness measured on the external un-machined surface shall not exceed 250 HBS.

c. Retesting: If the piece representing the lot fails to pass the tests specified in sub-clause 4.2.3 (a) and 4.2.3 (b) in the first instance, two additional tests shall be made on test pieces made from the same metal used for that lot. Should either of these additional test pieces fail to pass the test, the lot shall be considered as not complying with the requirements and shall be rejected.

4.2.5 Hydraulic Test

The specials (Fittings / Castings) shall be tested at works for hydraulic test pressure in accordance with Clause 10 of IS: 9523. Minimum Hydraulic test pressure at works shall be 2.5 MPa for fittings up to and including 300 mm diameter and 1.6 MPa for fittings over 300 mm up to and including 600 mm diameter. Hydraulic testing shall be carried out prior to application of surface coating and lining except Zinc coating, which may be applied before the hydraulic test.

4.2.6 Coatings

Ductile iron pipes being provided by the Employer shall have external zinc coating with finishing layer of epoxy coating.

All Ductile Iron fittings to be supplied by the contractor shall be externally zinc coated in accordance with the requirements of Annexure ‘A’ of IS: 9523, which shall be applied by spray guns after the surface has been blast cleaned. The zinc coating shall be applied at an average rate of 130 g/m2 with a local minimum of 110 g/m2.

After the zinc coating has been applied for the fittings and allowed to cure, a finish coat of epoxy resin (blue epoxy) shall be applied in accordance with the requirements of Annexure ‘A’ of IS 8329 as per Clause 16.2 and A-8 Finishing Layer (factory applied). The mean dry film thickness (DFT) of the finishing layer shall be not less than 70 μm with nowhere less than 50 μm.


Page 3 of 24

The Contractor shall take extreme care and precautions during handling (loading/unloading, shipping and storage) to avoid damaging the factory applied coatings. Any damages to the factory applied FBE coating shall be repaired by brush cleaning and recoating prior to applying the field coating.

4.2.7 Linings

All ductile iron pipes being provided by the Employer shall have cement mortar lining in accordance with IS: 8329 ANNEX B (Clause 16.3).

All Ductile Iron fittings to be supplied by the contractor shall also have internal cement mortar lining in accordance with IS: 9523 ANNEX B (clause 13.1.2). The cement used shall be of the sulfate-resisting type. The sulfate-resisting cement-mortar lining shall be a Portland type cement per American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM) C150 standard or international equivalent and meet the chemical requirements of BS 4027. The lining shall be applied by using a high-speed centrifugal rotating nozzle. The required lining thicknesses are given in Table 4-2.

Table 4-2 Cement Mortar Lining Thicknesses for DI Fittings

Nominal Pipe Diameter (mm) Nominal Lining Thickness (mm)

100 to 300 3

350 to 600 5

4.2.8 Inspection

All material under specification will be rigidly inspected during all phases of manufacture and testing and such inspection shall not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility to furnish materials and perform work in accordance with this specification.

The Contractor shall notify the Employer’s Representative in advance the production of materials and fabrication thereof, in order that the Employer may arrange for shop inspection.

The Contractor shall submit the original test certificates from the manufacturer for the tensile strength and elongation of the material. Samples from each lot as per IS specifications shall be tested in the approved laboratory and by the approved agency appointed by the Employer’s Representative (Third Party Inspection). If the test reports are not satisfactory the entire lot will be rejected. The Contractor will not start fabrication of specials and fittings before the test certificates from the approved laboratory are submitted to the Employer’s Representative.

The Employer’s Representative may reject any or all materials or works that do not meet with any of the requirements of the specifications. The Contractor shall rectify or replace such rejected material at his own cost, to the satisfaction of the Employer’s Representative.

The Employer’s Representative shall have free access to those parts of all plants or any other premises and sites that are concerned with the furnishing of materials or the performance of work under this specification.

The Contractor shall furnish to the Employer's inspector reasonable facilities and space for inspection, testing and obtaining of any information he desires in respect of the character of material used and the progress and manner of the work. The Contractor shall supply free of cost required specimens of materials for testing by the Employer’s Representative at any time during the progress of work and shall bear the cost of all such tests or re-tests to his satisfaction.

4.2.9 Gaskets and Packing

Gaskets used with push-on joints for DI pipes shall be provided by the Employer along with pipes at 5% in excess of number of pipes. Additional gaskets for jointing of specials, mechanical joints and extra quantity required for cut pipes etc. over and above that provided by the Employer, shall be supplied by the contractor under this contract along with specials.

Rubber gaskets used with push-on joints and mechanical joints shall conform to IS: 5382. Rubber gaskets for use with flange joints shall conform to IS: 638. While conveying potable water the gaskets should not deteriorate the quality of water and should not impart any bad test or foul odor. The push-on gaskets shall be tested in accordance with the provisions of IS: 5382 and the contractor shall submit the test report from the manufacturer in that respect.


Page 4 of 24

4.2.10 Lubricant for Ductile Iron Pipe and Specials

The lubricant used for the assembly of Ductile Iron pipes and specials suitable for push-on rubber ring joint shall have the following characteristics:

• must have a paste like consistency and be ready for use

• has to adhere to wet and dry surfaces of DI pipe and rubber rings

• to be applied in hot and cold weather; ambient temperature 0 - 50 °C, temperature of exposed pipes up to 70 °C

• must be non-toxic

• must be water soluble

• must not affect the properties of the drinking water carried in the pipes

• must not have an objectionable odor

• has to inhibit bacterial growth

• must not be harmful to the skin

• must have a shelf live not less than 2 years

4.2.11 Acceptance Tests

They shall be conducted in line with the provisions of the IS 8329 and 9523.

4.2.12 Packing

Rubber gaskets shall be packed in polyethylene bags and nuts, bolts etc. shall be supplied in separate jute bags.

4.3 Mild Steel Pipe

4.3.1 General

All mild steel (MS) pipes shall be conforming with IS 3589 or their international equivalent standards and shall be marked as such. The Steel Grade shall have the Fe 410 chemical requirement specifications per IS 3589. Fittings and accessories for this type of pipe shall be in accordance with the same standards and Codes of Practice.

Pipes shall be made from plates or strips, conforming to IS 2062 rolled into a cylindrical shape of the desired diameter. Pipe shall be welded spirally or longitudinally. Welding shall be by submerged arc welding (SAW) including welded joints, in accordance with IS 5504.

MS pipes shall be manufactured to the following tolerances:

a. Outside diameter shall not vary by more than 0.75% +/-

b. Straightness shall not vary by more than 0.2% of the total length of a length of pipe

c. Wall thickness shall not vary by more than (+20 and -12.5)%

The wall thickness for various pipe diameters shall be as specified below

• MS pipes with internal diameter up to and including 800 mm : Wall thickness = 6 mm

• MS pipes above 800 mm ID up to and including 1000 mm ID: Wall thickness = 8 mm

The piping shall be hydraulically tested at the manufacturer’s facility prior to application of the lining and coating.

4.3.2 Applicable Design Codes

The applicable design codes and standards for MS pipe shall include, but not be limited, to those listed in Table 4-3.

Table 4-3 Design Codes Applicable to Mild Steel Pipe

Code Code

No Title of The Code

IS 228 Method of Chemical Analysis of Steel

IS 814 Specifications for Covered Electrodes for Metal Arc Welding for


Page 5 of 24

Code Code


Mild Steel.

IS 816 Code of Practice for Use of Metal Arc Welding for General Construction.

IS 817 Code of Practice for Training and Testing of Metal Arc Welders.

IS 1182 Recommended Practice for Radiographic Examination of Fusion-Welded Butt Joints in Steel Plants.

IS 1363 Hexagon Head Bolts, Screws and Nuts of Product Grade `C' - Part 2 : Hexagon Head Screws Size Range M 5 to M 64

IS 1608 Method for Tensile Testing of Steel Products.

IS 1852 Specifications for Rolling and Cutting Tolerances for Hot Rolled Steel Products

IS 1974 Bare Wire Electrodes for Submerged Arc Welding.

IS 2062 Steel for General Structural Purpose and Specifications

IS 2598 Safety Code for Industrial Radiographic Practice.

IS 2595 Code of Practice for Radio-Graphic Testing.

IS 3589 Steel Pipes for Water and Sewage (168.3 to 2540 mm Outside Diameter)

IS 3600 Code of Procedure for Testing of Fusion Welded Joints and Weld-Metal in Steel.

IS 3613 Acceptance Tests for Wire Flux Combinations for Submerged Arc Welding.

IS 3658 Code of Practice for Liquid Penetrant Flaw Detection.

IS 4853 Recommended Practice for Radiographic Examination of Fusion Welded Circumferential Joints in Steel Pipes.

IS 5334 Code of Practice for Magnetic Particle Flaw Detection of Welding.

IS 5504 Specifications for Spirally Welded Pipes.

IS 5822 Code of Practice for Laying of Welded Steel Pipes for Water Supply.

IS 6419 Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes for Glass Shielded Arc Welding of Structural Steel.

IS 6631 Steel Pipes for Hydraulic Purposes.

IS 7307 Approval Tests for Welding Procedures.

IS 7310 Approval Tests for Welders Working To Approved Welding Procedures.

IS 7343 Code of Practice for Ultrasonic Testing of Ferrous Welded Pipes and Tubular Products.

IS 10221 Code of Practice for Coating and Wrapping of Underground Mild Steel Pipeline.

IS 10748 Hot –Rolled Steel Strips for Welded Tubes and Pipes.

IS 12330 Specification for Sulphate Resisting Portland Cement.

ASTM E-94 Recommended Practice for Radiographic Testing.

ASTM E-109 Dry Powder Magnetic Particle Inspection.


Page 6 of 24

Code Code


ASTM E-138 Wet Magnetic Particle Inspection.

ASTM E-165 Liquid Penetrant Inspection.

AWS A-5.1 Specification for Mild Steel Covered Arc Welding Electrodes.

AWS A-5.17 Specification for Bare Mild Steel Electrodes and Fluxes for Submerged Arc Welding.

BS 639 Covered Electrodes for Manual Metal Arc Welding of Mild Steel and Medium Tensile Steel.

Legend:

ASTM American Society of Testing Materials

AWS American Welding Society

BS British Standards

IS Indian Standards

AWWA American Water Works Association

4.3.3 Material Specifications

a. Steel plates or coils - The pipe shall be fabricated out of steel plates or strips of fresh mild steel coils (HR coils) conforming to IS 2062, and having minimum specified tensile strength of 410 MPa. The steel plates for fittings, specials and stiffeners shall be of mild steel conforming to IS 2062.

b. Welding consumables - such as electrodes, filler rods and wires shall conform to IS 814, IS 3613, IS 6419 and IS 7280.

c. Cement - The cement used shall be PSC / PPC Cement conforming to IS 455/IS 1489 and other relevant IS Codes.

d. Aggregate - The aggregates shall conform to IS 383.

e. Water - The water used in preparation of concrete mix shall conform to the requirements of mixing water given in IS 456.

f. Steel for reinforcement shall conform to IS 1786.

g. Nuts, bolts and washers – High tensile strength steel Class 8.8 minimum conforming to IS 1363.

Before fabrication of pipes and specials / fittings is commenced, the copies of the mill sheets and the manufacturer's test certificates for plates/ coils and other materials for the fabrication shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Employer’s Representative for his approval.

4.3.3.1 Steel Plates and Coils

Steel plates shall be manufactured by any process of steel making, except by Bessemer process. During the steel manufacturing process the steel shall be killed and shall conform to the fine austenitic grain size requirement of specification.

Plates shall be worked in discrete cut lengths. All finished steel shall be cleanly rolled to the dimensions, sections and masses specified. The finished steel shall be reasonably free from surface flaws, laminations, rough and imperfect edges and all other harmful defects. Plates shall be supplied in continuous widths and lengths as required without joints or splices. Steel plates shall be procured in exact sizes (length and width) as required for the manufacture of the pipe.

The coils or sheets used for manufacture of the pipe shall be trimmed to the proper width and given special edge treatment as required by the welding process. All plates shall be normalized during rolling with controlled cooling by the material manufacturer as per the acceptable codes and standards for this grade of steel.

4.3.3.2 Chemical Composition

The supplied steel shall conform to the chemical composition presented in Table 4-4, unless otherwise modified as approved by the Employer’s Representative. The ladle analysis of the steel shall be carried out by the method specified in relevant parts of IS 228 or any other established international standard.


Page 7 of 24

However, where the method is not given in IS 228 and its relevant parts, a suitable method shall be adopted as agreed between the Employer’s Representative and the Contractor. The product analysis shall be carried out on the finished plates.

Table 4-4 Chemical Requirements for Mild Steel

Element Ladle Analysis

(% maximum)

Permissible Variations for Product Analysis Over the

Specified Limit (% max)

Carbon (C) 0.20 0.02

Manganese (MN) 1.3 0.04

Sulphur (S) 0.04 0.005

Phosphorus (P) 0.04 0.005

Notes:

1. Carbon Equivalent (CE) = C + Mn/6 + (Cr+Mo+V)/5 + (Ni+Cu)/15

2. CE based on ladle analysis shall be 0.45 as per IS 3589

3. The minimum Si in silicon kilned steel shall not be less than 0.10%. When the steel is Al/Al-Si kilned, the requirement regarding minimum silicon content need not apply.

4. When micro-alloying elements like Nb, V and Ti are used individually or in combination the total content shall not exceed 0.2%.

Copper may be present between 0.20 to 0.35 percent as mutually agreed to between the Contractor (and manufacturer) and the Employer’s Representative. The copper bearing quality shall be designated with a suffix Cu, for example, Fe 410 Cu + WA. Nitrogen content of the steel should not exceed 0.012%, which shall be ensured by the Contractor (or manufacturer) by inspection analysis.

4.3.3.3 Mechanical Properties and Requirements:

Separate test piece of required sizes shall be sent along with each lot to allow for the following tests:

a. Tensile Test: The tensile strength, yield strength and percentage elongation of steel shall be determined from standard test pieces cut either lengthwise or crosswise from plates. The tests shall be carried out on the standard test piece prepared in accordance with test edition of IS 1608 or its international equivalent standard. The tensile strength, yield strength and percentage elongation of steel should not be less than the specified values in Table 4-5. Only proportional test piece

complying with the requirement Lo = 5.65√So should be used for the tensile test, where Lo is the

gauge length and So is the cross-sectional area of the test piece.

Number of Tensile Tests - For every 500 tons of finished steel, one tensile test shall be conducted.

b. Bend Test: The test piece shall be either lengthwise or crosswise from plates. Bend test shall be conducted in accordance with IS 1599 or its international equivalent standard. For bend test, the test piece at room temperature shall withstand bending through 180o to an internal diameter not greater than specified in clause 9.3 of IS 3589, without cracking.

Number of Bend Tests - For every 500 tons of finished steel, one bend test shall be conducted.

Table 4-5 Mechanical Requirements for Mild Steel

Mechanical Property Units Value

Tensile Strength, minimum MPa 410

Yield Strength, minimum MPa 235

Percentage Elongation, minimum % 18

Notes: Test temperature shall be agreed upon between the manufacturer/ Contractor and the Employer’s Representative.

c. Ultrasonic Test: All plates shall be tested by ultrasonic equipment to check for manufacturing defects such as voids, layers, etc. The Contractor shall supply test certificates to this effect from the manufacturer.


Page 8 of 24

d. Retesting: If any one test piece first selected fails to pass any of the tests specified in the Sub-clauses 4.3.3.3(a), 4.3.3.3(b) and 4.3.3.3(c) two further samples shall be selected for testing in respect to each failure. If the test pieces from both these additional samples pass, the material represented by the test samples shall be deemed to comply with the requirements of that particular test. If a test piece from either of these additional samples fails, the material represented by the test samples shall be rejected.

4.3.4 Tolerances for Plates

The tolerances for the thickness of steel plates shall be -12.5% to +20% for SAW plates.

Whenever any significant alteration of the curvature of the pipe shell (dent), is noticed the depth of which shall be measured between the lowest point of the dent and the pipe shell curvature line. All dents exceeding 2 percent of the outer diameter of the pipe shall be removed by cutting out a cylindrical portion of the pipe and replacing the same by an undamaged piece of the pipe. The Employer’s Representative may permit insert patching if the diameter of the patch is less than 25 percent of the nominal diameter of the pipe. Repairs by hammering with or without heating shall not be permitted. Any damage to the coating shall also be carefully examined and rectified.

4.3.5 Inspection

All works and material under specification will be rigidly inspected during all phases of manufacture and testing and such inspection shall not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility to furnish materials and perform work in accordance with this specification.

The Contractor shall notify the Employer’s Representative in advance the production of materials and fabrication thereof, in order that the Employer may arrange for mill and shop inspection.

The Contractor shall submit the original test certificates from the manufacturer for the grade of the material and yield strength. Samples from each lot as per IS specifications shall be tested in the approved laboratory and by the approved agency appointed by the Employer’s Representative (Third Party Inspection). If the test reports are not satisfactory the entire lot will be rejected. The Contractor will not start fabrication of pipes and specials before the test certificates from the approved laboratory are submitted to the Employer’s Representative.

The Employer’s Representative may reject any or all materials or works that do not meet with any of the requirements of the specifications. The Contractor shall rectify or replace such rejected material or deformed work at his own cost, to the satisfaction of the Employer’s Representative.

The Employer’s Representative shall have free access to those parts of all plants or any other premises and sites that are concerned with the furnishing of materials or the performance of work under this specification.

The Contractor shall furnish to the Employer's inspector reasonable facilities and space for inspection, testing and obtaining of any information he desires in respect of the character of material used and the progress and manner of the work. The Contractor shall supply free of cost required specimens of materials for testing by the Employer’s Representative at any time during the progress of work and shall bear the cost of all such tests or re-tests to his satisfaction.

The Contractor shall submit, with the material, results of inspection and testing as per standards specified on the material supplied to indicate its conformity in respect of chemical and physical properties per heat. All the tests shall be carried out at the manufacturer’s works. The Employer’s Representative has the right to have the material tested independently to confirm the quality of the steel, particularly if there is no co-relation between various test results or if ultrasonic test certificates are not provided.

4.3.6 Procurement

Steel, materials such as MS plates and coils of required size and thickness, and other structural steel such as nut bolts, etc., shall be procured by the Contractor as per IS 8910 or any equivalent international standard. All these materials should be procured from the reputed manufacturers.

The Contractor shall provide sufficient stacking yard for the steel materials, fabricated pipes and specials, scrap, etc., in their factory/factories as per the requirement. No steel plates other than required for this project shall be stored in the factory premises.

The Contractor shall procure MS plates and other structural steel required for fabricating pipes and specials considering the wastage/scrap, etc. The Contractor should note that no claim, whatsoever it may be, will be considered on account of wastage and/or scrap.


Page 9 of 24

The Contractor shall intimate to the Employer’s Representative one day in advance the program of transporting and stacking MS plates/coils and other structural steel, etc., at the Contractor’s factory to enable the Employer’s Representative to make necessary arrangement for inspection and sampling for independent tests.

4.3.7 Replacement of Unsatisfactory Material

If the test results in the above referred clauses are not in conformity with relevant IS or international specifications, the Employer’s Representative may reject the material.

The Contractor shall make good, within one month of notification of unsatisfactory material by the Employer’s Representative, by supply of new material at his cost to the satisfaction of the Employer’s Representative.

4.3.8 Packing and Identification

The Contractor (or Supplier) shall, after proper rust preventing coating wherever necessary, pack all the material in a manner suitable for transport to a tropical humid climatic region in accordance with internationally accepted practices and in such a manner so as to protect it from damage and deterioration in transit by road, rail or sea and during storage at the Project Site until the time of use. The Contractor shall be held responsible for all damages due to improper packing.

Each plate/coil shall carry an attached label giving the following details:

a. Number and appropriate section of complying standard.

b. Size.

c. Specific tensile/ yield strength.

d. Number.

e. Numbers of related test certificates.

4.3.9 Manufacturing of MS Pipe and Specials

4.3.9.1 Welded Pipe

General requirements relating to supply of spiral welded pipes shall conform to IS 1387. All spiral welded pipes shall be manufactured as per IS 5504. The requirements for welding of hot-rolled carbon steel strip in coils should conform to IS 3589. The normal length of each length of pipe shall be maximum 10.0 m. Pipe shall be made from steel produced by the open hearth or electric or one of the basic oxygen processes with approval from Employer’s Representative. The manufacturing process shall generally be as under Manufacturing Process of Spirally Welded Pipes:

i. Storage of coils

ii. Edge milling

iii. Pipe forming

iv. Internal welding

v. External welding

vi. Online ultrasonic inspection

vii. Plasma cutting

viii. Beveling

ix. Hydro testing

x. X-ray testing

xi. Inspection

xii. Stenciling

xiii. Lining and coating

xiv. Marking

xv. Dispatch

The Contractor may utilize additional processes if required.


Page 10 of 24

Pipe shall be made by rolling a strip, sheet or plate so that a helical seam is formed around the circumference of the pipe. The helical seam shall be welded by following process:

• Automatic submerged–arc welding using at least two (2) welding passes, one of which shall be on the inside of the pipe. All end welding of spiral seams of submerged- arc welded pipe, if not done by automatic submerged arc welding, shall be done by a procedure and welder qualified in accordance with IS 5504.

General requirements of longitudinal welded pipes shall conform to relevant IS Codes

4.3.9.2 Specials

Unless and otherwise mentioned below, the dimensions of all MS specials and fittings (such as tees, bends, tapers, reducers, dismantling joints, etc.) shall in general conform to the principals of IS 7322, BS 534/AWWA C208 and ASME standards using MS plate/sheet conforming to IS 2062 and tested and laid in the same manner as the pipes. The thickness shall not be less than the thickness of the pipe at that point.

The Contractor shall submit the detailed drawing for each special to be used in the pipeline. On approval by the Employer’s Representative, the Contractor will initiate the manufacturing. All specials shall be manufactured under controlled conditions at the manufacturer's factory. In exceptional circumstances, when welding in the trench is unavoidable and approved by the Employer’s Representative, a flanged opening shall be provided to provide access inside the special for internal welding. The Contractor shall ensure the timely manufacturing of the MS specials so that they can be laid along with the pipe laying. The joints of adjacent pipe stretches shall be made with gap pieces approved as by the Employer’s Representative. On completion of the manufacturing, the material shall be inspected by the Employer’s Representative at the manufacturer’s works. All welding for MS specials and fitting shall be tested by radiography.

On approval of the Employer’s Representative, the coating and lining for the specials shall be applied by the Contractor as per the specifications for coatings and lining. Tolerance for steel fittings shall confirm to the requirements of IS 7322.

Standard fittings shall be used wherever possible in preference to fabricated fittings. Where fabricated fittings are supplied, with approval of Employer’s Representative, they shall be fully workshop fabricated and tested in accordance with standards.

Steel specials shall have the same chemical and mechanical properties and shall be compatible in all respects with the pipes with which they are to be used. The marking of pipes and fittings shall be as specified.

4.3.9.2.1 Flanged Branches

Flanged branches for air and washout (scour) valves shall be welded into the pipe in the required position. The branch for an air valve shall be vertical and at right angle to the longitudinal axis of pipe. The invert of the branch for a scour valve shall be horizontal and at right angles to the axis of pipe and shall align with the invert of the barrel of the main pipe.

All the flanges shall be machined to standard thickness, square to the axis of the pipe.

4.3.9.2.2 Bends

Bends to provide change of alignment in pipe laying shall be manufactured to suit the site conditions from manufactured and tested pipes by angle cutting of the barrel or by such other standard procedure and re-welding. Bends shall be lined internally and coated externally, as specified for the pipes. Bends shall be fabricated taking into account the vertical and horizontal angles for each case. The bends shall have welded joints and the upstream and downstream ends of each bend shall have a straight piece of variable lengths as required.

4.3.9.2.3 Tapers

Tapers shall be manufactured out of steel plates and lined internally and coated externally as specified for pipes. The tapers shall be suitable for connections to valves or flanged tailpieces on one side and to the MS pipe on the other side. They shall be manufactured generally in accordance with IS 7322.

4.3.9.2.4 Flanges

Welding neck flanges conforming to IS 6392, ISO 7005-1 or BS 4504 Section 3.1 for a nominal pressure rating as required must be used in accordance to the design pressure at the place of the installation. The


Page 11 of 24

nominal size of flanges shall be in conformity to the equipment or pipe appurtenance with which they are to be used. The flange thickness and drilling shall conform to IS 6392, ISO 7005-1or BS4504 Section 3.1

Flanges shall be provided at the end of pipes or special where sluice valves, blank flanges, tapers, etc., have to be introduced. The Contractor shall assemble the flanges in the exact position by marginal cutting, if necessary, so as to get the desired position of the valves, etc., either vertical or horizontal and shall then fully weld the flanges from both sides in such a way that no part of the welding protrudes beyond the face of the flanges. In case the welding protrudes beyond the flanges and if the Employer’s Representative instructs that such protrusions shall be removed, the Contractor shall file or chip them off. If required and when instructed by the Employer’s Representative, the Contractor shall provide and weld gusset stiffeners.

4.3.9.2.5 Blind Flanges

Blank flanges shall be provided at all ends left unattended for the temporary closure of work and also for commissioning a section of the pipeline or for testing after the pipeline has been laid. For temporary closures, non-pressure blank flanges consisting of mild steel plates, tack welded at the pipe ends may be used. For pipes subjected to pressure, blank flanges or domes suitably designed shall be provided. The thickness and drilling of the blank flanges shall be as defined in IS 7005-1 or BS 4504 Section 3.1.

4.3.9.2.6 Stiffener Rings

The Contractor shall provide stiffener rings wherever required by the design or directed by the Employer’s Representative. The Contractor shall weld the same to the pipes with one circumferential run on each side.

4.3.9.2.7 Straps

In general the use of straps shall not be allowed. Whenever their use is unavoidable, approval of Employer’s Representative shall be required. Wherever pipe laying work is done from two faces and/or has to be done in broken stretches due to any difficulty met with at the Project Site, the final connection has to be made by introducing straps to cover gaps up to 300 mm in length. Straps shall also be provided as per the procedure of fixing expansion joints by the method described. Such straps shall be fabricated in the field by cutting pipes, slitting them longitudinally and slipping them over the ends to be connected in the form of a collar.

The collar shall be in two halves and shall have its inside diameter equal to the outside diameter of the pipe to be connected. A minimum lap of 80 mm on either end of the pipe shall be maintained and fillet welds shall be run both internally and externally along the circumferential joint. The longitudinal joints of the collar shall be butt-welded. All fillet welds shall have a throat thickness of not less than 0.7 times the width of welding.

4.3.10 Man ways

Man ways shall be placed at the locations shown on the drawings / L-Sections, or at the locations as directed by the Employer’s Representative. Man ways in the pipeline shall be placed in suitable position in the top quadrant.

For manway installations, a fabricated tee with one side flanged shall be used. The size of man way shall not be less than 600 mm in diameter and it shall project at least 200 mm above the pipe crown. The outlet end must be provided with a blind flange. AWWA M11 shall be referred for typical details of man ways. Flanges, blind flanges and dished ends fabricated as per IS 2062/ A515 Gr. 60 are acceptable.

4.3.11 Closing or Make-up Sections

Closing or make-up sections shall be furnished at appropriate locations on the line to permit field adjustments in pipeline length to compensate for shrinkage in field welded joints, differences between actual and theoretical lengths, and discrepancies in measurements.

4.3.12 Test Heads

Test heads may be ellipsoidal, standard dished as per ASME code or hemispherical shaped. They shall be welded in the shop and removed after the testing has been completed. Allowance shall be made in the length of the pipe section receiving the test head for the welding and removal of the head and preparation of the plate edges for the final weld after testing.

4.3.13 Other Specials:

Steel material required for the fabrication of other specials shall be procured by the Contractor as per codes specified for specials above.


Page 12 of 24

Composite bends shall consist of two or more pieces jointed together, to give the required curvature. Detailed drawings in regard to the composite bends required on works shall be given during the execution of the work. Before cutting the plates for fabrication of specials the development of the shape shall be first computed and accurate templates made wherever possible. If the templates cannot be made the shape shall be first drawn on the plate before a cut is taken. Wye branches and tapers shall also be fabricated in one or more pieces as may be necessary according to the lengths and sizes of plates available. They shall have stiffening or labyrinth rings fixed on them as per design requirements, and as approved by the Employer’s Representative during fabrication.

For dished manhole covers, the required shape shall be obtained by using special dies in a hydraulic press. The plate shall be cold pressed and no heating shall be resorted.

Plug plates shall be manufactured as per approved drawing. The size of plug shall vary from 25 mm to 40 mm as may be directed by the Employer’s Representative. A hole for the plug shall be cut, drilled and threaded to exact size and shall be provided with a suitable stainless steel plug.

Pipe pieces which are to be fixed near flanged adapters should not deviate by more than plus or minus 1 mm from the external circumference, and all welds shall be ground flush with the pipe barrel.

Loose flange rings shall be cut out of one plate of suitable thickness varying from 10 mm to 100 mm. The Contractor will be allowed to cut plates in segments and welded together to form a complete ring. The protruding portion of the welded joint shall have to be chipped off and ground smooth flush with the plate. Wherever possible, a complete ring shall be cutout of one plate. The flange rings shall be drilled to provide bolt holes of the required size at the exact center to center distance as may be directed. They will be mounted and tack welded on pipes, specials, etc., and welded circumferentially as directed.

4.3.14 Inspection and Testing of Fittings/Specials:

Each special or fittings shall be subjected to tests as per IS 7322 before inner and outer coating. The hydraulic test pressure shall be as per IS 3589 for specials.

4.3.15 Welding

Upon receipt of the order and prior to the start of fabrication, the Contractor shall obtain approval from the Employer’s Representative of the ‘Welding Procedure Method Statement’ that he intends to use in the shop work. All the shop and field welding shall conform to IS 4353, IS 9595 and IS 816. At the same time, approval for the field welding procedures shall also be obtained from the Employer’s Representative.

All components of pipe shell, either straight or bent, etc., shall be welded by use of automatic arc welding machine by submerged arc process with alternating current. The strength of the joint shall be at least equal to that of the parent material. Manual welding shall be adopted only when machine welding is not possible.

Samples of welded joints shall be prepared and tested in the presence of the Employer’s Representative for approval of the Welding Procedure Method Statement. Only approved welding procedures shall be used throughout the work and if any modifications are to be made, the written permission of the Employer’s Representative shall be obtained.

The Contractor shall use appropriate type and size of electrodes with suitable flux covering depending on the thickness of plate and the type of joint. They shall also use standard current and voltage required for the machine in use as per manufacturer’s directions. Welding electrodes shall conform to IS 814 and IS 4353. Electrodes from reputed manufacturers shall be used with the approval of Employer’s Representative. The Contractor shall provide suitable equipment and ovens to keep the electrodes dry at the desired baking temperature.

All longitudinal and circumferential joints shall be double-V butt joints with or without backing plates. After completing the welding joints of pipes or plates from one side, and before the welding on the other side, the joints shall be back chipped/ gouged and ground to remove irregular penetration till the even surface is exposed. Gouging shall be resorted to when the plate thickness is above 6 mm.

All circumferential welds involving plates of unequal thickness shall be so kept that the inside surface of plates match to provide stream-lined joints without alteration to the internal diameter.

In order to maintain a good standard in welding, welders shall be tested by the Contractor before they are entrusted with the job. Qualification standard for welding procedures, welders and welding operators shall conform to IS 7307 and IS 7310.Field welding shall be done by welders qualified for the various welding positions as per applicable IS codes and standards. Only those welders who pass the test shall be allowed to work on the project. Periodic competence tests shall be conducted at suitable intervals and


Page 13 of 24

those found incompetent shall be removed from the job. If an incompetent welder has already welded some pipes, all welding done by him previously shall be fully checked by X-ray in addition to the regular X-ray inspections. The defects, if any, shall be rectified to the satisfaction of the Employer’s Representative. All such check tests and rectification of defects shall be entirely at the cost of the Contractor.

A record shall be maintained showing the names of welders and operators who have worked on each individual joint. Manual arc welding shall preferably be carried out by a pair of welders so that, by observing proper sequence, distortion can be avoided. A joint entrusted to a particular individual or a pair shall be, as far as possible, completed by them in all respects, including sealing run. No helper or other unauthorized person shall be permitted to do any welding whatsoever.

The weld shall not become brittle or sensitive to blows and there should be no loss of toughness due to welding or heat treatment. The material after welding and heat treatment shall match with the base metal properties including original ductility. The weld thickness shall at no point be less than the nominal thickness of plate and a slight reinforcement, as per IS codes. Final welding of closure gaps shall be carried out within a temperature range of average air temperature of +/- 8oC.

If the Contractor’s working methods require that the pipes shall have cable holes / entries installed in the fabrication shop, a hole shall be provided in the pipe which is large enough to allow the passage of cables and other paraphernalia necessary for welding the pipes, and a reinforcing plate shall be welded to the pipe with a tapped hole in it. A screwed stainless steel plug shall be provided to close the hole.

4.3.15.1 Testing of Welds

All welding shall be checked by ultrasonic testing for all lengths of pipe (i.e. 100 % testing at the factory). Additionally, 10% of the joints shall be tested by radiography. All specials shall be tested 100% by radiography.

4.3.15.2 Testing of Weld Coupons

Test pieces shall be provided by the Contractor for both longitudinal and circumferential welded joints at the positions pointed out by the Employer’s Representative. The samples so taken out shall then be cut to the exact shape and dimensions and machined as described in relevant standards before testing for chemical and mechanical properties.

The entire cost of the tests including provision of test samples, machining the test pieces, transport to and from the laboratory and testing them in a laboratory, payment of all testing fees, cleaning and painting etc. shall be borne by the Contractor. The tests shall be carried out in a third party testing facility approved by the Employer’s Representative. The testing laboratory shall have instruments and equipment, which are calibrated in accordance with the requirements of National or International standards.

The following tests shall be carried out:

a. Mechanical Tests: The test plates shall be subjected to all mechanical tests as per the approved Method Statement, or as otherwise reasonably directed by the Employer’s Representative. Tests shall be carried out in accordance with relevant standards. The tests shall include determination of yield strength, tensile strength, elongation and bend tests. Tensile tests shall be carried out in accordance with IS 1894. If a test specimen shows defective machining or develops flaws not associated with welding, it may be discarded and another specimen submitted. The welded joint shall exhibit mechanical and chemical properties not lower than those specified for IS 2062 Grade B.

b. Guided Bend Test: This testing shall be in accordance with IS 3589 and IS 3600. One bend test shall be carried out from each lot of 50 lengths.

c. Field Joint Tests: The field welded joints shall be tested in accordance with the procedure outlined in IS 3600. One test plate shall be taken for every 500 m of pipe laid and shall be subjected to mechanical and chemical tests as specified above.

4.3.15.3 Re-Tests

If the results of tests of any lot do not conform to the requirements specified, retests of two additional specimens from the same lot shall be made, each of which shall conform to the required specifications. In case of a failure of one or both, gouging and repairing shall be carried out to the particular lot of joints from which the samples have been taken as directed by the Employer’s Representative before the lot can be accepted. The rectification process also shall have adequate test plates and they shall be tested for compliance with the IS codes/standards.


Page 14 of 24

In case both the samples yield satisfactory results in the re-test described above, gouging and repairing will be required to be carried out on the joint which has failed in the initial test only.

4.3.15.4 Radiography of Welded Joints

As soon as practicable after the welding is done, selected longitudinal and circumferential weld lengths shall be radiographed to detect welding defects as per the requirement of IS 4853 and as directed by Employer’s Representative. If the results of such radiography fail to conform to the requirements, the Contractor shall carry out 10% radiography test for the pipe welding at the factory as well as the Site as directed to the satisfaction of the Employer’s Representative.

Weld ripples or weld surface irregularities and slag, etc., on both inside and outside shall be removed by any suitable mechanical process to a degree such that the resulting radiographic contact due to any remaining irregularities cannot mask or be confused with that of any objectionable defect. The radiograph shall be made in strict accordance with the latest requirements and as per the latest and most efficient technique, either with X-ray or gamma ray equipment. The safety requirements during radiography shall be in accordance with IS 2598.

The radiographs shall be marked in such a way that the corresponding portion of the welded seam and the welder can be readily identified. All radiographs will be reviewed by the Employer’s Representative to identify the defects and determine those which requires rectification. Defects that are not acceptable shall be removed by chipping, grinding or flame gouging to sound metal and the resulting cavities shall be welded. After rectification, the joint is to be radio-graphed again to prove the quality of the repair. The radiographs will be judged as acceptable or unacceptable by the Employer’s Representative based on the latest standards prescribed by the relevant Indian Standard specification.

All X-rays shall be taken with equipment and by personnel of the Contractor. Films shall be developed within 24 hours of exposure and be readily accessible at all times for inspection by the Employer’s Representative. The Contractor shall provide, for the use of the Employer’s Representative, suitable X-ray viewing equipment. X-ray films shall be properly maintained by the Contractor. A complete set of radiographs and records as described in IS 2595, for each job shall be retained by the Contractor and shall be handed over to the Employer on completion of the Contract. All films shall be identified by the number and chart prepared indicating location of any work associated with the pipe erection and such inspection shall be performed by the Radiographer at the discretion of the Employer’s Representative.

Radiographers performing radiography shall be qualified in accordance with SNT-TC-1A. Supplements and Appendices “Recommended Practice for Non-destructive Testing Personnel Qualification and Certification” published by the American Society for Non-destructive Testing as applicable for the technique and methods used.

Final acceptance of radiographs shall be based on the ability to see the prescribed penetrometer image and the specified hole.

Sections of welds that are shown by radiography to have any of the following types of imperfections shall be judged unacceptable and shall be repaired.

i. Any type of crack or zone of incomplete fusion or penetration.

ii. Any elongated slag inclusion which has length greater than 6 mm.

iii. Any group of slag inclusion in line that have an aggregate length greater than 12 times the weld thickness, except when the distance between the successive imperfections exceeds 6 L where L is the length of the longest imperfection in the group.

iv. Rounded indications in excess of that specified by the acceptance standards given earlier.

4.3.16 Pipe Testing in Fabrication Shop (Factory Test)

A hydraulic test shall be carried out at the fabrication shop for each pipe length fabricated, in the presence of and to the satisfaction of the Employer’s Representative. All pipes and specials shall be subjected to hydraulic test at the fabrication yard after fabrication, but before application of protective coatings.

Prior to testing, the pipe shall be inspected thoroughly and all the apparent defects in welding such as slag, porosity, etc., shall be repaired by gouging and re-welding. Each pipe shall be filled with water slowly and the pressure increased uniformly until the required test pressure is reached. The hydraulic test pressure at the factory shall be in accordance with Clause 10 of IS 3589.


Page 15 of 24

Each pipe to be tested shall be given a unique serial number, and shall be painted with details such as the pipe number, shell thickness, diameter, length, date of fabrication, etc., as directed by Employer’s Representative. It shall be entered in the register to be maintained by the Contractor. The register shall be maintained in suitable format giving the following information for each shell tested:

a. Serial No.

b. Pipe No.

c. Date of test

d. Specification and thickness of steel

e. Weight of pipe shell tested

f. Maximum test pressure

g. Details of test performance

h. Details of radiographic examination of welds

i. Name of Employer’s Representative witnessing tests

A copy of these details shall be furnished to the Employer’s Representative.

For indicating the pressure inside the pipe an accurate pressure gauge of approved make duly tested and calibrated for the accuracy of readings shall be mounted on one of the closures, which close the pipe ends.

The pressure shall be applied gradually by approved means and shall be maintained for at least 2 minutes or till the inspection of all welded joints is done during which time the pipe shall be hammered throughout its length with sharp blows by means of a 1 kg hand hammer.

The pipe shall withstand the test without showing any sign of weakness, leakage, oozing or sweating. If any leak or sweating is observed in the welded joints, the same shall be repaired by gouging and re-welding after dewatering the pipe. The repaired pipe shall be re-tested to conform to the specified pressure.

If any leak or sweating is observed in pipe shell the pipe under test shall be rejected temporarily. The Contractor shall stack such rejected pipes separately in his yard. The Employer’s Representative shall inspect the same, shall determine the nature of repairs to be carried out, and shall be supplied with two copies of the results of all the tests carried out. The repaired pipe shall be re-tested to conform to the specified pressure.

The internal lining and external coating of pipes to be applied in the factory shall be applied after the successful completion of hydraulic testing.

4.3.17 Marking

The marking shall be done after internal and external coating of the pipeline.

All pipes and specials shall bear the following markings. The marking shall be on the side which will be the inside of the pipe. On the specials the direction of flow shall be stamped in a prominent manner.

a. Outside diameter (mm)

b. Length of pipe or angle of the bend (m / degrees)

c. Plate thickness (mm)

d. Approximate weight of the pipe or special (kg or tonnes)

e. Internal lining: Material and thickness

f. External coating: Material and thickness

4.3.18 Stress Relieving

Stresses developed during fabrication of flange rings of above 40 mm thickness due to gas cutting and welding in segments shall have to be relieved for smooth functioning of the same after installing in the pipe laying works.

Stress relieving shall be done as per IS.2825 and ASME Sec VIII, by resorting to the following process and the chart shall be submitted in proof of this process.


Page 16 of 24

The flange rings shall be put into the furnace and gradually heated up to the temperature of 600oC at the rate of 100o C per hour. This temperature of 600oC shall be maintained for a period in hours obtained by dividing the thickness of flange ring in mm by 25. The temperature shall be cooled down at the rate of 100o C per hour till it reaches 300oC. After this the flange rings shall be taken out from the furnace and allowed to cool down to the room temperature under atmospheric temperature. No water or any liquid shall be poured on the flange rings during the entire process.

4.3.19 Joints

Unless detailed otherwise, all pipes and fittings shall have welded joints. However, as necessary flanged joints shall be provided. The use of butt welded joints for joining pipes shall be in accordance with Clause 4.3.15 and end preparation shall be in accordance with IS 3589. All connections to valves shall be flanged.

4.3.19.1 Flanged Joints

Flanges shall comply with IS 7322 / BS 4504. The nominal pressure rating shall be at least equal to the highest pressure rating of the pipes or fittings to which they are attached. The Contractor shall fabricate flanges meeting the requirements of pipe sizes under this Contract or otherwise to suit the abutting valves or other connections as required. Flanges shall be provided with all necessary nuts, bolts, washers and gaskets, as specified herein. The Contractor shall also apply graphite grease to the bolt threads when joints are made.

4.3.20 Storage

Before sending the pipes to the Contractor’s storage yard, the exposed portion of the pipe (i.e., internal surface and portion where coating is not done) shall be cleaned with wire brush and then a layer of cement slurry in 1:2 proportion shall be applied to all exposed portion uniformly.

Pipes and fittings shall be stored raised off the ground and shall be carefully supported, cushioned and wedged. Special care shall be taken to ensure that steel pipes are cradled and supported in a manner that prevents any distortion of the pipes and coatings. The pipes shall be kept protected from the direct sunrays in factory. All pipes shall be laid within 6 weeks of the shifting them to the Project Site.

All gaskets, nuts and bolts flange adapters and other similar items shall be stored in dry conditions, raised off the ground in sheds or covered areas.

Until required for incorporation in the Works, each rubber ring or gasket shall be stored away from direct sunrays, electrical equipment and other materials like oil and chemicals and also from heat and cold.

4.3.21 Transportation and Handling

All pipes and specials fabricated in the yard and temporarily stacked at the factory shall be transported carefully to the site of the pipe laying after internal cleaning. Any vehicles on which pipes are transported shall have a body of such length that the pipes do not overhang. Large pipes shall be placed on cradles and the loads properly secured during transit.

Additional precautions shall be taken to avoid deformation of flexible pipes lining and coating. To maintain their circular cross-section internal struts shall be fitted in the pipes. Details of the proposed strutting system shall be submitted to the Employer’s Representative for approval and, if required by the Employer’s Representative, the method of strutting shall be demonstrated and tested on site.

Wide non-abrasive or other approved slings shall be used and all hooks and other metal devices shall be well padded. Hooks engaged on the corner wall surface at pipe ends shall not be used. Steadying ropes shall be employed. The positions of lifting slings shall ensure that stresses and tendency towards deformation in the pipes are kept to a minimum. Pipes shall be unloaded on timber skids with steadying ropes or by any other means. Padding shall be provided between coated pipes, fittings/ specials and timber skids to avoid damage to the coating. As far as possible, pipes shall be unloaded on one side of the trench only.

Under no circumstances shall pipes be dropped, be allowed to strike one another, be rolled freely or dragged along the ground.

Pipe handling equipment shall be maintained in good condition and any equipment, which in the opinion of the Employer’s Representative may cause damage to the pipes, shall be discarded.

4.3.22 Lining and Coating

Materials


Page 17 of 24

Internal lining and external coating for MS pipes and specials shall be with liquid epoxy, factory applied. The coating system shall meet the performance requirements of AWWA C 210.

4.3.22.1 Internal Lining

MS pipes and specials shall be internally lined with one coat of a two-part, chemically cured inhibitive epoxy primer with not less than 30 micron dry film thickness and two coats of different two-part, chemically cured, solvent free, airless spray applied epoxy finish coats to provide a high build inert lining system. The minimum dry film thickness (DFT) of the internal lining shall not be less than 400 microns including primer coat.

4.3.22.2 External Coating

MS pipes and specials shall be externally coated with one coat of a two-part, chemically cured inhibitive epoxy primer with not less than 30 micron dry film thickness and three coats of different two-part, chemically cured, solvent free, airless spray applied epoxy finish coats to provide a high build inert coating system. The minimum DFT of the coating shall not be less than 600 microns including primer coat.

4.3.22.3 Surface Preparation

The pipe’s internal and external bare surfaces shall be free from mud, mill scale, lacquer, wax, paint, coal tar, asphalt, oil, grease, or any other foreign material. Before blast cleaning, surfaces shall be inspected and, if required, pre-cleaned according to SSPC-SP1 (Society for Protective Coatings) to remove oil, grease, and loosely adhering deposits. Only solvents that do not leave a residue shall be used. Preheating to remove oil, grease, mill scale, water and ice may be used, provided all surfaces are preheated in a uniform manner to avoid distortion.

Blast Cleaning

All metal surfaces shall be blast cleaned to achieve a near white surface, equivalent to SSPC-SP 6/NACE No.3.

The interior and exterior pipe surfaces shall be abrasive blast cleaned to achieve a white metal surface. Prior to blast cleaning any sharp protuberances, surface laminations, weld spatter, etc. shall be removed by thorough cleaning and grinding. Throughout the blast cleaning process the humidity should be less than 85%. The pipe surface should be at least 30 C above due point prior to abrasive blasting. Blast-cleaned surface shall be protected from conditions of high humidity, rainfall or surface moisture and shall not be allowed to flash rust before the coating is applied. If rust occurs, the surface must be prepared again by blast cleaning in the mill or shop or by either blast cleaning or wire-brush cleaning in the field.

Surface Inspection

The cleaned pipe surfaces shall be inspected for adequate surface preparation. Surface imperfections such as slivers, scabs, weld spatter, and gouges shall be removed by hand filing or grinding to prevent holidays in the applied coating.

If abrasives or other loose foreign matter have entered the interior of the pipe, then clean, dry, oil-free compressed air shall be used to remove the loose foreign matter in a manner that does not affect the surface of the pipe that is to be coated. Vacuum cleaning or other methods may be used in place of compressed air cleaning.

Pipe Ends for Welded Field Joints:

After blast cleaning, ends of pipes which will subsequently be welded should mask off for 150 mm back from end of pipe.

4.3.22.4 Application of Epoxy Coating

4.3.22.4.1 General

Prepared surface must be completely clean of dust, dirt and grease and thoroughly dry. No coating shall be applied in the following atmospheric conditions:

I. Relative humidity exceeding 85%

II. When the surface to be coated is less than 30 C above the dew point

III. The surface temperature is less than 70 C or greater than 500 C

Coating shall be curtailed 150 mm from both ends of the pipe to permit site welding of joints.


Page 18 of 24

4.3.22.4.2 Successive Coats

Application of the successive coat/coats after primer coat application, the second coat shall be applied within the time limits, surface conditions, and temperature recommended by the coating manufacturer. If the period between successive coats is exceeded, then a repair procedure shall be obtained from the coating manufacturer, and its recommendations shall be followed.

4.3.22.4.3 Application Temperature

The temperature of mixed coating material and of the pipe at the time of application shall not be less than 100 C. Preheating of the coating material, the use of inline heaters to heat the coating material; or heating of the pipe, fittings or specials, may be used to facilitate the application. Heating shall confirm to the recommendations of the coating manufacturer.

4.3.22.4.4 Plural Feed Hot Airless Spraying

The Base component and Activator shall be heated separately by either or a combination of the following:

i. Individual drum heaters for Base and Activator, each heater fitted with a variable thermostatic

control,

ii. In-line heaters, fitted in to the Base and Activator lines at the pump.

The Base and Activator shall be pumped individually to an airless proportioning pump and re-circulated either through the Base and Activator lines back into the heated tanks or via the in-line heaters, through the lines, back into the Base and Activator containers or back into the heated tanks.

The heated Base and Activator shall be kept separate throughout the system until they meet at the mixer head at the end of each individual coating feed line. To minimize temperature losses, the paint feed lines shall be insulated and the spray gun attached by a single airless paint line to the mixer head. The length of this line shall be kept to a minimum.

During start up and when spraying stops, the Base and Activator shall be re-circulated down the Base and Activator return lines and left on re-circulation to ensure that the coating in the lines is maintained at constant temperature. When any spraying stops for lunch, moving scaffold etc., the solvent flush line shall be activated, to flush out and clean the mixer head and whip end line.

4.3.22.5 Coating Repair

Coating requiring repair due to scars, coating imperfections and other small defects shall be repaired using repair materials from the same manufacturer as the epoxy or any other compatible material approved by the Employer’s Representative. Pipe surfaces with major coating defects such as particle coating, unbounded coating, or inadequate film thickness, shall be reprocessed starting with surface preparation procedures.

4.3.22.6 Touchup and Repair Procedures

The finished coating shall be inspected for damage or reduced thickness. Any such areas shall be repaired by thoroughly degreasing the surface and abrading using 180 grade abrasive papers, the abraded area should extend from edge of the damage for 50 mm onto surrounding sound coating. The repaired surface can then be re-coated.

The coating shall be hard dry before the surface is abraded. No surface shall be abraded within the times as follows:

Ambient Temperature, degrees C 7 10 15 20 25 30

Time to elapse between application and abrasion for repairs (hours) 36 32 24 16 12 8

4.3.22.7 Final Cure Time

The lined/coated pipes shall be stored for curing in accordance with the durations given as follows:

Ambient Temperature (degrees C) 45 40 35 30 25 20 15 10 7*

Minimum number of days storage 1 1 2 4 5 7 11 17 22

* Minimum possible cure temperature


Page 19 of 24

4.3.22.8 Electrical Inspection for Continuity

After the coating has been properly applied, the Contractor shall conduct an electrical inspection of all coated surfaces with an electrical holiday detector. Any defect in the coating shall be satisfactorily repaired at the expense of the Contractor

The electrical equipment used for holiday detection in the shop and in the field shall be a portable, low-amperage, adjustable-voltage pulse holiday detector that employs an audible signaling device. The holiday detector shall use coil spring electrode or a brush electrode.

The primary input power shall be no higher than 20 watts, and the minimum pulses at crest voltage shall be 20 Hz. The operating voltage of the detector shall be determined by the following formula:

V= 1,250 t0.5

Where:

V = the inspection voltage

t = average coating system thickness in mils (1 mil = 25 microns)

Because of variables, such as relative humidity and temperature, the detector voltage shall be checked no less than twice daily that is before starting work in the morning and before resuming work in the afternoon. To ensure proper inspection voltage the equipment shall be properly grounded and the voltage adjusted according to the instructions of the equipment manufacturer.

After the voltage has been properly checked, the electrode shall be passed over the coated surface one time only, at a rate of approximately 9 to 18 m/min. If the electrode is stopped while passing over the coated surface, the current to the electrode should be cut off immediately to avoid possible damage to the coating.

4.3.22.9 Holiday Detection and Repair

Any holidays will be indicated by an electric spark between the electrode and the metal surface and by an audible signal. The coating shall pass the electrical inspection test if no electrical spark occurs. If an electric spark occurs between the electrode and the metal surface, the holiday shall be marked with a suitable indicator such as chalk or crayon to identify the area for repair.

After curing, but prior to installation, the coating system applied to the pipe shall be tested for holidays according to the procedures and using the voltage settings. Any holidays indicated by the detector shall be marked with chalk or left-tip marker to identify the area to be repaired.

4.3.22.10 Coating of Joints after Welding

All weld joints after field welding shall be thoroughly cleaned so as to be free from mud, oil, grease, welding flux, weld spatter, and other foreign contaminants. The cleaned metal surfaces of the weld joints shall then be abrasive blasted, vacuum blasted, or abraded using rotary abrading pads. The adjacent liquid epoxy coating shall be feathered by abrading the coating surface by a distance of minimum 25 mm.

All loose dust and abrasive residue shall be removed from surface by brush or airline. Surfaces shall be degreased with detergent solution to ensure no oil or grease resulting from the abrading process is present.

The two-part epoxy coating shall be mixed in accordance with the manufacturer’s product data sheet and then hand applied to the prepared area by brush to achieve the same thickness as the pre-coated pipe.

After curing, the coating system applied to the welded joints shall be holiday tested. Any holidays indicated by the detector shall be repaired. Repairs shall also be electrically inspected using holiday detector.

4.3.22.11 Tests and Inspection

The contractor shall carry out the following tests:

Surface preparation stage

I. Comparison with appropriate standards for surface preparation

II. Comparison with appropriate standards for blast profile

III. Cleanliness of surface prior to coating

IV. Humidity, dew point and surface temperature during blast cleaning


Page 20 of 24

Application stage

I. Wet film thickness

II. Visual assessment

III. Humidity, due point and surface temperature

Minimum 24 hours after application

I. Dry coating thickness

After 48 hours curing

I. Test for porosity using holiday detector.

4.3.23 Jointing MS Pipe

When two (2) lengths of WS pipe are joined together the faces of the pipe shall be cut clean perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the pipe and the ends shall be chamfered at 30-degree, except for the internal 2 mm, and welded externally. The pipes having thickness more than 12 mm shall be welded externally as well as internally.

4.4 HDPE Pipes

4.4.1 Scope

The section covers the requirements for successfully manufacturing, supplying, laying, jointing and testing at works and site of high density polyethylene pipe(HDPE) used for water supply. The pipes should confirm to PN 10 (Grade – PE 80) and PN 6 (Grade – PE 80) unless otherwise specified.

4.4.2 Applicable Codes

The manufacturing, testing, supplying, laying, jointing and testing at work sites of HDPE pipe shall comply with all currently applicable statutes, regulations, standards and Codes. In particular, the standards listed in Table below shall be referred to, unless otherwise specified herein. In all cases the latest revision of the Codes shall be referred to. If requirements of this Specification conflict with the requirements of the standards / Codes, this Specification shall govern.

Table 4-5 Design Codes Applicable to HDPE Pipe

Code No. Title/Specification

IS 4984 High Density Polyethylene Pipes for Water Supply

IS 2530 Methods of test for polyethylene molding materials and polyethylene compounds GRP Pipes, Joints and Fittings for use for Potable Water Supply

IS 5382 Rubber sealing rings for gas mains, water mains and sewers.

IS 4905 Methods for random sampling

IS 7328 High density polyethylene materials for molding and extrusion

IS 7634 Laying & Jointing of Polyethylene (PE) Pipes

IS 9845 Method of analysis for the determination of specific and/or overall migration of constituents of plastics material and articles intended to come into contact with foodstuffs

IS 10141 Positive list of constituents of polyethylene in contact with food stuffs, pharmaceuticals and drinking water.

IS 10146 Polyethylene for its safe use in contact with foodstuff, Pharmaceuticals and drinking water.

Other Codes not specifically mentioned here but pertaining to the use of HDPE pipe shall form part of these Specifications.


Page 21 of 24

4.4.3 Properties of Pipe

4.4.3.1 Designation

Pipes shall be designated as per IS 4984, according to the grade of material, followed by pressure rating and nominal diameter, for example, PE 80 PN 10 DN 200 indicates a pipe pertaining to material grade 80 having a pressure rating 1.0 MPa and outside nominal diameter 200 mm.

4.4.3.2 Color

The color of the pipe shall be black.

4.4.3.3 Materials

The material used for the manufacturer of pipes should not constitute toxicity hazard, should not support microbial growth, should not give rise to unpleasant taste or odor, cloudiness or discoloration of water. Pipe manufacturers shall obtain a certificate to this effect from the manufacturers of raw material by any internationally reputed organization as per the satisfaction of the Employer. High Density Poly-ethylene used for the manufacture shall confirm to IS: 7328. Manufacturers name, class & size of pipe shall be stamped on each pipe.

4.4.3.4 Raw Material

a. Raw material used to manufacture the HDPE pipes shall be 100% virgin PE compound or Natural black PE resin conforming to IS: 4984, IS: 7328 and ISO: 4427 for this a certification has to be given by the resin manufacturer as per clause 3.2.3 of IS: 4984. The resin proposed to be used for manufacturing of the pipes should also comply with the following norms as per ISO 9080.

b. Certificate for having passed the full scale rapid crack propagation test as per ISO 13478. High density Polyethylene (HDPE) used for the manufacture of pipes shall conform to designation PEEWA-45-T-006 of IS 7328. HDPE conforming to designation PEEWA-45- T-012 of IS 7328 may also be used with the exception that melt flow rate (MFR) shall not exceed 1.10 g/10 min. In addition the material shall also conform to clause 5.6.2 of IS 7328.

c. The specified base density shall be between 941.0 kg/m³ and 946.0 kg/m³ (both inclusive) when determined at 27°C according to procedure prescribed in IS 7328 The value of the density shall also not differ from the nominal value by more than 3 kg/m³ as per 5.2.1.1 of IS 7328. The MFR of the material shall be between 0.41 and 1.10 (both inclusive) when tested at 190°C with nominal load of 5 kgf as determined by method prescribed in IS 2530. The MFR of the material shall also be within ± 20 percent of the value declared by the manufacturer.

d. The resin shall be compounded with carbon black. The carbon black content in the material shall be within 2.5 ± 0.5% and the dispersion of carbon black shall be satisfactory when tested as per IS 2530.

4.4.3.5 Anti-oxidant

The percentage of anti-oxidant used shall not be more than 0.3 percent by mass of finished resin. The anti-oxidant used shall be physiologically harm less and shall be selected from the list given in IS 10141

4.4.3.6 Reworked Material

No addition of Reworked/ Recycled Material from the manufacturer’s own rework material resulting from the manufacture of pipes is permissible and the vendor is required to use only 100% virgin resin compound.

4.4.3.7 Maximum Ovality of Pipe

The outside diameter of pipes, tolerance on the same and ovality of pipe shall be as given in Table 2 of IS 4984. Ovality shall be measured as the difference between maximum outside diameter and minimum outside diameter measured at the same cross section of the pipe, at 300 mm away from the cut end. For pipes to be coiled the ovality shall be measured prior to coiling. For coiled pipes, however, re-rounding of pipes shall be carried out prior to the measurement of ovality.

4.4.3.8 Wall Thickness

The minimum & maximum wall thickness of pipe for the three grades of materials, namely PE63, PE80, and PE100 shall be as given in table 3, 4, & 5 respectively in IS:4984.


Page 22 of 24

4.4.3.9 Length of Straight Pipe

The length of straight pipe used shall be more than 6 m or as agreed by the Employer’s Representative. Short lengths of 3 meter (minimum) up to a maximum of 10% of the total supply may be permitted.

4.4.3.10 Coiling

The pipes supplied in coils shall be coiled on drums of minimum diameter of 25 times the nominal diameter of the pipe ensuring that kinking of pipe is prevented. Pipe beyond 110mm dia shall be supplied in straight length not less than 6m.

4.4.3.11 Workmanship / Appearance

Pipes shall be free from all defect including indentations, delaminating, bubbles, pinholes, cracks, pits, blisters, foreign inclusions that due to their nature degree or extent detrimentally affect the strength and serviceability of the pipe. The pipe shall be as uniform as commercially practicable in color opacity, density and other physical properties as per relevant IS Code or equivalent International Code. The inside surface of each pipe shall be free of scouring, cavities, bulges, dents, ridges and other defects that result in a variation of inside diameter from that obtained on adjacent unaffected portions of the surface. The pipe ends shall be cut clearly and square to the axis of the pipe.

4.4.4 Bends and Specials

a. All bends and specials and fittings shall be fabricated in accordance with IS: 8360 (Part I& III). PE Injection molded fittings shall be as per IS: 8008 (Part I to IX).

b. All fittings/specials shall be fabricated or injection molded at factory only and obtained from the pipe manufacturer. No fabrication or molding will be allowed at site, unless specifically permitted by the Employer.

c. HDPE bends shall be plain square ended conforming to IS: 8360 Part I & III Specifications.

d. Bends may be fabricated by jointing several small sections of pipes to reach the required angle. All bends shall be “long-radius” unless noted otherwise. Tees may be molded or fabricated from pipes elements.

e. HDPE Reducers shall be plain square ended conforming to IS: 8008 Part I & VII Specifications. Reducer must be molded. PE pipes may be joined with other pipes using special flanged fittings.

f. Flanged HDPE Pipe Ends shall be square ended conforming to IS: 8008 Part I & VII Specifications. Stub ends will be welded on the pipe. Flange will be of slip on flange type as described below.

g. Slip-on flanges shall be metallic flanges covered by epoxy coating or plastic powder coating. Slip-on-flanges shall be conforming to standard mating relevant flange of valves, pipes etc. Nominal pressure rating of flanges will be PN10.

h. Additional testing for bends and special fittings may be directed by the Employer-in-charge at the Contractor’s expense.

4.4.5 Approval of Pipe for Works

The Contractor shall, before placing any order for pipes and accessories for incorporation in the Works, submit to the Employer the names of the manufacturers/vendors from whom he proposes to obtain the same. For each manufacturer/vendor the Contractor has to furnish a description of the material of the pipe and its accessories, the manufacturer's specification, quality, weight, strength and other relevant details. The Contractor shall submit the samples of such materials and pipe when requested by the Employer and when appropriate, manufacturer's certificates of recent test carried out on similar materials and manufactured articles shall also be submitted.

4.4.6 Inspection

The pipes will be rigidly inspected during all phases of manufacture and testing and such inspection shall not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility to furnish pipes in accordance with this specification.

The Contractor shall notify the Employer’s Representative in advance the production of pipes, in order that the Employer may arrange for shop inspection.

The Employer’s Representative may reject any or all pipes that do not meet with any of the requirements of the specifications. The Contractor shall rectify or replace such rejected material at his own cost, to the satisfaction of the Employer’s Representative.


Page 23 of 24

The Employer’s Representative shall have free access to those parts of all plants or any other premises and sites that are concerned with the production of pipes under this specification.

The Contractor shall furnish to the Employer's inspector reasonable facilities and space for inspection, testing and obtaining of any information he desires. The Contractor shall supply free of cost required specimens of pipes for testing by the Employer’s Representative at any time during the progress of work and shall bear the cost of all such tests or re-tests to his satisfaction.

4.4.6.1 Acceptance Tests

Acceptance tests shall be carried out by the Employer’s representative or third party authorized by the Employer’s representative in presence of the contractor / manufacturer before dispatch of the pipes. Following tests shall be done as specified under IS 4984:

i. Dimensional and visual requirement tests as per clause 9.2.3 of the IS

ii. Hydraulic characteristics, Reversion, Overall migration, Density, MFR and Carbon Black content / Dispersion Tests as per Clause 9.2.4 of the IS

Scale of sampling and testing from a lot for Dimensional and visual requirement tests and acceptance and rejection criteria for that lot shall be as given under table 7 of IS 4984.

Scale of sampling and testing from a lot for the tests specified under Clause 9.2.4 of IS 4984 shall be as given under table 8 of IS 4984. All the pipes in each of the sample size shall be tested for compliance of the requirements for Hydraulic Characteristics, Reversion, Overall Migration, Density, MFR, and Carbon Black Content. The lot shall be considered to have met the requirements of these tests, if none of the samples tested fails.

4.4.7 Marking

Each pipe to be supplied shall be clearly marked in indelible ink/paint on either end and for coil at both ends or hot embossed on white base every meter throughout the length of each pipe/coil with the following information:

i. Manufacturer’s name/trade-mark,

ii. Designation of pipe i.e. material grade – pressure rating – pipe diameter,

iii. Lot number/ Batch number.

4.4.8 Handling, Transportation Storage of Pipes

During handling, transportation, storage and lowering, laying and jointing, all sections shall be handled by such means and in such a manner that no distortion or damage is done to the section or to the pipes as a whole.

The following procedures should be followed so as to eliminate potential damage to pipes and fittings and to maintain maximum safety during unloading, lifting and lowering.

a. Pipes must not be stored or transported where they are exposed to heat sources likely to exceed 60oC.

b. Pipes shall be stored such that they are not in contact with direct sunlight, lubricating or hydraulic oils, petrol, solvents and other aggressive materials.

c. Scores or scratches to a depth of greater than 10% or more of wall thickness are not permissible; any pipes having such defects should be strictly rejected.

d. PE pipes should not be subjected to rough handling during loading and unloading operations. Rollers shall be used to move, drag the pipes across any surface.

e. Only polyester webbing slings should be used to lift heavy PE (>315mm) pipes by crane. Under no circumstances, chains, wire ropes and hooks shall be used on PE pipes.

f. Pipes shall not be dropped to avoid impact or bump. If any time during handling or during installation, any damage, such as gouge, crack or fracture occurs, the pipe shall be repaired if so permitted by the competent authority before installation.

g. During coiling care should be taken to maintain the coil diameter at or above the specified minimum to prevent kinks. Coiling shall be done when the pipe attains the ambient temperature from the extruder. In uncoiling or recoiling care should be taken that sharp objects do not scour the pipe.

h. When releasing coils, it must be remembered that the coil is under tension and must be released in a controlled manner. The end of the coil should be retained at all times, then the straps released


Page 24 of 24

steadily, one at a time. If the coil has bands at different layers of the coil, then they should be released sequentially starting from the outer layers. The amount of the energy locked up in the coil will depend on the size of the pipe, the SDR of the pipe, and the size of the coil.

i. Straight lengths should be stored on horizontal racks giving continuous support to prevent the pipe taking on a permanent set

j. Bare coils shall be wrapped with hessian cloth for long distance (> 300Kms) transportation. The truck used for transportation of the PE pipes shall be exclusively used of PE pipes only with no other material loaded – especially no metallic, glass and wooden items. The truck shall not have sharp edges that can damage the Pipe.

k. Pipes manufactured at factory are to be carried to the site of work directly or stacked suitably and neatly along the alignment/road side/elsewhere near by the work site or as directed by the Employer. Damages during transit, handling, storage will be to the Contractor’s account and replacement for such pipes has to be made by the Contractor without any extra cost as directed by the Employer.

4.5 Reinforced Concrete Pipe

Pipes shall be as per IS 458.

4.6 G. I. Pipe

Pipes shall be as per specification.


Page 1 of 8


Subsection 5 – Valves and Appurtenances

5. Valves and Appurtenances

The details and specifications of the various types of valves and appurtenances to be used in the distribution system are contained in this subsection.

5.1 General

Throughout erection, the valves shall be supported properly on wooden sleepers, etc. and shall be concreted immediately thereafter, as directed. Before the valves are actually fixed, they shall be cleaned and greased and it shall be verified that all parts are in perfect working condition. In the case of air valves, the Contractor shall take special care of the dexine joints and the ebonite and /or vulcanite balls until they are fixed in position. They shall be kept immersed in water in suitable containers.

The work of installing valves shall be carried out carefully so as not to damage them during handling, erection and fixing. The work shall be executed in a workmanlike manner under the direction of Employer’s Representative.

5.1.1 General Requirements for Valves

Valves shall be manufactured and installed in accordance with internationally recognized standards / Indian Standards. In-line valves shall be double flanged with the faces parallel to each other and at right angles to the valve centerline. Backside of valve flanges shall be machined or spot faced for proper seating of the head and nut. Valves to be buried or installed in underground chambers, where access to a hand wheel would be impractical, shall be operated by means of an extension spindle and/or keys. Valves shall be suitable for frequent operation as well as operation after long periods of idleness in either the open or closed position.

All the valves shall be manually operated. For butterfly valves the gearbox shall be provided with self-locking devices. A locking facility shall be provided for the valve in either the fully open, fully closed or intermediate position.

Gate (sluice) valves and butterfly valves shall be provided with position indicators, to show whether the valve is in the open, closed or an intermediate position.

Sluice and Scour valves shall be provided with an extension spindle for operation from operating level / ground level.

5.1.2 Gaskets and Packing

Gaskets and O-rings for water service shall be made of Nitrile rubber and readymade matching with respective flanges. Gaskets and O-rings for chemical service including chlorine shall be made of EPDM or Viton. Gaskets cut out from rubber sheets are not acceptable.

5.2 Butterfly Valves

5.2.1 Features of Construction

The valves shall be manufactured with integral body seats, suitable for open-closed and throttling service. Each valve shall be capable of withstanding the rated pressure from either side. Leakage rates shall not exceed 3.6cc/hr/cm of nominal valve diameter. The valves shall be furnished with double flanged ends.

The valves, where specified or shown on the Drawings, shall be manually operated with gear box and hand wheel and shall be furnished with extension spindles. The extension spindle shall be furnished with a universal coupling and intermediate supports.

Butterfly Valves to be installed shall be of the metal seated type generally as per BS EN 593. Valves shall be suitable for mounting in any position. The valve seat shall be of integrally cast and of replaceable design. When the valve is fully closed, the seal shall seat firmly. The seat surfaces shall be machined smooth to provide a long life for the seal. All fasteners shall be set flush so as to offer the least possible resistance to the flow through the valve. All valves shall be suitable for throttling purpose.

All valve spindles and hand wheels shall be positioned to give good access for operational personnel. Valve of diameter 400 mm and above shall be provided with an enclosed gear arrangement for ease of operation. The gearing shall be such that the valve can be opened and closed by one man against an unbalanced head of 1.15 times the specified rating. Valve and gearing shall be such as to permit manual operation in a reasonable time and not exceed a required rim pull of 80 N. All hand wheels shall be


Page 2 of 8

arranged to turn in a clockwise direction to close the valve, the direction of rotation for opening and closing being indicated on the hand wheels.

Butterfly valves conforming to IS 13095 or equivalent International standard are acceptable. Pressure rating for the butterfly valves to be installed in the distribution network shall be as specified in Table 5-1.

Table 5-1 Pressure Ratings for Butterfly Valves

Pressure Rating Operating

Pressure (MPa) Body Test

Pressure (MPa)

PN 1.6 1.6 2.4

PN 1.0 1.0 1.5

5.2.2 Materials of Construction

The materials of construction for butterfly valves shall be in accordance with Table 5-2.

Table 5-2 Materials of Construction for Butterfly Valves

Item PN 1.6 Rated Valves PN 1.0 Rated Valves

Body SGI IS 1865 Grade 500/7 CI IS 210 Grade FG 260

Disc SGI IS 1865 Grade 500/7 CI IS 210 Grade FG 260

Shaft Stainless Steel BS 970,

Grade 431 S29

Stainless Steel BS 970,

Grade 431 S29

Body and Disc Seat Stainless Steel AISI 316 Stainless Steel AISI 316

Bearing Steel backed PTFE (Teflon) Steel backed PTFE (Teflon)

Internal Fasteners Stainless Steel SS316 Stainless steel SS316

The butterfly valves can alternatively be supplied in fabricated steel with material components of Body and Disc confirming to IS 2062 Gr. B / IS 2002. A minimum corrosion allowance of 3 mm shall be added. Butterfly valves conforming to IS 13095 will also be accepted.

5.2.3 Gearboxes for Butterfly Valves

Gearboxes shall be of the self-locking type, with a continuous indicator. Traveling nut and screw type of gearboxes shall not be acceptable.

Each gearbox must conform to the provisions of AWWA C504. The rated torque capability of each operator shall be sufficient to seat, unseat and rigidly hold in any intermediate position the valve disc it controls under the operating conditions specified. Operating torque must be as per requirements given in AWWA C504.

The operator shall be of worm and worm wheel design, self-locking type with or without an additional spur gear arrangement to ensure that the effort on the hand wheel is limited to the pull specified.

All valve operators shall be equipped with adjustable mechanical stop-limiting devices to prevent over-travel of the valve disc in the open and closed positions. Either end of the worm shaft must be provided with a needle roller bearing to take the lateral thrust.

The housing for the gearing must be enclosed and sealed in such a way that there is no leakage of oil / grease even after long period of idleness and there shall be no ingress of rainwater. Operator for valves, which are likely to be submerged in water for any period of time, shall be watertight.

The hand wheel may be provided with an extension for easy grip. The hand wheels must have a provision for locking with a chain and pad lock. All operators when fitted to the valve shaft shall ensure clockwise closing and this shall be indicated on the housing. A mechanical indicator is to be provided to show disc position and end of travel.

5.3 Sluice Valves


Sluice valve shall generally conform to BS: 5150 / IS 14846. They shall be of non-rising spindle type. The gate face rings shall be securely pegged over the full circumference of the valve.


Page 3 of 8

Valves shall have two positions marked at the closed end of the scale. The first position corresponding to the position of the gate tangential to the bore of the seating and the second position below the first, corresponding to the position of the gate as it sits on the seat after moving a further distance equal to the depth of the seating.

Valves in buried service or in vaults shall be furnished with extension spindles. Each extension spindle shall be furnished with a universal coupling and intermediate supports.

Pressure rating for the sluice valves to be installed in the distribution network shall be as specified in Table 5-3.

Table 5-3 Pressure Ratings for Sluice Valves



Pressure (MPa)

PN 1.6 1.6 2.4

PN 1.0 1.0 1.5


The materials of construction for sluice valves shall be in accordance with Table 5-4.

Table 5-4 Materials of Construction for Sluice Valves

Item Material

Body, Wedge, Dome For PN 1.0 - CI IS 210 Grade FG 260 For PN 1.6 - SG Iron IS 1865 Grade 500/7

Hand Wheel Cast Iron IS 210 Grade FG 200

Stem IS 6603, SS 4Cr17 Ni12 Mo2 / AISI 316

Body Seat Ring and Wedge Ring IS 318 Grade LTB 2

Shoe Channel and Stem Nut IS 318 Grade LTB 2

Back Seat Bush IS 318 Grade LTB 2

5.4 Spring Loaded Dual Plate Check (Non-return) Valves


Dual plate check (non-return) valves shall conform to API 594 (Check Valves: Flanged, Lug, Wafer and Butt-

welding) and API 598 (Valve Inspection & Testing). They shall have metal to metal sealing. The spring action shall optimize the equal closing rates of each plate. The plates shall not drag on the seat while opening. The plates shall not vibrate under full or partial flow condition. The valves shall be of the flanged type suitable for mounting in a horizontal plane.

Valves shall possess high speed closing characteristics and be designed for minimum slam condition when closing.

The minimum body-wall thickness shall conform to those given in Table 1B of API Standard 594.The face-to-face dimensions of valves (including valves with ring-joint facings) shall conform to those mentioned in Table 2B of API Standard 594.

The valve body shall be furnished with a clearly visible forged, machined-in, or die-stamped arrow to indicate the direction of flow through the valve.

Maximum permissible seat leakage shall be 7 cc/hr/cm of the nominal valve diameter.


The materials of construction for dual plate check valves shall be in accordance with Table 5-5.

Table 5-5 Materials of Construction for Dual Plate Check Valves

Item Material

Body For PN 10 - CI IS 210 Grade FG 260 For PN 16 - SG Iron IS 1865 Grade 500/7


Page 4 of 8

Item Material

Plate For PN 10 – CI IS 210 Grade FG 260

For PN 16 - ASTM, A 216 Grade WCB

Hinge Pin / Stop Pin SS AISI 431

Springs SS ASTM A 313

Seat SS AISI316

Retainer Carbon Steel

5.5 Pressure Reducing Valves

5.5.1 Scope

Diaphragm controlled pressure reducing valves, suitable for automatic reduction of downstream pressure shall be provided and installed. The downstream pressure shall remain constant to the set value, independently of flow variations or upstream pressure variations. The pressure rating of the valves shall be



Pressure (MPa)

PN 1.6 1.6 2.4

PN 1.0 1.0 1.5

5.5.2 Product Features

Product features shall be as specified below.

a. Straight-through valve of the Globe type.

b. Single chamber diaphragm control with soft seal.

c. Variation of volume in the chamber shall cause regulation of the valve disc.

d. Capable of setting the opening and closing speed.

e. Flanges shall be conforming to ISO 7005-2

f. Face-to-face as per ISO 5752 Series 1 (DIN 3202, F1)

5.5.3 Material

Material for valve manufacture shall be as per the manufacturer’s specifications. The valves shall be suitable to work at the designed pressure between the temperature range of -100C to + 650C.

5.5.4 Hydraulic Test at Works

Valve seat shall be tested for a pressure equal to PN rating of the valve and Body for 1.5 x PN rating of the valve. The valves shall be tested by the manufacturer for various downstream set pressures with varying upstream pressures and the contractor shall submit the manufacturer’s test certificate giving the observed test data.

5.5.5 Coating

The valve shall be coated internally and externally with electro-statically supplied blue epoxy to WIS4-52-01 class B.

5.5.6 Packing and Shipping

The valves shall be dispatched to work site with suitable and strong packing to avoid any damage during transport.

5.5.7 Installation and Manufacturer’s Services

The valves shall be installed at the locations shown on the distribution network drawings. The contractor

shall be fully responsible for proper functioning of the pressure reducing valves. He shall arrange for the

visits of the manufacturer’s representative at his cost during installation, start-up service and necessary

adjustments for pressure settings and satisfactory test and trial after commissioning. The manufacturer’s


Page 5 of 8

visit shall also be arranged by the contractor at his cost, as and when required during the performance

guarantee period, if any functioning problem arises. Manufacturer’s representative shall also provide

operator training as specified in Subsection 2.

5.5.8 Acceptable Makes

Acceptable makes for pressure reducing valves shall be VAG, GLENFIELD, Armstrong or equivalent

as approved by the Employer’s Representative.

5.5.9 Payment

The item covers supply of valve including all taxes and duties, transportation up to work site, loading, unloading and installation at the required location with cost of all jointing material and labor. Payment shall be as per payment schedule.

5.6 Air Valves


Each Dual chamber air valves with inbuilt sluice valve shall be provided. Air Valve shall be capable of exhausting air from a pipeline when it is being filled with water. Air shall be released at a sufficiently high rate to prevent the restriction of the inflow rate. Similarly the valve shall be capable of ventilating a pipeline automatically when it is being emptied. The air inflow rate should be sufficiently high to prevent the development of vacuum within the pipeline. The valve shall automatically release air accumulating in the pipeline during normal operating conditions.

Air valves shall be double acting type. For double acting type valves, a buoyant rigid ball (float) shall seal the large orifice and the chamber housing shall be designed to avoid premature closing of the valve by the air being discharged. A buoyant ball shall seal the small orifice at all pressures above atmospheric except when air accumulates in the valve chamber. All air valves shall be provided with an in built valve and a flanged end connection.

The aperture of each valve must be properly designed for the proper air release and inlet rates.

All branched outlets including air valve tees shall be provided with one ½” BSP tapped coupling duly plugged for measurement of pressure. The closing plug shall be in Stainless Steel (AISI 304 or equivalent) with a hexagonal head. The head shall be provided with a copper washer for sealing.

Pressure rating of the air valves shall be be PN 1.6 (16 kg / cm2 operating pressure) and PN 1.0 (10 kg / cm2 operating pressure). The valves shall be conforming to IS 14845.


The materials of construction for Air Valves shall be in accordance with Table 5-6.

Table 5-6 Materials of Construction for Air Valves

Item Material

Body, Cover and Cowl CI IS 210 Grade FG 260

High Pressure Orifice and Plug Bronze or Stainless Steel

Bush Bronze

High Pressure Ball Rubber

Low Pressure Ball Vulcanite

Low Pressure Seat Ring Dexine (Nitrile Rubber)

5.7 Fire Hydrants

Fire hydrants shall be as per Standard specification. The pressure rating shall be



Pressure (MPa)

PN 1.6 1.6 2.4

PN 1.0 1.0 1.5


Page 6 of 8

5.8 Dismantling Joints

Dismantling joints shall be a double-ended flanged adapter that allows for longitudinal adjustment in piping systems where flanged end pipe is utilized. This special shall provide flanged end pipe interfaces with valves, meters or other specials and allow for dismantling of the joint without dismantling of the connecting piping.

Dismantling joints shall be epoxy coated in the factory prior to shipment to the Project Site.

Dismantling joints shall be installed as shown on the Drawings or as specified. Dismantling joints shall be Style 131 as manufactured by the Dresser Inc., USA, Advance Valves Ltd, Fouress Engineering Ltd, Indian Valve Pvt Ltd, Kirloskar Brothers Ltd, or equivalent.



Pressure (MPa)

PN 1.6 1.6 2.4

PN 1.0 1.0 1.5

5.9 Drawings and Information to Be Provided By Contractor

For each valve and set of bellows being furnished, the following shall be submitted for approval by the Employer’s Representative, prior to shipping any of these items to the project site:

i. Cross-sectional drawings with materials of construction listed

ii. Outline dimensional drawings with valve parameters including the weight

5.10 Miscellaneous Accessories

5.10.1 Isolating Cocks

For isolation of small diameter piping for gauges and other instrumentation equipment, isolation cocks (gauge cocks) shall be installed. The cocks shall be made of 316 stainless steel, 1/4 turn ball or plug valve with the operating handle arranged to indicate the open and closed positions. Each isolation cock shall have a spring bottom, and female by female ends.

5.10.2 Nuts, Bolts and Washers

The Contractor shall provide the jointing material such as nuts, bolts, washers, rubber packing, etc. required for the installation of the valves. The Contractor shall supply all hold down, alignment, and leveling bolts complete with anchorages, nuts washers and packing required to fix the equipment to its foundations, bed plates, frames and other structural parts.

Nuts, bolts, screws, studs and washers (fasteners) shall be of the best quality steel, machined on the shank and under the head and nut. Nuts and bolts for connecting pipe flanges shall be of the hex head type, manufactured from MS rounds in accordance with IS 1363 (2002), IS 2389 (1968) and IS 4206 (1987). Nuts and bolts shall be of the high tensile strength classification and shall be not dipped galvanized after fabrication.

Bolts shall be of adequate lengths to extend past the end of the nut, including space for a washer, by at least 6 mm. Flange bolts may be partially threaded as long as the threaded portion extends into the nut side flange.

Washers, locking devices and anti-vibration arrangements shall be provided where necessary.

Bolts, nuts and studs shall be designed so that the maximum stress does not exceed half the yield stress of the material under any conditions. Bolts for joining piping shall be size M16 minimum. Bolts for securing pumps and other equipment shall be size M20 minimum. All studs and screws shall be made of type 304 or 316 stainless steel.

The Contractor shall procure and keep at site, reasonable excess quantities to cover wastage of those materials, which will be normally subject to waste during erection, commissioning and setting to work.

5.10.3 Pressure Gauges

Bourdon or equivalent type pressure gauge of range 0-27 kg/ cm2 shall be used to record the pressure in the pipe line. A connection of 25mm dia. G.I. pipe line shall be taken from main pipe line to the adjacent pressure chamber for recording the pressure.


Page 7 of 8

5.11 Inspection

During testing there shall be no visible evidence of structural damage to any of the valve components. The testing of valves shall be inspected at the works prior to dispatch by the Employer’s representative or third party appointed by the Employer’s representative. The contractor shall inform in advance about the testing operation of the valves at works by the manufacturer. The contractor shall arrange for all the expenses for the inspection at works including to and fro charges, halting arrangements etc. The valves shall be accepted only after satisfactory test results are observed. The contractor shall also furnish test certificated signed by the manufacturer for all the tests carried out at works as specified in the relevant Indian Standard for each type of valves. Testing shall be carried out before application of coating.

5.11.1 Testing Protocol

a. Butterfly Valves:

• Seat leakage test at rated pressure

• Body test pressure at 1.5 times the rated pressure

• Disc strength test at body test pressure

b. Sluice Valves:


• Body test pressure at 1.5 times the rated pressure

c. Check (non-return) Valves:


• Body test pressure at 1.5 times rated pressure

d. Pressure Reducing Valves



e. Air Valves:

• Function and performance tests as specified in clause 12.4 of IS 14845


f. Dismantling Joints:


5.12 Marking

The following information shall be cast on each valve body in raised letters

• Manufacturer’s name or trade mark

• The nominal pressure rating of the valve

• Size of the valve in mm

• Year of manufacturer

• Serial number of the valve in punch on top of flanges.

5.13 Coating

Coating for the valves and appurtenances shall be as per the relevant Indian Standard or equivalent International standard.

5.14 Electromagnetic Flow Meter

Scope

Supply & installation of Electromagnetic Flowmeter, manufacturer should have ISO 9001:2008

certification and flow meter testing confirming to ISO 17025; Flow meter tube: SS304; Flanges:

carbon steel as per DIN PN10 or higher rating as per requirement; Liner hard rubber or PTFE

suitable for drinking water application; Grounding: Grounding rings SS 304 / Grounding electrodes

of material SS316: coil housing and junction box: SS304 / Die cast aluminum / carbon steel with

anticorrosive epoxy coating of minimum thickness 150 microns /equivalent as per EN ISO-12944

standard (as per site condition); Ingress protection: IP68 for sensor and IP67 for Transmitters; Flow


Page 8 of 8

transmitter accuracy; +/-0.5% of the measured value for velocities 0.5 m/sec or above; Display:

Digital LCD / LED (Back lit LCD / LED) Display, Instantaneous flow, Bi-directional flow and

totalized flow; Cable between flow head and Transmitter: maximum 25 m including PVC conduit;

Surge arrester: Power supply & output: 230 V AC or 24 V DC as applicable to site condition & 4-20

mA HART; Compatible to SCADA / WEB Based data acquisition system;

Power supply or battery out of 23 V AC or 24 V DC to the Electromagnetic Flow Meter point will be

provided by the Employer and the Contractor has to liase with line department for availing power

supply and installation.

Flow meter test lab certification should be provided from NABL approved lab / FCRI; Excluding all

taxes with 5 years warranty

Packing and Shipping:

The valves shall be dispatched to work site with suitable and strong packing to avoid any damage

during transport.

Installation and Manufacturer’s Services:

The valves shall be installed at the locations shown on the distribution network drawings. The

contractor shall be fully responsible for proper functioning of the Electromagnetic Flow Meter. He

shall arrange for the visits of the manufacturer’s representative at his cost during installation, start-

up service and necessary adjustments for Flowmeter settings and satisfactory test and trial after

commissioning. The manufacturer’s visit shall also be arranged by the contractor at his cost, as and

when required during the performance guarantee period, if any functioning problem arises.

Acceptable Makes:

Acceptable makes for Electromagnetic Flow Meter shall be M/s. Krohne Marshal / Endress+Hauser

/ Yokogawa / Siemens / Emerson / ABB / or equivalent make) Including required fittings complete

as directed by the employers representative.


Page 1 of 20


Subsection 6 – Pipe line Works

6. Pipeline Works

6.1 General

The pipeline work in general shall be carried out according to the specifications. Work under this subsection shall be performed in conjunction with Subsection 4 ‘Pipes and Specials’.

6.2 Preparatory Work

The contractor will inspect the route along which the pipe line is proposed to be laid. He should observe/ find out the existing underground utilities/ construction and propose an alignment along which the pipeline is to be laid. The cost of this activity is deemed to be included in the relevant activity of Working drawing preparation. He should make all efforts to keep the pipe as straight as possible with the help of ranging rods. Where ever there is need for deviation; it should be done with the use of necessary specials or by deflection in pipe joints (limited to 3 to 50 where long radius curves are permitted). The alignment as proposed should be marked on ground with a line of white chalk and got approved from Employer’s Representative. The Contractor will then prepare Working Drawing showing pipeline alignment plan of proposed pipeline with all physical features (underground and above ground) and L-Section with ground levels at 20m interval, pipeline grade, invert levels and other relevant details. The position of fittings, valves, should be shown on the plan and L-section. The final Working Drawings shall be submitted to the Employer’s Representative for approval at least 90 days before the schedule of executing the specific stretch/zone. The payment for preparation of approved Working drawing shall be as discussed in Subsection- General Requirements.

6.3 Alignment and the L-Sections

The alignments, L-section (depth of laying) and location of specials, valves and chambers may be changed/finalized at site in co-operation with and after approval of the Employer’s Representative.

6.4 Standards

Except as otherwise specified in this technical specification, the Indian Standards and Codes of Practice in their latest version, National Building code, PWD specification of the state of Assam and Manual on water supply and Treatment of GOI shall be adhered to for the supply, handling, laying, installation, and site testing of all material and works.

6.5 Tools and Equipment

The contractor has to provide all the tools and equipment required for the timely, efficient and professional implementation of the work as specified in the various sections of the contract and as specified by the instructions of manufacturers of the pipes and other material to be handled under this contract. On demand he shall provide to the Employer’s Representative a detailed list of tools and equipment available. If in the opinion of the Employer’s Representative the progress or the quality of the work cannot be guaranteed by the available quantity and type of tools and equipment the contractor has to provide additional ones to the satisfaction of the Employer’s Representative. The Contractor will always have adequate number of measuring and leveling instruments including Total Station etc. on site for this purpose.

6.6 Handling and Transportation of Pipes and Specials

6.6.1 Transportation of Pipes and Specials

All types of pipes and specials shall be received, transported, stored, installed and handled in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations subject to this Subsection and the approval of the Employer’s Representative. Handling operations shall be carried out with care, with special attention paid to preserving the integrity of the factory applied coatings.

Pipe from Store yard (of Client, if applicable) shall be stacked in tiers at site. To prevent dirt and debris from entering the pipe, the bottom tiers shall be kept 150 mm up off of the ground on timbers, rails, or concrete supports. Pipe on succeeding tiers shall be alternated, spigot next to socket of the adjacent pipe. Wood 100 mm by 100 mm size shall be placed between each tier and chocks nailed at each end to prevent movement of the pipe. Each pipe size shall be stacked separately.

Pipes should be handled with care to avoid damage to the surface and the ends, deformation or bending. Pipes shall not be dragged along the ground or the loading bed of a vehicle. Pipes shall be transported on


Page 2 of 20

flat bed vehicles/trailers. The bed shall be smooth and free from any sharp objects. The pipes shall rests uniformly on the vehicle bed in their entire length during transportation. Pipes shall be loaded and un-loaded manually or by suitable mechanical means without causing any damage to the stacked pipes.

During transport, loading and unloading, pipes and specials shall not be allowed to come in contact with any sharp projections which may cause damage. During transit pipe and specials shall be well secured, supported on wooden cradles and protected.

The transportation and handling of pipes shall be made as per IS 12288. All precautions set out shall be taken to prevent damage to the protective coating, damage of the jointing surfaces or the ends of the pipes.

Cranes or chain pulley block or other suitable handling and lifting equipment shall be used for loading and un-loading of heavy pipes. Where using crane hooks at sockets and spigot ends hooks shall be broad and protected by rubber or similar material, in order to avoid damage to pipe ends and lining. Damage to lining must be repaired before pipe laying according to the instructions of the pipe manufacturer. Pipes shall not be thrown directly on the ground.

When using mechanical handling equipment, it is necessary to employ sufficient personnel to carry out the operation efficiently with safety. The pipes should be lifted smoothly without any jerking motion and pipe movement should be controlled by the use of guide ropes in order to prevent damage caused by pipes bumping together or against surrounding objects.

Rolling or dragging pipes along the ground or over other pipes already stacked shall be avoided too.

Pipes and specials shall be delivered to and stacked singly at storage are as arranged by the Contractor and approved by the Employer’s Representative. Specials such as nuts and bolts, gaskets and O-rings, taps, supports and straps shall be stored in the Contractor’s covered storage facility.

Any storage area used by the Contractor to store pipe shall be prepared in the following manner:

i. Establish firm, well-drained and level are as for pipe stacking, with adequate room for vehicle access and turning

ii. Posting supervisory staff at the site to resister the arrival of deliveries, supervise off-loading and guard the inventory of pipe

iii. Erecting covered storage materials susceptible to damage by the weather.

iv. Installing approved supports for pipes and specials, which shall keep them at least 150mm clear of the ground and support them securely without damage to their coatings.

6.6.2 Handling of Accessories

Pipe laying accessories such as joint gaskets, O-rings and nuts and bolts shall be delivered securely packed in crates except that the Employer’s Representative may approve delivery in sacks or cartons. Storage of small items such as bolts, nuts, washers and small diameter gaskets shall be on shelves. These shall be stored inside of the temporary storage facility described in relevant Subsection. Except for the purposes of inspection, materials shall remain inside the crates, cartons or sacks until required for installation.

6.6.3 Damaged Pipes and Specials

All pipes, specials, valves etc. shall be carefully examined for damage, especially to the joints and factory applied coatings prior to laying, joining or backfilling. If any pipe, specials or accessories is found to be damaged in any way, the Contractor shall notify the Employer’s Representative. The damaged item shall be clearly marked and set aside for repair, cutting to a shorter length or removal from the site as the Employer’s Representative may direct. All expenses involved in repairing, or replacement of defective or damaged pipe, specials, etc. shall be borne by the Contractor. The Contractor shall be responsible for any delays caused thereby. Only pipes which upon inspection are found to be sound in every respect shall be laid or installed.

Before pipes and specials are laid, all damaged coating and lining shall be removed (cutout) and replaced with new compatible materials as directed by the Employer’s Representative. Cracks or pits up to 0.8mm wide in the coatings may be filled with an approved material, provided that the cracks are not fully circumferential. Any fully circumferential cracks in the coating or detached areas on the internal lining that are detected in the pipes and specials, shall dictate that the particular piece of pipe be returned to the factory for relining or the section of pipe with the failed lining be cut off and discarded. Pipe of adequate diameter for a worker to work inside of the pipe may allow the internal liner to be


Page 3 of 20

repaired on-site if the repair is minor, as determined by the Employer’s Representative.

All pipes, valves and specials shall be examined for rust and loss of paint prior to installation. The ends of pipes and specials shall be wire brushed, if necessary to remove rust, or failed coating and cleaned, primed and painted with two coats of epoxy compatible with the factory applied material.

6.7 Pipe Trench

All excavation of pipe trenches shall be done in accordance to this specification and following detail specification are applicable.

6.7.1 Pipe Installed in Trenches

Where pipelines are to be constructed in trench the contractor shall leave open no more than a 200 meter run of pipe trench ahead of the pipe laying operation, at any time, unless otherwise approved by the Employer’s Representative.

Pipelines shall be constructed in lengths with a separate full-time gang working on each length. The work on lengths may proceed concurrently. Excavation for the pipeline in any one length shall not at any time proceed more than 1 km beyond the end of a hydraulically tested, completed and backfilled length of pipeline, unless otherwise approved by the Employer’s Representative. The exposed joints between tested sections shall be disregarded in the above definition.

MS pipelines shall be laid in accordance with IS 5822 unless otherwise specified herein.

Each trench shall be excavated to the minimum width necessary to ensure an adequate working space. Considering this requirement, trench width for various pipe sizes shall not be more than that specified below:

Pipe Diameter (mm) Allowable Trench

Width (m)

100 to 200 0.80

250 to 400 0.90

500 to 700 1.20

800 to 1,000 1.50

Over-excavation outside the allowable trench widths on account of any reason shall not be allowed for payment. Where bends are made by deflecting pipes at joints the trenches shall be deflected also to permit this operation. The sides of the trenches shall be cut vertical, and shall be protected against caving by timbering, sheeting or shoring, as required without any extra cost.

The formation of trenches of pipelines shall be even and free from rock and other protrusions. Pipes shall be laid in a dry trench. If the formation of the trench lies below the water table the contractor shall install a dewatering system with the approval of the Employer’s Representative. Dewatering shall continue until all work below the water table has been completed or as otherwise directed by the Employer’s Representative. The quoted rates for pipe laying shall cover the dewatering charges wherever required.

No metal tools or heavy objects shall be permitted to come into contact with the pipes or fittings. External coated pipe shall be handled at all times with wide non-abrasive canvas, rubber or leather straps or other equipment to prevent damage to the coating. The use of chains, wire slings, or any other handling equipment found to be injurious to the coating shall not be permitted. The timber or skids used to support the coated pipe prior to lowering into the trench shall be properly padded with sufficient bags stuffed with sand or straw for the purpose of protecting the coating. Alternatively, the pipe may be supported alongside the trench on mounds of sand.

Any damage to the protective coating from any cause must be repaired before the pipes or fittings are placed in the trench. During laying operations, no debris, tools cloth or other material shall be placed in the pipe. Pipes and fittings shall be lowered into the trench with equipment suitable for the weight of the pipes and fittings, and they shall be carefully cleaned before jointing.

Before any pipe, special or valve is laid in position , ready for jointing, its internal surface shall be thoroughly wiped, clean and free of dirt, stones etc. to ensure that no debris, sticks, stones, rags or other foreign material left in the pipeline. The pipes shall be laid true to alignment and gradient as indicated by the Employer’s Representative. Each pipe shall be aligned between sight rails so that, except where otherwise specified or ordered by the Employer’s Representative, the finished pipeline shall be in a


Page 4 of 20

straight line both in horizontal and vertical planes.

The Contractor shall provide required man power, labor, material and instruments for giving mark out of the pipeline section/sections, deciding the alignment, taking measurements, taking the ground elevations etc. so as to decide the pipeline grades and depth of excavation. Based on the working lengths and levels, the Engineers employed by the contractor for work supervision shall prepare working drawings and get those approved by the Employer’s Representative prior to start of the work in any section.

The Contractor shall as a minimum provide, fix and maintain at such points as may be directed by the Employer’s Representative, properly painted sight rails and boning rods of predetermined measurement for the boning in of individual pipes to correct alignment. The sight rails shall be situated vertically above the line of pipes or immediately adjacent thereto and there shall at no time be less than three sight rails in position on each length of pipeline under construction to any one gradient. Consideration will be given by the Employer’s Representative to alternative methods of controlling alignment such as laser beam instruments, which are preferable to the sight rails. Pipes shall be laid accurately to the lines and levels shown on the working drawings, within a tolerance of +/-10 mm.

Care shall be exercised to ensure that the barrel of every pipe is evenly bedded throughout its whole length. The pipes shall be gently lowered into the trench by means of a crane or suitable shear legs and chain blocks, with rope or canvas slings. Hooks shall not be used. No pipe shall be rolled and dropped into a trench, or allowed to assume an inclination of more than5 degrees to the horizontal while on the slings.

A "badger" or "bung" about 10 mm smaller than the internal diameter of the pipe shall be kept in the pipe at all times, pulled forward as the work progresses. When pipe laying is not in progress, including overnight, the open ends of the pipeline shall be blanked off with a temporary watertight fitting approved by the Employer’s Representative. The pipe shall be suitably held down so that the pipe does not become buoyant in the event of the trench becoming flooded.

To restrict the flow of rain runoff along the trench the Contractor shall plug the trench with backfill material at distances not exceeding 250 m until the pipeline can be filled in. The plugs shall be removed when trench filling is taking place. In granular bedding areas the plugs shall be of clay and shall be left in.

In certain locations, subject to the approval of the Employer’s Representative, air valve tees and washout tees may be installed at the pipe joints nearest to the specified position of the special provided that the approach gradients are amended to ensure that the air valve tees and washout tees are installed at the highest and lowest points, respectfully, of the sections of the pipelines concerned.

6.7.2 Trench Excavation

Trenching includes all excavation which is carried out either by hand or by machine and shall be carried out in accordance with all general requirements. In addition to those general requirements, the following requirements shall apply to pipelines.

The width of the trench shall be kept to a minimum consistent with that specified above. The bottom of the trench shall be properly trimmed to permit even bedding of the pipeline. Allowable trench depth shall be as specified below.

a. Depth up to pipe bottom in soft strata or with bottom Clearance of 150 mm, in the case of rock excavation only.

b. In case of MS pipes additional excavation of not more than 600 mm in depth and 900 mm in length shall be allowed for payment all around the pipe at the position of joints for welding facility.

These limits shall be regarded as being the “neat line dimensions” of the trench for payment purposes. The Contractor will be responsible to adhere to these limits, and no extra payment will be made for any over excavation beyond the prescribed limits, or for any additional cost of providing bedding and backfill in the over excavated areas.

The clearance at joints may be increased to allow the joints to be made and inspected; any proposed increase shall be approved by the Employer’s Representative.

For all trenches deeper than 2.0 m, proper stable slope shall be provided on both sides of the trench for the excavation above 2.0 m up to ground level. However, payment shall be restricted only to the allowable trench width as specified earlier. If required, contractor may provide shoring and strutting to protect the trench sides, however no extra payment for this purpose will be allowed and the quoted rate shall be deemed to have covered the cost of shoring and strutting as and where required.


Page 5 of 20

The Contractor shall erect temporary fencing around all open excavations and post warning signs in the local language. All fencing shall be at least 1.0 m tall, rigid in nature and strong enough to prevent people, livestock or other animals from falling into the trench. The Contractor shall also take all other necessary measures to ensure the safety of the public and others.

The maximum length of excavation that may be left open in any length shall be 200 m. The opening of two lengths within 500 m of each other shall require the approval of the Employer’s Representative.

The excavation shall be kept free of water to allow placing of bedding, laying of pipes, jointing / welding of pipes, inspection and testing of joints, coating of joints, placing of backfill and other activities within the pipe trench to be carried out in a satisfactory manner.

Pipe laying shall closely follow the progress of trench excavation and the Contractor shall not permit excessive lengths of trench excavation to remain open while awaiting testing of the pipeline. If the Employer’s Representative considers that the Contractor is not complying with any of the foregoing requirements, he may prohibit further trench excavation until he is satisfied with the progress of laying and testing of pipes and refilling of trenches.

The trench excavation of pipe line shall be in accordance with IS 12288. Pipe trenches shall be excavated to the lines and levels shown on the drawings or as directed by the Employer’s Representative. The depth of the excavated trench shall be as given in the drawings or as directed by the Employer’s Representative. The width of the trench at bottom between the faces of sheeting for various pipe sizes shall be as specified under sub-section 4 of Technical specifications. No pipe shall be laid in a trench until the section of trench in which the pipe is to be laid has been approved by the Employer’s Representative.

The bottom of the trench shall be trimmed and leveled to permit even bedding of the pipes. It should be free from all extraneous matter which may damage the pipe or the pipe coating. Additional excavation shall be made at the joints of the pipes, so that the pipe is supported along its entire length.

All excavated material shall be stacked in such a distance from the trench edge that it will not endanger the work or workmen and it will avoid obstructing footpaths, roads and drive ways. Hydrants under pressure, surface boxes, fire or other utility controls shall be left unobstructed and accessible during the construction work. Gutters shall be kept clear or other satisfactory provisions made for street drainage, and natural water-courses shall not be obstructed.

To protect persons from injury and to avoid damage to property, adequate barricades, construction signs, torches, red lanterns and guards, as required, shall be placed and maintained during the progress of the work and until it is safe for traffic to use the roadways. All materials, pipe equipment and pipes which may serve as obstruction to traffic shall be enclosed by fences or barricades and shall be protected by illuminating proper lights when the visibility is poor.

As far as possible, the pipe line shall be laid below existing services, like water, cables, cable ducts and drains but not below sewers, which are usually laid at greater depth. Where it is unavoidable, pipe line should be suitably protected. A minimum clearance of 150 mm shall be provided between the pipe line and such other services.

Trees, shrubbery fences, poles, and all other property and surface structures shall be protected. Tree roots shall be cut within a distance of 50 cm from pipe joints in order to prevent roots from entering them. Temporary support, adequate protection and maintenance of all underground and surface structures, drains, sewers and other obstructions encountered in the progress of the work shall be provided. The structures, which will be disturbed, shall be restored after completion of the work.

Where water forms or accumulates in any trench the Contractor shall maintain the trench free of water during pipe laying.

Wherever necessary to prevent caving, trench excavations in soils such as sand, gravel and sandy soil shall be adequately sheeted and braced. Where sheeting and bracing are used, the net trench width after sheeting shall not be less than that specified above. The sides of the excavation shall be adequately supported at all times and, except where described as permitted under the Contract, shall be not battered.

The Employer’s Representative in co-operation with the Contractor shall decide about the sheeting/ bracing of the trench according to the soil conditions in a particular stretch and taking into account the safety requirements of the Contractor’s and Employer’s Representative’s staff. Generally, safety measures against caving have to be provided for trenches with vertical walls if they are deeper than 2.0 m.


Page 6 of 20

6.7.3 Trench Excavation to be Commensurate with the Laying Progress

The work of trench excavation should be commensurate with laying and jointing of the pipe line. It should not be dug in advance for a length greater than 500 m ahead of work of laying and jointing of pipeline unless otherwise defined by the Employer’s Representative. The Contractor has to ensure the following:

• safety protections as mentioned above have to be incorporated in the work process

• hindrances to the public have to be minimized

• the trench must not be eroded before the pipes are laid

• the trench must not be filled with water when the pipes are laid

• the trench must not be refilled before laying of the pipes

The bed for the laying of the pipes has to be prepared according to the L-Section immediately before laying of the pipes.

6.7.4 Bedding

Bedding for the pipeline shall be of either of two different classes depending on the soil strata and as per the direction of the Employer’s Representative.

The bedding shall be constructed as follows:

i. The filling and compaction shall be done up to appropriate depth.

ii. The bedding shall be compacted, at optimum moisture content and by mechanical equipment with suitably shaped tamping feet or plates, to 95% of modified proctor density.

iii. The trench bottom or compacted fill shall as far as possible be in a profile to match the pipe profile to form a “cradle” which will provide a 120 degree uniform support to the pipe.

The profile of pipe in compacted fill for uniform support shall not be made more than 2 days prior to actual laying of pipes.

6.7.4.1 Bedding in Ordinary Soil

When soil strata in the trench are other than soft or hard rock, the trench shall be properly compacted and no extra bedding shall be provided. The pipe shall rest on well compacted trench bottom.

6.7.4.2 Bedding in Rock

When soil strata in the trench is rocky, or consists of any unsuitable material which is likely in the opinion of the Employer’s Representative to cause damage to the pipe, then bedding from the selected excavated material consisting of soft soil, soil mixed with sand shall be provided. If excavated material is not suitable for bedding in the opinion of the Employer’s Representative, sand or gravel bedding shall be provided. The sand or gravel used for bedding shall be clean, well graded and free from topsoil, clay or vegetable matter and to the approval of the Employer’s Representative. If the sand supplied is unclean it shall be washed. In no case shall sand containing more than 3.5% by dry volume or 5% by wet volume of clay, loam or silt be accepted. Tests specified for determining silt in sand and organic impurities as described in IS 383 shall apply.

The depth of over-excavation shall be such that after excavating a minimum fill layer of 150 mm of sand or gravel bedding material shall remain below the bottom center of the pipe.

6.7.5 Backfilling

6.7.5.1 Backfill Zones

On completion of the pipe laying operations in any section, for a length of about 100 m and while further work is still in progress, backfilling of trenches shall be started by the Contractor with a view to restricting the length of open trenches. For the purpose of backfilling the depth of the trench shall be considered as divided into the following three zones, starting from the bottom of the trench to its top.

Zone A: From the bottom of the pipe to the level of the center line of the pipe.

Zone B: From the level of the center line of the pipeline to a level 300 mm above the top of the pipe.

Zone C: From a level 300 mm above the top of the pipe to the top of the trench.


Page 7 of 20

Special care shall be taken during all backfilling operations to avoid damage to the pipe coating or displacement of the pipe.

Backfilling in Zone A shall be done with selected approved material available from excavation, well graded sand, fine gravel or other approved material placed in layers not exceeding 150 mm. The backfilling material shall be deposited in the trench for its full width on each side of the pipe, fittings and appurtenances simultaneously, and shall be compacted so as to achieve 90 to 95% modified proctor density. Backfill immediately adjacent to the pipe shall be carefully placed and compacted using suitably shaped hand tampers. Backfill in the remaining space up to the sides of the trench shall be compacted by mechanical means.

Backfilling in Zone B shall be done with selected approved material available from excavation, well graded sand, fine gravel or other approved material placed in layers of 150 mm. The back filling material shall be deposited in the trench for its full width of each side of the pipe, fittings and appurtenances simultaneously. The column of backfill along the sides of the pipe shall be compacted by mechanical means to achieve 90 to 95% modified proctor density, while the area immediately above the crown of the pipe shall be compacted by hand to achieve 90% modified proctor density. Care shall be taken to ensure that mechanical compacting equipment is not used in the zone from the top of the pipe up to 300 mm above the crown of the pipe.

Backfilling in Zone C shall be done with excavated material which is suitable for backfilling with the prior approval of the Employer’s Representative. The trench shall be backfilled with selected excavated material free from topsoil and vegetation, or boulders, clods of earth or stones larger than 200 mm in size. Filling shall be done in layers not exceeding 200 mm in thickness and mechanically compacted so as to achieve 90% modified proctor density. No stones shall be allowed to touch the pipe directly.

6.7.5.2 Backfill Material

All backfill material shall be free from cinders, ashes, slag, refuse, rubbish, vegetable or organic materials, lumpy or frozen material, boulders, rocks or stones or other material which in the opinion of the Employer’s Representative is unsuitable or deleterious.

Unless otherwise specified or permitted by the Employer’s Representative, all backfill material shall be compacted by mechanical means using equipment with suitably shaped feet or plates. At the time of placing the backfill, the Contractor will be responsible to ensure that the optimum moisture content is achieved so that the required degree of compaction is achieved. If necessary, the Contractor shall be required to add water to the backfill material in such a manner so that the moisture content is uniform throughout each layer during compaction.

Backfill Sand: Sand wherever used for backfill material shall be natural sand complying with Clause 8.2.1 of IS 3114, graded from fine to course. The total mass of loam and clay in it shall not exceed 10 percent. All material shall pass through a sieve of an aperture size opening of 20 mm (see IS 2405 Part 2 (1980) and not more than 5 percent shall remain on IS sieve of aperture size opening of 30 mm.

Backfill Gravel: Gravel wherever used for backfill shall be natural gravel, complying with Clause 8.2.2 of IS 3114 and having durable particles graded from fine to course in a reasonably uniform combination with no boulders or stones larger than 50 mm in size. It shall not contain an excessive amount of loam and clay and not more than 15 percent shall remain on a sieve of aperture size opening of 75 microns.

Backfill Stone dust: Providing and backfilling excavated pipeline trench with crusher dust including watering, ramming, consolidating using portable vibratory compactor and dressing complete as per drawing, specifications around pipe and as well as above pipe and as per the instructions of the Employer's representative .

6.7.5.3 Backfill with Excavated Material

The excavated material can be used for backfill provided that such material consists of loam, clay, sand, fine gravel, or other materials which are suitable for backfilling and is approved by the Employer’s Representative. If suitable material for refilling is not available from already excavated material the Contractor shall import material of approved quality as directed by the Employer’s Representative.

Care shall be taken during backfilling not to injure or disturb the pipes, joints or coating. Filling shall be carried out simultaneously on both sides of the pipes so that unequal pressure does not occur.

The Contractor shall be responsible to ensure that the water content of the soil shall be kept as near the optimum moisture content as possible. Regular measurement of the field dry density shall be taken by the Contractor at various levels in the backfilling as required by specifications and the Employer’s


Page 8 of 20

Representative. Any backfill which fails to achieve the required degree of compaction shall be re-excavated, replaced and re-compacted to the required density, all at the Contractor’s cost.

Only mechanical compaction shall be done unless otherwise specified or approved by the Employer’s Representative. No mechanical plant other than approved compacting equipment shall run over or operate within the trench until backfilling has reached its final level or the approval for the Employer’s Representative has been obtained.

Walking or working on the completed pipeline shall not be permitted unless the trench has been filled with the specified bedding and backfilling up to height of at least 300 mm over the top of the pipe except as may be necessary for tamping, etc., during backfilling work.

The trench shall be refilled so as to build up to the original ground level, keeping due allowance for subsequent settlement likely to take place. The surface of the refilled excavations shall be left slightly higher than the adjacent ground and shall be maintained by the Contractor to a smooth even slope. Should any subsidence take place either in the filling of the trenches or near about it during the works the Contractor shall make good the same at his own cost. All the surplus excavated stuff (including rock) will be the Contractor’s property and he will be responsible to make proper arrangement for disposal of the same.

Suitable surplus excavated material shall be used to fill in any low spots above the pipeline as instructed by the Employer’s Representative. Such material shall be evenly placed and compacted in layers not exceeding 200 mm thick after compaction. The method of compaction employed shall achieve not less than 90% modified proctor density. Unless approved by the Employer’s Representative, the width of areas to be filled shall not exceed 20 m.

Field joints which have not been tested shall be left exposed for a minimum length of 150 mm each side of the joint, and the Contractor will be responsible to provide all temporary shoring, boxing, barricading, etc., for this purpose at no additional cost. After all tests have been successfully completed, the remaining backfill shall be placed and compacted up to finished grade level, all in accordance with the preceding specifications.

6.7.6 Encasement at Road and Nalla Crossings

Complete concrete encasement shall be provided to the pipe in cases of road crossings and nalla crossings wherever directed by the Employer’s Representative. Concrete used for this shall be of the M15 type. Before placing concrete the pipes shall be supported near each joint with a padding of compressive material on a pre-cast concrete block. Concrete shall not be placed until the pipes have been joined, inspected and passed hydraulic testing.

The concrete shall be placed to ensure full contact with the pipe barrel throughout its length. Nominal reinforcement steel shall be provided in the concrete at the bottom of the pipe as directed by the Employer’s Representative. The concrete encasement shall cover the pipeline on all sides by a minimum of 200 mm or as directed by the Employer’s Representative.

6.8 Stringing of Pipe Along the Alignment

The pipes shall be laid out properly along the proposed alignment in a manner that they do not create any significant hindrance to the public and that they are not damaged.

Stringing of the pipes end to end along the working width should be done in such a manner that the least interference is caused in the land crossed. Gaps should be left at intervals to permit the passing of equipment across the working area. Pipes shall be laid out that they remain safe where placed and that no damage can occur to the pipes and the coating until incorporated in the pipeline. If necessary, pipes shall be wedged to prevent accidental movement. Precautions shall be taken to prevent excessive soil, mud etc. entering the pipe.

Generally, the pipes shall be laid within two weeks from the date of their dispatch from the manufacturer / store.

The joint gaskets shall be kept in wooden boxes or their original packing and stored in cool conditions and not exposed to direct sunlight. Gaskets must not be deformed. They shall be taken out only shortly before they are needed.


Page 9 of 20

6.9 Laying and Jointing of Pipe

6.9.1 General

The pipes will be cleaned in the whole length with special care of the spigot and sockets on the inside/ outside to ensure that they are free from dirt and unwarranted projections. The whole of the pipes shall be placed in position singly and shall be laid true to profile and direction of slope indicated on longitudinal sections. The pipes shall be laid without deflection in a straight alignment between bends and between high and low points. Vertical and horizontal deflections between individual pipes need the approval of the Employer’s Representative. In no case the deflection shall be more than 75% of those recommended by the manufacturer.

Before pipes are jointed they shall be thoroughly cleaned of all earth lumps, stones, or any other objects that may have entered the interior of the pipes, particularly the spigot end and the socket including the groove for the rubber ring. End caps are removed only just before laying and jointing.

Pipes and the related specials shall be laid by using the recommended tools.

Cutting of pipes shall be reduced to a minimum required to conform to the drawings. Cutting has to be made with suitable tools and according to the recommendations of the manufacturer. The spigot end has to be chamfered again at the same angle as the original chamfered end. Cutting shall be perpendicular to the center line of the pipe. In case of ductile iron pipes the cut and chamfered end shall be painted with two coats of epoxy paint. If there is no mark for the insertion depth on the spigot ends of the (cut) pipe it shall be marked again according to the instructions of the manufacturer.

All specials like bends, tees etc. and appurtenances like sluice etc. shall be laid in synchronization with the pipes. The Contractor has to ensure that the specials and accessories are ready in time to be installed together with the pipes.

At the end of each working day and whenever work is interrupted for any period of time, the free ends of laid pipes shall be protected against the entry of dirt or other foreign matter by means of approved plugs or end caps.

When pipe laying is not in progress, the open ends of installed pipe shall be closed by approved means to prevent entrance of trench water and dirt into the line.

No pipe shall be laid in wet trench conditions that preclude proper bedding, or when, in the opinion of the Employer’s Representative, the trench conditions or the weather are unsuitable for proper installation.

The pipe line laid should be absolutely straight unless planned otherwise. The accuracy of alignment should be tested before starting refilling with the help of stretching a string between two ends of the straight stretch of pipes to rectify possible small kinks in laying.

6.9.2 Laying and Jointing of MS Pipe

While assembling the MS pipe, the ends shall have to be brought close enough to leave a uniform gap not exceeding 4 mm. There shall be no lateral displacement between the pipe faces to be joined. If necessary, spiders from inside and tightening rings from outside or other suitable equipment shall be used to bring the two ends in perfect contact and alignment. In no case shall hammering or longitudinal slitting be permitted. Jacking may be permitted for this purpose in particular circumstances, with prior approval of the Employer’s Representative.

When the pipe is properly assembled and firmly supported on wooden beams and wedges or by other approved means it shall be checked for correct line and level and tack welded. The tack welded circumferential joints shall then be welded fully.

It is necessary that the roundness of the pipes is maintained circular. To achieve this, steel adjustable screw type props or similar approved type consisting of minimum six legs (three props) shall be fixed inside the pipe and the diameter correctly set.

The design and drawings of the props that the Contractor intends to use shall be approved by the Employer’s Representative before starting the work. These props shall be fixed vertically at intervals as directed by the Employer’s Representative. The props shall be kept in position for at least three days after the encasing of the pipe in that section is completed or until refilling is completed to the full height of fill over the pipe in case the pipes are not encased. The props shall be removed only after obtaining permission from the Employer’s Representative. No extra payment is allowed for application of props and rate quoted for laying and jointing shall be deemed to cover such costs.


Page 10 of 20

On completion of the pipe jointing the internal lining and external coating at the joint shall be coated and the trench and the welding pits shall be cleaned. The welding pit shall be filled with approved bedding material and compacted in 150 mm layers. The welding of pipes in the field shall comply with IS 816 and electrode used should comply with IS 814. Welded joints shall be tested in accordance with procedures laid down in IS 3600 and one test specimen shall be taken from at least one field joint out of every 10.

The net length of pipes as laid or fixed shall be measured in running meters correct to a cm including the length of specials, but exclude lengths for valves, fire hydrants etc. Payment for supply, laying, jointing shall be on length basis as measured above, and as stated in relevant chapter.

The net length of pipes as laid or fixed shall be measured in running meters correct to a cm including the length of specials, but excluding lengths for valves, fire hydrants etc. Payment for supply, laying and jointing shall be on length basis as measured above, and as stated in relevant chapter.

6.9.3 Laying and Jointing of DI Pipe

Pipes should be lowered into the trench with tackle suitable for the weight of pipes. For smaller sizes, up to 250 mm nominal bore, the pipe may be lowered by the use of ropes.

All construction debris should be cleared from the inside of the pipe either before or just after a joint is made. This is done by passing a pull-through in the pipe, or by hand, depending on the size of the pipe. All persons should vacate any section of trench into which the pipe is being lowered

On gradients of 1:15 or steeper, precautions should be taken to ensure that the spigot of the pipe being laid does not move into or out of the socket of the laid pipe during the jointing operations. As soon as the joint assembly has been completed, the pipe should be held firmly in position while the trench is back filled over the barrel of the pipe.

The designed anchorage shall be provided to resist the thrusts developed by internal pressure at bends, tees, etc.

The assembly of the pipes shall be made as recommended by the pipe manufacturer and using the suitable tools.

The socket and spigot ends of the pipes shall be brushed and cleaned. The chamfered surface and the spigot end of the pipe have to be coated with a suitable lubricant recommended by the manufacturer of the pipes. Oil, petroleum bound oils, grease or other material which may damage the rubber gasket shall not be used as lubricant. The rubber gasket shall be inserted into the cleaned groove of the socket. It has to be checked for correct positioning.

The two pipes shall be aligned properly in the pipe trench and the spigot end shall be pushed axially into the socket either manually or with a suitable tool specially designed for the assembly of pipes and as recommended by the manufacturer. The spigot has to be inserted up to the insertion mark on the pipe spigot. After insertion, the correct position of the socket has to be tested with a feeler blade

Deflection of the pipes -if any- shall be made only after they have fully been assembled. The deflection shall not exceed 75 % of the values indicated by the pipe manufacturer.

6.9.3.1 Use of Tackle

Pipes should be lowered into the trench with tackle suitable for the weight of pipes. For smaller sizes, up to 200 mm nominal bore, the pipe may be lowered by the use of ropes but for heavier pipes suitable mechanical equipment have to be used.

6.9.3.2 Cleaning

All construction debris should be cleared from the inside of the pipe either before or just after a joint is made. This is done by passing a pull-through in the pipe, or by hand, depending on the size of the pipe. All persons should vacate any section of trench into which the pipe is being lowered.

6.9.3.3 Laying on Steep Slopes

On gradients of 1:15 or steeper, precautions should be taken to ensure that the spigot of the pipe being laid does not move into or out of the socket of the laid pipe during the jointing operations. As soon as the joint assembly has been completed, the pipe should be held firmly in position while the trench is back filled over the barrel of the pipe.

The designed anchorage shall be provided to resist the thrusts developed by internal pressure at bends, tees, etc. Anchorage shall also be provided for pipeline on steep grades as specified under IS: 12288 Clause 5.8


Page 11 of 20

The assembly of the pipes shall be made as recommended by the pipe manufacturer and using the suitable tools.

6.9.3.4 Jointing

The socket and spigot ends of the pipes shall be brushed and cleaned. The chamfered surface and the end of the spigot shall have to be coated with a suitable lubricant recommended by the manufacturer of the pipes. Oil, petroleum bound oils, grease or other material which may damage the rubber gasket shall not be used as lubricant. The rubber gasket shall be inserted into the cleaned groove of the socket. It has to be checked for correct positioning.

The two pipes shall be aligned properly in the pipe trench and the spigot end shall be pushed axially into the socket either manually or with a suitable tool specially designed for the assembly of pipes and as recommended by the manufacturer. The spigot has to be inserted up to the insertion mark on the pipe spigot.

6.9.3.5 Deflection of the Pipe at the Joints

Deflection of the pipe, if any, shall be made only after the lengths have fully been assembled. The deflection shall not exceed 75 % of the values recommended by the pipe manufacturer.

6.9.3.6 Anchoring of the Pipeline

Thrust blocks shall be provided at each bend, tee, taper, end piece to prevent undue movements of the pipeline under pressure. They shall be constructed as per design of the Employer’s Representative according to the highest pressure during operation or testing of the pipes, the safe bearing pressure of the surrounding soil and the friction coefficient of the soil. This item shall be separately payable as per the provisions under BOQ.

6.9.3.7 Measurement and Payment

The net length of pipes as laid or fixed shall be measured in running meters correct to a cm including the length of specials, but exclude lengths for valves, fire hydrants etc. The portion of the pipe at the joints (inside the joints) shall not be included in the length of pipe work. Payment for laying, jointing shall be on length basis as measured above, and as stated below.

6.9.4 Laying and Jointing of HDPE Pipe

6.9.4.1 Lowering and Laying of Pipe

• Each pipe shall be thoroughly checked for any damages before laying and only the pipes which are approved by the Employer shall be laid.

• As PE pipes are flexible, long lengths of fusion-jointed pipes having joints made above ground can be rolled or snaked into utility tunnel.

• During the pipe laying of continuous fusion jointed systems, due care and allowance should be made for the movements likely to occur due to the thermal expansion/contraction of the material. This effect is most pronounced at end connections to fixed positions (such as valves etc.) and at branch connections. Care should be taken in fixing by finishing the connections at a time the length of the pipe is minimal (lower temperature times of the day.)

• For summer time installations with two fixed connection points, a slightly longer length of PE pipe may be required to compensate for contraction of the pipe in the cooler trench bottom.

• The final tie-in connections should be deferred until the thermal stability of the pipeline is achieved.

• The flexibility of polyethylene pipes allows the pipe to be cold bend. The fusion jointed PE pipe is also flexible as the plain Pipe. Thus the total system enables directional changes within the trench without recourse to the provision of special bends or anchor blocks. However, the pipe should not be cold bend to a radius less than 25 times the OD of the pipe.

• The Installation of flanged fittings such as connections to sluice/air/gate valves and hydrant tees etc. requires the use of stub ends (collars/flange adaptors complete with backing rings and gaskets. Care should be taken when tightening these flanges to provide even and balance torque.

• Provision should be made at all heavy fittings installation points for supports (such as anchoring of the flange) for the flange joint to avoid the transfer of valve wheel turning torque on to the PE flange joint.


Page 12 of 20

6.9.4.2 Jointing of Pipe

Pipes and fittings shall be joined together by heat fusion except mechanical and flanged joints. Fusion procedure shall be as recommended by the pipe manufacturer. Specially trained fitters shall be employed for this purpose. Specially manufactured machines shall be used for fusion jointing which shall be capable of performing the functions mentioned below.

• Secure fastening of the components: Each component that is to be fused must be held in position so that it will not move unless it is moved by the clamping device.

• Facing of the pipe ends: The pipe ends must be faced to establish clean, parallel matting surfaces.

• Alignment: The pipe profiles must be rounded and aligned with each other to minimize mismatch of the pipe walls. This can be accomplished by adjusting the clamping jaws until the outside diameters of the pipe ends match.

• Melting: Heating of the pipe ends to about 2000 C or as recommended by the manufacturer with the application of interface pressure of 0.5 kg/cm2. Heating tools which simultaneously heat both pipe ends shall be used to accomplish this operation. The heating shall have suitable coating so that the pipe material will not stuck with the heating tool surface. The heating tools shall be furnished with the thermometers to measure heating temperature.

• Jointing: After the pipe ends have been heated for the proper time and to the proper temperature, the heater tool is removed and the molten pipe end are brought together with sufficient pressure to properly mix the pipe materials and form a homogenous joint. The machine used shall be capable of applying pressure of 1.5 to 2 kg/cm2 with manual or hydraulic hand pump.

• Holding: The molten joint must be hold immobile under pressure until cooled adequately to develop strength. The machine shall be equipped with manual or automatic locking device for this operation.

6.9.4.3 Anchoring of the Pipeline

Thrust blocks shall be provided at each bend, tee, taper, end piece on the DI pipelines to prevent undue movements of the pipeline under pressure. They shall be constructed as per design of Employer’s Representative according to the highest pressure during operation or testing of the pipes, the safe bearing pressure of the surrounding soil and the friction coefficient of the soil.

6.9.4.4 Measurement and Payment

Pipe lengths will be measured (along the centerline) at site after laying and successful testing. The measurement will be in meters and will be rounded off up to two decimal places and will include lengths of HDPE pipes, bends, tees etc. but exclude lengths for valves, fire hydrants etc. The quoted rate shall include the cost of all HDPE pipes, specials etc. including cost of labor, jointing, including making necessary arrangements for conducting hydraulic testing at site including successful commissioning. The rate shall exclude the cost of U-clamp and pipe supporting arrangement for laying of the pipe within utility tunnel.

6.9.5 Floatation

When pipelines are laid in a long narrow cutting which gets submerged in water collected in the trench or cutting, it is subjected to an uplift pressure due to buoyancy and is likely to float, if completely or partly empty. Pipeline shall be safeguarded against flotation by providing sufficient overburden.

The Contractor shall take proper precautions against the risks of floatation and of flooding of the excavated works and shall make due allowance in his work program for any closure he considers necessary on account of monsoon.

Should any section of the pipeline be affected by floatation in the course of the works the entire work shall be removed and then reinstalled to the satisfaction of Employer’s Representative. The entire cost of laying it again to the correct line and level shall be to the Contractor’s account.

6.9.5.1 Thrust, Anti-floatation and Anchor Blocks

The Contractor shall construct thrust, anti-floatation and anchor blocks, as per the enclosed drawing or as and where directed by the Employer’s Representative as an acceptable means of pipe restraint. Plain concrete of Class M 15 shall be used for such blocks.

6.9.5.1.1 Anchor Blocks

Anchor blocks shall be provided on the DI mains laid on sloping ground as specified under Clause 5.8 of


Page 13 of 20

IS 12228 as specified below.

• Slope 1 in 2 and steeper Spacing 5.50 m

• Slope1 in 2 to 1 in 4 Spacing 11.00 m



• Flatter than 1 in 6 Not required

6.9.6 Valve Chambers

RCC Chambers and/or Brick masonry Chambers, for online valves, meters, pressure reducing valves, washout and air valves, Fire Hydrants etc. shall be constructed according to the standard drawings enclosed with the Bid document. Chambers shall be paid as separate item under BOQ on number basis at composite item cost based on size and type of Chamber, which shall cover execution of all the related sub-items as per the drawing but excluding piping, specials and valves which shall be payable under respective BOQ items .

Brick masonry Chambers shall be plastered internally and externally with cement mortar (1:4) 20mm thick with water proof compound and RCC chambers shall have form finish with fine rendering. RCC chambers shall be of M20 concrete. No plaster is required, unless otherwise directed by the Employer’s Representative.

Each valve chamber shall be considered as a composite item and they measured in numbers.Cost of concrete work, shuttering, steel work, brickwork, plaster works, precast slab/SFRC covers, lugs, RCC drain pipe of required size of minimum 5m length (wherever applicable) shall be included under respective chamber cost.

6.9.7 River Crossings

The distribution pipeline at river crossings is proposed to be supported over supporting structures / steel girders as shown on standard drawing enclosed. The work shall be carried out as per this drawing and/or as directed by the Employer’s Representative. The supply and installation of structural steel work, supply and laying, jointing of double flanged pipes, RCC works and other relevant items of these works shall be payable under respective items under BOQ..

For crossings of the road side drains, wherever required, the pipeline shall be laid below the bottom of the side drain with adequate cover. The distribution pipeline at such crossings shall be laid by carrying out only required excavation below drains by caving from both sides and simultaneously inserting the pipes. No extra payment for such crossings shall be allowed and the sub items involved shall be payable under respective BOQ items.

6.9.8 Trenchless Pipe laying

6.9.8.1 Scope

Pipe laying by trenchless shall be carried out at the locations as shown on the Drawings and/or directed by the Employer’s Representative. The trenchless pipelaying will include i) conventional method or jacking method and ii) Horizontal Direction Drilling (HDD) method, applying for crossing works of NH,railway, major road, river or other water bodies and congested area along the road. The purpose to employ these work methods is to avoid or minimize traffic congestion and/or public nuisance along the road in congested areas or due to necessity/requirement of agencies concerned such as major road, railway and river/channel crossing by installing underground pipes without open trench. The exact locations to apply the above work method shall be instructed by the Employer’s Representative, prior to the execution of the work with ample time for preparation and construction, in accordance with the actual or latent site conditions and/or the request of agencies concerned at the time of construction.

All codes and standards referred to in these Specifications shall be the latest revision thereof and codes which are not mentioned herewith but relevant to work shall be applicable.

Unless otherwise specified or shown, conventional method will be applied for larger size of MS pipes (› 355 mm) and HDD method for smaller size of HDPE (≧ 355mm). The main pipe (water pipe) shall be installed in casing pipe by jacking method. The casing pipe shall be MS pipe as specified in Section 4 in these specifications. However, lining and coating shall not be required for the casing pipe.

HDD method will be applied for smaller size of HDPE pipes without casing pipe.


Page 14 of 20

The works for trenchless pipe laying shall consist of:

a. Lowering & centering, installing, jointing and testing b. Connection with other laid pipes at the both sides of this work section composing of jointing, thrust

blocks or pipe encasement, which may be required, and other works incidentals. The cost for the connection work shall be included in other relevant items of BOQ.

c. Bill of Quantities provided with the Bid Document is indicative and the quantity, diameter, or pipe material may vary as per the site condition and as per direction of the Employer’s Representative. The Contractor should satisfy himself about this aspect before quoting.

6.9.8.2 Survey and Investigations

The Contractor shall carry out topographical survey and underground investigation at the work site to determine the alignment of pipeline, locations of jacking and receiving pits, jacking capacity, and other things incidentals for completion of the work in accordance with the requirements in the technical specifications.

The surveys and investigation shall include, but not limited to the followings:

a. Topographical conditions of the work site, for horizontal and vertical control including over burden profiles (existing utilities), shall cover entire area for the work with additional area for stockpiling of materials and equipment, connection with the pipes up and down streams of jacking work, parking of vehicles, etc. to determine the exact locations of pits and pipeline alignment

b. Collection of information for the existing underground utilities, and carrying out test diggings to confirm the location(s) of the existing utilities and groundwater with appropriate interval (not less than 20 m) and locations (not less than two locations) up to the depth of casing/main pipe.

c. Subsurface investigation shall consist of review of available geological information and collection of site specific geo-technical information to obtain subsurface profile and characteristics of soil as required. Sampling and testing, where required, shall be carried out to determine the capacity of equipment and dimensions of casing pipe as required. For HDD method, soil characteristics to be obtained will be, but not limited to the following items:

- Standard classification of soils (sieve analysis).

- Electric resistively and mineralogical constituents.

d. The Contractor shall carry out the additional surveys and investigation in addition to the above to complete the work satisfaction to the Employer’s Representative in accordance with the manufacturer’s instruction/recommendations including soil investigations.

6.9.8.3 Shop Drawings

The Contractor, upon the site survey and investigation, shall submit shop drawings which include, but not limited to the followings:

Alignment of pipeline and locations of jacking pit and receiving pit

- Location of the work site, materials and diameter of main pipe, length of pipeline

- Result of surveys and investigations

- Method and procedures applied for proposed trenchless pipe laying

- Manufacturer, model number with specifications and list of the equipment

- Depth of casing pipe or main pipe

- Dimensions of casing pipe and/or main (diameter, wall thickness)

- Dimensions of jacking and receiving pits with structural analysis of sheeting

- Piping work for connection with pipelines at up-and-down streams of jacking section including thrust block/encasement of pipes other incidentals as required

- Ancillary works as required

- Schedule for execution of the work including mobilization, construction/installation works, testing and site cleaning after the completion of the work

- Names and CV of a supervisor and a chief operator


Page 15 of 20

6.9.8.4 Pipe Jacking

6.9.8.4.1 Method

Jacking shall be hydraulic jacking. The jacking station will be composing of i) thrust block made of concrete. Steel plate may be used to spread the thrust force evenly to the thrust block. ii) guide frame abutting with the thrust block for fixing jacking cylinders, iii) hydraulic power unit for cylinders, iv) gantry crane adhere required, and other appurtenant equipment incidental. The main pipe shall be installed in the casing pipe which is provided in accordance with the above pipe jacking method. The pipe jacking shall start after completion preparation works including construction of the jacking pit.

6.9.8.4.2 Construction of Jacking Pit and Receiving Pit

The jacking pit shall be suitable length and width for jacking casing pipe as well as main pipe which is installed inside of the casing pipe as shown on the Drawings and directed by the Employer's Representative. The pit shall be protected by sheeting its around to prevent any collapse of wall and to support thrust force due to jacking. The sheeting shall be steel sheeting unless otherwise specified or approved by the Employer’s Representative.

Thrust block or other means approved to the sheet piles shall be provided to resist the thrust force due to jacking. Supporting frame shall be installed for jacking cylinder. The bottom of the jacking pit shall be paved with lean concrete as shown. The guide rail shall be installed on the lean concrete base to fix the direction of casing pipe for jacking. The sump pit shall be provided with an appropriate size for installing enough capacity of drain pump(s).

The construction of receiving pit shall be completed before the pipe jacking reaches to the receiving pit which shall be appropriate width and length to connect with a pipeline at the downstream of the jacking work. The receiving pit shall be protected by sheeting as the same manner specified above.

The top edge of sheet pile shall be high enough from surrounding ground levels to avoid storm water entering into the pit.

The temporary cover, where required, shall be provided when works are suspended. During night time lighting shall be provided around the pit.

6.9.8.4.3 Casing Pipe

Unless otherwise specified or shown on the Drawings, the casing pipe shall be MS pipe specified which diameter and wall thickness shall be determined by the Contractor and approved by the Employer's Representative. The minimum size of the casing pipe shall, however be determined as the size of main pipe plus at least 40 cm or not smaller than 700mm. Wall thickness shall be not less than 12 mm

6.9.8.4.4 Pipe Jacking and Installation of Main Pipe

The casing pipe shall be set to the appropriate direction on the guide railing installed on the concrete base. The lead pipe (edge) will be set at the top of casing pipe. Minor adjustment of direction could be possible to adjust angles of the lead pipe to the axis of the casing pipe. The casing pipe is jacked by mean of hydraulic power unit through jacking cylinders. Soil in the casing pipe will be excavated manually or mechanical means dependent on the Contractor's option. Attention shall be paid that excavation beyond the casing pipe shall be prohibited to prevent void forming around casing pipe or any settlement of ground surface.

In the event of encounter to obstacles, which makes difficult or impossible to continue jacking safely and correct alignment/direction, the jacking work shall be discontinued. The Contractor shall inform immediately to the Employer’s Representative upon the above accident and propose solution for his approval. No works shall be continued before the approval of the Employer’s Representative.

Drain pump(s) shall be installed for dewatering in the jacking and receiving pits and shall be ready for operation at any time. The capacity of drain pump(s) shall be large enough to dewater the expected/estimated capacity for dewatering. Stand-by pump(s) shall be provided for any failure of installed pump(s) or unexpected volume of dewatering to be required.

6.9.8.4.5 Installation of Main Pipe

The main pipe shall be installed in the casing pipe, upon the completion of jacking work and approved, to the predetermined line and level. Void around peripheral of the main pipe to the casing pipe shall be filled with granular materials (sand) or light weight concrete. The granular materials shall be fully compacted up to the satisfaction of the Employer's Representative to prevent any void between the casing pipe and the main pipe. The pipe shall be temporary fixed during filling granular materials or light weight concrete. After


Page 16 of 20

completion of filling work, the both ends of casing pipe shall be closed by concrete when granular material is applied. The thickness of concrete shall be not less than 20cm.

6.9.8.5 Horizontal Directional Drilling (HDD)

6.9.8.5.1 Method

The HDD machine shall be capable of horizontal directional drilling involving a steerable tunneling system for all pipe sizes. It shall be a multi-stage process. The first stage shall consist of drilling a small diameter pilot hole along the predetermined center line of a proposed pipe installation. The second stage shall consist of enlarging the pilot hole to the predetermined size to accommodate the pipeline and pulling the same through the enlarged hole. The drilling head may be by mechanical cutting or by fluid cutting with high-pressure jets.

The machine may be pit launched or surface launched. The drilling machine, especially a surface launched type machine, may incorporate an automatic drill pipe loading system with fluid assisted lubricating and bore stabilizing.

The mid range guided boring machine shall have a thrust and pull back capability of between 8 to 20 tonnes and be capable to install up to 500 mm diameter pipe over a distance of 100 to 350 meters. Boring shall be fluid assisted.

The drill head shall be angled so that constant rotation of the drill string produces a straight bore.

A stoned or beacon shall be built into the head or fixed close to it and signets emitted by this are to be picked up and traced by a receiver located on the ground surface, allowing the direction, depth, and other parameters to be monitored.

Bentonite mix water and/or polymeric mixture shall be used as the drilling fluid or ‘mud’.

The HDPE pipe shall be drawn in behind the reamer as the original bore is enlarged.

6.9.8.5.2 Tracking & Guidance System

The guided boring technique shall rely on an accurate base location and guidance system. The capability of tracking devices shall be of advance electronic technology, and of a high degree of accuracy. The sonde / probe / transmitter shall be provided inside of the drilling head, which shall be used to locate and determine the depth, pitch and position of the head, and to be received by locators above the ground.

6.9.8.5.3 Ancillary equipment

There are numerous accessories and ancillaries, which play an important part in the success of a guided boring / directional drilling project. Those are e.g. the swivel, duct pullers, pipe size range, etc. to accompany the HDD equipment

6.9.8.5.4 Construction of Jacking and Receiving Pipe

The construction of jacking and receiving pits shall be carried with similar manner to the provisions in Sub-section 6.9.8.4.2 of this Section and in accordance with the instruction/recommendations of the manufacturer.

6.9.8.5.5 Installation of Pipes

The Contractor shall install the pipe, upon the completion of the preparation works including construction of the jacking pit as required, in accordance with the instruction/recommendations of the Manufacturer in accordance with the designated size of pipe and distance of pipeline.

6.9.8.5.6 Skilled Operator

The directional drilling method is a system, which requires skilled operators. The operator must be knowledgeable concerning down hole drilling, the impacts of drilling in various geological formations, sensing and recording instrumentation, interpreting computer data etc.

6.9.8.6 Testing

If the opinion of the Employer's Representative that the testing, pressure and leakage, is required for the complete section of the jacking work, shall provide testing equipment and materials required for testing. The testing shall be carried out under the presence of the Employer's Representative.


Page 17 of 20

6.9.9 Pipe Cutting and Closure Units

The use of closure units (bridging sections) shall be avoided as far as possible by laying each pipeline in a continuous length. However, where this proves impossible at any point as determined by the Employer’s Representative, the Contractor shall form the closure units by cutting pipe of the same diameter to the exact lengths required, allowing a tolerance for insertion into the gap.

Where it is necessary to cut pipes to provide closing lengths, for laying pipe specials or in the repair of damaged pipe segments, the cutting shall be performed neatly and accurately so as to have the ends of the pipe truly normal to the axis of the pipe. The pipe ends shall be beveled to match that of new factory furnished pipe.

Where it is necessary to cut pipes the damaged coating and concrete lining near the cut shall be repaired and shaped for jointing.

6.9.10 Assembling Flanged Joints

Flanged joints shall be properly laid true to line and level before bolting and on no account shall drifts or dodgers be used in the bolt holes. Flange bolts shall be carefully and evenly tightened in such sequence that diametrically opposite nuts are tightened together to ensure even pressure on the joint ring.

Nuts and Bolts shall be as specified in Subsection 5.10.2.

For tightening of all bolts in pipe joints, the Contractor shall provide and use torque wrenches of the “break back” type set to give the tightening torque recommended by the manufacturer.

Washers shall be included below all bolt heads and nuts. Joint O-rings and gaskets shall be stored until needed in a cool place free from direct sunlight.

6.9.11 Field Welding

All electric arc welding equipment shall comply with BS638 and shall be approved by the Employer’s Representative. The Contractor shall submit for the Employer’s Representative for approval details of the welding procedure which he proposes to adopt.

The Contractor shall make test specimens on bare steel shells or pipes of the same size and thickness as the pipelines to be welded. The joints shall be tested in the presence of the Employer’s Representative for each procedure in accordance with requirements of API (the American Petroleum Institute) Standard1104.

The Contractor shall obtain radiography of the welds as required by the Employer’s Representative and shall radiograph not less than2% of the welding carried out on the pipelines. Only a procedure approved in writing by the Employer’s Representative shall be adopted for welding on the pipelines, and change from one procedure to another will not be permitted without submitting the new procedure for retesting.

6.9.12 Painting of Piping Systems

Buried and exposed portions of ductile iron, steel and galvanized iron piping systems shall be protected by a coating system as described in the individual pipe Subsections of this specification.

Damaged coating surfaces shall be repaired in the field by cleaning and re-priming and re-coating with the same primer and a compatible surface coating at least the thickness of the factory applied coating, plus an overlapping of at least 50 mm onto the adjacent pipe surfaces.

After the completion of pipe assembly in the field, damaged areas of the factory applied coating shall be fully repaired and the whole surface shall be cleaned of foreign matter. The field applied finished coats shall then be applied.

The approval of the Employer’s Representative shall be obtained as to all details of the field coating system applications, including surface preparation, working environment, application techniques, intermediate drying times and repair of coatings.

Coatings shall not be applied to wet surfaces or during rain. The Contractor shall be deemed to have made full allowance in his Tender for the effects of weather.

6.9.13 Sampling Points

Wherever directed by the Employer’s Representative the Contractor shall install 50 mm BSP taps and blanking plugs into pipe work for the purpose of sampling, pressure monitoring and metering.


Page 18 of 20

6.10 Hydraulic Testing

6.10.1 Pipeline Testing – Sectional Test

All pipelines shall be hydraulically tested in the presence of Employer’s Representative in lengths between valve stations or in such shorter lengths as the Employer’s Representative may direct or permit. Fittings required for temporarily closing the openings in pipelines to be tested shall be properly designed for this purpose and shall be adequately strutted to withstand the test pressure specified.

Each pipeline shall be tested after completion of installation with the exception of any back filling in case reinstallation of segments will be required after testing. Permanent valves shall be tested along with the pipelines.

The protocol for testing a pipeline shall include provision for the purging of air from the pipeline prior to a water test. Testing shall be with water only and air testing shall not be allowed.

The Contractor shall keep a record of all tests and their results, which shall be available for inspection at any time and shall be submitted to the Employer’s Representative periodically.

The water required for testing shall be arranged by the contractor himself. The Contractor shall fill the pipe and compensate the leakage during testing. The Contractor shall provide and maintain all requisite facilities, instruments, reciprocating pumps, pressure gauges, water tankers etc. for the field testing of the pipelines. The testing of the pipelines generally consists in three phases: preparation, pre-test/saturation and test, immediately following the pre-test. Generally, the following steps are required which shall be monitored and recorded in a test protocol:

i. Complete setting of the thrust blocks.

ii. Partial backfilling and compaction to hold the pipes in position while leaving the joints exposed for

leakage control

iii. Opening of all intermediate valves (if any)

iv. Fixing the end pieces for tests and after temporarily anchoring them against the soil (not against the

preceding pipe stretch)

• at the lower end with a precision pressure gauge and the connection to the reciprocating pump

for establishing the test pressure

• at the higher end with a valve for air outlet

v. If the pressure gauge cannot be installed at the lowest point of the pipeline, an allowance in the test

pressure to be read at the position of the gauge has to be made accordingly

vi. Slowly filling the pipe from the lowest point(s).

vii. The water for this purpose shall be reasonably clear and free of solids and suspended matter

viii. Complete removal of air through air valves along the line.

ix. Closing all air valves and scour valves.

x. Slowly raising the pressure to the test pressure while inspecting the thrust blocks and the temporary

anchoring.

xi. Keeping the pipeline under pressure for the duration of the pre-test by adding make-up water to

maintain the pressure at the desired test level. Make up water to be arranged by Contractor himself

at his own cost.

xii. Start the test by maintaining the test pressure at the desired level by adding more make-up water;

record the water added carefully and the pressure in intervals of 15 minutes at the beginning and

30 minutes at the end of the test period.

xiii. Water used for testing shall not be carelessly disposed of on land which would ultimately find its

way to trenches.

xiv. The testing conditions for the pipelines shall be as per the test pressures and condition laid out in IS

8329 for DI pipes.


Page 19 of 20

The pipeline stretch will pass the test if the water added during the test period is not exceeding the admissible limits. No section of the pipe work shall be accepted by the Employer’s Representative until all requirements of the test have been obtained.

The pipeline stretches shall be tested to the pressures equal to 1.5 times the maximum operating pressure in the pipeline stretch under test, subject to a maximum of 200 m of water head or 20 kg/cm2. Operating pressure shall be equal to static pressure on the pipeline invert level with respect to zonal supply reservoir full tank level.

6.10.2 Test Requirements for MS Pipelines

The quantity of water added in order to re-establish the test pressure should not exceed 0.1 liter per mm of pipe diameter per km of pipeline per day for each 30 m head of pressure applied.

All pressure testing at site should be carried out hydraulically. The pipes shall be accepted to have passed the pressure test satisfactorily, if the quantity of water required to restore the test pressure does not exceed the amount calculated as above.

6.10.3 Test Requirements for DI Pipelines

The testing conditions for the pipelines shall be as described in IS 8329.

The testing conditions for the DI pipelines are summarized as follows:

a. Pretest and Saturation Period with addition of make-up water:

• Test Pressure Duration: 24 hrs for DI pipes with cement mortar lining

b. Pressure Test with addition of make-up water:

• Test Pressure Duration: 3 hrs

c. Testing Criteria for DI pipes:

• Q = 1.0 liter per km per 10mm of pipe diameter per each 30 m of test pressure per 24 hrs.

No pipe installation shall be accepted until the leakage is less than the amount ‘Q’, as determined by the above formula.

6.10.4 Test Requirements for HDPE Pipelines

The pressure in the test section is allowed to stabilize for approximately 3 hours. No make-up water / pressure shall be applied to the test section during this 3 hours stabilization period. Thermoplastic pipes expand under pressure due to low modulus of elasticity and this result in initial fall of pressure. Without any additional requirement of makeup water, the test pressure should not fall more than 0.2kg/cm2 at the end of One hour test duration.

All pressure testing at site should be carried out hydraulically. The pipes shall be accepted to have passed the pressure test satisfactorily, if the quantity of water required to restore the test pressure does not exceed the amount ‘Q’, calculated by the above formula in case of MS and DI pipelines and the pressure drop limitations specified in case of HDPE pipelines..

Gauges used for pressure testing pipelines shall have a dial diameter of not less than 100 mm and a full-scale reading not greater than twice the specified test pressure. Before any gauge is used the Contractor shall arrange for it to be checked independently and a dated certificate of its accuracy shall be provided to the Employer’s Representative. The Employer’s Representative shall be permitted to order his own independent test of the Contractor’s gauges. The test pressure shall be as per the IS codes.

The Contractor shall at his own expense provide all water required for filling, testing and retesting pipelines, and any pumps, electricity, auxiliary piping, fittings, pressure gauges and personnel required for the testing program.

6.11 Road Reinstatement

The Contractor shall be responsible to ensure that all existing asphalt roads, brick roads, concrete roads, WBM roads are reinstated as stated in Road Subsection, immediately after hydraulic testing of the pipeline and backfilling has been completed. The finished levels of the completed reinstatement shall conform to the adjoining carriageway surface. Reinstated road shall match as nearly as practicable to the characteristics of the existing road. The work shall be carried as specified in Subsection 7.


Page 20 of 20

6.12 National Highway Crossing

Pipeline crossings beneath National Highway shall be constructed as a part of this Contract, as detailed in the Drawings.

Laying and jointing of the distribution pipes, providing and fixing of the valves, Manhole covers and construction of the chambers on both sides of the crossings shall be included in this work.

The Contractor shall obtain all necessary permits to construct, from NH Authority and the local representative body, before proceeding with any work at the specific crossing site.

Pipe jacking where required shall be in accordance with Subsection 6.9.8.

RCC valve chambers shall be constructed at each end of the pipe or casing pipe, if shown, as per the structural drawings. Sluice valves, washout valves, air valves and dismantling joints, wherever applicable, shall be placed in valve chambers as shown on the relevant drawing.

6.12.1 Work Sequence

The work of laying or jacking of the distribution pipeline or casing pipe beneath the highway, including construction of the RCC chambers, shall be undertaken prior to installation of the distribution mains on either side of the highway in the vicinity of the crossing.

All work shall be carried out under the supervision of the representative from the NH Authority and Employer’s Representative.


Page 1 of 3


Subsection 7 – Road Works

7. Road Works

The road works is basically the Road Reinstatement work. The Contractor shall be responsible to ensure that all existing roads are reinstated to their proposed condition, as listed below, immediately after hydraulic testing of the pipeline and backfilling has been completed, as per specification. The finished levels of the completed reinstatement shall conform to the adjoining carriageway or road surface. Reinstated road shall match the levels of the existing road.

Existing Road Surface Proposed Road Surface

Bituminous or Asphalt Same as Existing

Concrete Bituminous or Concrete (as per direction of Employer’s Representative)

Water Bound Macadam (WBM) Same as Existing

Brick Same as Existing or Bituminous (as per direction of the Employer’s Representative)

Earthen Same as Existing

The work shall be carried as per the Road Work Specifications (latest) of the Public Works Department (PWD), Government of Assam. The item shall be complete in all respect as per specification and as directed, including all lead and lift. The materials shall be tested at site and laboratory, as directed.

Other details shall conform to the Standard Specification. Material grading shall be as per the latest Assam PWD schedule.

7.1 Asphalt (Bituminous) Road

The roads to be reinstate as asphalt or bituminous roads. Types of roads are Type I, Type II, Type III, whose specification is described below. Type I shall be applicable for heavy traffic roads (5 MSA1), Type II for medium traffic roads (3 MSA1) and Type III for low traffic roads (1 MSA1). The base earth strata shall achieve 7% CBR value, before application of road reinstatement activity. Type of road restoration work shall be decided by the Employer’s Representative Metropolitan statistical area

7.1.1 Type I (for Heavy Traffic Volume)

This type of road consists of 4 layers - Granular sub base (200 mm thick), Wet mix macadam (250 mm thick), tack coat, Dense graded bituminous macadam (50 mm thick), Semi-dense bituminous concrete (25 mm thick) and seal coat.

Granular Sub Base (GSB) - Construction of granular sub base (GSB) shall be done by providing close graded material mixing in a mechanical mix plant at optimum moisture content (OMC), at a thickness of 200 mm with Grading - I material. The mix material shall be carried to work site, spreading in uniform layers with motor grader on prepared surface and compacting with vibratory power roller to achieve the desire density. This item shall be as per cl. 401 including testing of material at the site and in the laboratory.

Prime Coat– Providing and applying a primer coat at 0.6kg/m2 with bitumen emulsion CSS-1 (IS 8887 – 2004) on prepared surface of GSB including cleaning of road surface and spraying primer at the rate specified using mechanical means.

Wet Mix Macadam (WMM) - Providing, laying, spreading and compacting graded stone aggregate to the wet mix macadam specification, at a thickness of 250 mm, including pre mixing the material with water at OMC, in a mechanical mix plant. The mixed material shall be carried by tipper truck to the project site, placed in uniform layers with a paving machine on the sub base/ base course with well prepared surface and compacting with a vibratory roller to achieve the desired density.

Tack coat (TC) - Providing and applying tack coat with bitumen emulsion, using emulsion pressure distributor, at 0.2 kg/m2 on the prepared surface, after cleaning with a mechanical broom. The bitumen emulsion shall be of CSS-1h for a normal bituminous surface. The materials shall be tested at the site and in a laboratory.

Dense Graded Bituminous Macadam - Providing and laying dense graded bituminous macadam from a 100-120 tonnes per hour (T/hr) batch type hot mix plant (HMP), producing an average output of 75 T/hr,


Page 2 of 3

using crushed aggregates of Grading II (19 mm nominal size) premixed with bituminous binder at 4.0 to 4.5% by weight of total mix and filler. The hot mix material shall be transported the to work site, laid at 50 mm thickness, with a hydrostatic paver finisher with sensor control to the required grade, level, alignment, and rolled with a smooth wheeled vibratory roller to achieve the desired compaction as per MoRTH cl. no. 507.

Semi Dense Bituminous Concrete - Providing and laying semi dense bituminous concrete from a 100-120 TPH batch type HMP, producing an average output of 75 tonnes per hour, using crushed aggregates of Grading – II (10 mm nominal size) premixed with bituminous binder at 4.5 to 5% by weight of total mix and filler. The hot mix material shall be transported the to work site, laid 25 mm thick, with a hydrostatic paver finisher with sensor control to the required grade, level and alignment, and rolled with a smooth wheeled vibratory roller to achieve the desired compaction as per MoRTH cl. no. 508.

Seal Coat - Providing and laying a seal coat of aggregate passing a 2.36 mm sieve, premixed with binder at 0.6 kg/m2.

7.1.2 Type II (for Medium Traffic Volume)

This type of road consists of 4 layers - Granular sub base (150 mm thick), Wet mix macadam (250 mm thick), tack coat, Bituminous macadam (50 mm thick) ,and Premix carpet (20 mm thick)

Granular Sub Base (GSB) - Construction of granular sub base (GSB) shall be done by providing close graded material mixing in a mechanical mix plant at OMC, at a thickness of 150 mm with Grading - I material. The mix material shall be carried to work site, spreading in uniform layers with motor grader on prepared surface and compacting with vibratory power roller to achieve the desire density. This item shall be as per cl. 401 including testing of material at the site and in the laboratory.



Tack coat (TC) - Providing and applying tack coat with bitumen emulsion, using emulsion pressure distributor, at 0.2 kg/m2 on the prepared surface, after cleaning with a mechanical broom. The bitumen emulsion shall be of CSS-1h for a normal bituminous surface. The materials shall be tested at the site and in a laboratory.

Bituminous Macadam – Providing and laying bituminous macadam 50 mm thick from a 100 – 120 TPH hot mix plant producing an average output of 75 T/hr, using crushed aggregates for Grading II (19 mm nominal size) premixed with bituminous binder, transported to the site and laid over a prepared surface.

Premix Carpet (PC) – Providing, laying and rolling of close graded premix surfacing (by mechanical means from a HMP of appropriate capacity not less than 75 T/hr), at a thickness of 20 mm comprised of 11.2 mm to 0.09 mm (Type A) aggregate, using penetration grade bitumen to serve as a wearing coarse on a previously prepared base, including mixing in a suitable plant laying and rolling with a smooth wheeled roller of 8 to 10 T capacity to the required level and grade, with anti-stripping agent as per IS 14982 (refer to Appendix 5 of MoRTH Specification) Type A.

7.1.3 Type III (for Low Traffic Volume)

This type of road consists of 3 layers - Granular sub base (150 mm thick), Wet mix macadam (225 mm thick), and Premix carpet (20 mm thick)

Granular Sub Base (GSB) - Construction of granular sub base (GSB) shall be done by providing close graded material mixing in a mechanical mix plant at OMC, at a thickness of 150 mm with Grading - I material. The mix material shall be carried to work site, spreading in uniform layers with motor grader on prepared surface and compacting with vibratory power roller to achieve the desire density. This item shall be as per cl. 401 including testing of material at the site and in the laboratory.



Page 3 of 3


Premix Carpet (PC) – Providing, laying and rolling of close graded premix surfacing (by mechanical means from a HMP of appropriate capacity not less than 75 T/hr), at a thickness of 20 mm comprised of 11.2 mm to 0.09 mm (Type A) aggregate, using penetration grade bitumen to serve as a wearing coarse on a previously prepared base, including mixing in a suitable plant laying and rolling with a smooth wheeled roller of 8 to 10 T capacity to the required level and grade, with anti-stripping agent as per IS 14982 (refer to Appendix 5 of MoRTH Specification) Type A.

7.2 Water Bound Macadam Road

This work shall consist of providing clean and crushed aggregates, laying & compacting of WBM sub-base / base course by rolling and bonding together with screening, binding material where necessary and watering, including preparation and compaction of sub-base & spreading of crushed aggregate to proper grade and camber including application of screenings for interlocking, sprinkling of water & rolling with power roller as per instructions of the Employer’s Representative, shall be as specified below.

a. Grading No.1 material 90 to 45 mm size with stone screenings & binding material, 200 mm thick.

b. Grading No.2 material 63 to 45 mm size with stone screenings & binding material, 100 mm thick.

c. Grading No.3 material 53 to 22.4 mm size with stone screenings & binding material, 80 mm thick.

7.3 Cement Concrete Road

The concrete road shall be of M20 plain concrete of 200 mm thick. This work, if applicable anywhere as per direction of Employer’s Representative, shall conform to Standard specification – Cement concrete pavement under Road Section.

7.4 Brick Road

Material shall be as stipulated in Standard specification. Brick shall be laid as brick-on-edge, and match with existing brick road. The work shall include providing and laying of bricks on edge for road restoration on earth subgrade. The bricks shall be on edge, diagonally placed, and gap filled up with sand, all complete, as per specification, drawing and as directed.

7.5. Interlocking Paver Block Pavement: Material shall be as stipulated in Standard specification and shall be laid 80mm thick as per the site condition of existing road. The work shall include providing and laying of interlocking Paver block for road restoration on earth subgrade. The blocks shall be placed and gap filled up with stone dust and as per drawing and directed by the Engineer.


Page 1 of 7

Section VI B: - Technical Specifications

Subsection 8 – Quality Assurance and Quality Control

8. Quality Assurance and Quality Control

8.1 General

The Quality Assurance/Quality Control(QA/QC) Manual issued by the Employerfor Guwahati Water Supply Project shall be the guiding document for ensuring strict compliance of the specifications and for ensuring the highest standards of work quality. All Inspections and Testing shall be carried out in accordance with these specifications and in absence of specifications the relevant Indian Standard.

Some of the tests and procedures related to the specific Works under this Contract are described herein. They shall be taken as an additional stipulation to the QA/QC Manual and will not reduce the requirements stipulated in the Manual. The various tests stipulated in this Subsection will be conducted at the frequencies as stated and the test report format and other details will be followed as per the QA/QC Manual.

8.1.1 Submission of Pre-construction Review Data

All goods and materials to be incorporated into the Works shall be new, of the most recent or current standards, and shall incorporate all recent improvements in design and materials.

8.1.1.1 Samples

The Contractor shall place orders for any materials - pipes, specials, appurtenances, accessories etc. and construction material (where ever applicable) only after approval of submittal data by the Employer’s Representative. The Contractor shall submit samples and detailed drawings from approved suppliers and manufacturers (if applicable), in accordance with the procedures of submission, review and revision as stated in the QA/QC Manual.

Submittal data for construction materials shall include the submittal of samples. Samples for loose materials such as aggregates shall be in volumes of approximately 0.1 m3. Paint, coating samples shall be on the material that will actually be covered at least 0.35 m2 in area. Reinforcement rod shall be of 1m sample.

A sample of at least 10 kg shall be furnished of the raw steel material, from each pipe manufacturer, of the material to be used in the production of their mild steel (MS) pipes.

8.1.1.2 Factory Tests

These shall be in accordance with applicable IS or IEC and/orBIS Standards unless otherwise detailed in the technical requirements. The results of all factory or shop tests shall be recorded and submitted to the Employer’s Representative prior to shipment of the equipment to the Project Site.

8.1.1.3 Scope of Inspection

The test equipment, meters, instruments, etc. used for testing shall be calibrated at recognized test laboratories at regular intervals and valid certificates shall be made available to the Employer's Representative at the time of testing. The calibration instruments used as standards shall be traceable to International Standards.

All types of routine and acceptance tests, as applicable, shall be conducted in the presence of Employer’s Representative or an approved Third Party Inspector on all the equipment/material as per latest applicable IS or IEC Standard, at no additional cost to the Contract. Any modification or revision in the equipment as required by the Inspector shall be carried out by the Contractor at no additional cost. All such costs and fees for revisions or modifications shall be deemed to be included in the price bid as quoted by the Contractor. Test reports for other equipment shall be submitted by the Contractor for approval by Employer’s Representative.

8.1.1.4 Dispatching

The material, equipment or accessories shall not be dispatched for shipping unless an authorized release from the Employer’s Representative has been issued subsequent to the acceptance of the test results.

8.1.1.5 Packing and Shipping

Any items liable to be damaged in transit shall be effectively protected and securely fixed in their cases, (including crates or cartons). All cases shall be marked to show where slings should be placed.


Page 2 of 7

All cases shall be clearly identified giving particulars of the manufacturer's name and the type of equipment which is inside. All identification marks on the outside of cases shall be waterproof and permanent.

All equipment, materials shall be packed and protected, bearing in mind that it will be shipped to a harsh environment, that a considerable period may elapse between its arrival on site and it’s unpacking and that covered storage may not always be available. Any cases requiring covered storage (protection from the elements) or controlled conditions of temperature and/or humidity shall be designated as such with the specific requirements highlighted.

The Contractor shall protect all steelwork before shipment, to prevent corrosion and damage. Bundles of steel sections shall be properly tied together by an approved method and care shall be taken to ensure that they are robust and that they can be handled easily during shipment.

Bolts, nuts, gaskets and O-rings shall be double bagged and crated for shipment. Crating of dissimilar metals shall not be acceptable.

Packing cases where used, shall be strongly constructed and in no case shall timber less than 25 mm in thickness be used. The contents of packing cases shall be securely fastened in position with struts or cross battens.

8.1.1.6 Labels

Each item shall be clearly and permanently labeled with its description and purpose. When several items are packed in one case, a general description of the contents shall be given on the outside of the case. Tool or appliance shall be clearly marked with its description, size and purpose.

8.1.2 Quality Assurance

The Bidder shall submit in his Tender an outline of the quality assurance practices that will be applied to all aspects of the manufacturing, construction, installation, site testing and commissioning processes.

The Contractor shall submit a detailed Quality Assurance Manual, which conforms generally to the requirements of ISO 9002. Approval to proceed with dispatch of material within this Contract will not be given until this Quality Assurance Manual and drawings of the materials (if applicable), have been received and approved by the Employer’s Representative. Delays to the Contract completion date due to non-compliance with this requirement shall be the Contractor's responsibility.

Major features of the Quality Assurance Scheme to be practiced by the Contractor and as detailed in his Quality Assurance Manual shall include:

i. The Contractor shall define all staff responsibilities and the QA systems which are operating within his organization for the purpose of ensuring adequate quality.

ii. Regular and systematic programs of testing shall be carried out for all incoming raw materials.

iii. Regular calibration checks shall be carried out on all measuring equipment to be used in the works.

iv. All tests shall be properly documented and available to any relevant member of the Contractor's workforce.

v. All checking activities, test results, etc. shall be recorded on appropriate standardized forms and these shall be verified, certified, recorded and filed in a systematic manner.

vi. A detailed inspection and test plan shall be prepared.

vii. Statistical analyses shall be carried out regularly on appropriate test results to confirm that all processes are performing within the specified tolerances.

viii. Adequate procedures shall be provided for corrective action in the event that quality checks show that performance is not satisfactory.

ix. The Contractor shall provide adequate facilities under the control of properly trained staff to perform the quality control duties.

The Contractor shall inform the Employer’s Representative about the likely dates of, testing, and dispatching of any material to be incorporated into the permanent Works. The Contractor shall notify the Employer’s Representative for inspection and testing, at least twenty-eight (28) days prior to respective purpose, and shall supply the manufacturer's test results and quality control certificates. The Employer’s Representative will decide whether he or his representative will inspect and test the material / equipment or whether he will approve it on the basis of the manufacture’s certificate.


Page 3 of 7

The following inspection and test categories shall be applied prior to the delivery of equipment and/or material. The various categories shall be as indicated in the list in the subsequent Subsection.

8.1.2.1 Category A Inspections and Tests

The submittal documents/drawings have to be approved by the Employer’s Representative before the start of manufacture and testing. The material shall be inspected by the Employer’s Representative or a Third Party Testing Agency, approved by the Employer’s Representative, at the manufacturer’s premises before packing and dispatching. The inspection charges of the Third Party Testing Agencyincluding all expenses towards to and fro journey, halting charges if required, etc. will be borne by the Employer. The Contractor shall provide the necessary equipment and facilities for testing and the cost thereof shall be borne by the Contractor.

8.1.2.2 Category B Inspections and Tests

The submittal documents/drawings have to be approved by the Employer’s Representative before the start of manufacture. The material shall be tested by the manufacturer and the manufacturer’s test certificates are to be submitted and approved by the Employer’s Representative before dispatching of the equipment to the Project Site. The Employer’s Representative, after examination of the test certificates, reserves the right to instruct the Contractor to perform retesting, in the presence of the Employer’s Representative.

8.1.2.3 Category C Inspections and Tests

Samples and documents/drawings of the materials or equipment shall be submitted to the Employer’s Representative for pre-construction review and approval, in accordance with the provisions of the Contract. Following approval by the Employer’s Representative, the material may be supplied or the equipment may be manufactured as per the approved standards and delivered to the Project Site.

8.1.3 Conditions for Supply and Inspection

For material inspected and tested under Categories “A” and “B”, the Employer’s Representative will provide an authorization for packing and shipping after inspection.

The testing and approval for dispatching shall not absolve the Contractor from his obligations for satisfactory performance of the materials or equipment.

The Employer’s Representative shall have access to the Contractor’s and/or /Manufacturer’s premises at suitable times to inspect and examine (including testing for chemical analysis and physical properties) the material and workmanship of the material, plant and equipment during manufacture. The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining permission for such at the Manufacture’s premise if he is not the manufacturer.

The testing shall be carried out by the Contractor or Manufacturer and certificates submitted to the Employer’s Representative, who will have the right to witness or inspect the above mentioned inspection and testing at any time desired by him.

If any material or any part of the Works fails to pass any inspection or test, the Contractor shall either rectify or replace such materials or parts of the Works and shall repeat the inspection and/or test upon being giving notice. Any fault or shortcoming found during any inspection or test shall be rectified to the satisfaction of the Employer’s Representative at no additional cost before proceeding with further inspection or completion of that item.

Neither the inspection and testing of the material or any part of the Works, nor the attendance by the Employer’s Representative to witness the testing, nor the issuance of any Inspection Test Certificate shall relieve the Contractor from his responsibilities under the Contract.

The test equipment, meters, instruments etc., used for testing shall be calibrated by certified testing laboratories at regular intervals and valid certificates shall be made available to the Employer’s Representative at the time of testing. The calibration instruments used as standards shall be traceable to National or International Standards. The calibration certificates for the test instruments shall be produced for the Employer’s Representative’s consent in advance of testing, and if necessary, instruments shall be recalibrated or replaced before the commencement of the test.

8.1.4 Categories of Inspection

The categorization of the various materials for purpose of inspection is given in the schedules in the following Subsections. These schedules may be altered, additions or subtractions made, or categories changed during the implementation of the Contract by the Employer’s Representative.


Page 4 of 7

8.1.4.1 Mechanical Items

The Schedule for the categorization of the various inspection and testing procedures for the Mechanical Works is given in Table 8-1.

Table 8-1 Schedule of Categories for Inspection and Testing of Mechanical Works

Sr. No. Items Category of Inspection

and Testing

1. Sluice Valves Category A

2. Butterfly Valves Category A

3. Pressure Reducing Valves Category A

4. Non-Return (Check) Valves Category A

5. Air Valves Category A

6. Pipes of all types and sizes Category A

7. Fire Hydrants Category A

8. Valves below 100 mm in diameter Category B

9. Metallic Bellows, Expansion Joints and Dismantling Joints Category B

10. Pipe Specials of all material Category B

11. Pipe Jacking Equipment Category B

12. Nuts and Bolts Category C

13. Gaskets and O-rings Category C

14. S.F.R.C. Chamber Covers Category C

15. Anchor Bolts Category C

The Testing Schedule for the categorization of the various inspection and testing procedures for the Mechanical Works is given in Table 8-2.

Table 8-2 Schedule for Inspection and Testing

Material/ Equipment

Type of Tests/ Frequency of

Tests

Size of Sample

Entity to Conduct Testing

Witness to Testing

Location of Conducting

Testing Standards

Valves- Sluice / Butterfly / Non-Return/

Air valves

Material test certificate

100% Manufacturer Record verification

Manufacturers works/ Laboratory

Hydro test 100% Manufacturer GWSP Manufacturers works

BS 5150/

BS EN 593/

API 594

All pipes and specials



Manufacturers works/ Laboratory


Expansion Bellows / Dismantling Joints



Manufacturers works



Page 5 of 7

8.1.5 Manufacturer’s Factory Acceptance Tests

The Contractor shall carry out the additional testing of equipment as indicated in the corresponding subsections. Inspection and testing for all equipment shall include:

i. Maintaining Material Certificates for all of the specified materials.

ii. Obtaining and enforcing Welding Qualifications for welders in the works.

iii. Checking Dimensions and tolerances

iv. Performing Stage Inspections (in process inspections)

v. Performing Hydraulic/ Leak testing for all pressurized parts, Perform Pneumatic Leak Testing wherever applicable.

vi. Performing Operations checks

vii. Performing Liquid Penetrant tests or Magnetic Particle tests for all machined surfaces of pressurized parts.

viii. Perform Ultrasonic tests for forged materials namely:

• Plates of thickness 20mm and above for pressed / formed parts such as heads, etc.

• Plates, flanges and bars of thickness or diameter of 40mm and above used for fabrication of pressure and load bearing members and rotating parts.

ix. Perform Radiographic testing for all welded parts, as per applicable codes.

x. Perform Hardness tests for all hardened or tempered surfaces.

The Contractor shall maintain proper identification of all materials used, along with reports for all internal and stage inspection work performed, based on the specific job requirement and/or based on the datasheets, drawings and specifications. Factory (Works) Testing and Inspection shall be carried out at the manufacturer's facility in accordance with the Specifications. The Contractor shall in addition to any obligations under the Conditions of Contract inform the Employer’s Representative of the date when the plant and equipment will be ready for inspection and witness testing.

8.1.6 Contractor’s Field Laboratory

The Contractor is required to establish a field laboratory for ensuring the timely inspection of the material and works. The laboratory shall be equipped with testing facilities sufficient to cope with the requirements of the tests to be conducted at the Project Site. It shall have at least the equipment listed in Table 8-3, which shall be supplemented with additional equipment as may be found necessary by the Employer’s Representative or Contractor.

The test equipment, meters, instruments etc., used for testing shall be calibrated at certified Testing Laboratories at regular intervals and valid certificates shall be made available to the Employer’s Representative. The calibration certificates shall be produced in advance for the approval by the Employer’s Representative and if necessary the test equipment shall be recalibrated or functional equipment substituted before commencement of the tests.

Table 8-3 List of Minimal Laboratory Equipment Required

Sr. No. Description of Equipment

A. General

1. Oven - electrically operated, thermostatically controlled, range up to 2,000°C, sensitivity 1°C

2. Platform Balance - 300 kg capacity

3. Balance - 20 kg capacity, self-indicating type

4. Electronic Balance - 5 kg capacity, accuracy 0.5 gram

5. Water Bath-electrically operated, thermostatically controlled, with adjustable shelves, sensitivity 1°C

6. Thermometers - Mercury-in-glass thermometer range 0° to 250°C, Mercury-in-steel thermometer with 30 cm stem, range up to 300°C

7. Kerosene or gas stove or electric hot plate


Page 6 of 7


8. Glassware, spatulas, wire gauges, steel scales, measuring tapes, casseroles, karahis, enameled trays of assorted sizes, pestle-mortar, porcelain dishes, gunny bags, plastic bags, chemicals, digging tools like pick-axes, shovels etc.

9. Set of IS Sieves with lid and pan 450 mm diameter - 63 mm, 53 mm, 37.5 mm, 26.5 mm, 13.2 mm, 9.5 .mm, 6.7 mm and 4.75 mm sizes

10. Set of IS Sieves with lid and pan 200 mm diameter - 2.36 mm, 2.0 mm, 1.18 mm, 600 micron, 425 micron, 300 micron, 150 micron, and 75 micron sizes

11. Water Testing Kit

12. Hydrometer

13. Gauges to measure the diameter and thickness of pipe

14. Total Station (surveying) equipment

15. Measuring tapes, vernier scale, die for concrete cubes, vibrating platform, tools and tackles

16. Core Drilling equipment

17. First Aid Kit

B. Soils and Aggregates

1. Riffle Box

2. Atterberg Limits (liquid and plastic limits) determination apparatus

3. Compaction Test Equipment - 2.5 kg & 4.5 kg rammers (light and heavy compactive efforts)

4. Dry Bulk Density Test apparatus (sand pouring cylinder, tray, can etc.) complete

5. Speedy Moisture Meter complete with chemicals

6. Posthole Auger with extensions

7. Core Cutter apparatus 10 cm dia., 10/15 cm height, complete with dolly, rammer etc.

8. Aggregate Impact Value Test apparatus/Los Angeles Abrasion Test apparatus

9. Flakiness and Elongation Test Gauges

10. Standard Measures of 30, 15 and 3 liter capacity along with a standard tamping rod

11. California Bearing Ratio test apparatus

12. Unconfined Compression test apparatus

C. Cement and Cement Concrete

1. Vicat Apparatus for testing setting times

2. Slump Testing apparatus and Concrete cube molds in adequate numbers

3. Compression and Flexural Strength testing machine of 200 tonne capacity with additional

dial for Flexural testing

4. Needle Vibrator and Plate Vibrators

5. Air Meter

6. Vibrating Hammer for vibrating dry mix as for dry lean cement concrete sub-base

D. for Bitumen and Bituminous Mixes

1. Penetrometer with standard needles

2. Centrifuge type Bitumen Extractor, hand operated, complete with petrol/commercial benzene

3. Marshall Stability Test Apparatus, complete with all accessories


Page 7 of 7


4. Field Density Bottle along with cutting tray, chisel, hammer and standard sand

5. 3 m long Straight Edge

6. Camber Board

7. Core Cutting Machine with 10 cm dia. diamond cutting edge

8. Vacuum Pump and 3 specific gravity bottles

E. Pipe

1. Ultrasonic Testing Equipment

2. Radiographic Testing Equipment

3. Coating and Lining Thickness measuring equipment

4. Holiday Testing Equipment

5. Ultrasonic Gauges for thickness measurement of coatings, linings and MS Plate

6. Hydraulic Testing Equipment with a calibrated pressure gauge


Page 1 of 3


Subsection 9 – Testing and Commissioning

9. Testing and Commissioning

9.1 General

The Contractor’s staff shall include adequate number of competent engineers with proven and adequate previous experience on similar Contracts to supervise the works and a sufficient number of skilled, semi-skilled and unskilled labor, qualified Welders and pipeline Fitters to ensure completion of the Works on time. The Contractor shall not remove any representative, Welder, Fitter or skilled labor from the Site without prior approval of the Employer’s Representative.

The Contractor shall ensure that no work shall commence until approved working drawings, signed and stamped by the Employer’s Representative are available at the Project Site.

The Contractor’s execution staff shall arrive on the Site on dates to be agreed to by the Employer’s Representative. Before they proceed to the Site the Contractor shall first satisfy himself, that sufficient equipment and materials has arrived on Site so that there will be no delay on this account.

The Contractor’s representative responsible for execution of works shall be a civil or mechanical engineer who is experienced in the execution, implementation and commissioning of water supply project works and in particular distribution system works. If there are more than one such engineer, one of them shall be in-charge and the Contractor shall inform the Employer’s Representative in writing which supervising engineer is designated as his representative and is in-charge of whole work. The Supervising Engineer is to report directly to the Contractor’s Project Manager.

The Contractor shall be responsible for execution and commissioning of the project components to the line and levels of reference and to the positions, levels, dimensions and alignments in connection therewith. The checking of any line or level by Employer’s Representative shall not in any way relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for the correctness thereof.

The execution of the facilities shall be phased in such a manner so as not to obstruct the work being done by other contractors or operating staff who may be present at the time. Before commencing any work, the Contractor shall check the proposed pipeline alignment on the roads, existing underground utilities etc. and shall bring any deviations necessary in the position, shifting of the alignment etc. to the notice of the Employer’s Representative.

The work shall be implemented in a neat and workmanlike manner at the locations shown on the approved drawings. Unless otherwise directed by the Employer’s Representative, the Contractor shall adhere strictly to the aforesaid approved drawings. If any damage is caused by the Contractor during the course of execution to existing buildings, structures, utilities or any part thereof; the Contractor shall, at no additional cost to the Employer, make good, repair or replace the damage, promptly and effectively as directed by the Employer’s Representative to his satisfaction.

The Contractor shall align all the pipelines and its components and shall inform the Employer’s Representative before proceeding further work concerned.

The approval by the Employer’s Representative of the Contractor’s proposed methods of execution shall not relieve the Contractor from his responsibility towards damage to any structures, underground utilities, or other installed structures. He shall at his own cost make good, repair or replace any damaged items, whether structural, electrical, architectural, utility facilities or of any other description, promptly and effectively to the satisfaction of the Employer’s Representative.

The Employer’s Representative will inspect the works from time to time in the presence of the Contractor’s Project Manager or approved representative to establish conformity with the requirements of the Drawings and Specifications. Any deviations and deficiencies found or evidence of unsatisfactory workmanship shall be corrected as instructed by the Employer’s Representative.

9.1.1 Contractor’s Licensing

The contractor shall obtain necessary License/Authorization from Licensing Board of the locality and/or State Govt. for performing the construction work. The persons working for the contractor shall also hold valid permits issued or recognized by the Licensing Board of the locality and/or State in which the work is to be done.

9.2 Records, Procedures and Reports


Page 2 of 3

The Contractor shall maintain records pertaining to the quality of installation work and inspection, testing and compliance with all technical requirements in respect to his work as described in the tender document. The reporting shall be in a format as approved by the Employer’s Representative. The Contractor shall submit such records to the Employer’s Representative after the completion of any particular work item and before submitting the Progress Payment Request for the work. Such reports shall consist of shop inspection reports, shop testing reports, material test reports, Radiography and Ultra-sonic test reports for field welding, hydraulic pressure test reports for the pipeline stretches, and all of the quality control reports. All of the above mentioned records shall be submitted in the final form duly countersigned by the Employer’s Representative attesting conformity to specifications and his approval of the installation, duly incorporating all of the additions, alternations, and information as required by the Employer’s Representative, on the basis of preliminary reports giving the progress of the work. Such records notwithstanding, any records submitted with the Progress Payment Request, shall be duly bound and submitted to the Employer’s Representative in six (6) copies by the Contractor on his notification of the completion of work.

9.3 Trial Run and Commissioning/Completion

The commissioning/completion of work under execution by the Contractor shall be deemed to occur when all the works under the contract have been executed and satisfactory trial run of the executed distribution network is given by the contractor as specified under sub-section 2.

9.3.1 Inspection of Completed Work

Upon achieving the physical completion of all works under distribution network zone/sub-zone, the Contractor shall inform the Employer’s Representative and Contractor’s Engineer. The Employer’s Representative will certify the physical completion of the said work when no defaults are noticed in the Works during the inspection or the Contractor will be provided with a list of deficiencies for rectification, hereinafter referred as the “Punch List”. The Contractor shall complete the rectification work within a jointly agreed upon time period.

The Employer’s Representative may inform the Contractor that the works are accepted contingent with completion of the Punch List (items which do not hamper operability, safety or maintainability) and allow the Contractor to proceed with trial run checks when the Contractor undertakes to complete such outstanding work within an agreed upon time period.

Hydraulic testing: After the successful hydraulic testing of pipelines including the pipe lines laid by the previous contractor , the disinfection and flushing of pipelines shall be completed as specified in sub section 9.3.2 below before the commencement of the trial run. The Contractor shall select appropriate timing of the disinfection and flushing of segments of pipelines for zone/sub-zones.

9.3.2 Disinfecting and Flushing of Pipelines

After all the pipelines have been tested and accepted by the Employer’s Representative, and the final connections made, they shall be thoroughly disinfected and flushed in segments by the Contractor. Water for this purpose will be supplied by the Employer. The Contractor shall submit one week in advance for approval by the Employer’s Representative a flushing schedule to allow the Employer to make available the quantity of water required by the Contractor for the purpose of disinfecting and flushing the pipelines. Where there is a shortage of water due to whatever reason, the Employer reserves the right to alter the Contractor’s schedule and may permit the contractor to draw water for this purpose only during periods of low public demand. No claims for extra compensation shall be allowed in this respect.

The operation of all valves including pressure regulating, surge and air valves shall be checked by the Contractor and any necessary adjustments made to ensure correct operation.

The section of a pipeline to be disinfected shall be emptied and then filled with a solution of Chlorine (granular calcium hypochlorite) or other chemical approved by the Employer’s Representative containing at least 20 mg/l of available chlorine.

The length of pipeline which is being disinfected shall be completely isolated from other interconnecting piping systems. All sections of pipelines shall be disinfected, after completion and acceptance of the specified pressure and leakage tests, in accordance with the following procedure:

a. Disinfection shall be accomplished by filling chlorinated water in the pipeline at least 20 mg/liter chlorine content.

b. After 24 hours, the residual chlorine content shall be tested and if it is found to be more than 5 mg/liter, the disinfection will be considered to be attained satisfactorily.


Page 3 of 3

c. If the residual chlorine content shows the value less than 5 mg/liter, more chlorine shall be added, followed by an additional contact period of 24 hours.

The chlorine solution shall remain in the pipeline for at least 24 hours during which period all valves in the treated pipeline shall be operated so as to be thoroughly disinfected. After the required disinfection period the chlorine solution shall be drained from the pipeline which shall then be thoroughly flushed out with potable water before being put into service.

On completion of chlorination and flushing the pipeline shall not be put into service until the Contractor has demonstrated by means of approved bacteriological tests that the water delivered at the outlet end of the pipe length is to a satisfactory potable water standard. The water shall be considered bacteriologically acceptable when it is shown to contain no detectable coliform organisms.

The commissioning of the pipeline including completion of all connections shall be scheduled by the Contractor who shall submit for the Employer’s Representative’s prior approval a program for the commissioning operations. The Contractor shall amend the program as necessary to take account of all comments and requirements of the Employer and shall then undertake all commissioning works in accordance with the approved program.

9.3.3 Trial Run / Commissioning

Water required for trial run shall be made available free of cost at the outlet of the reservoir for that distribution zone network by the Employer. The trial run of the distribution network of the zone/sub-zone, certified to be physically completed by the Employer’s Representative, can be started by the Contractor on ascertaining the availability of water, and completed as specified under sub-section 2 of the Technical Specifications. However, final date of completion of the trial run / commissioning of the zone/sub-zone concerned shall be the date on which trial run is completed to the requirements; or the date of rectification of all deficiencies to be completed in accordance with the Punch List, whichever is later. Delay on account of non-availability of water for the trial run will not relieve the Contractor from his responsibility of giving the trial run and he shall start the trial run as and when the water is made available.

It is the Contractor’s interest to complete the units and systems, progressively at identified milestone dates within the overall execution period, duly completed and ready for rectification of any deficiencies pointed out by the Employer’s Representative. The Employer’s Representative reserves the right to withhold any payment to the Contractor as estimated to the equivalent to the cost for rectification of deficiencies pointed out in the Punch List until such a time as the deficiencies re rectified by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the Employer’s representative.

9.4 Completion Certificate

Completion certificate for the zone/sub-zone of which trial run is given to the requirements will be issued by the Employer’s Representative, subject to compliance of the requirements mentioned below.

a. Rectification of the deficiencies pointed out in the “Punch List” has been carried out satisfactorily.

b. All the test records including works tests and field tests are submitted as per the requirements specified elsewhere.

c. Record drawings of the pipeline system for that zone are submitted complete in all respect as specified elsewhere.


Page 1 of 15


Subsection 10 – Environmental and Social Requirements

10. Environmental and Social Requirements

10.1 Environmental and Social Management Action Plan

The Contractor shall, throughout the execution and completion of the Works and the remedying of any defects therein, comply with all provisions detailed herein with respect to the protection of the environment, health and safety. The employer’s requirements on the protection of the environment, health and safety are highlighted here.

The Environmental and Social Management Action Plan (ESMAP), prepared for this project shall be implemented. The Contractor is advised to consult the ESMAP for the specific details. The costs of environment protection works and safety measures shall be considered as incidental to the works and no extra payment, whatsoever, shall be paid, unless and otherwise so specified.

10.1.1 Submission of the Contractor’s EMP

The Contractor shall submit his Environmental Management Plan (EMP) within 28 days of the issuing of the Notice to Proceed. The Contractor shall identify the potential environmental impacts from the various construction activities to be undertaken in the Contract and set out in detail the approach he will adopt in mitigating these environmental impacts to ensure that the residual impacts are minor and confined to a short period.

The EMP shall consider but not be limited to the following:

i. The organization structure for EMP implementation including the responsibilities of key personnel

ii. The location and layout drawings of the construction campus, workers camp(s), material storage areas, etc.

iii. The methods of materials delivery, storage, usage and disposal, equipment and machinery usage, and site activities to ensure they have a minimal impact on the environment

iv. Plans and requirements of complying with environmental statutes including labor laws

v. Reporting formats.

With reference to the Environmental Monitoring Clauses given herein, the EMP shall provide separate descriptions of its proposals for minimizing any adverse environmental impacts during the construction phase. The EMP shall include the completed Contractor’s Checklist as provided in Appendix B of the ESMAP.

10.1.2 Associated Environmental Management Responsibilities

The Project Director, Project Implementation Unit (PIU) under the Guwahati Water Supply Project (GWSP) (called the “Employer”), and the Project Management Consultant (PMC) (called the “Employer’s Representative”), will be responsible for the day to day supervision of the works and monitoring of the Contractor’s compliance with the environmental mitigation measures at the construction sites.

The responsibilities of these agencies as they relate to the Environmental and Social Management issues on this Project are listed in Table below.

Table : Environmental Management Responsibilities

Activity Responsible

Agency Environmental Review and Monitoring

Designs and Specifications PIU/PMC Review and approval by the Project Director ,PIU to ensure compliance with environmental concerns.

Tendering PIU/PMC After approval by JICA

Land Acquisition and Compensation

GMDW&SB Actions by the PIU, PMC and NGOs to ensure compliance with requirements of the approved Resettlement Action Plan.

Preparation of Environment Management Plan (EMP)

Contractor The PIU and PMC to ensure compliance with Contractual conditions


Page 2 of 15

Activity Responsible

Agency Environmental Review and Monitoring

Construction and Permitting Contractor The PIU and PMC to ensure compliance with Contractual conditions related to environmental controls.

Operation GMDW&SB GMDW&SB internal audits to ensure compliance with water quality standards and safety procedures.

Legend:

EMP Environmental Management Plan

GMDW&SB Guwahati Metropolitan Drinking Water & Sewerage Board

GWSP Guwahati Water Supply Project

PIU Project Implementation Unit

PMC Project Management Consultant

10.1.3 Protection of the Environment

The Contractor shall take all necessary measures and precautions and otherwise ensure that the execution of the works and all associated operations on-site or off-site are carried out in conformity with the statutory and regulatory environmental requirements including those prescribed elsewhere in this document.

The Contractor shall take all measures and precautions to avoid any nuisance or disturbance arising from the execution of the work. This shall, wherever possible be achieved by suppression of the nuisance at source rather than abatement of the nuisance once generated. The provisions of this clause shall however, be disregarded in the case of emergency as required for saving life or for the safety of the Works.

In the event of any spoil or debris or silt from the sites being deposited on adjacent lands, the Contractor shall immediately remove such spoils, debris or silt and restore the affected area to its original state to the satisfaction of the Employer’s Representative.

Surplus excavation materials and topsoil shall, wherever possible, be used to reinstate the areas. Such materials should be spread in such a manner as to limit subsequent erosion and shall be re-vegetated as surrounding land cover dictates.

Restoration of excavation pits and trenches shall be undertaken in an appropriate time frame to avoid formation of cesspools and other environmental hazards.

10.1.4 Existing Environment

10.1.4.1 General

The Contractor as well as the GWSP Team shall maintain a high level of awareness of the existing environment in order to ensure that the impacts of factors that affect the construction and operation of the works are minimized.

The major environmental attributes that are likely to be directly and significantly influenced by the construction and operation activities of the GWSP are the water and land environment, while air and noise are also expected to be influenced to some extent during the construction phase of the project.

The present status of the land and water environment in the project areas is described below and this baseline condition shall be taken into account during the planning of the construction and operational strategies.

10.1.4.2 Topographical and Geology

The project area is in the South Central Water Supply Zone of Guwahati, India, south of the Brahmaputra River.

The topography of the project area is undulating along the shoreline of the Brahmaputra River with the lowest levels just above EL 40, the approximate low water level in the Brahmaputra River. The project site level varies from EL 198to EL 47.


Page 3 of 15

The climate in the area is moderate with temperatures ranging from 10 to 37 degrees C. The average annual rainfall is about 1,715 mm.

The project area is in an earthquake zone. According to current seismological classification, all structures are to be designed for India Zone V earthquake intensity.

10.1.4.3 Ambient Air Quality and Noise

There are no significant air emission sources in the project area except for vehicular emissions from traffic on the roads, which are assumed to be limited to a 30 meter width on both sides of the roadway.

Dust generated during construction will have an adverse impact unless controlled by the Contractor. The basic means of dust control will be by the application of fresh water or salt water. The Contractor may be restricted from performing certain operations on very windy days, when the means of dust control would be inadequate.

10.1.4.4 Biological Environment in the Project Area

Most of the work shall be performed in existing roadways and on road right-of-way. All efforts shall be made to avoid the falling of any trees. Trees shall not be removed without the permission of the Employer’s Representative. There have been no rare or endangered species reported to inhabit the project area. Wildlife of the higher species like tigers, lions or cheetahs have not been observed in the area. Elephants are seen in frequently in this area.

10.1.4.5 Social and Cultural Resources

The water distribution network routes will run adjacent to various Temples and archaeological sites. Great care must be taken to preserve the integrity of these sites.

Otherwise, all work will be performed at the CBS sites, in the roadway right–of-ways or public drainage canal right–of-ways.

10.2 Environmental Impacts

The proposed Guwahati Water Supply Project has been planned in such a manner so as to minimize any adverse environmental impacts, and adequate provisions have been incorporated in to the project design to mitigate those that are unavoidable. The Contractor shall minimize, as far as is practically possible, the effects of all his activities upon the environment and shall implement and monitor measures to prevent the following:

i. Loss of trees and vegetation

ii. Contamination of surfaces, ground, groundwater, surface water and rivers

iii. Emissions to air, including smells, gases, smoke, and dust

iv. Unsanitary or unsafe storage or discharges to drains, and surface waters

v. Unsanitary or unsafe storage or discharge of solid wastes

vi. Noise and vibrations

vii. Visual intrusion

viii. Excessive energy and water consumption

These requirements shall be met through the constant and careful attention of the Contractor’s management of all site and off-site activities, and by instruction to all staff and labor in these matters.

During the construction period, the Contractor shall ensure that the execution and maintenance distribution pipelines shall comply with the environmental and social considerations of the project, especially:

a. Occupational health and safety

b. Maintaining a chlorine residual in the treated water to be delivered to the public

c. Avoiding contamination of the water supply when making connections to the distribution pipelines

d. Not allowing any cross-connections to be made to the distribution pipelines

10.2.1 Preservation of Trees & Vegetation

Contractor shall cut trees at any location only after having final clearance from the Employer’s Representative. All the on-site and off-site operations shall be controlled and regulated to minimize tree cutting. Site clearance shall be restricted to required areas as per drawings or as shall be permitted by the Employer’s Representative.


Page 4 of 15

The Contractor shall demarcate the boundaries of the road right-of-ways and shall restrict his activities within such areas or as may be permitted by the Employer’s Representative. The Contractor shall ensure that his workers do not enter into adjoining land and workers do not poach other resources. Use of firewood for cooking or heating shall be prohibited. Any on-site burning of refuse shall also be prohibited.

10.2.2 Soil Erosion & Sedimentation Control

The Contractor shall carry out the work in such a manner that soil erosion is fully controlled, and sedimentation runoff and pollution of natural watercourses is avoided. As far as practicable, earthwork during the monsoon season shall be controlled and exposed soil surfaces shall be restored as soon as possible.

The Contractor shall provide for temporary drainage along with the construction of silt-traps and sedimentation basins before discharging run-off from the construction areas. This work shall be incidental to the overall work and no extra payment shall be made.

The Contractor shall identify disposal area(s) for surplus excavated material and dispose of materials in compliance with the ESMAP and shall avoid haphazard or scattered dumping of debris.

10.2.3 Substances Hazardous to Health

The Contractor shall not use or generate any materials in the Works, which are hazardous to the health of persons, animals or vegetation. Where it is necessary to use some substances, which can cause injury to the health of workers, the Contractor shall provide protective clothing or appliances to his workers.

10.2.4 Fuel and Chemical Storage

All liquid fuel and chemicals shall be stored on an impervious platform / floor and under a roof / shed to protect from them from rain. The size of the platform shall be adequate for the peak storage requirements with sufficient space provided for handling.

Storage of liquid fuel, lubrication fluids, etc. for short periods shall be inside a properly ventilated room on a layer of saw dust. Spillage of fuel, lubes shall be regularly collected and disposed of in a deep pit (at least 1.0 m below grade level) away from any water body. Open burning of fuel and lubrication fluids shall not be permitted. Any such storage area shall be located away from any watercourse or wetland.

Filling equipment with fuel and refueling shall be strictly controlled and subjected to formal procedures. All valves and trigger guns of the storage drums and tanks shall be resistant to unauthorized interference and vandalism and be turned off and securely locked when not in use. The contents of any tank or drum shall be clearly marked. Measures shall be taken to ensure that no contamination happens or discharges enter any drain or watercourse.

10.2.5 Water Quality

The Contractor shall not discharge or deposit any material arising from the execution of the Works into any location except with the permission of the Employer’s Representative and the regulatory authorities concerned.

The Contractor shall protect all watercourses, waterways, ditches, canals, drains, lakes and the like from pollution, silting, flooding or erosion as a result of the execution of the Works.

The Contractor shall submit the details of his temporary drainage system (including all surface channels, sediment traps, washing basins and discharge pits) to the Employer’s Representative for approval prior to commencing work on its construction.

The Contractor shall undertake following specific measures:

a. Excavation in manageable stages

b. Provide temporary drainage with silt traps and sedimentation basins for run-off from the CBS and pipeline construction sites

c. Store lubricants away from water bodies and prevent contamination of soil from oil spills

10.2.6 Air Quality

The Contractor shall devise and arrange methods of working to minimize dust, gaseous or other air borne emissions and carry out the work in such a manner as to minimize adverse impacts on air quality.

Stockpiles of materials shall be sited in sheltered areas or within fencing, away from sensitive areas. Stockpiles of friable materials shall be covered with clean tarpaulins with application of sprayed water


Page 5 of 15

during dry and windy weather. Stockpiles of debris shall be dampened prior to their movement, except where this is contrary to the specifications.

Any vehicle with an open load carrying area used for transport of potentially dust producing materials shall have properly fitting sides and tailboards. Materials having the potential to produce dust shall not be loaded to a level higher than the side and tail boards and shall be covered with clean tarpaulin in good condition. The tarpaulin should be properly secured and extended to at least 300 mm over the edges of the sideboards and tailboard.

Adequate dust control measures shall be implemented for all earthen roads such as regular water sprinkling, as necessary. Adequate regular water sprinkling on exposed earth surfaces at the WTP and Intake sites shall be undertaken to control any fugitive dust emissions. The Contractor shall also be responsible for surfacing roads with non-dust generating materials and proper stockpiling and cover for construction materials to minimize the dust emission.

The Contractor shall monitor air quality throughout the construction sites at a frequency of not less than once per month and carry out measures to control air pollution it whenever and wherever needed as approved by the Employer’s Representative.

Construction vehicles and machinery shall be kept in good working order with engines turned off when not in use. Appropriate measures shall be taken to limit exhaust emissions from construction vehicles, machinery and plant and the Contractor shall include details of such proposed measures in the mitigation and monitoring plan to be submitted to the Employer’s Representative.

The standards stipulated by the CPCB under Environment Protection Rules (EPR), Schedule IV for idling CO emissions, smoke density, and mass emission standards (Bharat stage-II) for motor vehicles shall be complied with. The Contractor shall also comply with the emission standards for generators as stipulated in Schedule I of the EPR.

In residential areas or other sensitive areas, such as nurseries, schools, hospitals, etc., advance warning shall be given to potentially affected persons so that some measures can be taken by them before commencement of the works.

All the construction equipment and vehicles shall have valid Pollution Under Control (PUC) certificates and a functioning reverse horn as per the Motor Vehicles Rules.

10.2.7 Disposal of Surplus Excavated Material

The Contractor shall make the maximum feasible use of material excavated in the course of the Works, providing that such materials meet the requirements of these and the referenced Specifications.

Any significant volumes of excavated material to be disposed of shall be disposed of off-site as approved by the Employer’s Representative.

10.2.8 Noise

Adequate mitigation measures shall be incorporated to provide for noise control, and their implementation shall be monitored during construction.

The Contractor shall consider noise as an environmental concern in his planning and during execution of the work. The Contractor shall use plant and equipment conforming to international and national standards and directives on noise attenuation. The Contractor’s EMP shall include the details and measures for abating noise at the source. The noise standards stipulated in Environment Protection Rules (EPR) for generators and construction equipment vehicles shall also be complied with.

Generation of noise during construction shall not exceed normal emissions for general building construction activities. The site is adjacent to residential dwellings. The Contractor shall ensure that there shall be no excessive noise problems to the residents. The Contractor shall carry out noise measurements at intervals and locations to be agreed with the Employer’s Representative and shall carry out mitigation measures to control noise whenever and wherever required.

The Contractor shall take all necessary measures to ensure that operation of all mechanical equipment and construction processes on and off the Project Site shall not cause any unnecessary or excessive noise, taking into account all applicable environmental requirements. The Contractor shall use all necessary measures and shall maintain all plant and silencing equipment in good condition so as to minimize the noise emissions during the construction work.

The Contractor’s activities shall be so regulated as to limit the ambient noise levels within the stipulated standards as per Noise Pollution and Control Rules 2000.


Page 6 of 15

10.2.9 Archaeological Assets and Antiquities

The Contractor shall take all necessary measures to protect any archaeological finds or antiquities as required. Where antiquity sites are shown on the drawings or otherwise identified during the course of the work, these shall be protected by means of suitable fencing and barriers to the satisfaction of the Employer’s Representative. The Contractor shall provide and maintain access at all times for persons wishing to stop and pay their respects.

All fossils, coins, articles of value of antiquity, structures and other remains or things of geological or archaeological interest discovered on the site shall be the property of the Government of Assam and shall be dealt with in accordance with provisions of relevant legislation.

The Contractor shall take reasonable precautions to prevent his workmen or any other persons from removing or damaging any such article of antiquity. He shall, immediately upon discovery thereof and before removal acquaint the Employer’s Representative of such discovery and carry out his instructions for dealing with the same during which all work shall be stopped.

The Employer’s Representative shall seek direction from the Archaeological Survey of India (ASI) before instructing the Contractor to recommence the work at the site.

10.2.10 Protection of Aesthetic Values

Nuisances that are unavoidable at any construction site due to construction activities, delivery and stockpiling of materials, excavation and filling, etc., will occur as a result of the work. However, any significant adverse impacts for a longer duration shall be avoided.

10.3 Environmental Statutory Considerations

The following subsections describe some of the statutory regulations that have been taken into consideration during the planning and design of the Project, which further define the mitigation measures that the Contractor shall put into place during construction and subsequent operation and maintenance of the facilities.

10.3.1 Compliance with Environmental Laws

The Contractor shall comply with the requirements of various environmental statutes, as may be applicable, some of which are mentioned below:

a. Environment (Protection) Act, 1986, and as amended

b. Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974, and as amended

c. Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981, and as amended

d. Noise Pollution (Control and Regulation) Rules, 2000, and as amended

e. Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemical Rules of 1989 and amendments of 1994, 2000 and 2002

f. Hazardous Wastes (Management, Handling and Trans-boundary Movement) Rules, 2008

g. The Ancient Monuments and Archaeological Sites & Remains Act, 1958 and the Karnataka Ancient Monuments and Archaeological Sites & Remains Act, 1961, and as amended

h. Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972, and as amended

i. Forest Conservation Act, 1980, and as amended

j. Motor Vehicle Rules, 1989, and as amended

k. Public Liability Insurance Act, 1991, and as amended

l. National Environmental Tribunal Act, 1995, and as amended

m. National Environment Appellate Authority Act, 1997, and as amended

10.3.2 Compliance with Labor Laws

A list of the relevant labor related laws are given below, which the Contractor shall comply with as applicable.

a. Contract Labor (Regulation and Abolition) Act 1970, and as amended

b. Workmen Compensation Act 1923, and as amended


Page 7 of 15

c. The Factories Act 1948, and as amended

d. The Building and Other Construction Workers (Regulation of Employment and Conditions of Service) Act 1996 and the Cess Act of 1996, and as amended

e. Child Labor (Prohibition and Regulation) Act 1986, and as amended

f. Interstate Migrant Workmen’s (Regulation of Employment and Conditions of Service) Act 1979

g. Minimum Wage Act, 1948

h. Payment of Wages Act, 1936

i. Regular Remuneration Act, 1979

j. Payment of Bonuses Act, 1965

k. Maternity Benefits Act, 1951

l. Industrial Employment (Standing Order) Act, 1946

m. The Right to Information Act (very important Umbrella Act), 2005

10.3.3 Environmental Standards

The Contractor shall comply with the environmental standards applicable in Guwahati as stipulated under the Environment (Protection) Rules.

All of the plant equipment and construction vehicles used in the project shall conform to applicable standards for exhaust emissions and noise. Incase more stringent environmental standards are made effective during the course of the project, these new regulations shall be complied with.

10.3.4 Environmental Monitoring

The Contractor shall carryout environmental pollution monitoring as per the details provided in Table 10-1 and shall submit the results in report form to the Employer’s Representative. The Contractor shall undertake environmental monitoring as may be required by any competent authority, as part of his contractual obligations, which shall be considered as incidental to the work.

The pollution monitoring shall be undertaken by a laboratory recognized by the State Pollution Control Board, which shall be approved by the Employer’s Representative.

Table 10-1 Environmental Monitoring Requirements

Area Test Location Parameter Test Duration Frequency

Construction Stage

Air Quality At the boundary of the CBS and pipeline construction sites in the down wind direction

CO,SO2,NO, NO2, SPM, RSPM

CO 8hrs and

Others 24 hrs

Once every month

Noise Levels At the boundary of the CBS and pipeline construction sites

- Day time dBa

- Night time dBa

- Day time

(6 am to 10 pm)

- Night time

(10 pm to 6 am)

Once every month

At 1.0 m from equipment enclosures

dBa Discrete Noise Level

Once every month

At the pipeline construction sites

dBa Discrete Noise Level

Once every week

10.3.5 Health and Safety

The Health and Safety Manual issued by the PMC, which forms a part of these Contract Documents, shall be used as a guiding document in ensuring strict compliance to the health and safety requirements as stipulated within.


Page 8 of 15

10.3.5.1 Water Supply and Sanitation

The Contractor shall provide and maintain proper sanitation and adequate water supply facilities including potable drinking water to the workers at no additional cost to the Contract. All camp facilities shall be maintained in a safe, clean and appropriate condition throughout the construction period.

Adequate sanitation facilities including toilets, urinals, showers and bathrooms (separate for male and female workers) shall be provided in every camp. The sewage from sanitary units shall be treated in a septic tank and disposed through a leach field within the camp boundary.

10.3.5.2 Transmission of Diseases

The Contractor shall take all necessary measures to prevent transmission of diseases between the local inhabitants and the laborers engaged for the work, especially with regard to sexually transmitted diseases.

The Contractor shall implement the medical facilities required for this purpose.

10.3.5.3 Public Safety

The Contractor shall, as a priority in all activities, undertakings and endeavors, ensure the safety measures of the public legitimately passing through the Project Sites. The Contractor shall comply with applicable industrial safety legislation and regulations of the Government of India.

The Contract shall be responsible for the safety of the public. All excavations, equipment or items of potential danger to the public must be barricaded and sign-posted to the satisfaction of the Employer’s Representative and the Contractor must provide sufficient watchmen to ensure the safety of the public at all times.

All existing traffic and pedestrian routes shall be maintained in a safe condition unless an alternative route is provided to the satisfaction of the Employer’s Representative.

The Contractor shall post watchmen at the Project Sites to keep out the public and other uninvited guests. The site boundaries shall be barricaded and posted “Access Given to Authorized Personnel Only”, or equivalent wording.

All warning signs shall be written in Assamese and English.

10.3.5.4 Personal Safety Measures for Workers

The Contractor shall provide:

i. Protective footwear, helmets, protective goggles and face / air masks to all workers employed at the concrete batching plant and whenever handling cement, lime mortars, concrete, dry chemicals, etc.

ii. Welder's protective eye-shields to workers who are engaged in welding work

iii. Earplugs or earmuffs to workers exposed to loud noise, and workers working in drilling, concrete mixing operations and close to diesel generator sets

iv. The Contractor shall comply with all regulations regarding safe scaffolding, ladders, working platforms, gangways, excavations, trenches and safe means of entry and egress and shall ensure the use of personal protective equipment (PPE) by the workers when working in such conditions.

The Contractor shall also provide, equip, and maintain adequate first aid facilities and erect conspicuous notice boards directing where these are situated and shall provide all required transport to such. The Contractor shall comply with the government medical or labor requirements at all times and provide, equip and maintain dressing stations where directed and at all times have experienced first aid personnel available throughout the works for attending to injuries. A notice boards and signage shall be written in Assamese and English.

The Contractor shall comply with all the precautions as required for ensuring the safety of the workmen as per the International Labor Organization (ILO) Convention No. 62 directives, to the extent those are applicable to this Contract.

The Contractor shall make sure that during the construction work all relevant provisions of the Factories Act of 1948 and the Building and other Construction Workers (regulation of Employment and Conditions of Services) Act of 1996 are adhered to. The Contractor shall obtain a Labor License from the State Labor Commissioner and submit a copy of the same to the Employer’s Representative for complying with the Labor Act.


Page 9 of 15

The Contractor shall not employ any person below the age of 18 for any work and no woman shall be employed on the work of painting with products containing lead in any form.

The Contractor shall also ensure that no paint containing lead or lead products is used except in the form of paste or readymade paint. Contractor shall provide facemasks for use by the workers when paint is applied in the form of spray or a surface having dried lead paint is rubbed or scrapped.

The Contractor shall mark “Hard Hats Required”, “No Smoking” and “High Risk” areas and enforce compliance of the use of PPE with zero tolerance.

10.3.6 Progress Reporting

The Contractor shall submit monthly progress reports on the status of environmental protection in accordance with formats agreed to by the Employer’s Representative. Monitoring reports shall be handwritten and submitted on a monthly basis as part of the monthly report. As a minimum requirement, the Contractor shall submit his environmental reports in accordance with formats given in Appendix C of the ESMAP. Also, the Contractor shall submit reports on any accident which occurred on the Project.

10.3.7 Environmental & Safety Engineer

The Contractor shall appoint an Environmental and Safety Engineer for the Project, who shall be responsible for preparing the Contractor’s Environmental Management Plan and Occupational Health and Safety Management Plan (OHSMP) and ensure its implementation, after obtaining approval of the Employer’s Representative.

10.4 Project Specifics

10.4.1 Water Distribution Pipelines

The transmission mains shall be routed as shown on the Drawings. Great care shall be taken to avoid trespassing or emitting debris onto adjacent privately owned properties or drainage courses.

Temporary containment dams shall be constructed when crossing waterways to prevent sediment and debris from being conveyed downstream. Dust shall be controlled by watering or other acceptable means.

10.5 Environmental Management Plan

10.5.1 General

The Contractor’s Environmental Management Plan (EMP) shall provide protocol and guidelines on the minimum monitoring requirements considered necessary to control the environmental performance during the design, construction and operations and maintenance period. The Employer’s Representative will monitor the Contractor’s performance and compliance with the detailed requirements of the Contract.

The key to successful and cost-effective environmental management is the anticipation of environmental problems, through an evaluation of the environmental impacts of all of the Contractor's working methods, followed by forward planning to prevent problems.

Baseline monitoring is required to establish the existing conditions, both to define the requirements for site restoration after construction and also to provide the basis for comparison of subsequent changes. Compliance monitoring is then carried out during construction and operation to ensure that the specified target limits are being met.

As the final compliance monitoring activity for construction, the success of the site restoration and the effectiveness of the mitigation measures adopted will be the subject to an overall inspection.

10.5.2 Contractor’s Environmental Management Plan

The initial EMP, as summarized in Table 10-2, shall identify adverse impacts on the environment arising from project activities which need to be monitored and mitigated. The actions in the EMP are to be implemented by the Contractor.

Throughout the Contract Period the Contractor shall ensure that the Environment Management Plan is being fully implemented and that the practices are in conformity with the applicable standards.


Page 10 of 15

Table 10-2 Environmental Management Plan

Environmental Issue

Action to be Taken Timeframe

Pre-construction Phase

All Construction Scheduling, integrating the EMP and Health & Safety Plan

During design and Mobilization Periods

All Mobilization of Environmental and Safety Manager During Mobilization Period

All Obtaining applicable Permits and Licenses During Mobilization Period

Construction Phase

Domestic Sewage and Garbage

• Provision of adequate water and waste disposal facilities such as septic tanks with leach fields at construction labor camps

• Provision of domestic refuse collection systems at the project site and construction labor camps

• Provision for composting of domestic refuse at construction labor camps

Mobilization period and initial establishment of site infrastructure

Public Discomfort

Formation of a committee of concerned citizens to monitor the mitigation measures

Mobilization and initial establishment period

Plant & Workshop

Management of plant site and maintenance workshops / storage buildings & yards

Continuously throughout the Contract

Protection of Raw Water Source

Adequate measures to avoid contamination / pollution of the Brahmaputra River


Loss of Trees Planting of trees at Project Sites Near the end of the Construction Period.

Air Pollution • Careful locating of construction site infrastructure away from being upwind of neighbors

• Dust control measures, including watering

• Control measures for plant and construction equipment and vehicles


Air Pollution Once per month monitoring for 24 hours near habitations for SPM, CO, NO and NO2 from construction activity

During the Construction Period

Noise pollution • Provision of ear protectors to operators working near noisy equipment.

• Control measures for generators and construction vehicle equipment


Pollution monitoring

Pollution monitoring as per detailed plan according to all mitigation measures


Storage of and Reuse or Disposal of Spoil Material

• Use of spoil for service roads

• Compaction of spoil along the pipeline within the ROW

• Disposal in borrow pits and quarries

• Potential use by local residents


Control Soil Erosion

Soil erosion control measures (soil compaction, temporary drainage provisions, silt traps, etc.)



Page 11 of 15

Environmental Issue

Action to be Taken Timeframe

Traffic and Transportation

• All hauled materials to be covered while transported

• Routine check of vehicles and their proper maintenance to minimize vehicular pollution


Trench Safety Cordoning off of site: Use of warning boards, bunting surface protection, shoring of trenching


Site Safety Construction safety measures in accordance with Contract and H&S provisions


Emissions and Noise Certifications

All diesel engines to have valid certificates of Type Approval on emission value and noise level and affixed with conformance label as per requirements


Use of PPE Mandatory use of personal protective equipment according to contract and reference to the Health & Safety Manual


10.5.3 Monitoring and Mitigation of Construction Phase Impacts

The monitoring and mitigation protocols listed below, shall be included into the Contractor’s EMP. They shall be followed during the course of the construction phase, if applicable, for all identified environmental impacts.

Mandatory use of personal protective equipment according to the Contract with reference to the H&S Manual shall be adhered to throughout the course of the Contract, without exception.

10.5.3.1 Action 1: Prevention of any Substantial Increase in Dust Levels and Air Pollution

Mitigation: Dust generation is generally greatest along unsurfaced roads and at areas where loose materials are handled (excavations, spoil handling areas, etc.). The Contractor shall allocate and deploy sufficient water tankers throughout the construction period for the purpose of sprinkling water not less than twice a day along all unpaved haul roads passing through residential areas and at the construction sites. The Contractor is to control dust generation by watering with fresh or saltwater, and other means of dust control, such as the spraying of oil, shall not be permitted.

Monitoring: The principal objective of monitoring dust is in order to control nuisances to both local inhabitants and the workforce at the Project Sites. Sites for monitoring will ideally be located in areas where there are sensitive receivers and shall be agreed between the Contractor and the Employer’s Representative during the detailed design period.

If in the Employer’s Representative’s opinion a dust nuisance is suspected at a particular location other than the agreed monitoring points, he may instruct the Contractor to take measurements at such a location for a limited period of time (depending on the construction activities/traffic concerned) in order to confirm whether this is the case. Should the measurements from such an additional location demonstrate that the acceptable dust parameter limits given below are being exceeded, the Contractor shall continue taking measurements at the additional location until approved permanent mitigation measures have been introduced to reduce the dust to acceptable levels.

The monitoring results shall be submitted to the Employer’s Representative immediately after the monitoring has occurred.

Typical guideline values for the evaluation of the dust impact are given in Table10-3.

The Contractor shall monitor general air quality biweekly for a continuous period of 24 hours each time at an agreed number of locations which will ensure compliance of air quality standards during the construction phase.


Page 12 of 15

Table 10-3 Guidelines for Evaluating the Impact of Dust

Impact Guideline Value (g/m2/d)

Slight < 0.25

Moderate 0.25 to 0.50

Heavy > 0.50 to 1.20

Very Heavy > 1.20

10.5.3.2 Action 2: Exposure of Workers to High Noise Levels at Construction Sites

Mitigation: For occupational health reasons, ear protectors shall be mandatory for working in areas of exposure to noise above 80 dBa.

The noise level exposure will be ascertained based on emission characteristics and the Project Schedule for the installation of plant machinery. Noise measurements shall be conducted during the early stage of the construction period at the property boundary and 500 m away from the construction site (to establish typical noise levels of construction machinery). Noise control measures shall be implemented as required. Noise monitoring shall be carried out during the construction period.

Monitoring: No fixed monitoring stations are proposed for environmental noise measurements, and an ad hoc approach will be adopted, depending on which activities are in progress and their respective locations on site in relation to sensitive receivers.

Measurements with respect to occupational health and safety shall be made at the Project Sites. Other measurements shall be made at the locations where the sound generated at the construction sites is being received as directed by the Employer’s Representative.

Recommendations in regard to measurement locations, together with the maximum sound levels which shall not be exceeded without the specific agreement of the Employer’s Representative, are given in Table 10-4.

Table 10-4 Maximum Permissible Noise Levels

Location Measurement Position Maximum Permissible

Noise Level

Residences adjacent to work sites

1 m from nearest building Rating Level of 7 dBa above the residual sound level

Residences adjacent to access roads

1 m from nearest building Rating level of 60 dBa, and max sound pressure level of 70 dBa

Schools Inside classroom with partially opened windows

Rating level of 40 dBa

Health Clinics and Hospitals Inside building with partially opened windows

Rating level of 45 dBa

The “residual sound level” is the equivalent sound level in the absence of any noise due to construction. The “rating level” is the equivalent sound level measured with construction activity.

Leq {t} represents an equivalent noise level which has the same total energy as the summation of the fluctuating sound levels over the time period of measurement {t}. The Sound Pressure Level (SPL) is defined as the absolute instantaneous measurement of sound output.

The Contractor shall perform the measurements and report the results immediately thereafter to the Employer’s Representative.

10.5.3.3 Action 3: Sanitation and Hygiene at Construction Labor Camps

Mitigation: Provision of water supply and toilet facilities at construction labor camps as per stipulated guidelines along with provisions of septic tank with leach field and a refuse composting facility. The Contractor shall ensure adequate water supply, toilet facilities with septic tanks


Page 13 of 15

and a mechanism for composting of domestic refuse is provided at each construction labor camp.

Monitoring: On-site measurements of residual chlorine levels in the water supply systems shall be used to provide a rapid indicator of whether there are bacteriological problems, since it will normally take several days before the results from tests for fecal coliforms are available.

The Contractor shall perform weekly functional checks, with feedback from the labor force, to confirm that the sewage disposal and treatment facilities are fully operational. No effluent water shall be discharged to any surface waterway.

The Contractor shall report any problems immediately to the Employer’s Representative and immediately undertake the necessary measures to rectify any deficient sanitation and hygiene conditions.

10.5.3.4 Action 4: Disposal of Earthwork Spoil Material

Mitigation: The Contractor shall ensure that spoil material is spread uniformly and smoothly along the alignment provided that the spoil so placed does not affect the control of drainage and is protected from erosion. Where possible, suitable spoil shallbe used for the construction of roads.

Where the quantity or nature of the spoil at any location is such that these requirements cannot be fulfilled, the spoil is to be disposed of in an approved off-site landfill location. For this purpose the Contractor shall identify sites near the project area, to receive spoil material.

All topsoil is to be carefully removed and stored in embankments for later reuse. The materials deposited shall not be inappropriate (e.g. containing hazardous wastes, waste oils, putrescible material, etc.), and the area shall be free of potential public health risks.

The Contractor shall stop stockpiling immediately if there are any signs of instability, movement of spoil beyond the perimeter of the designated area, or erosion or deposition of material into drainage gullies, and stockpiling shall only be restarted once approved measures have been completed to rectify the problem.

Particular care shall be taken in ensuring that the top soiling and re-vegetation of each area of spoil deposition is carried out in accordance with the Specifications and to the approval of the Employer’s Representative.

Monitoring: The Contractor shall inspect and control his spoil deposition areas, and the Employer’s Representative shall periodically inspect and check compliance with the requirements of the Contract.

10.5.3.5 Action 5: Health Impacts due to Mosquito Breeding

Mitigation: The Contractor shall fill any borrow pits or unused depressions as required to prevent water stagnation and thereby control potential mosquito breeding sites.

Monitoring: The Contractor shall continuously monitor any low-lying areas.

10.6 Occupational Health & Safety Management Plan

The Contractor shall prepare an Occupational Health and Safety Management Plan (OHSMP) and submit the same to the Employer’s Representative for approval within 28 days of receiving the Letter to Proceed.

The OHSMP shall be followed at all times by the Contractor and shall contain adequate control measures, in accordance with the relevant protection of property and local laws and regulations as well as internationally accepted good practice, for the prevention of accidents, fires and public nuisance.

The OHSMP shall be implemented properly and diligently throughout the execution of the work.

The Contractor’s OHSMP shall make safety provision for, among other things:

a. Deep excavations and the potential for collapsing sides in trench excavations

b. Scaffolds and working overhead, if applicable

c. Working in confined spaces

d. Working in and around water

e. Contractor’s Equipment, especially cranes


Page 14 of 15

f. Hand held power tools

g. Electrical equipment

h. Hazardous chemicals, gases and fuels

i. The use of protective clothing

j. The provision of first aid facilities

k. Pipe jacking.

The OHSMP shall also include the details of access to health clinics and hospitals during emergencies and accidents and shall also include an information system (an action tree showing lines of communication with contact telephone / mobile numbers) to be used in the event of any emergency.

The OHSMP shall be developed to strive for zero fatal accidents and zero hazardous incidents at all construction and storage sites. The Safety Plan shall include descriptions of the company’s standard policies and procedures regarding its:

i. Site organization

ii. Methods and frequency of conducting safety audits at the work site(s)

iii. Record keeping and reporting

iv. Providing safety training for its personnel (including subcontractors)

v. Issuance and mandatory use of safety equipment

vi. Details of the qualifications and experience of the safety officers to be deployed at the work sites.

The Contractor shall provide separate descriptions in its OHSMP covering the construction phase.

The Contractor shall appoint a fulltime English speaking Environmental and Safety Manager for the Project, who has experience in this field, and who shall be responsible for implementing the OHSMP and the EMP.

The Contractor shall ensure that his staff and his Subcontractors are all fully trained in and aware of good and safe working practices.

The Contractor shall ensure that all precautions are taken to safeguard the general public and his construction and operating staff from any danger. All temporary and partially completed works shall be protected by way of barriers, lights, notice boards and the like. All excavations are to be protected by barriers at all times and adequately illuminated at night.

Warning and diversion signs concerning roadwork shall be suitably placed to give motorists ample warning. During the movement of heavy vehicles across roads or onto roads, men, bearing red flags and lights, shall be in attendance to warn other drivers and to generally control traffic in a safe manner.

The OHSMP shall also consider requirements for warning and protection against other risks including overhead and underground cables, pipes or obstructions, or openings, pits and trenches. The Contractor shall ensure that all appropriate safety measures are implemented.

The OHSMP shall include a policy statement signed by the Project Manager or equivalent authority of the Contractor’s organization declaring that safety and loss prevention shall be given the highest practicable priority in all aspects of the Contract.

The OHSMP shall be updated as necessary to cover the activities to be undertaken for operations and maintenance.

10.6.1 Preparation of On-site Emergency Plan

The Government of India has promulgated the “Manufacture, Storage, and Import of Hazardous Chemicals (MSIHC) Rules, 1989” under the Environment (Protection) Act of 1986. These Rules have been amended in 1994, 2000 and 2002.

The Contractor shall comply with the requirements of the MSIHC Rules, including but not limited to the following:

i. Identify major accident hazards

ii. Take adequate steps to prevent accidents


Page 15 of 15

iii. Provide information, training and equipment including necessary first aid and antidotes to persons working on site

iv. Prepare an on-site Emergency Plan in accordance with the details described in Schedule 11 of the Hazardous Chemicals Rules

v. Conduct mock on-site emergency drills at six month intervals and submit reports of the results to the Employer and the Assam State Pollution Control Board (ASPCB)

vi. Notify the occurrence of any major accident to ASPCB as per Schedule 6 of the Rules;

vii. Notification of chemical storage on site as per Rule 7 furnishing particulars as mentioned in Schedule 7 of the Hazardous Chemical Rules and obtain approval from the ASPCB;

viii. Inform persons liable to be affected by a major accident about the nature of the major accident’s hazards, the safety measures and the “Dos” and “Don’ts which should be adopted in the event of a major accident

ix. Use of personnel protective equipment including protective breathing equipment.

Bid Document for Contract Package No. C-7A1

Documents

Transcript of Bid Document for Contract Package No. C-7A1